first commit

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/Objects
+/Project.uvguix.*
+/Listings
+/Project.uvoptx
+/Project.uvprojx

DebugConfig/Target_1_STM32F103C8_1.0.0.dbgconf

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+// File: STM32F101_102_103_105_107.dbgconf
+// Version: 1.0.0
+// Note: refer to STM32F101xx STM32F102xx STM32F103xx STM32F105xx STM32F107xx Reference manual (RM0008)
+//                STM32F101xx STM32F102xx STM32F103xx STM32F105xx STM32F107xx datasheets
+
+// <<< Use Configuration Wizard in Context Menu >>>
+
+// <h> Debug MCU configuration register (DBGMCU_CR)
+//                                   <i> Reserved bits must be kept at reset value
+//   <o.30> DBG_TIM11_STOP           <i> TIM11 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.29> DBG_TIM10_STOP           <i> TIM10 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.28> DBG_TIM9_STOP            <i> TIM9 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.27> DBG_TIM14_STOP           <i> TIM14 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.26> DBG_TIM13_STOP           <i> TIM13 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.25> DBG_TIM12_STOP           <i> TIM12 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.21> DBG_CAN2_STOP            <i> Debug CAN2 stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.20> DBG_TIM7_STOP            <i> TIM7 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.19> DBG_TIM6_STOP            <i> TIM6 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.18> DBG_TIM5_STOP            <i> TIM5 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.17> DBG_TIM8_STOP            <i> TIM8 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.16> DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT   <i> SMBUS timeout mode stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.15> DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT   <i> SMBUS timeout mode stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.14> DBG_CAN1_STOP            <i> Debug CAN1 stopped when Core is halted
+//   <o.13> DBG_TIM4_STOP            <i> TIM4 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.12> DBG_TIM3_STOP            <i> TIM3 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.11> DBG_TIM2_STOP            <i> TIM2 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.10> DBG_TIM1_STOP            <i> TIM1 counter stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.9>  DBG_WWDG_STOP            <i> Debug window watchdog stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.8>  DBG_IWDG_STOP            <i> Debug independent watchdog stopped when core is halted
+//   <o.2>  DBG_STANDBY              <i> Debug standby mode
+//   <o.1>  DBG_STOP                 <i> Debug stop mode
+//   <o.0>  DBG_SLEEP                <i> Debug sleep mode
+// </h>
+DbgMCU_CR = 0x00000007;
+
+// <<< end of configuration section >>>

Drivers/AT.c

@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "AT.h"
+#include "sys.h"
+#include "ec800m.h"
+#include "LowPower.h"
+#include "bc260.h"
+uint8_t DEBUG = 1; // Debug开关
+
+// 函数声明
+uint32_t get_time(void);
+uint32_t get_time_diff(uint32_t time);
+
+// 未处理数据用到的一些变量
+static uint16_t at_last_length = 0;
+struct TIMER_Struct AT_Timer = {
+	.time = 0,
+	.flag = 0
+};
+
+
+
+// AT指令
+struct AT_Struct AT = {
+	.status = AT_Status_None,
+	.result_length = 0
+};
+
+
+// 获取AT指令返回的长度
+uint16_t AT_result_length(void)
+{
+	return AT.result_length;
+}
+// 获取AT指令返回的内容
+uint8_t * AT_result(void)
+{
+	return AT.result;
+}
+
+// 获取AT返回数据后的等待时间
+uint32_t AT_wait_time(void)
+{
+	uint16_t length = AT_result_length();
+	if(length == 0)
+	{
+		return 0;
+	}
+	// 没有数据
+	if(length != at_last_length)
+	{
+		at_last_length = length;
+		time_clear(&AT_Timer);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return time_get(&AT_Timer);
+}
+
+// 发送AT指令的函数，配置串口
+static void USART_SendByte(uint8_t Byte)
+{
+	USART_SendData(USART2, Byte);
+	while(USART_GetFlagStatus(USART2, USART_FLAG_TXE) == RESET);
+}
+// 发送字节数组
+static void USART_Send_Bytes(uint8_t * bytes, uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint16_t i;
+	for(i = 0; i < Length; i ++)
+	{
+		USART_SendByte(bytes[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+// 串口中断函数
+void USART2_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+	if(USART_GetFlagStatus(USART2, USART_IT_RXNE) == SET)
+	{
+		uint8_t RxData = USART_ReceiveData(USART2);
+		// 写入缓存
+		AT.result[AT.result_length++] = RxData;
+		
+		// 串口的一些设置
+		USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART2, USART_IT_RXNE);
+	}
+}
+
+// 发送AT指令，二进制
+void AT_Send_Bytes(uint8_t * CMD, uint16_t length)
+{
+	// 状态
+	AT.status = AT_Status_Using;
+	// 发送AT指令
+	USART_Send_Bytes(CMD, length);
+}
+// 发送AT指令,字符串
+void AT_Send_String(char * CMD)
+{
+	AT_Send_Bytes((uint8_t * )CMD, strlen(CMD));
+}
+
+// 清空AT指令
+void AT_Clear()
+{
+	AT.status = AT_Status_None;
+	// 清除AT指令返回
+	memset(AT.result, 0, sizeof(AT.result));
+	AT.result_length = 0;
+}
+// 清空AT指令返回的结果
+void AT_Clear_Result()
+{
+	// 清除AT指令返回
+	memset(AT.result, 0, sizeof(AT.result));
+	AT.result_length = 0;
+}
+
+// 设置AT指令的状态
+void AT_Set_Status(enum AT_Status status)
+{
+	AT.status = status;
+}
+// 获取AT指令的状态
+enum AT_Status AT_Get_Status(void)
+{
+	return AT.status;
+}
+
+
+// 串口打印日志
+void Log_SendByte(uint8_t Byte)
+{
+	USART_SendData(USART1, Byte);
+	while(USART_GetFlagStatus(USART1, USART_FLAG_TXE) == RESET);
+}
+void Log_SendString(char *String)
+{
+	uint16_t i;
+	for(i = 0; String[i] != '\0'; i ++)
+//	for(i = 0; i<5; i ++)
+	{
+		Log_SendByte(String[i]);
+	}
+}
+// 打印字节
+void Log_SendArray(uint8_t * arr, uint16_t len)
+{
+	uint16_t i;
+	for(i = 0; i < len; i ++)
+	{
+		Log_SendByte(arr[i]);
+	}
+}
+char Log_String[512];
+void Log_Printf(char *format, ...)
+{
+	memset(Log_String, 0, sizeof(Log_String));
+	va_list arg;
+	va_start(arg, format);
+	vsprintf(Log_String, format, arg);
+	va_end(arg);
+	Log_SendString(Log_String);
+}
+// 打印字节
+void Log_SendArray_Debug(uint8_t * arr, uint16_t len)
+{
+	if(DEBUG == 0) return; // 调试开关
+	Log_SendArray(arr, len);
+}
+// 打印的缓存
+void Log_Printf_Debug(char *format, ...)
+{
+	if(DEBUG == 0) return; // 调试开关
+	memset(Log_String, 0, sizeof(Log_String));
+	va_list arg;
+	va_start(arg, format);
+	vsprintf(Log_String, format, arg);
+	va_end(arg);
+	Log_SendString(Log_String);
+}
+
+// AT监听
+void AT_Handle()
+{
+	if(AT_Get_Status() == AT_Status_None)
+	{
+		// 没有数据
+		if(AT_wait_time() > 20) // 过20ms之后再取数据，避免过早取数据影响其他的业务逻辑。
+		{
+			// 发送日志
+			Log_Printf_Debug("未处理数据:\r\n");
+			Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+			AT_Clear();
+		}
+		
+	}
+	
+}
+
+// 定时器
+uint32_t timer_ms = 0;
+
+extern uint32_t Client5_timer_ms;
+extern uint32_t Business_timer_ms;
+
+void my_timer()
+{
+	Client5_timer_ms++;
+	Business_timer_ms++;
+	
+	timer_ms++;
+	#if  NBFLAG
+	bc260y.timer_ms++;
+   #else
+	Power_timer_ms++;
+	ec800m.timer_ms++;
+	#endif
+}
+
+uint32_t get_time(void)
+{
+	return timer_ms;
+}
+
+uint32_t get_time_diff(uint32_t time)
+{
+	if(timer_ms >= time)
+	{
+		return timer_ms - time;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		return 0xFFFFFFFF - time + timer_ms;
+	}
+}
+
+
+uint32_t time_get(struct TIMER_Struct * timer)
+{
+	if(timer->flag == 0)
+	{
+		timer->flag = 1;
+		timer->time = get_time();
+		return 0;
+	}
+	else if(timer->flag == 1)
+	{
+		return get_time_diff(timer->time);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+void time_clear(struct TIMER_Struct * timer)
+{
+	timer->flag = 0;
+	timer->time = 0;
+}
+
+

Drivers/AT.h

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#ifndef __AT_H
+#define __AT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+//#define NBFLAG 200
+
+// AT指令状态
+enum AT_Status
+{
+	AT_Status_None, // 空闲
+	AT_Status_Using, // 使用
+};
+
+struct AT_Struct
+{
+	enum AT_Status status;
+	uint8_t result[512];
+	uint16_t result_length;
+};
+
+// 获取AT指令返回的长度
+uint16_t AT_result_length(void);
+// 获取AT指令返回的内容
+uint8_t * AT_result(void);
+
+
+// 发送AT指令，二进制
+void AT_Send_Bytes(uint8_t * CMD, uint16_t length);
+// 发送AT指令,字符串
+void AT_Send_String(char * CMD);
+// 清空AT指令
+void AT_Clear(void);
+// 清空AT指令返回的结果
+void AT_Clear_Result(void);
+// 设置AT指令的状态
+void AT_Set_Status(enum AT_Status status);
+// 获取AT指令的状态
+enum AT_Status AT_Get_Status(void);
+
+// AT监听
+void AT_Handle(void);
+
+
+// 日志
+void Log_SendArray(uint8_t * arr, uint16_t len);
+void Log_SendArray_Debug(uint8_t * arr, uint16_t len);
+void Log_Printf(char *format, ...);
+void Log_Printf_Debug(char *format, ...);
+
+
+// 定时器
+void my_timer(void);
+struct TIMER_Struct
+{
+	uint32_t time;
+	uint8_t flag;
+};
+uint32_t time_get(struct TIMER_Struct * timer);
+void time_clear(struct TIMER_Struct * timer);
+uint32_t AT_wait_time(void);
+
+
+
+#endif

Drivers/BC260_UDP_Client5.c

@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * 版   本       ：V1.0.0
+  * 作   者       ：liuyanbin,helomgxiang
+  * 版权所有，盗版必究。
+  * Copyright(C) All rights reserved
+  ******************************************************************************
+  *                             历史记录
+  *     序号      版本        变更内容          作者              日期
+  *      1        V0.0.1      实现数据发送功能      何龙翔          2023/12/10
+  *      2        V0.0.2      实现NB数据发送功能      刘艳斌          2024/1/10
+  *      3        V0.0.3      整合4g和nb      刘艳斌          2024/1/24
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#include "BC260_UDP_Client5.h"
+#include "CoAP.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls_util.h"
+
+#include "cJSON.h"
+#include "sys.h"
+#include "bc260.h"
+#include "pump_dicts.h"
+#include "INflash.h"
+
+#if  NBFLAG
+
+
+// 流程
+enum Step{
+	STEP_NONE, // 空闲状态，无操作
+	STEP_START, // 开始
+	STEP_EXIT_SLEEP, // 退出睡眠
+	STEP_ENTER_SLEEP, // 进入睡眠
+	STEP_WAIT, // 等待
+	
+	STEP_STATE, // 查询状态
+	STEP_OPEN, // 打开
+	STEP_OPEN_WAIT_RESULT, // 等待打开结果
+	STEP_JUDGE_AUTH_OR_DATA, // 判断认证还是发送
+	STEP_JOIN_AUTH_MESSAGE, // 拼接认证报文
+	STEP_JOIN_DATA_MESSAGE, // 拼接数据报文
+	STEP_QUERY_SLEEP, // 查询休眠
+	STEP_SET_SLEEP, // 开启休眠
+	STEP_QUERY_QENG_SERVINGCELL, // 查询信号质量
+	
+	STEP_SET_QISDE_0, // 关闭发送回显
+	STEP_SEND, // 发送
+	STEP_RECV, // 等待发送结果
+	
+	STEP_SET_CFUN_0, // 设置最小功能模式
+	STEP_WAIT_SET_CFUN_0, // 等待设置最小功能模式
+	STEP_SET_CFUN_1, // 设置全功能模式
+	STEP_WAIT_SET_CFUN_1, // 等待设置全功能模式结果
+	
+	STEP_SET_CGREG_2, // 设置ps域允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+	STEP_QUERY_CGREG, // 查询网络注册状态
+	STEP_DATAFORMAT,//配置发送格式
+	
+	STEP_CLOSE, // 关闭
+	
+	STEP_SUCCESS, // 成功
+	STEP_FAILURE, // 失败
+	STEP_FINISH, // 流程结束
+};
+// 当前
+static enum Step step = STEP_NONE;
+// 下一步
+static enum Step next_step = STEP_NONE;
+
+// 客户端5
+struct BC260Y_Client_Struct UDP_Client5 = {
+	.status = Client_Status_None,
+};
+
+// 注册后的参数
+extern Coefficient_Data flashdata;
+
+// socket ID
+static uint8_t connectID = 1;
+
+
+/** 阿里云连接参数 **/
+static char ProductKey[20] = "a1t3qlUNDcP";
+static char DeviceName[20] = "LTEcat1ceshi001";
+static char DeviceSecret[40] = "4929a78860f663ec72e2c313a4eee7ac";
+
+static char ClientID[60];
+static char Seq[10] = "666";
+
+static uint16_t Port = 5682;
+static char Host[60];
+
+static uint32_t SeqOffset;
+static char Random[20];
+static char Token[50];
+
+// payload缓存
+//static uint8_t payload[256];
+//static uint16_t payload_length;
+// coap报文
+static uint8_t coap_message[512]; 
+static uint16_t coap_message_length = 0;
+// aes cbc
+static uint8_t aes_key[16] = {0};
+static char iv[] = "543yhjy97ae7fyfg";
+
+// 泵参数
+static struct Pump_Params pump_params;
+// 待发送数据的地址和长度
+static uint8_t data[128];
+static uint16_t data_length;
+
+static uint8_t test_flag=0;
+
+
+// 计时相关的变量
+uint8_t Client5_time_flag = 0;
+uint32_t Client5_timer_ms = 0;
+uint32_t Client5_wait_time = 10;
+// 信号值
+static struct Signal
+{
+	int RSRP;
+	int RSRQ; 
+	int RSSI; 
+	int SINR;
+} signal = {
+	.RSRP = 99,
+	.RSRQ = 99,
+	.RSSI = 99,
+	.SINR = 99,
+};
+
+void Query_Signal(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR)
+{
+	*RSRP = signal.RSRP;
+	*RSRQ = signal.RSRQ;
+	*RSSI = signal.RSSI;
+	*SINR = signal.SINR;
+}
+
+// 初始化
+void UDP_Client5_Init(void)
+{
+	// 赋值三元组
+	strcpy(ProductKey, flashdata.productKey);
+	strcpy(DeviceName, flashdata.deviceName);
+	strcpy(DeviceSecret, flashdata.deviceSecret);
+	
+	// 设置host
+	memset(Host, '\0', sizeof(Host));
+	strcat(Host, ProductKey);
+	strcat(Host, ".coap.cn-shanghai.link.aliyuncs.com");
+	// 设置clientid
+	memset(ClientID, '\0', sizeof(ClientID));
+	strcat(ClientID, ProductKey);
+	strcat(ClientID, "&");
+	strcat(ClientID, DeviceName);
+}
+// 声明函数。步骤跳转
+void goto_step(enum Step ns);
+// 发送流程
+void UDP_Client5_Handle(void);
+// 发送数据
+void UDP_Client5_Send(struct Pump_Params params,uint8_t test_switch)
+{
+	test_flag=test_switch;
+	if(step == STEP_NONE)
+	{
+		// 待发送数据的地址和长度
+		pump_params = params;
+		// 初始化
+		UDP_Client5_Init();
+		// 正在发送
+		UDP_Client5.status = Client_Status_Sending;
+		// 流程开始
+		goto_step(STEP_START);
+	}
+}
+// 获取状态
+enum Client_Status UDP_Client5_Status(void)
+{
+	if(UDP_Client5.status == Client_Status_None)
+	{
+		return UDP_Client5.status;
+	}
+	else if(step == STEP_FINISH)
+	{
+		return UDP_Client5.status;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		return Client_Status_Sending;
+	}
+}
+// 清除
+void UDP_Client5_Clear(void)
+{
+	// 流程置空
+	goto_step(STEP_NONE);
+	// 空闲
+	UDP_Client5.status = Client_Status_None;
+}
+
+// 直接跳转到下一步
+static void goto_step(enum Step ns)
+{
+	// 重置bc260y状态
+	bc260y.reset();
+	step = ns; 
+}
+
+// 先等待再跳转到下一步
+static void goto_step_wait(enum Step ns, uint32_t t)
+{
+	goto_step(STEP_WAIT); // 等待
+	Client5_wait_time = t;
+	next_step = ns; // 等待之后跳转
+}
+
+// 只等待，等待之后返回原来的步骤
+static void goto_wait(uint32_t t)
+{
+	goto_step_wait(step, t);
+}
+
+// 失败
+static void goto_failure(char * info)
+{
+	Log_Printf_Debug("STEP: 数据发送失败,%s\r\n", info);
+	UDP_Client5.status = Client_Status_Failure;
+	strcpy(UDP_Client5.info, info);
+	goto_step(STEP_FAILURE);
+}
+
+// 成功
+static void goto_success(char * info)
+{
+	Log_Printf_Debug("STEP: 数据发送成功,%s\r\n", info);
+	UDP_Client5.status = Client_Status_Success;
+	strcpy(UDP_Client5.info, info);
+	goto_step(STEP_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+// 等待
+static void wait(void)
+{
+	if(Client5_time_flag == 0)
+	{
+		Client5_timer_ms = 0;
+		Client5_time_flag = 1;
+	}
+	else if(Client5_timer_ms > Client5_wait_time)
+	{
+		goto_step(next_step); // 进入下一步
+		Client5_time_flag = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+// 判断认证还是发送
+static uint8_t judge_auth_or_data(void)
+{
+	if(strlen(Token) > 0) // 已认证
+	{
+		return 1;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+// 拼接认证报文
+static void join_auth_message(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t * coap_message_length)
+{
+	SeqOffset=65535;
+	Log_Printf_Debug("STEP: 拼接认证报文,seqOffset=%d\r\n", SeqOffset);
+	// 先清除
+//	memset(coap_message, 0, sizeof(coap_message));
+//	coap_message_length = 0;
+	
+	// CoAP协议
+	CoAP_Init();
+	CoAP_Set_T(0);
+	CoAP_Set_Code(2);
+	CoAP_Set_MessageID(SeqOffset);
+	// option
+	// host
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(3, Host);
+	// port
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(7, Port);
+	// path
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "auth");
+	// content-format
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(12, 50);
+	// accept
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(17, 50);
+	
+	// 待签名数据
+	// 签名相关
+	static char StrForSignature[100];
+	static char sign[50];
+	memset(StrForSignature, '\0', sizeof(StrForSignature));
+	sprintf((char * )StrForSignature, "clientId%sdeviceName%sproductKey%sseq%s", ClientID, DeviceName, ProductKey, Seq);
+	// 签名
+	memset(sign, '\0', sizeof(sign));
+	utils_hmac_sha1_str(StrForSignature, strlen((char * )StrForSignature), sign, DeviceSecret, strlen(DeviceSecret));
+
+	// payload
+//	memset(payload, '\0', sizeof(payload));
+	char payload[256] = {0};
+	sprintf((char * )payload, "{\"clientId\":\"%s\",\"signmethod\":\"hmacsha1\",\"sign\":\"%s\",\"productKey\":\"%s\",\"deviceName\":\"%s\",\"seq\":\"%s\"}", ClientID, sign, ProductKey, DeviceName, Seq);
+	// 设置payload
+	CoAP_Set_Payload_Str(payload);
+	
+	// 生成报文
+	* coap_message_length = CoAP_Get_Length();
+	memcpy(coap_message, CoAP_Get_Message(), * coap_message_length);
+}
+
+// 拼接数据报文
+static void join_data_message(uint8_t * data, uint8_t data_length, uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t * coap_message_length)
+{
+	SeqOffset++;
+	Log_Printf_Debug("STEP: 拼接数据报文,seqOffset=%d\r\n", SeqOffset);
+	
+	// 先清除
+//	memset(coap_message, 0, sizeof(coap_message));
+//	coap_message_length = 0;
+	
+	char out[80]={0};
+	char sha256_source[100] = {0};
+	snprintf(sha256_source, sizeof(sha256_source), "%s,%s" ,DeviceSecret ,Random);
+	Log_Printf_Debug("sha256_source: %s\r\n", sha256_source);
+	utils_sha256(sha256_source, strlen(sha256_source), out);
+	memset(aes_key, 0, sizeof(aes_key));
+	memcpy(aes_key, out+8, 16); //获取key
+	
+	// CoAP协议
+	CoAP_Init();
+	CoAP_Set_T(0);
+	CoAP_Set_Code(2);
+	CoAP_Set_MessageID(SeqOffset);
+	// option
+	// host
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(3, Host);
+	// port
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(7, Port);
+	// path
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "topic");
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "sys");
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, ProductKey);
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, DeviceName);
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "thing");
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "model");
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "up_raw");
+	// content-format
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(12, 50);
+	// accept
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(17, 50);
+	// 2088
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(2088, Token);
+	// 2089
+	char Rand2089[10] = {'\0'};
+	char Opt2089[20] = {'\0'};
+	my_itoa(SeqOffset, Rand2089, 10);
+	int Opt2089_Length = utils_aes128_cbc_enc((char * )aes_key, iv, Rand2089, Opt2089);
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(2089, Opt2089);
+	
+	// payload
+//	memset(payload, '\0', sizeof(payload));
+	uint8_t payload[256] = {0};
+	
+	// 
+	int payload_length = utils_aes128_cbc_enc_with_length((char * )aes_key, iv, data, data_length, payload);
+//		payload_length = utils_aes128_cbc_enc((char * )aes_key, iv, (char * )Data_Buffer, (char * )payload);
+	Log_Printf_Debug("payload_length: %d\r\n", payload_length);
+	
+	CoAP_Set_Payload(payload, payload_length);
+	
+	// 生成报文
+	* coap_message_length = CoAP_Get_Length();
+	memcpy(coap_message, CoAP_Get_Message(), * coap_message_length);
+}
+
+// 等待数据返回
+static uint8_t recv_data_handle(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_message_length)
+{
+	uint16_t payload_length = CoAP_Get_Payload_Length(coap_message, coap_message_length);
+	uint8_t payload[256] = {0};
+	CoAP_Get_Payload(coap_message, coap_message_length, payload);
+	
+	Log_Printf_Debug("payload长度: %d\r\n", payload_length);
+	
+	// 判断是认证返回，还是数据发送返回
+	if(payload_length == 0) // 无返回
+	{
+		// 清空Token，重新认证
+		memset(Token, '\0', sizeof(Token));
+		return 0;
+	}
+	else if(payload[0] == '{' && payload[payload_length-1] == '}') // 认证返回
+	{
+		// 解析json
+		cJSON * cjson = cJSON_Parse((char * )payload);
+		Log_Printf_Debug("plaintext(%d): %s\r\n",payload_length, payload);
+		memset(Random, '\0', sizeof(Random));
+		memset(Token, '\0', sizeof(Token));
+		if(cJSON_HasObjectItem(cjson, "random"))
+		{
+			char * random = cJSON_GetObjectItem(cjson, "random")->valuestring;
+			strcpy(Random, random);
+		}
+		if(cJSON_HasObjectItem(cjson, "seqOffset"))
+		{
+			uint16_t seqOffset = cJSON_GetObjectItem(cjson, "seqOffset")->valueint;
+			SeqOffset = seqOffset;
+		}
+		if(cJSON_HasObjectItem(cjson, "token"))
+		{
+			char * token = cJSON_GetObjectItem(cjson, "token")->valuestring;
+			strcpy(Token, token);
+		}
+		Log_Printf_Debug("\r\n(%s, %s, %d)\r\n", Random, Token, SeqOffset);
+		cJSON_Delete(cjson);//清除结构体 
+		return 1;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// 数据发送成功返回
+		uint8_t plaintext[256] = {0}; // 明文
+		uint16_t plaintext_length = utils_aes128_cbc_dec((char * )aes_key, iv, (char * )payload, payload_length, (char * )plaintext);
+		Log_Printf_Debug("\r\nplaintext(%d): %s\r\n",plaintext_length, (char *)plaintext);
+		return 2;
+	}
+}
+// 发送数据的逻辑
+static enum Result result = Result_None;
+static uint8_t cgreg_n; 
+static uint8_t cgreg_stat; 
+static uint16_t cgreg_lac; 
+static uint32_t cgreg_ci;
+static uint8_t query_cgreg_times = 0; // 查询网络状态的次数
+static uint8_t auth_times = 0; // 认证次数
+static uint16_t socket_err = 0;
+static uint8_t auth_or_data = 0;
+void UDP_Client5_Handle(void)
+{
+	// 流程
+	switch(step)
+	{
+		case STEP_NONE: // 空闲
+			break;
+		case STEP_START: // 开始
+			query_cgreg_times = 0; // 查询网络状态的次数
+			auth_times = 0; // 认证次数
+			goto_step(STEP_EXIT_SLEEP);
+			break;
+		case STEP_EXIT_SLEEP: // 退出休眠
+			result = bc260y.exit_sleep();
+		    if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step_wait(STEP_SET_CFUN_1, 5);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_step_wait(STEP_SET_CFUN_1, 100);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_CFUN_1: // 设置全功能模式
+			result = bc260y.set_cfun(1);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_SET_CGREG_2);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("设置全功能模式失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_CGREG_2: // 设置ps域
+			result = bc260y.set_cgreg(2);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_SET_QISDE_0);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("设置ps域失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_QISDE_0: // 关闭回显
+			result = bc260y.set_qisde(0);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_QUERY_CGREG);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("关闭回显失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_QUERY_CGREG: // 查询ps域
+			result = bc260y.query_cgreg(&cgreg_n, &cgreg_stat, &cgreg_lac, &cgreg_ci);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				if(cgreg_stat == 1)
+				{
+					// 参数赋值
+					pump_params.lac = cgreg_lac;
+					pump_params.ci = cgreg_ci;
+					// 编码
+					business_protocol_encode(pump_params, data, &data_length);
+						// 下一步
+					if(test_flag == 0)
+					{
+						goto_step(STEP_CLOSE);
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						goto_step(STEP_QUERY_QENG_SERVINGCELL);
+					}
+				}
+				else if(query_cgreg_times > 10) // 最多查询20次
+				{
+					goto_failure("查询ps域次数过多");
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					goto_wait(400);
+					query_cgreg_times++;
+				}
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("查询ps域失败");
+			}
+			break;
+			case STEP_QUERY_QENG_SERVINGCELL: // 查询信号质量
+			result = bc260y.qeng_servingcell(&signal.RSRP, &signal.RSRQ, &signal.RSSI, &signal.SINR);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_CLOSE);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("查询信号质量失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_CLOSE: // 关闭连接
+			result = bc260y.close_socket(connectID);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_DATAFORMAT);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("关闭连接失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_DATAFORMAT:
+			result = bc260y.dataformat(1);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+			 goto_step(STEP_OPEN);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("配置发送格式失败");
+			}
+		   break;
+		case STEP_OPEN: // 打开客户端
+			result = bc260y.open_socket(connectID, "UDP", Host, Port, 1, &socket_err);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				if(socket_err == 0)
+				{
+					goto_step(STEP_JUDGE_AUTH_OR_DATA);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					goto_failure("客户端打开错误");
+				}
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("打开客户端失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_JUDGE_AUTH_OR_DATA: // 判断认证还是发送
+			auth_or_data = judge_auth_or_data();
+			if(auth_or_data == 1) // 已认证
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_JOIN_DATA_MESSAGE);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_JOIN_AUTH_MESSAGE);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_JOIN_AUTH_MESSAGE: // 拼接认证报文
+			if(auth_times > 0) // 最多重新认证一次
+			{
+				goto_failure("认证次数过多");
+			}
+			else 
+			{
+				join_auth_message(coap_message, &coap_message_length);
+				goto_step(STEP_SEND);
+				auth_times++;
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_JOIN_DATA_MESSAGE: // 拼接数据报文
+			join_data_message(data, data_length, coap_message, &coap_message_length);
+			goto_step(STEP_SEND);
+			break;
+
+		case STEP_SEND: // 发送send
+			result = bc260y.send(connectID, coap_message, coap_message_length);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_RECV);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("发送send失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_RECV: // 等待结果
+			result = bc260y.recv_with_time(connectID, coap_message, &coap_message_length, 10000);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				uint8_t res = recv_data_handle(coap_message, coap_message_length);
+				if(res == 0) // 发送失败
+				{
+					goto_step(STEP_JUDGE_AUTH_OR_DATA); // 重新认证
+				}
+				else if(res == 1) // 认证成功
+				{
+					goto_step(STEP_JOIN_DATA_MESSAGE);
+				}
+				else if(res == 2) // 发送成功
+				{
+					goto_success("发送成功");
+				}
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("等待结果失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_WAIT: // 等待
+			wait();
+			break;
+		case STEP_SUCCESS: // 成功
+			goto_step(STEP_SET_SLEEP);
+			break;
+		case STEP_FAILURE: // 失败
+			goto_step(STEP_SET_SLEEP);
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_SLEEP: // 设置休眠模式
+			result = bc260y.set_sleep(1);
+			if(result != Result_None)
+			{
+			   goto_step(STEP_ENTER_SLEEP);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_ENTER_SLEEP: // 进入睡眠
+			//bc260y.enter_sleep();
+			goto_step(STEP_FINISH);
+			break;
+		case STEP_FINISH: // 结束流程
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	
+}
+#else
+
+#endif
+

Drivers/BC260_UDP_Client5.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#ifndef __BC260_UDP_CLIENT5_H
+#define __BC260_UDP_CLIENT5_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "pump_dicts.h"
+#include "AT.h"
+
+#if  NBFLAG
+enum Client_Status{
+	Client_Status_None, // 空闲
+	Client_Status_Sending, // 正在发送
+	Client_Status_Success, // 发送成功
+	Client_Status_Failure, // 发送失败
+};
+struct BC260Y_Client_Struct{
+	enum Client_Status status; // 状态
+	char info[200]; // 备注信息
+};
+
+extern struct BC260Y_Client_Struct UDP_Client5;
+
+// 获取状态
+enum Client_Status UDP_Client5_Status(void);
+// 发送数据
+void UDP_Client5_Send(struct Pump_Params params,uint8_t test_switch);
+// 清除
+void UDP_Client5_Clear(void);
+// 处理流程
+void UDP_Client5_Handle(void);
+
+// 查询信号质量
+void Query_Signal(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR);
+#else
+#endif
+
+#endif

Drivers/Business/PumpBusiness.c

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "PumpBusiness.h"
+#include "Usart1.h"
+
+#include "AT.h"
+#include "INflash.h"
+
+#if  NBFLAG
+ #include "BC260_UDP_Client5.h"
+#else
+  #include "EC800M_UDP_Client5.h"
+  #include "LowPower.h"
+#endif
+
+// 计时相关的变量
+uint8_t Business_time_flag = 0;
+uint32_t Business_timer_ms = 0;
+uint32_t Business_wait_time = 1200; // 秒
+uint8_t resend_counter = 0;//nb失败重发标志
+uint8_t send_data_switch = 1; // 发送数据的开关，0表示发送数据
+static struct Pump_Params pump_params; // 泵参数
+uint8_t test_switch=1; //0代表正常流程，1代表测试流程
+static uint16_t Data_Number = 0; // 数据编号
+static uint16_t Data_success_Number = 0; // 成功包
+static uint16_t Data_fail_Number = 0; // 失败包
+extern Coefficient_Data flashdata;
+
+int RSRP1=0;
+int RSRQ2=0; 
+int RSSI3=0; 
+int SINR4=0;
+
+// 泵参数初始化
+void Pump_Params_Init(void)
+{
+	pump_params.userId = 0;
+	pump_params.pumpType = 0;
+	pump_params.infusionId = 0;
+	pump_params.appendDose=0;
+	
+	//报警初始化
+	pump_params.alarm_BubbleOrAneroid = 0;
+	pump_params.alarm_Blocked = 0;
+	pump_params.alarm_Total = 0;
+	pump_params.alarm_Ultimate = 0;
+	pump_params.alarm_LowPower = 0;
+	pump_params.alarm_Finished = 0;
+	pump_params.alarm_MotorOutofcontrol = 0;
+	pump_params.alarm_MechanicalBreakdown = 0;
+	pump_params.alarm_UnfilledPillBox = 0;
+	
+	//预报初始化
+	pump_params.forcast_WillFinished = 0;
+	pump_params.forcast_InsufficientAnalgesia = 0;
+	pump_params.forcast_LowPowerForecast = 0;
+	
+	
+	
+}
+
+
+// 刷新泵数据
+void Pump_Params_Refresh(void)
+{
+	
+	pump_params.userId = 1000;
+	pump_params.pumpType = 1;
+	pump_params.infusionId = 234;
+	
+	pump_params.dataNumber = Data_Number;
+	pump_params.electricity=99;
+	pump_params.validTimes=10;
+	pump_params.appendDose=3;
+	pump_params.invalidTimes=4;
+	pump_params.patientCode = 2000;
+	pump_params.totalDose=11;
+	pump_params.ward=2; // 编号124，病区。
+	pump_params.bedNo=3; // 编号125，床号。
+	pump_params.alarm_LowPower = 1;
+	pump_params.alarm_Total = 1;
+	pump_params.finishDose =20;
+	pump_params.alarm_UnfilledPillBox = 1;
+	pump_params.forcast_WillFinished =1;
+	pump_params.forcast_InsufficientAnalgesia = 0;
+	pump_params.forcast_LowPowerForecast = 0;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// 业务处理
+void PumpBusines_Handle(void)
+{
+	
+	// 定时发送数据
+	if(Business_time_flag == 0)
+	{
+		Business_timer_ms = 0; // 初始化计时变量
+		Business_time_flag = 1;
+	}
+	else if(Business_timer_ms > 1000 * Business_wait_time) // // 定时时间，20分钟
+	{
+		// 20分钟计时完成，处理业务
+		send_data_switch = 1; // 发送数据标志
+	}
+	
+	
+	
+	
+	#if  NBFLAG
+	if(send_data_switch == 1)
+	{
+	#else
+	// 发送数据的逻辑
+	if(send_data_switch == 1 && set_mincfun_flag ==1)
+	{
+	#endif
+//		Pump_Data_Refresh(); // 刷新数据
+		if(UDP_Client5_Status() == Client_Status_None)
+		{
+			Data_Number++; // 数据编号加1
+			Business_time_flag = 0; // 继续定时
+			// 初始化参数
+			Pump_Params_Init();
+			// 更新参数
+			Pump_Params_Refresh();
+			// 发送参数
+			UDP_Client5_Send(pump_params,test_switch);
+			
+		}
+		else if(UDP_Client5_Status() == Client_Status_Success) // 成功
+		{
+			Log_Printf("发送成功：%s\r\n", UDP_Client5.info);
+			UDP_Client5_Clear(); // 清除
+			
+			send_data_switch = 0; // 关闭发送
+			Data_success_Number++;
+			resend_counter =0;
+			if(test_switch==1){
+			Query_Signal(&RSRP1,&RSRQ2,&RSSI3,&SINR4);
+			Log_Printf("\r\nRSRP1：%d,RSRQ2:%d,RSSI3:%d,SINR4:%d\r\n", RSRP1,RSRQ2,RSSI3,SINR4);
+			}
+		}
+		else if(UDP_Client5_Status() == Client_Status_Failure) // 失败
+		{
+			Log_Printf("发送失败：%s\r\n", UDP_Client5.info);
+			UDP_Client5_Clear(); // 清除
+				#if  NBFLAG
+			resend_counter++;
+			if(resend_counter<=4)
+			{
+			send_data_switch = 1; // 失败重发
+			}
+			else
+			{
+			send_data_switch = 0; // 关闭发送
+			resend_counter=5;
+			}
+			#else
+			send_data_switch = 0; // 关闭发送
+			#endif
+			Data_fail_Number++;
+
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+// 循环执行
+void pump_business_loop_execution()
+{
+	#if  NBFLAG
+	
+	#else
+	Power_Handle();
+	#endif
+	if(flashdata.read_flag==0)return;//注册失败或flash存储失败
+	//if(network_switch==1)return;//关闭网络状态
+	// 业务处理
+	PumpBusines_Handle();
+	// 客户端
+	UDP_Client5_Handle();
+	// 处理AT指令
+	AT_Handle();
+	
+	
+}
+

Drivers/Business/PumpBusiness.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef __PUMPBUSINESS_H
+#define __PUMPBUSINESS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+// Ñ­»·Ö´ÐÐ
+void pump_business_loop_execution(void);
+
+#endif

Drivers/Business/pump_dicts.c

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * 版   本       ：V1.0.0
+  * 作   者       ：zhaodecheng,liuyanbin
+  * 版权所有，盗版必究。
+  * Copyright(C) All rights reserved
+  ******************************************************************************
+  *                             历史记录
+  *     序号      版本        变更内容          作者              日期
+  *      1        V0.0.1      实现协议封装代码      刘艳斌          2023/12/23
+  *      2        V1.0.0       优化协议封装代码     赵得逞        2024/1/5
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "AT.h"
+
+#include "pump_dicts.h"
+
+uint16_t  LastIDNumber = 0; // 上一个编号
+
+void computeOptionDelta(uint32_t OptionNumber,uint8_t *OptionDelta,uint16_t *ExOptionDelta)
+{
+	if(OptionNumber <= 12)
+	{
+		*OptionDelta = OptionNumber;
+		*ExOptionDelta = 0;
+		//Log_Printf("发送成功：%d\r\n", *OptionDelta);
+	}
+	else if(OptionNumber >= 13 && OptionNumber <= 268)
+	{
+		*OptionDelta = 13;
+		*ExOptionDelta = OptionNumber - 13;
+	}
+	else if(OptionNumber >= 269 && OptionNumber <= 655349)
+	{
+		*OptionDelta = 14;
+		*ExOptionDelta = OptionNumber - 255;
+	}
+}
+
+void computeOptionLength(uint32_t Length,uint8_t *OptionLength,uint16_t *ExOptionLength)
+{
+	if(Length <= 12)
+	{
+		*OptionLength = Length;
+		*ExOptionLength = 0;
+		//Log_Printf("发送成功：%d\r\n", *OptionLength);
+	}
+	else if(Length >= 13  && Length <= 268)
+	{
+		*OptionLength = 13;
+		*ExOptionLength = Length - 13;
+	}
+	else if(Length >= 269 && Length <= 655349)
+	{
+		*OptionLength = 14;
+		*ExOptionLength = Length - 255;
+	}
+}
+
+void setPumpOption(uint16_t IDNumber,uint16_t Length,uint8_t * pump_data, uint16_t * pump_data_length)
+{
+	uint16_t OptionNumber = 0;
+	uint16_t ExOptionDelta = 0;
+	uint16_t ExOptionLength = 0;
+	uint8_t OptionDelta = 0;
+	uint8_t OptionLength = 0;
+	
+	uint16_t length = * pump_data_length;
+	
+	OptionNumber = IDNumber - LastIDNumber; // 计算联合偏移量
+	LastIDNumber = IDNumber;
+	computeOptionDelta(OptionNumber,&OptionDelta,&ExOptionDelta); // 计算OptionDelta和ExOptionDelta
+	computeOptionLength(Length,&OptionLength,&ExOptionLength); // 计算OptionLength和ExOptionLength
+	pump_data[length++] = OptionDelta << 4 | (OptionLength & 0x0f);
+	
+	// 设置ExOptionDelta
+	if(OptionDelta >= 13)
+	{
+		pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)(ExOptionDelta & 0x00ff);
+	}
+	if(OptionDelta == 14)
+	{
+		pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)(ExOptionDelta & 0xff00) >> 8;
+	}
+	
+	// 设置ExOptionLength
+	if(OptionLength >= 13)
+	{
+		pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)(ExOptionLength & 0x00ff);
+	}
+	if(OptionLength == 14)
+	{
+		pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)(ExOptionLength & 0xff00) >> 8;
+	}
+	
+	*pump_data_length = length;
+	
+}
+
+/** 
+* 协议编码
+* 输入<<
+* pump_params 泵参数。
+* 输出>>
+* pump_data 编码后的二进制数据。
+* pump_data_length 编码后的二进制数据的长度。
+**/
+
+void business_protocol_encode(struct Pump_Params pump_params, uint8_t * pump_data, uint16_t * pump_data_length)
+{
+	uint16_t length = 0;
+	LastIDNumber = 0;
+	pump_data[length++] = 0x54; // 大写字母“T”。“驼”字的首字母。
+  pump_data[length++] = 0x52; // 大写字母“R”。“人”字的首字母。
+  pump_data[length++] = 0x01; // 协议版本。
+  pump_data[length++] = 0x01; // 数据类型。
+	
+	//用户编号
+	setPumpOption(1,2,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.userId & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.userId & 0x00ff ) ); 
+	
+  // 泵类型
+  setPumpOption(101,1,pump_data,&length);
+  pump_data[length++] = pump_params.pumpType;
+
+  // 输注编号
+  setPumpOption(103,4,pump_data,&length);
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.infusionId & 0xff000000 ) >> 24 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.infusionId & 0x00ff0000 ) >> 16 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.infusionId & 0x0000ff00 ) >> 8 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( pump_params.infusionId & 0x000000ff );
+	
+  // 数据编号
+  setPumpOption(104,4,pump_data,&length);
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.dataNumber & 0xff000000 ) >> 24 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.dataNumber & 0x00ff0000 ) >> 16 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.dataNumber & 0x0000ff00) >> 8 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( pump_params.dataNumber & 0x000000ff );
+	
+  // 住院号
+  setPumpOption(105,8,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.patientCode & 0xff00000000000000 ) >> 56 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.patientCode & 0x00ff000000000000 ) >> 48 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.patientCode & 0x0000ff0000000000 ) >> 40 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.patientCode & 0x000000ff00000000 ) >> 32 ); 
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.patientCode & 0x00000000ff000000 ) >> 24 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.patientCode & 0x0000000000ff0000 ) >> 16 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.patientCode & 0x000000000000ff00 ) >> 8 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.patientCode & 0x00000000000000ff ) ); 
+  
+  // 持续量
+  setPumpOption(106,2,pump_data,&length);
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.continueDose & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.continueDose & 0x00ff ) ); 
+	
+  // 锁定时间
+  setPumpOption(107,1,pump_data,&length);
+  pump_data[length++] = pump_params.lockTime; 
+	 
+  // 极限量
+	setPumpOption(108,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.ultimateDose; 
+	
+	// 首次量 
+	setPumpOption(109,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.firstDose; 
+	
+	// 追加量	
+	setPumpOption(110,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.appendDose; 
+	
+	// 总量
+	setPumpOption(111,2,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.totalDose & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( pump_params.totalDose & 0x00ff );
+    
+	// 已输注量
+	setPumpOption(112,2,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.finishDose & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( pump_params.finishDose & 0x00ff );
+	
+	
+	// 有效追加次数
+	setPumpOption(113,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.validTimes;
+	
+	// 无效追加次数
+	setPumpOption(114,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.invalidTimes;
+	
+	// 报警
+	if(pump_params.alarm_BubbleOrAneroid == 1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 1; // 气泡或无液报警
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.alarm_Blocked == 1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 2; // 堵塞报警
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.alarm_Total == 1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 3; // 输入总量报警 
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.alarm_Ultimate == 1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 4; // 极限量报警 
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.alarm_LowPower == 1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 5; // 电量耗尽报警
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.alarm_Finished == 1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 6; // 输液结束报警
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.alarm_MotorOutofcontrol ==1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 7; // 电机失控报警
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.alarm_MechanicalBreakdown ==1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 8; // 机械故障报警
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.alarm_UnfilledPillBox ==1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(115,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 9; // 未装药盒报警
+	}
+	
+	// 预报
+	if(pump_params.forcast_WillFinished ==1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(116,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 1; // 输液将结束
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.forcast_InsufficientAnalgesia ==1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(116,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 2; // 镇痛不足
+	}
+	
+	if(pump_params.forcast_LowPowerForecast ==1)
+	{
+		setPumpOption(116,1,pump_data,&length);
+		pump_data[length++] = 3; // 电量偏低
+	}
+	// 运行状态
+	setPumpOption(117,1,pump_data,&length);
+	
+	if( pump_params.runStatus == 0 )pump_data[length++] = 0; // 关机
+	
+	if( pump_params.runStatus == 1 )pump_data[length++] = 1; // 开机
+	
+	if( pump_params.runStatus == 2 )pump_data[length++] = 2; // 运行
+	
+	if( pump_params.runStatus == 3 )pump_data[length++] = 3; // 暂停
+
+	if( pump_params.runStatus == 4 )pump_data[length++] = 4; // 待机
+	
+	// 电量
+	setPumpOption(118,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.electricity;
+	
+	// 基站位置区号
+	setPumpOption(119,2,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.lac & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( pump_params.lac & 0x00ff );
+		
+	// 基站小区ID
+  setPumpOption(120,4,pump_data,&length);
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.ci & 0xff000000 ) >> 24 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.ci & 0x00ff0000 ) >> 16 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.ci & 0x0000ff00 ) >> 8 );
+  pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.ci & 0x000000ff ) ); 
+  
+  // 脉冲量锁时
+	setPumpOption(121,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.pulseLockTime; 
+	
+	// 脉冲首次锁时
+	setPumpOption(122,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.firstLockTime; 
+	
+	// 脉冲量
+	setPumpOption(123,1,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = pump_params.pulseDose; 
+	
+	//病区
+	setPumpOption(124,2,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.ward & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( pump_params.ward & 0x00ff );
+	
+	//床号
+	setPumpOption(125,2,pump_data,&length);
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( ( pump_params.bedNo & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
+	pump_data[length++] = (uint8_t)( pump_params.bedNo & 0x00ff );
+	
+	*pump_data_length = length;
+	Log_Printf("数据封装成功：%d\r\n", length);
+}
+
+/** 
+* 协议解码
+* 输出<<
+* pump_data 编码后的二进制数据。
+* pump_data_length 编码后的二进制数据的长度。
+* 输出>>
+* pump_params 泵参数。
+**/
+struct Pump_Params business_protocol_decode(uint8_t * pump_data, uint16_t * pump_data_length)
+{
+	struct Pump_Params pump_params;
+	return pump_params;
+}
+

Drivers/Business/pump_dicts.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*  @file     pump_dicts.h
+*  @author   ZhaoDecheng
+*  @version  base on stm32f0x   
+*  @date     2024.01.03
+*  @brief    协议封装
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef __PUMP_DICTS_H
+#define __PUMP_DICTS_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+struct Pump_Params{
+	uint16_t userId; // 编号1，用户编号；医院编号。
+	uint8_t pumpType; // 编号101，泵类型。
+	uint32_t infusionId; // 编号103，输注编号。
+	uint32_t dataNumber; // 编号104，数据编号。
+	uint64_t patientCode; // 编号105，住院号。
+	uint16_t continueDose; // 编号106，持续量。
+	uint8_t lockTime; // 编号107，锁定时间。
+	uint8_t ultimateDose; // 编号108，极限量。
+	uint8_t firstDose; // 编号109，首次量。
+	uint8_t appendDose; // 编号110，追加量。
+	uint16_t totalDose; // 编号111，总量。
+	uint16_t finishDose; // 编号112，已输注量。
+	uint8_t validTimes; // 编号113，有效追加次数。
+	uint8_t invalidTimes; // 编号114，无效追加次数。
+	uint8_t alarm_BubbleOrAneroid; // 编号115，1气泡或无液报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t alarm_Blocked; // 编号115，2堵塞报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t alarm_Total; // 编号115，3输入总量报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t alarm_Ultimate; // 编号115，4极限量报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t alarm_LowPower; // 编号115，5电量耗尽报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t alarm_Finished; // 编号115，6输液结束报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t alarm_MotorOutofcontrol; // 编号115，7电机失控报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t alarm_MechanicalBreakdown; // 编号115，8机械故障报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t alarm_UnfilledPillBox; // 编号115，9未装药盒报警。0表示不报警，1表示报警。
+	uint8_t forcast_WillFinished; // 编号116，1输液将结束预报。0表示不预报，1表示预报。
+	uint8_t forcast_InsufficientAnalgesia; // 编号116，2镇痛不足预报。0表示不预报，1表示预报。
+	uint8_t forcast_LowPowerForecast; // 编号116，3电量偏低预报。0表示不预报，1表示预报。
+	uint8_t runStatus; // 编号117，运行状态。0关机；1开机；2运行；3暂停；4待机。
+	uint8_t electricity; // 编号118，电量。
+	uint16_t lac; // 编号119，基站ID。
+	uint32_t ci; // 编号120，基站小区ID。
+	uint8_t pulseLockTime; // 编号121，脉冲量锁时。
+	uint8_t firstLockTime; // 编号122，脉冲首次锁时。
+	uint8_t pulseDose; // 编号123，脉冲量。
+	uint16_t ward; // 编号124，病区。
+	uint16_t bedNo; // 编号125，床号。
+};
+
+void setPumpheader(void);
+
+/** 
+* 协议编码
+* 输入<<
+* pump_params 泵参数。
+* 输出>>
+* pump_data 编码后的二进制数据。
+* pump_data_length 编码后的二进制数据的长度。
+**/
+void business_protocol_encode(struct Pump_Params pump_params, uint8_t * pump_data, uint16_t * pump_data_length);
+
+/** 
+* 协议解码
+* 输出<<
+* pump_data 编码后的二进制数据。
+* pump_data_length 编码后的二进制数据的长度。
+* 输出>>
+* pump_params 泵参数。
+**/
+struct Pump_Params business_protocol_decode(uint8_t * pump_data, uint16_t * pump_data_length);
+
+
+#endif

Drivers/CONFIG.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#ifndef __CONFIG_H
+#define __CONFIG_H
+
+// 睡眠相关IO配置
+#define WAKE_GPIO_RCC RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE
+#define WAKE_GPIO GPIOE
+#define WAKE_GPIO_Pin GPIO_Pin_5 // 睡眠的引脚
+
+
+// flash
+//所选STM32的FLASH容量大小(单位为K)
+//设置FLASH 保存地址(必须为偶数，且其值要大于本代码所占用FLASH的大小+0X08000000)
+//#define FLASH_SIZE 64
+//#define SAVE_ADDR 0X0807E000
+
+// 何龙祥的配置
+//#define FLASH_SIZE 64
+//#define SAVE_ADDR 0X0800FC00
+
+// 刘艳斌的配置
+#define FLASH_SIZE 512
+#define SAVE_ADDR 0X0807E000
+
+
+#endif

Drivers/CoAP.c

@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+uint16_t CoAP_Length;
+uint16_t Current_Option_Number;
+uint8_t CoAP_Message[512];
+
+void Insert(uint8_t * dest, uint16_t dest_start, uint8_t * source, uint16_t source_start, uint16_t len)
+{
+	uint16_t i = 0;
+	while(i < len)
+	{
+		dest[dest_start + i] = source[source_start + i];
+		i++;
+	}
+}
+void insert(uint16_t start, uint8_t * source, uint16_t len)
+{
+	Insert(CoAP_Message, start, source, 0, len);
+}
+uint8_t * CoAP_Get_Message()
+{
+	return CoAP_Message;
+}
+uint16_t CoAP_Get_Length()
+{
+	return CoAP_Length;
+}
+void CoAP_Init()
+{
+	CoAP_Length = 4;
+	Current_Option_Number = 0;
+	memset(CoAP_Message, '\0', sizeof(CoAP_Message));
+	CoAP_Message[0] |= 0x01 << 6; // 协议版本，固定为1
+}
+// 报文类型，00CON，01NON，10ACK，11Rest
+void CoAP_Set_T(uint8_t t)
+{
+	CoAP_Message[0] |= t << 4;
+}
+// 请求类型
+void CoAP_Set_Code(uint8_t code)
+{
+	CoAP_Message[1] = code;
+}
+// messageID
+void CoAP_Set_MessageID(uint16_t messageID)
+{
+	uint8_t message_id[2];
+	message_id[0] = (messageID >> 8) & 0xFF;
+	message_id[1] = messageID & 0xFF;
+	insert(2, message_id, sizeof(message_id));
+}
+// token  len不能大于8
+void CoAP_Set_Token(uint8_t * token, uint8_t len)
+{
+	if(len > 8)
+	{
+		len = 8;
+	}
+	CoAP_Message[0] |= len & 0xFF;
+	insert(CoAP_Length, token, len);
+	CoAP_Length += len;
+}
+// 设置option
+void CoAP_Set_Option(uint16_t number, uint16_t length, uint8_t * value)
+{
+	uint16_t pos_start = CoAP_Length, opt_length = 1;
+	int32_t delta = number - Current_Option_Number;
+	
+	if (delta < 0){
+		return;
+	} else if (delta < 13){
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start] |= (delta & 0xFF) << 4;
+	}else if (delta < 255+13){
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start] |= (0x0D & 0xFF) << 4;
+		uint8_t ext = delta - 0x0D;
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start + opt_length++] = ext;
+	}else if (delta < 65535){
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start] |= (0x0E & 0xFF) << 4;
+		uint16_t ext = (delta - 0x0E - 0xFF);
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start + opt_length++] = (ext >> 8) & 0xFF;
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start + opt_length++] = ext & 0xFF;
+	}
+	// length
+	if (length < 1){
+		return;
+	}else if (length < 13){
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start] |= (length & 0xFF);
+	}else if (length < 255+13){
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start] |= (0x0D & 0xFF);
+		uint8_t ext = length - 0x0D;
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start + opt_length++] = ext;
+	}else if (length < 65535){
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start] |= (0x0E & 0xFF);
+		uint16_t ext = (length - 0x0E - 0xFF);
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start + opt_length++] = (ext >> 8) & 0xFF;
+		CoAP_Message[pos_start + opt_length++] = ext & 0xFF;
+	}
+	
+	insert(pos_start + opt_length, value, length);
+	opt_length += length;
+	CoAP_Length += opt_length;
+	Current_Option_Number = number;
+}
+// 设置字符串类型的option
+void CoAP_Set_Option_Str(uint16_t number, char * message)
+{
+	uint16_t len = strlen(message);
+	uint8_t value[len];
+	for(uint16_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	{
+		value[i] = message[i];
+	}
+	CoAP_Set_Option(number, len, value);
+}
+
+// 设置short类型的option
+void CoAP_Set_Option_Short(uint16_t number, uint16_t num)
+{
+	if(num < 256)
+	{
+		uint8_t value[1];
+		value[0] = num;
+		CoAP_Set_Option(number, sizeof(value), value);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		uint8_t value[2];
+		value[0] = (num >> 8) & 0xFF;
+		value[1] = num & 0xFF;
+		CoAP_Set_Option(number, sizeof(value), value);
+	}
+}
+
+// 设置payload
+void CoAP_Set_Payload(uint8_t * payload, uint16_t length)
+{
+	uint16_t pos = CoAP_Length;
+	CoAP_Message[pos] = 0xFF;
+	insert(pos + 1, payload, length);
+	CoAP_Length += length + 1;
+}
+
+void CoAP_Set_Payload_Str(char * payload)
+{
+	uint16_t len = strlen(payload);
+	uint8_t value[len];
+	for(uint16_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	{
+		value[i] = payload[i];
+	}
+	CoAP_Set_Payload(value, len);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// 报文解析
+// 获取版本号
+uint8_t CoAP_Get_Ver(uint8_t * coap_message)
+{
+	uint8_t ver = (coap_message[0] & 0xC0) >> 6;
+	return ver;
+}
+// 获取报文类型
+uint8_t CoAP_Get_T(uint8_t * coap_message)
+{
+	uint8_t t = (coap_message[0] & 0x30) >> 4;
+	return t;
+}
+// 获取tkl
+uint8_t CoAP_Get_Tkl(uint8_t * coap_message)
+{
+	uint8_t tkl = coap_message[0] & 0x0F;
+	return tkl;
+}
+// 获取请求方式
+uint8_t CoAP_Get_Code(uint8_t * coap_message)
+{
+	uint8_t code = coap_message[1];
+	return code;
+}
+// 获取messageID
+uint16_t CoAP_Get_MessageID(uint8_t * coap_message)
+{
+	uint16_t messageID = 0;
+	messageID = (messageID | coap_message[2]) << 8;
+	messageID = messageID | coap_message[3];
+	return messageID;
+}
+// 获取token
+uint8_t * CoAP_Get_Token(uint8_t * coap_message, uint8_t * token)
+{
+	uint8_t tkl = CoAP_Get_Tkl(coap_message);
+	for(uint8_t i = 0; i < tkl; i++)
+	{
+		token[i] = coap_message[4 + i];
+	}
+	return token;
+}
+
+
+struct Option_Struct
+{
+	uint8_t valid; // 是否合法
+	uint16_t number; // 编号
+	uint16_t length; // 长度
+	uint16_t pos; // 位置
+	uint8_t delta_ext; // 编号扩展，字节
+	uint8_t length_ext; // 长度扩展，字节
+};
+
+struct Option_Struct Get_Option(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t pos, uint16_t number)
+{
+	struct Option_Struct option_struct = {
+		.valid = 1,
+		.number = number,
+		.length = coap_message[pos] & 0x0F,
+		.pos = pos,
+		.delta_ext = 0,
+		.length_ext = 0,
+	};
+	uint8_t delta = (coap_message[pos] & 0xF0) >> 4;
+	if(delta < 0x0D)
+	{
+		option_struct.delta_ext = 0;
+		option_struct.number += delta;
+	}
+	else if(delta == 0x0D)
+	{
+		option_struct.delta_ext = 1;
+		uint8_t num = coap_message[pos + 1];
+		option_struct.number += (0x0D + num);
+	}
+	else if(delta == 0x0E)
+	{
+		option_struct.delta_ext = 2;
+		uint16_t num = 0;
+		num = (num | coap_message[pos + 1]) << 8;
+		num = num | coap_message[pos + 2];
+		option_struct.number += (0x0E + 0xFF + num);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		option_struct.valid = 0;
+		return option_struct;
+	}
+	
+	if(option_struct.length < 0x0D)
+	{
+		option_struct.length_ext = 0;
+	}
+	else if(option_struct.length == 0x0D)
+	{
+		option_struct.length_ext = 1;
+		uint8_t num = coap_message[pos + option_struct.delta_ext + 1];
+		option_struct.length = (0x0D + num);
+	}
+	else if(option_struct.length == 0x0E)
+	{
+		option_struct.length_ext = 2;
+		uint16_t num = 0;
+		num = (num | coap_message[pos + option_struct.delta_ext + 1]) << 8;
+		num = num | coap_message[pos + option_struct.delta_ext + 2];
+		option_struct.length = (0x0E + 0xFF + num);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		option_struct.valid = 0;
+		return option_struct;
+	}
+	return option_struct;
+}
+
+// 获取option长度
+struct Option_Struct CoAP_Get_Option(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length, uint16_t number)
+{
+	uint8_t tkl = CoAP_Get_Tkl(coap_message);
+	uint16_t pos = 4 + tkl;
+	uint16_t current_number = 0;
+	struct Option_Struct option_struct;
+	
+	while(pos < coap_length)
+	{
+		option_struct = Get_Option(coap_message, pos, current_number);
+		if(option_struct.valid == 0 || option_struct.number == number)
+		{
+			break;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			current_number = option_struct.number;
+			pos = option_struct.pos + option_struct.delta_ext + option_struct.length_ext + option_struct.length + 1; // 下一个循环的位置起点
+		}
+	}
+	return option_struct;
+}
+
+
+
+// 获取option长度
+uint16_t CoAP_Get_Option_Length(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length, uint16_t number)
+{
+	uint16_t length = 0;
+	struct Option_Struct option_struct = CoAP_Get_Option(coap_message, coap_length, number);
+	if(option_struct.valid)
+	{
+		length = option_struct.length;
+	}
+	return length;
+}
+// 获取option value
+uint8_t * CoAP_Get_Option_Value(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length, uint16_t number, uint8_t * value)
+{
+	struct Option_Struct option_struct = CoAP_Get_Option(coap_message, coap_length, number);
+	if(option_struct.valid)
+	{
+		for(uint8_t i = 0; i < option_struct.length; i++)
+		{
+			value[i] = coap_message[option_struct.pos + option_struct.delta_ext + option_struct.length_ext + 1 + i];
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+//		value[0] = 0x99;
+	}
+	return value;
+}
+
+struct Payload_Struct
+{
+	uint8_t valid;
+	uint16_t pos;
+	uint16_t length;
+};
+// 获取payload
+struct Payload_Struct Get_Payload(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length)
+{
+	uint8_t tkl = CoAP_Get_Tkl(coap_message);
+	uint16_t pos = 4 + tkl;
+	uint16_t current_number = 0;
+	struct Option_Struct option_struct;
+	struct Payload_Struct payload_struct = {
+		.valid = 1,
+		.pos = 0,
+		.length = 0
+	};
+	
+	while(pos < coap_length)
+	{
+		if(coap_message[pos] == 0xFF)
+		{
+			payload_struct.valid = 1;
+			payload_struct.pos = pos + 1;
+			payload_struct.length = coap_length - pos - 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		option_struct = Get_Option(coap_message, pos, current_number);
+		if(option_struct.valid == 0)
+		{
+			payload_struct.valid = 0;
+			payload_struct.length = 0;
+			payload_struct.pos = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			current_number = option_struct.number;
+			pos = option_struct.pos + option_struct.delta_ext + option_struct.length_ext + option_struct.length + 1; // 下一个循环的位置起点
+		}
+	}
+	return payload_struct;
+}
+
+
+// 获取payload长度
+uint16_t CoAP_Get_Payload_Length(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length)
+{
+	struct Payload_Struct payload_struct = Get_Payload(coap_message, coap_length);
+	return payload_struct.length;
+}
+
+// 获取payload值
+uint8_t * CoAP_Get_Payload(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length, uint8_t * payload)
+{
+	struct Payload_Struct payload_struct = Get_Payload(coap_message, coap_length);
+	if(payload_struct.valid)
+	{
+		for(uint8_t i = 0; i < payload_struct.length; i++)
+		{
+			payload[i] = coap_message[payload_struct.pos + i];
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		
+	}
+	return payload;
+}
+

Drivers/CoAP.h

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#ifndef __COAP_H
+#define __COAP_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+uint8_t * CoAP_Get_Message(void);
+uint16_t CoAP_Get_Length(void);
+
+void CoAP_Init(void);
+
+// 报文类型，00CON，01NON，10ACK，11Rest
+void CoAP_Set_T(uint8_t t);
+// 请求类型
+void CoAP_Set_Code(uint8_t code);
+// messageID
+void CoAP_Set_MessageID(uint16_t messageID);
+// token  len不能大于8
+void CoAP_Set_Token(char * token, uint8_t len);
+// 设置option
+void CoAP_Set_Option(uint16_t number, uint16_t length, uint8_t * value);
+// 设置字符串类型的option
+void CoAP_Set_Option_Str(uint16_t number, char * message);
+// 设置short类型的option
+void CoAP_Set_Option_Short(uint16_t number, uint16_t num);
+// 设置payload
+void CoAP_Set_Payload(uint8_t * payload, uint16_t length);
+void CoAP_Set_Payload_Str(char * payload);
+
+
+// 报文解析
+// 获取版本号
+uint8_t CoAP_Get_Ver(uint8_t * coap_message);
+// 获取报文类型
+uint8_t CoAP_Get_T(uint8_t * coap_message);
+// 获取tkl
+uint8_t CoAP_Get_Tkl(uint8_t * coap_message);
+// 获取请求方式
+uint8_t CoAP_Get_Code(uint8_t * coap_message);
+// 获取messageID
+uint16_t CoAP_Get_MessageID(uint8_t * coap_message);
+// 获取token
+uint8_t * CoAP_Get_Token(uint8_t * coap_message, uint8_t * token);
+// 获取option长度
+uint16_t CoAP_Get_Option_Length(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length, uint16_t number);
+// 获取option value
+uint8_t * CoAP_Get_Option_Value(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length, uint16_t number, uint8_t * value);
+
+
+// 获取payload长度
+uint16_t CoAP_Get_Payload_Length(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length);
+// 获取payload值
+uint8_t * CoAP_Get_Payload(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_length, uint8_t * payload);
+
+
+
+
+#endif

Drivers/EC800M_UDP_Client5.c

@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#include "EC800M_UDP_Client5.h"
+#include "CoAP.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls_util.h"
+
+#include "cJSON.h"
+#include "sys.h"
+#include "ec800m.h"
+#include "pump_dicts.h"
+#include "INflash.h"
+
+#if  NBFLAG
+
+#else
+
+// 流程
+enum Step{
+	STEP_NONE, // 空闲状态，无操作
+	STEP_START, // 开始
+	STEP_EXIT_SLEEP, // 退出睡眠
+	STEP_ENTER_SLEEP, // 进入睡眠
+	STEP_WAIT, // 等待
+	
+	STEP_STATE, // 查询状态
+	STEP_OPEN, // 打开
+	STEP_OPEN_WAIT_RESULT, // 等待打开结果
+	STEP_JUDGE_AUTH_OR_DATA, // 判断认证还是发送
+	STEP_JOIN_AUTH_MESSAGE, // 拼接认证报文
+	STEP_JOIN_DATA_MESSAGE, // 拼接数据报文
+	STEP_QUERY_SLEEP, // 查询休眠
+	STEP_SET_SLEEP, // 开启休眠
+	STEP_QUERY_QENG_SERVINGCELL, // 查询信号质量
+	
+	STEP_SET_QISDE_0, // 关闭发送回显
+	STEP_SEND, // 发送
+	STEP_RECV, // 等待发送结果
+	
+	STEP_SET_CFUN_0, // 设置最小功能模式
+	STEP_WAIT_SET_CFUN_0, // 等待设置最小功能模式
+	STEP_SET_CFUN_1, // 设置全功能模式
+	STEP_WAIT_SET_CFUN_1, // 等待设置全功能模式结果
+	
+	STEP_SET_CGREG_2, // 设置ps域允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+	STEP_QUERY_CGREG, // 查询网络注册状态
+	
+	STEP_CLOSE, // 关闭
+	
+	STEP_SUCCESS, // 成功
+	STEP_FAILURE, // 失败
+	STEP_FINISH, // 流程结束
+};
+// 当前
+static enum Step step = STEP_NONE;
+// 下一步
+static enum Step next_step = STEP_NONE;
+
+// 客户端5
+struct EC800M_Client_Struct UDP_Client5 = {
+	.status = Client_Status_None,
+};
+
+// 注册后的参数
+extern Coefficient_Data flashdata;
+
+// socket ID
+static uint8_t connectID = 5;
+
+
+/** 阿里云连接参数 **/
+static char ProductKey[20] = "a1t3qlUNDcP";
+static char DeviceName[20] = "LTEcat1ceshi001";
+static char DeviceSecret[40] = "4929a78860f663ec72e2c313a4eee7ac";
+
+static char ClientID[60];
+static char Seq[10] = "666";
+
+static uint16_t Port = 5682;
+static char Host[60];
+
+static uint32_t SeqOffset;
+static char Random[20];
+static char Token[50];
+
+// payload缓存
+//static uint8_t payload[256];
+//static uint16_t payload_length;
+// coap报文
+static uint8_t coap_message[512]; 
+static uint16_t coap_message_length = 0;
+// aes cbc
+static uint8_t aes_key[16] = {0};
+static char iv[] = "543yhjy97ae7fyfg";
+
+// 泵参数
+static struct Pump_Params pump_params;
+// 待发送数据的地址和长度
+static uint8_t data[128];
+static uint16_t data_length;
+
+static uint8_t test_flag=0;
+
+
+// 计时相关的变量
+uint8_t Client5_time_flag = 0;
+uint32_t Client5_timer_ms = 0;
+uint32_t Client5_wait_time = 10;
+
+// 信号值
+static struct Signal
+{
+	int RSRP;
+	int RSRQ; 
+	int RSSI; 
+	int SINR;
+} signal = {
+	.RSRP = 99,
+	.RSRQ = 99,
+	.RSSI = 99,
+	.SINR = 99,
+};
+
+void Query_Signal(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR)
+{
+	*RSRP = signal.RSRP;
+	*RSRQ = signal.RSRQ;
+	*RSSI = signal.RSSI;
+	*SINR = signal.SINR;
+}
+
+// 初始化
+void UDP_Client5_Init(void)
+{
+	// 赋值三元组
+	strcpy(ProductKey, flashdata.productKey);
+	strcpy(DeviceName, flashdata.deviceName);
+	strcpy(DeviceSecret, flashdata.deviceSecret);
+	
+	// 设置host
+	memset(Host, '\0', sizeof(Host));
+	strcat(Host, ProductKey);
+	strcat(Host, ".coap.cn-shanghai.link.aliyuncs.com");
+	// 设置clientid
+	memset(ClientID, '\0', sizeof(ClientID));
+	strcat(ClientID, ProductKey);
+	strcat(ClientID, "&");
+	strcat(ClientID, DeviceName);
+}
+// 声明函数。步骤跳转
+void goto_step(enum Step ns);
+// 发送流程
+void UDP_Client5_Handle(void);
+// 发送数据
+void UDP_Client5_Send(struct Pump_Params params,uint8_t test_switch)
+{
+	test_flag=test_switch;
+	if(step == STEP_NONE)
+	{
+		// 待发送数据的地址和长度
+		pump_params = params;
+		// 初始化
+		UDP_Client5_Init();
+		// 正在发送
+		UDP_Client5.status = Client_Status_Sending;
+		// 流程开始
+		goto_step(STEP_START);
+	}
+}
+// 获取状态
+enum Client_Status UDP_Client5_Status(void)
+{
+	if(UDP_Client5.status == Client_Status_None)
+	{
+		return UDP_Client5.status;
+	}
+	else if(step == STEP_FINISH)
+	{
+		return UDP_Client5.status;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		return Client_Status_Sending;
+	}
+}
+// 清除
+void UDP_Client5_Clear(void)
+{
+	// 流程置空
+	goto_step(STEP_NONE);
+	// 空闲
+	UDP_Client5.status = Client_Status_None;
+}
+
+// 直接跳转到下一步
+static void goto_step(enum Step ns)
+{
+	// 重置ec800m状态
+	ec800m.reset();
+	step = ns; 
+}
+
+// 先等待再跳转到下一步
+static void goto_step_wait(enum Step ns, uint32_t t)
+{
+	goto_step(STEP_WAIT); // 等待
+	Client5_wait_time = t;
+	next_step = ns; // 等待之后跳转
+}
+
+// 只等待，等待之后返回原来的步骤
+static void goto_wait(uint32_t t)
+{
+	goto_step_wait(step, t);
+}
+
+// 失败
+static void goto_failure(char * info)
+{
+	Log_Printf_Debug("STEP: 数据发送失败,%s\r\n", info);
+	UDP_Client5.status = Client_Status_Failure;
+	strcpy(UDP_Client5.info, info);
+	goto_step(STEP_FAILURE);
+}
+
+// 成功
+static void goto_success(char * info)
+{
+	Log_Printf_Debug("STEP: 数据发送成功,%s\r\n", info);
+	UDP_Client5.status = Client_Status_Success;
+	strcpy(UDP_Client5.info, info);
+	goto_step(STEP_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+// 等待
+static void wait(void)
+{
+	if(Client5_time_flag == 0)
+	{
+		Client5_timer_ms = 0;
+		Client5_time_flag = 1;
+	}
+	else if(Client5_timer_ms > Client5_wait_time)
+	{
+		goto_step(next_step); // 进入下一步
+		Client5_time_flag = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+// 判断认证还是发送
+static uint8_t judge_auth_or_data(void)
+{
+	if(strlen(Token) > 0) // 已认证
+	{
+		return 1;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+// 拼接认证报文
+static void join_auth_message(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t * coap_message_length)
+{
+	SeqOffset=65535;
+	Log_Printf_Debug("STEP: 拼接认证报文,seqOffset=%d\r\n", SeqOffset);
+	// 先清除
+//	memset(coap_message, 0, sizeof(coap_message));
+//	coap_message_length = 0;
+	
+	// CoAP协议
+	CoAP_Init();
+	CoAP_Set_T(0);
+	CoAP_Set_Code(2);
+	CoAP_Set_MessageID(SeqOffset);
+	// option
+	// host
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(3, Host);
+	// port
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(7, Port);
+	// path
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "auth");
+	// content-format
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(12, 50);
+	// accept
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(17, 50);
+	
+	// 待签名数据
+	// 签名相关
+	static char StrForSignature[100];
+	static char sign[50];
+	memset(StrForSignature, '\0', sizeof(StrForSignature));
+	sprintf((char * )StrForSignature, "clientId%sdeviceName%sproductKey%sseq%s", ClientID, DeviceName, ProductKey, Seq);
+	// 签名
+	memset(sign, '\0', sizeof(sign));
+	utils_hmac_sha1_str(StrForSignature, strlen((char * )StrForSignature), sign, DeviceSecret, strlen(DeviceSecret));
+
+	// payload
+//	memset(payload, '\0', sizeof(payload));
+	char payload[256] = {0};
+	sprintf((char * )payload, "{\"clientId\":\"%s\",\"signmethod\":\"hmacsha1\",\"sign\":\"%s\",\"productKey\":\"%s\",\"deviceName\":\"%s\",\"seq\":\"%s\"}", ClientID, sign, ProductKey, DeviceName, Seq);
+	// 设置payload
+	CoAP_Set_Payload_Str(payload);
+	
+	// 生成报文
+	* coap_message_length = CoAP_Get_Length();
+	memcpy(coap_message, CoAP_Get_Message(), * coap_message_length);
+}
+
+// 拼接数据报文
+static void join_data_message(uint8_t * data, uint8_t data_length, uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t * coap_message_length)
+{
+	SeqOffset++;
+	Log_Printf_Debug("STEP: 拼接数据报文,seqOffset=%d\r\n", SeqOffset);
+	
+	// 先清除
+//	memset(coap_message, 0, sizeof(coap_message));
+//	coap_message_length = 0;
+	
+	char out[80]={0};
+	char sha256_source[100] = {0};
+	snprintf(sha256_source, sizeof(sha256_source), "%s,%s" ,DeviceSecret ,Random);
+	Log_Printf_Debug("sha256_source: %s\r\n", sha256_source);
+	utils_sha256(sha256_source, strlen(sha256_source), out);
+	memset(aes_key, 0, sizeof(aes_key));
+	memcpy(aes_key, out+8, 16); //获取key
+	
+	// CoAP协议
+	CoAP_Init();
+	CoAP_Set_T(0);
+	CoAP_Set_Code(2);
+	CoAP_Set_MessageID(SeqOffset);
+	// option
+	// host
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(3, Host);
+	// port
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(7, Port);
+	// path
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "topic");
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "sys");
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, ProductKey);
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, DeviceName);
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "thing");
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "model");
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(11, "up_raw");
+	// content-format
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(12, 50);
+	// accept
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Short(17, 50);
+	// 2088
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(2088, Token);
+	// 2089
+	char Rand2089[10] = {'\0'};
+	char Opt2089[20] = {'\0'};
+	my_itoa(SeqOffset, Rand2089, 10);
+	int Opt2089_Length = utils_aes128_cbc_enc((char * )aes_key, iv, Rand2089, Opt2089);
+	CoAP_Set_Option_Str(2089, Opt2089);
+	
+	// payload
+//	memset(payload, '\0', sizeof(payload));
+	uint8_t payload[256] = {0};
+	
+	// 
+	int payload_length = utils_aes128_cbc_enc_with_length((char * )aes_key, iv, data, data_length, payload);
+//		payload_length = utils_aes128_cbc_enc((char * )aes_key, iv, (char * )Data_Buffer, (char * )payload);
+	Log_Printf_Debug("payload_length: %d\r\n", payload_length);
+	
+	CoAP_Set_Payload(payload, payload_length);
+	
+	// 生成报文
+	* coap_message_length = CoAP_Get_Length();
+	memcpy(coap_message, CoAP_Get_Message(), * coap_message_length);
+}
+
+// 等待数据返回
+static uint8_t recv_data_handle(uint8_t * coap_message, uint16_t coap_message_length)
+{
+	uint16_t payload_length = CoAP_Get_Payload_Length(coap_message, coap_message_length);
+	uint8_t payload[256] = {0};
+	CoAP_Get_Payload(coap_message, coap_message_length, payload);
+	
+	Log_Printf_Debug("payload长度: %d\r\n", payload_length);
+	
+	// 判断是认证返回，还是数据发送返回
+	if(payload_length == 0) // 无返回
+	{
+		// 清空Token，重新认证
+		memset(Token, '\0', sizeof(Token));
+		return 0;
+	}
+	else if(payload[0] == '{' && payload[payload_length-1] == '}') // 认证返回
+	{
+		// 解析json
+		cJSON * cjson = cJSON_Parse((char * )payload);
+		Log_Printf_Debug("plaintext(%d): %s\r\n",payload_length, payload);
+		memset(Random, '\0', sizeof(Random));
+		memset(Token, '\0', sizeof(Token));
+		if(cJSON_HasObjectItem(cjson, "random"))
+		{
+			char * random = cJSON_GetObjectItem(cjson, "random")->valuestring;
+			strcpy(Random, random);
+		}
+		if(cJSON_HasObjectItem(cjson, "seqOffset"))
+		{
+			uint16_t seqOffset = cJSON_GetObjectItem(cjson, "seqOffset")->valueint;
+			SeqOffset = seqOffset;
+		}
+		if(cJSON_HasObjectItem(cjson, "token"))
+		{
+			char * token = cJSON_GetObjectItem(cjson, "token")->valuestring;
+			strcpy(Token, token);
+		}
+		Log_Printf_Debug("\r\n(%s, %s, %d)\r\n", Random, Token, SeqOffset);
+		cJSON_Delete(cjson);//清除结构体 
+		return 1;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// 数据发送成功返回
+		uint8_t plaintext[256] = {0}; // 明文
+		uint16_t plaintext_length = utils_aes128_cbc_dec((char * )aes_key, iv, (char * )payload, payload_length, (char * )plaintext);
+		Log_Printf_Debug("\r\nplaintext(%d): %s\r\n",plaintext_length, (char *)plaintext);
+		return 2;
+	}
+}
+// 发送数据的逻辑
+static enum Result result = Result_None;
+static uint8_t cgreg_n; 
+static uint8_t cgreg_stat; 
+static uint16_t cgreg_lac; 
+static uint32_t cgreg_ci;
+static uint8_t query_cgreg_times = 0; // 查询网络状态的次数
+static uint8_t auth_times = 0; // 认证次数
+static uint16_t socket_err = 0;
+static uint8_t auth_or_data = 0;
+void UDP_Client5_Handle(void)
+{
+	// 流程
+	switch(step)
+	{
+		case STEP_NONE: // 空闲
+			break;
+		case STEP_START: // 开始
+			query_cgreg_times = 0; // 查询网络状态的次数
+			auth_times = 0; // 认证次数
+			goto_step(STEP_EXIT_SLEEP);
+			break;
+		case STEP_EXIT_SLEEP: // 退出休眠
+			ec800m.exit_sleep();
+			goto_step_wait(STEP_SET_CFUN_1, 3);
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_CFUN_1: // 设置全功能模式
+			result = ec800m.set_cfun(1);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_SET_CGREG_2);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("设置全功能模式失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_CGREG_2: // 设置ps域
+			result = ec800m.set_cgreg(2);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_QUERY_CGREG);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("设置ps域失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_QUERY_CGREG: // 查询ps域
+			result = ec800m.query_cgreg(&cgreg_n, &cgreg_stat, &cgreg_lac, &cgreg_ci);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				if(cgreg_stat == 1)
+				{
+					// 参数赋值
+					pump_params.lac = cgreg_lac;
+					pump_params.ci = cgreg_ci;
+					// 编码
+					business_protocol_encode(pump_params, data, &data_length);
+					// 下一步
+					if(test_flag == 0)
+					{
+						goto_step(STEP_CLOSE);
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						goto_step(STEP_QUERY_QENG_SERVINGCELL);
+					}
+				}
+				else if(query_cgreg_times > 10) // 最多查询20次
+				{
+					goto_failure("查询ps域次数过多");
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					goto_wait(400);
+					query_cgreg_times++;
+				}
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("查询ps域失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_QUERY_QENG_SERVINGCELL: // 查询信号质量
+			result = ec800m.qeng_servingcell(&signal.RSRP, &signal.RSRQ, &signal.RSSI, &signal.SINR);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_CLOSE);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("查询信号质量失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_CLOSE: // 关闭连接
+			result = ec800m.close_socket(connectID);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_OPEN);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("关闭连接失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_OPEN: // 打开客户端
+			result = ec800m.open_socket(connectID, "UDP", Host, Port, 1, &socket_err);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				if(socket_err == 0)
+				{
+					goto_step(STEP_JUDGE_AUTH_OR_DATA);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					goto_failure("客户端打开错误");
+				}
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("打开客户端失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_JUDGE_AUTH_OR_DATA: // 判断认证还是发送
+			auth_or_data = judge_auth_or_data();
+			if(auth_or_data == 1) // 已认证
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_JOIN_DATA_MESSAGE);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_JOIN_AUTH_MESSAGE);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_JOIN_AUTH_MESSAGE: // 拼接认证报文
+			if(auth_times > 0) // 最多重新认证一次
+			{
+				goto_failure("认证次数过多");
+			}
+			else 
+			{
+				join_auth_message(coap_message, &coap_message_length);
+				goto_step(STEP_SET_QISDE_0);
+				auth_times++;
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_JOIN_DATA_MESSAGE: // 拼接数据报文
+			join_data_message(data, data_length, coap_message, &coap_message_length);
+			goto_step(STEP_SET_QISDE_0);
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_QISDE_0: // 关闭发送回显
+			result = ec800m.set_qisde(0);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_SEND);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("关闭发送回显失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_SEND: // 发送send
+			result = ec800m.send(connectID, coap_message, coap_message_length);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_RECV);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("发送send失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_RECV: // 等待结果
+			result = ec800m.recv_with_time(connectID, coap_message, &coap_message_length, 10000);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				uint8_t res = recv_data_handle(coap_message, coap_message_length);
+				if(res == 0) // 发送失败
+				{
+					goto_step(STEP_JUDGE_AUTH_OR_DATA); // 重新认证
+				}
+				else if(res == 1) // 认证成功
+				{
+					goto_step(STEP_JOIN_DATA_MESSAGE);
+				}
+				else if(res == 2) // 发送成功
+				{
+					goto_success("发送成功");
+				}
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				goto_failure("等待结果失败");
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_WAIT: // 等待
+			wait();
+			break;
+		case STEP_SUCCESS: // 成功
+			goto_step(STEP_SET_SLEEP);
+			break;
+		case STEP_FAILURE: // 失败
+			goto_step(STEP_SET_SLEEP);
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_SLEEP: // 设置休眠模式
+			result = ec800m.set_sleep(1);
+			if(result != Result_None)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_SET_CFUN_0);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_CFUN_0: // 设置最小功能模式
+			result = ec800m.set_cfun(0);
+			if(result != Result_None)
+			{
+				goto_step(STEP_ENTER_SLEEP);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_ENTER_SLEEP: // 进入睡眠
+			ec800m.enter_sleep();
+			goto_step(STEP_FINISH);
+			break;
+		case STEP_FINISH: // 结束流程
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	
+}
+
+#endif

Drivers/EC800M_UDP_Client5.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#ifndef __EC800M_UDP_CLIENT5_H
+#define __EC800M_UDP_CLIENT5_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "pump_dicts.h"
+#include "AT.h"
+#if  NBFLAG
+
+#else
+enum Client_Status{
+	Client_Status_None, // 空闲
+	Client_Status_Sending, // 正在发送
+	Client_Status_Success, // 发送成功
+	Client_Status_Failure, // 发送失败
+};
+struct EC800M_Client_Struct{
+	enum Client_Status status; // 状态
+	char info[200]; // 备注信息
+};
+
+extern struct EC800M_Client_Struct UDP_Client5;
+
+// 获取状态
+enum Client_Status UDP_Client5_Status(void);
+// 发送数据
+void UDP_Client5_Send(struct Pump_Params params,uint8_t test_switch);
+// 清除
+void UDP_Client5_Clear(void);
+// 处理流程
+void UDP_Client5_Handle(void);
+
+// 查询信号质量
+void Query_Signal(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR);
+#endif
+
+#endif

Drivers/Ec800m/bc260.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1788 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * 版   本       ：V1.0.0
+  * 作   者       ：liuyanbin,helomgxiang
+  * 版权所有，盗版必究。
+  * Copyright(C) All rights reserved
+  ******************************************************************************
+  *                             历史记录
+  *     序号      版本        变更内容          作者              日期
+  *      1        V0.0.1      实现4GAT指令      何龙翔          2023/12/10
+  *      2        V0.0.2      基于4实现NB指令      刘艳斌          2024/1/10
+  *      3        V0.0.3      整合4g和nb代码      刘艳斌          2024/1/24
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#include "CONFIG.h"
+#include "AT.h"
+#include "bc260.h"
+#include "sys.h"
+
+
+#if  NBFLAG
+
+
+// 方法声明
+
+void bc260y_reset(void); // 重置状态。该文件中的方法共用状态，在使用下面的方法前需要重置一下状态。
+enum Result bc260y_exit_sleep(void); // 退出休眠
+enum Result bc260y_exit_sleep_sync(void); // 退出休眠
+void bc260y_enter_sleep(void); // 进入休眠
+/**
+* 查询休眠模式
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 睡眠模式。0 禁用，默认；1 启用。
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_sleep(uint8_t * n); // 查询休眠模式。
+enum Result bc260y_query_sleep_sync(uint8_t * n); // 查询休眠模式。同步
+/**
+* 设置休眠模式
+* 输入<<
+* n 参数。0 禁用；1启用。
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_sleep(uint8_t n); // 设置休眠模式。
+enum Result bc260y_set_sleep_sync(uint8_t n); // 设置休眠模式。同步
+/**
+* 设置功能模式
+* 输入<<
+* fun 0 最小功能模式；1 全功能模式。
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_cfun(uint8_t fun);
+enum Result bc260y_set_cfun_sync(uint8_t fun); // 同步
+/**
+* 设置ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* n 0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_cgreg(uint8_t n);
+enum Result bc260y_set_cgreg_sync(uint8_t n); // 同步
+/**
+* 查询ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 控制指定URC的上报。0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* stat 网络注册状态。0 未注册；1 已注册，归属地网络； 2 未注册；3 注册被拒绝；4 未知；5 已注册，漫游。
+* lac 基站位置区号。用于基站定位，2个字节。
+* ci 基站小区ID。用于基站定位，4个字节。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_cgreg(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci);
+enum Result bc260y_query_cgreg_sync(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci); // 同步
+/** 
+* 查询socket服务状态
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* state Socket服务状态。0 未连接；1 正在连接；2 已建立连接；3 服务正在监听；4 连接断开。
+*
+* 
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_socket_state(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state);
+enum Result bc260y_query_socket_state_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state); // 同步
+/** 
+* 打开socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* service_type Socket服务类型。取值为"UDP", "TCP"。
+* IP_address 远程服务器地址
+* remote_port 远程服务器端口
+* access_mode Socket服务的数据访问模式。0 缓存模式；1 直吐模式；2 透传模式。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* err 操作错误代码。0 表示没有错误；其余参考移远文档。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_open_socket(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err);
+enum Result bc260y_open_socket_sync(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err); // 同步
+/** 
+* 关闭socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+*
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_close_socket(uint8_t connectID);
+enum Result bc260y_close_socket_sync(uint8_t connectID); // 同步
+/** 
+* 解释：控制是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据
+* 为了便于处理返回，发送数据时需要关闭回显。
+* 输入<<
+* echo 是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据。0 不回显；1 回显。默认是回显
+*
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_qisde(uint8_t echo);
+enum Result bc260y_set_qisde_sync(uint8_t echo); // 同步
+
+/** 
+* 发送数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11。
+* send_length 发送长度。
+* data 待发送的数据。
+*
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_send(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length);
+enum Result bc260y_send_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length); // 同步
+/** 
+* 接收数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_recv(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length); // 接收数据
+/** 
+* 接收数据。带计时
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_recv_with_time(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out);
+enum Result bc260y_recv_with_time_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out); // 同步
+/** 
+* 解释：关闭模块
+* 关闭模块，关闭后会自动重启。
+* 输入<<
+* n 模块关机方式。0 立即关机；1 正常关机。默认是1
+*
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_power_down(uint8_t n);
+enum Result bc260y_power_down_sync(uint8_t n); // 同步
+/** 
+* 模块是否启动成功
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_ready(void);
+
+/** 
+* 查询信号质量
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+* RSRP 
+* RSRQ
+* RSSI
+* SINR
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_qeng_servingcell(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR);
+enum Result bc260y_qeng_servingcell_sync(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR);
+
+
+/** 
+* 查询ICCID
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+* iccid SIM卡卡号
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_qccid(char * iccid);
+enum Result bc260y_query_qccid_sync(char * iccid);
+/** 
+* 配置发送数据格式
+* 输入<<
+*n 0数据格式为文本字符串，1为十六进制字符串
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_dataformat(uint8_t n);
+enum Result bc260y_dataformat_sync(uint8_t n);
+// 
+extern struct AT_Struct AT;
+
+// AT指令
+static char AT_CMD[256];
+
+
+// EC800M提供的一些方法
+struct BC260Y bc260y =
+{
+	.reset = bc260y_reset,
+	.exit_sleep = bc260y_exit_sleep,
+	.exit_sleep_sync = bc260y_exit_sleep_sync,
+	.enter_sleep = bc260y_enter_sleep,
+	.query_sleep = bc260y_query_sleep,
+	.query_sleep_sync = bc260y_query_sleep_sync,
+	.set_sleep = bc260y_set_sleep,
+	.set_sleep_sync = bc260y_set_sleep_sync,
+	.set_cfun = bc260y_set_cfun,
+	.set_cfun_sync = bc260y_set_cfun_sync,
+	.set_cgreg = bc260y_set_cgreg,
+	.set_cgreg_sync = bc260y_set_cgreg_sync,
+	.query_cgreg = bc260y_query_cgreg,
+	.query_cgreg_sync = bc260y_query_cgreg_sync,
+	.query_socket_state = bc260y_query_socket_state,
+	.query_socket_state_sync = bc260y_query_socket_state_sync,
+	.open_socket = bc260y_open_socket,
+	.open_socket_sync = bc260y_open_socket_sync,
+	.close_socket = bc260y_close_socket,
+	.close_socket_sync = bc260y_close_socket_sync,
+	.set_qisde = bc260y_set_qisde,
+	.set_qisde_sync = bc260y_set_qisde_sync,
+	.send = bc260y_send,
+	.send_sync = bc260y_send_sync,
+	.recv = bc260y_recv,
+	.recv_with_time = bc260y_recv_with_time,
+	.recv_with_time_sync = bc260y_recv_with_time_sync,
+	.power_down = bc260y_power_down,
+	.power_down_sync = bc260y_power_down_sync,
+	.ready = bc260y_ready,
+	.qeng_servingcell = bc260y_qeng_servingcell,
+	.qeng_servingcell_sync = bc260y_qeng_servingcell_sync,
+	.query_qccid = bc260y_query_qccid,
+	.query_qccid_sync = bc260y_query_qccid_sync,
+	.dataformat= bc260y_dataformat,
+	.dataformat_sync= bc260y_dataformat_sync
+};
+
+
+// 发送AT指令
+//static void send_data(uint8_t * data, uint16_t length)
+//{
+//	// 发送AT指令
+//	AT_Send_Bytes(data, length);
+//}
+
+// 发送AT指令
+static uint8_t send_at_string(char * cmd)
+{
+	uint8_t state = 0;
+	if(AT.status == AT_Status_None)
+	{
+		// 发送AT指令
+		AT_Send_String(cmd);
+		state = 1;
+	}
+	return state;
+}
+
+
+
+// 获取状态
+static enum STATUS getStatus(void)
+{
+	return bc260y.status;
+}
+// 设置状态
+static void setStatus(enum STATUS status)
+{
+	bc260y.status = status;
+}
+// 获取定时
+static uint32_t getTimerMs(void)
+{
+	return bc260y.timer_ms;
+}
+// 设置定时
+static void setTimerMs(uint32_t time)
+{
+	bc260y.timer_ms = time;
+}
+// 获取ID
+static uint8_t getActiveID(void)
+{
+	return bc260y.activeID;
+}
+static void setActiveID(uint8_t activeID)
+{
+	bc260y.activeID = activeID;
+}
+// 验证ID
+static uint8_t verifyActiveID(uint8_t activeID)
+{
+	if(getActiveID() == 0 || getActiveID() == activeID){ return 1; }
+	else
+	{ 
+		Log_Printf_Debug("activeID  repetition!\r\n");
+		return 0; 
+	}
+}
+
+// 返回超时结果
+static enum Result overtime(void)
+{
+	setStatus(Status_Overtime); // 超时
+	return Result_Failed; // 结果
+}
+// 返回成功结果
+static enum Result success(void)
+{
+	// 成功
+	setStatus(Status_Success);
+	// 结果
+	return Result_Success;
+}
+// 返回失败结果
+static enum Result failed(void)
+{
+	// 失败
+	setStatus(Status_Failed);
+	// 失败结果
+	return Result_Failed;
+}
+
+
+
+// 重置状态。该文件中的方法共用状态，在使用方法前需要重置一下状态。
+void bc260y_reset(void)
+{
+	setStatus(Status_None); // 重置状态
+	setActiveID(0); // 重置ID
+	setTimerMs(0); // 重置计时
+	AT_Clear(); // 清除AT指令
+}
+// 发送指令并改变状态
+enum Result send_at(char * cmd, uint8_t activeID)
+{
+	Log_Printf_Debug(cmd); // 打印AT指令
+	if(send_at_string(cmd)) // 发送AT指令
+	{
+		setActiveID(activeID); // 活动ID
+		setStatus(Status_Sending); // 设置已发送
+		setTimerMs(0); // 重置计时
+		return Result_None; // 未知结果
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令发送失败\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		return Result_Failed; // 失败结果
+	}
+}
+// 退出休眠
+enum Result bc260y_exit_sleep(void)
+{
+	//GPIO_SetBits(WAKE_GPIO, WAKE_GPIO_Pin);// nb拉高io口，唤醒模组
+	
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 1, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; } // 校验ID
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期1，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "+QNBIOTEVENT:") != NULL)
+	{
+	  // 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+	
+}
+enum Result bc260y_exit_sleep_sync()
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_exit_sleep();
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+// 进入休眠
+void bc260y_enter_sleep(void)
+{
+	GPIO_ResetBits(WAKE_GPIO, WAKE_GPIO_Pin); // nb拉低io口，进入睡眠
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+* 查询休眠模式
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 睡眠模式。0 禁用，默认；1 启用。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_sleep(uint8_t * n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 1, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; } // 校验ID
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QSCLK?\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期1，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+	
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		char * Line1 = strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 拆解第二行
+		char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+		char * split_inner = ": ";
+		strtok_r(Line2, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		// 获取mode
+		* n = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+* 查询休眠模式。同步方法
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 睡眠模式。0 禁用，默认；1 启用。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_sleep_sync(uint8_t * n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_query_sleep(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+* 设置休眠模式
+* n 参数。0 禁用；1启用允许进入Deep Sleep 模式,2允许模块进入入Light Sleep 模式。
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_sleep(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 2, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; } // 校验ID
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QSCLK=%d\r\r\n", n); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/**
+* 设置休眠模式。同步
+* n 参数。0 禁用；1启用。
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_sleep_sync(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_set_sleep(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/**
+* 设置功能模式
+* fun 0 最小功能模式；1 全功能模式。
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_cfun(uint8_t fun)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 4, time; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验参数
+	if(fun == 0){ time = 3000; }
+	else if(fun == 1){ time = 8000; }
+	else
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("set_cfun params error!\r\n");
+		return Result_Failed; 
+	} 
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+CFUN=%d\r\r\n", fun); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 防止接收不完整
+		if(AT_wait_time() > 10) // 过10ms之后再取数据，避免数据截断。
+		{
+			// 发送日志
+			Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+			Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+			
+			result = success(); // 成功
+		}
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+/**
+* 设置功能模式
+* 输入<<
+* fun 0 最小功能模式；1 全功能模式。
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_cfun_sync(uint8_t fun)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_set_cfun(fun);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/**
+* 设置ps域网络注册状态
+* n 0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_cgreg(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 6, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验参数
+	if(n > 2)
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("set_cgreg params error!\r\n");
+		return Result_Failed; 
+	} 
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+CEREG=%d\r\r\n", n); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/**
+* 设置ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* n 0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_cgreg_sync(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_set_cgreg(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/**
+* 查询ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 控制指定URC的上报。0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* stat 网络注册状态。0 未注册；1 已注册，归属地网络； 2 未注册；3 注册被拒绝；4 未知；5 已注册，漫游。
+* lac 基站位置区号。用于基站定位，2个字节。
+* ci 基站小区ID。用于基站定位，4个字节。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_cgreg(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 9, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+CEREG?\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		setStatus(Status_Overtime); // 超时
+		result = Result_Failed; // 结果
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		char * Line1 = strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+		char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+		strtok_r(Line1, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		* n = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* stat = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		
+//		Log_Printf_Debug("saveptr_inner: %s\r\n", Line2);
+		* lac = strtoul(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner), NULL, 16);
+		* ci = strtoul(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner), NULL, 16);
+		// 打印
+		Log_Printf_Debug("mode: %d, stat: %d, lac: %d, ci: %d\r\n", * n, * stat, * lac, * ci);
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/**
+* 查询ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 控制指定URC的上报。0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* stat 网络注册状态。0 未注册；1 已注册，归属地网络； 2 未注册；3 注册被拒绝；4 未知；5 已注册，漫游。
+* lac 基站位置区号。用于基站定位，2个字节。
+* ci 基站小区ID。用于基站定位，4个字节。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_cgreg_sync(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_query_cgreg(n, stat, lac, ci);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 查询socket服务状态
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* state Socket服务状态。0 未连接；1 正在连接；2 已建立连接；3 服务正在监听；4 连接断开。
+*
+* activeID 9
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_socket_state(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 9, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QISTATE=1,%d\r\r\n", connectID); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 查询结果为空
+		if(strcmp(Line2, "OK") == 0){ * state = 0; }
+		else
+		{
+			// 拆解第二行
+			char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+			char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+			strtok_r(Line2, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			* state = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		}
+		// 打印
+		Log_Printf_Debug("result: %d\r\n", * state);
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 查询socket服务状态
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* state Socket服务状态。0 未连接；1 正在连接；2 已建立连接；3 服务正在监听；4 连接断开。
+*
+* activeID 9
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_socket_state_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_query_socket_state(connectID, state);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 打开socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* service_type Socket服务类型。取值为"UDP", "TCP"。
+* IP_address 远程服务器地址
+* remote_port 远程服务器端口
+* access_mode Socket服务的数据访问模式。0 缓存模式；1 直吐模式；2 透传模式。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* err 操作错误代码。0 表示没有错误；其余参考移远文档。
+*
+* activeID 19
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_open_socket(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 19, time = 3000; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QIOPEN=0,%d,\"%s\",\"%s\",%d,%d,%d\r\r\n", connectID, service_type, IP_address, remote_port, 0, access_mode); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "+QIOPEN: ") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 第三行
+		char * Line3 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 查询结果为空
+		if(strcmp(Line2, "OK") == 0)
+		{
+			// 拆解第三行
+			char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+			char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+			strtok_r(Line3, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			uint8_t connID = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+			* err = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+			Log_Printf_Debug("result: %d, %d\r\n", connID, * err);
+		}
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 打开socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* service_type Socket服务类型。取值为"UDP", "TCP"。
+* IP_address 远程服务器地址
+* remote_port 远程服务器端口
+* access_mode Socket服务的数据访问模式。0 缓存模式；1 直吐模式；2 透传模式。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* err 操作错误代码。0 表示没有错误；其余参考移远文档。
+*
+* activeID 19
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_open_socket_sync(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_open_socket(connectID, service_type, IP_address, remote_port, access_mode, err);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/** 
+* 关闭socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+*
+* activeID 29
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_close_socket(uint8_t connectID)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 29, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QICLOSE=%d\r\r\n", connectID); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+/** 
+* 关闭socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+*
+* activeID 29
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_close_socket_sync(uint8_t connectID)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_close_socket(connectID);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 解释：控制是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据
+* 为了便于处理返回，发送数据时需要关闭回显。
+* 输入<<
+* echo 是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据。0 不回显；1 回显。默认是回显
+*
+* activeID 45
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_qisde(uint8_t echo)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 45, time = 1000; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "ATE%d\r\r\n", echo); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 解释：控制是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据
+* 为了便于处理返回，发送数据时需要关闭回显。
+* 输入<<
+* echo 是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据。0 不回显；1 回显。默认是回显
+*
+* activeID 45
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_set_qisde_sync(uint8_t echo)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_set_qisde(echo);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 发送数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11。
+* send_length 发送长度。
+* data 待发送的数据。
+*
+* activeID 49
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_send(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	char hexData[1024] = {0};
+	
+	int activeID = 49, time = 10000; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		byteToHexStr(data,hexData, data_length);//nb需要转16进制
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QISEND=%d,%d,%s\r\r\n", connectID, data_length,hexData); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "SEND OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "SEND FALL\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 发送数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11。
+* send_length 发送长度。
+* data 待发送的数据。
+*
+* activeID 49
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_send_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_send(connectID, data, data_length);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/** 
+* 接收数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_recv(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length)
+{
+	// 设置AT为使用中，防止被其他程序占用
+	AT_Set_Status(AT_Status_Using);
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	// 校验参数
+	if(connectID > 11)
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("recv params error!\r\n");
+		return Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	char cmp[20];
+	sprintf(cmp, "+QIURC: \"recv\",%d", connectID); // 拼接AT指令
+	// 判断是否接收到
+	if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), cmp) != NULL)
+	{
+		// 防止接收不完整
+		uint32_t last_time = AT_wait_time();
+		if(last_time > 10) // 过10ms之后再取数据，避免数据截断。
+		{
+			// 发送日志
+			Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d, time_diff: %d\r\n", AT_result_length(), last_time);
+	//		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+			char * saveptr = NULL;
+			char * split = "\r";//删除\n，这个会改变解析的值
+			char * Line1 = strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+			uint8_t Line1_Len = strlen(Line1);
+			Log_Printf_Debug("Line1(%d): %s\r\n",Line1_Len ,Line1);
+			 
+			// 分割Line1，获取报文长度
+			char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+			char * split_inner = ",";
+			strtok_r(Line1, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			//Log_Printf_Debug("saveptr_inner: %s####\r\n",saveptr_inner);
+			* data_length = strtoul(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner), NULL, 10);
+			 
+//			uint16_t line_length = Line1_Len+4 ;
+			// 内存拷贝
+			memcpy(data,saveptr_inner+1, *data_length);
+			//memcpy(data,AT_result(), *data_length);
+//			for(int i =0;i<*data_length;i++)
+//			{
+//			  Log_Printf_Debug("%02x",data[i]);
+//			}
+			
+//	        Log_Printf_Debug("\r\n ####data: %s\r\n",data);
+			// 成功
+			result = Result_Success;
+			// 清理一下AT返回结果缓存
+			AT_Clear_Result();
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/** 
+* 接收数据。带计时
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_recv_with_time(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 59, time = time_out; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		setStatus(Status_Sending);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("等待时间超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// 接收数据
+		result = bc260y.recv(connectID, data, data_length);
+		if(result == Result_Success)
+		{
+			result = success(); // 成功
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 接收数据。带计时
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_recv_with_time_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_recv_with_time(connectID, data, data_length, time_out);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 解释：关闭模块
+* 关闭模块，关闭后会自动重启。
+* 输入<<
+* n 模块关机方式。0 立即关机；1 正常关机。默认是1
+*
+* activeID 69
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_power_down(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 69, time = 3000; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QPOWD=%d\r\r\n", n); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime();
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "POWERED DOWN\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		// 成功结果
+		result = success();
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 解释：关闭模块。同步
+* 关闭模块，关闭后会自动重启。
+* 输入<<
+* n 模块关机方式。0 立即关机；1 正常关机。默认是1
+*
+* activeID 69
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_power_down_sync(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_power_down(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 模块是否启动成功
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_ready(void)
+{
+	if(AT_Get_Status() != AT_Status_None)
+	{
+		return Result_None;
+	}
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	// 判断是否接收到
+	uint8_t  RDY[5]="RDY";
+	if(memmem(AT_result(),AT_result_length(),RDY,strlen((char *)RDY)) != 0)
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		// 成功结果
+		result = Result_Success;
+		// 清理一下AT返回结果缓存
+		AT_Clear_Result();
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 查询信号质量
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+* RSRP 
+* RSRQ
+* RSSI
+* SINR
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_qeng_servingcell(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 71, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		//sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QENG=\"servingcell\"\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QENG=0\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		setStatus(Status_Overtime); // 超时
+		result = Result_Failed; // 结果
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+//		char * saveptr = NULL;
+//		char * split = "\r\n";
+
+		char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+		char * split_inner = ",\"";
+		strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		* RSRP = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* RSRQ = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* RSSI = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* SINR = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		// 打印
+		Log_Printf_Debug("RSRP: %d, RSRQ: %d, RSSI: %d, SINR: %d\r\n", * RSRP, * RSRQ, * RSSI, * SINR);
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+enum Result bc260y_qeng_servingcell_sync(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_qeng_servingcell(RSRP, RSRQ, RSSI, SINR);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 查询ICCID
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+* iccid SIM卡卡号
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_query_qccid(char * iccid)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 75, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QCCID\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		setStatus(Status_Overtime); // 超时
+		result = Result_Failed; // 结果
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		char * Line1 =strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+//		// 第二行
+//		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 拆解第二行
+		char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+		char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+		
+		strtok_r(Line1, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		// 字符串拷贝
+		strcpy(iccid, strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		
+		// 打印
+		Log_Printf_Debug("ICCID: %s\r\n", iccid);
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+enum Result bc260y_query_qccid_sync(char * iccid)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = bc260y_query_qccid(iccid);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 配置发送数据格式
+* 输入<<
+*n 0数据格式为文本字符串，1为十六进制字符串
+*
+**/
+enum Result bc260y_dataformat(uint8_t n)
+{
+  enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 2, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; } // 校验ID
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QICFG=dataformat,%d,%d\r\n", n,0); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+/** 
+* 配置发送数据格式
+* 输入<<
+*n 0数据格式为文本字符串，1为十六进制字符串
+*
+**/
+
+enum Result bc260y_dataformat_sync(uint8_t n)
+{
+  enum Result result = Result_None;
+		while(1)
+	{
+		result =bc260y_dataformat(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			bc260y.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+ return result;
+}
+
+#else
+
+#endif
+

Drivers/Ec800m/bc260.h

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+#ifndef __bc260_H
+#define __bc260_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "AT.h"
+#if  NBFLAG
+
+extern struct BC260Y bc260y;
+
+enum Result
+{
+	Result_None, // 未知
+	Result_Success, // 成功
+	Result_Failed, // 失败
+};
+enum STATUS
+{
+	Status_None, // 空闲
+	Status_Sending, // 正在发送
+	Status_Success, // 成功
+	Status_Failed, // 失败
+	Status_Overtime, // 超时
+};
+
+
+// ec800m的AT发送状态机
+struct BC260Y
+{
+	enum STATUS status; // 状态
+	uint16_t activeID; // 活动的编号。下面的每个活动都有一个唯一的编号
+	uint32_t timer_ms; // 计时器
+	void (* reset) (void);
+	enum Result (* exit_sleep)(void); // 退出休眠
+	enum Result (* exit_sleep_sync)(void); // 退出休眠
+	void (* enter_sleep)(void); // 退出休眠
+	enum Result (* query_sleep)(uint8_t * n); // 查询休眠状态
+	enum Result (* query_sleep_sync)(uint8_t * n); // 查询休眠状态。同步
+	enum Result (* set_sleep)(uint8_t n); // 设置休眠模式
+	enum Result (* set_sleep_sync)(uint8_t n); // 设置休眠模式。同步
+	enum Result (* set_cfun)(uint8_t fun); // 设置功能模式
+	enum Result (* set_cfun_sync)(uint8_t fun); // 设置功能模式。同步
+	enum Result (* set_cgreg)(uint8_t n); // 设置ps域注册状态。
+	enum Result (* set_cgreg_sync)(uint8_t n); // 设置ps域注册状态。。同步
+	enum Result (* query_cgreg)(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci); // 查询ps域网络注册状态
+	enum Result (* query_cgreg_sync)(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci); // 查询ps域网络注册状态。同步
+	enum Result (* query_socket_state)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state); // 查询Socket服务状态
+	enum Result (* query_socket_state_sync)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state); // 查询Socket服务状态。同步
+	enum Result (* open_socket)(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err); // 打开Socket服务
+	enum Result (* open_socket_sync)(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err); // 打开Socket服务。同步
+	enum Result (* close_socket)(uint8_t connectID); // 关闭socket服务
+	enum Result (* close_socket_sync)(uint8_t connectID); // 关闭socket服务。同步
+	enum Result (* set_qisde)(uint8_t echo); // 控制发送数据后是否回显。
+	enum Result (* set_qisde_sync)(uint8_t echo); // 控制发送数据后是否回显。。同步
+	enum Result (* send)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length); // 发送数据。
+	enum Result (* send_sync)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length); // 发送数据。。同步
+	
+	enum Result (* recv)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length); // 接收数据
+	enum Result (* recv_with_time)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out); // 接收数据，带等待时间。
+	enum Result (* recv_with_time_sync)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out); // 接收数据，带等待时间。同步
+	
+	enum Result (* power_down)(uint8_t n); // 模块关机
+	enum Result (* power_down_sync)(uint8_t n); // 模块关机
+	enum Result (* ready)(void); // 模块是否启动成功
+	
+	enum Result (* qeng_servingcell)(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR); // 查询网络信号质量。
+	enum Result (* qeng_servingcell_sync)(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR); // 查询网络信号质量。同步
+	
+	enum Result (* query_qccid)(char * iccid); // 查询SIM卡卡号
+	enum Result (* query_qccid_sync)(char * iccid); // 查询SIM卡卡号
+	
+	enum Result (* dataformat)(uint8_t n); // 配置发送数据格式
+	enum Result (* dataformat_sync)(uint8_t n); // 配置发送数据格式
+	
+};
+
+#else
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif
+

Drivers/Ec800m/ec800m.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1649 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#include "CONFIG.h"
+
+#include "ec800m.h"
+#include "sys.h"
+
+
+/**
+* 龙三郎
+**/
+
+#if  NBFLAG
+
+#else
+// 方法声明
+
+void ec800m_reset(void); // 重置状态。该文件中的方法共用状态，在使用下面的方法前需要重置一下状态。
+void ec800m_exit_sleep(void); // 退出休眠
+void ec800m_enter_sleep(void); // 进入休眠
+/**
+* 查询休眠模式
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 睡眠模式。0 禁用，默认；1 启用。
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_sleep(uint8_t * n); // 查询休眠模式。
+enum Result ec800m_query_sleep_sync(uint8_t * n); // 查询休眠模式。同步
+/**
+* 设置休眠模式
+* 输入<<
+* n 参数。0 禁用；1启用。
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_sleep(uint8_t n); // 设置休眠模式。
+enum Result ec800m_set_sleep_sync(uint8_t n); // 设置休眠模式。同步
+/**
+* 设置功能模式
+* 输入<<
+* fun 0 最小功能模式；1 全功能模式。
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_cfun(uint8_t fun);
+enum Result ec800m_set_cfun_sync(uint8_t fun); // 同步
+/**
+* 设置ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* n 0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_cgreg(uint8_t n);
+enum Result ec800m_set_cgreg_sync(uint8_t n); // 同步
+/**
+* 查询ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 控制指定URC的上报。0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* stat 网络注册状态。0 未注册；1 已注册，归属地网络； 2 未注册；3 注册被拒绝；4 未知；5 已注册，漫游。
+* lac 基站位置区号。用于基站定位，2个字节。
+* ci 基站小区ID。用于基站定位，4个字节。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_cgreg(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci);
+enum Result ec800m_query_cgreg_sync(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci); // 同步
+/** 
+* 查询socket服务状态
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* state Socket服务状态。0 未连接；1 正在连接；2 已建立连接；3 服务正在监听；4 连接断开。
+*
+* 
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_socket_state(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state);
+enum Result ec800m_query_socket_state_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state); // 同步
+/** 
+* 打开socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* service_type Socket服务类型。取值为"UDP", "TCP"。
+* IP_address 远程服务器地址
+* remote_port 远程服务器端口
+* access_mode Socket服务的数据访问模式。0 缓存模式；1 直吐模式；2 透传模式。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* err 操作错误代码。0 表示没有错误；其余参考移远文档。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_open_socket(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err);
+enum Result ec800m_open_socket_sync(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err); // 同步
+/** 
+* 关闭socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+*
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_close_socket(uint8_t connectID);
+enum Result ec800m_close_socket_sync(uint8_t connectID); // 同步
+/** 
+* 解释：控制是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据
+* 为了便于处理返回，发送数据时需要关闭回显。
+* 输入<<
+* echo 是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据。0 不回显；1 回显。默认是回显
+*
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_qisde(uint8_t echo);
+enum Result ec800m_set_qisde_sync(uint8_t echo); // 同步
+
+/** 
+* 发送数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11。
+* send_length 发送长度。
+* data 待发送的数据。
+*
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_send(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length);
+enum Result ec800m_send_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length); // 同步
+/** 
+* 接收数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_recv(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length); // 接收数据
+/** 
+* 接收数据。带计时
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_recv_with_time(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out);
+enum Result ec800m_recv_with_time_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out); // 同步
+/** 
+* 解释：关闭模块
+* 关闭模块，关闭后会自动重启。
+* 输入<<
+* n 模块关机方式。0 立即关机；1 正常关机。默认是1
+*
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_power_down(uint8_t n);
+enum Result ec800m_power_down_sync(uint8_t n); // 同步
+/** 
+* 模块是否启动成功
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_ready(void);
+
+/** 
+* 查询信号质量
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+* RSRP 
+* RSRQ
+* RSSI
+* SINR
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_qeng_servingcell(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR);
+enum Result ec800m_qeng_servingcell_sync(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR);
+
+
+/** 
+* 查询ICCID
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+* iccid SIM卡卡号
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_qccid(char * iccid);
+enum Result ec800m_query_qccid_sync(char * iccid);
+
+
+
+// 
+extern struct AT_Struct AT;
+
+// AT指令
+static char AT_CMD[256];
+
+
+// EC800M提供的一些方法
+struct EC800M ec800m =
+{
+	.reset = ec800m_reset,
+	.exit_sleep = ec800m_exit_sleep,
+	.enter_sleep = ec800m_enter_sleep,
+	.query_sleep = ec800m_query_sleep,
+	.query_sleep_sync = ec800m_query_sleep_sync,
+	.set_sleep = ec800m_set_sleep,
+	.set_sleep_sync = ec800m_set_sleep_sync,
+	.set_cfun = ec800m_set_cfun,
+	.set_cfun_sync = ec800m_set_cfun_sync,
+	.set_cgreg = ec800m_set_cgreg,
+	.set_cgreg_sync = ec800m_set_cgreg_sync,
+	.query_cgreg = ec800m_query_cgreg,
+	.query_cgreg_sync = ec800m_query_cgreg_sync,
+	.query_socket_state = ec800m_query_socket_state,
+	.query_socket_state_sync = ec800m_query_socket_state_sync,
+	.open_socket = ec800m_open_socket,
+	.open_socket_sync = ec800m_open_socket_sync,
+	.close_socket = ec800m_close_socket,
+	.close_socket_sync = ec800m_close_socket_sync,
+	.set_qisde = ec800m_set_qisde,
+	.set_qisde_sync = ec800m_set_qisde_sync,
+	.send = ec800m_send,
+	.send_sync = ec800m_send_sync,
+	.recv = ec800m_recv,
+	.recv_with_time = ec800m_recv_with_time,
+	.recv_with_time_sync = ec800m_recv_with_time_sync,
+	.power_down = ec800m_power_down,
+	.power_down_sync = ec800m_power_down_sync,
+	.ready = ec800m_ready,
+	.qeng_servingcell = ec800m_qeng_servingcell,
+	.qeng_servingcell_sync = ec800m_qeng_servingcell_sync,
+	.query_qccid = ec800m_query_qccid,
+	.query_qccid_sync = ec800m_query_qccid_sync
+};
+
+
+// 发送AT指令
+static void send_data(uint8_t * data, uint16_t length)
+{
+	// 发送AT指令
+	AT_Send_Bytes(data, length);
+}
+
+// 发送AT指令
+static uint8_t send_at_string(char * cmd)
+{
+	uint8_t state = 0;
+	if(AT.status == AT_Status_None)
+	{
+		// 发送AT指令
+		AT_Send_String(cmd);
+		state = 1;
+	}
+	return state;
+}
+
+
+
+// 获取状态
+static enum STATUS getStatus(void)
+{
+	return ec800m.status;
+}
+// 设置状态
+static void setStatus(enum STATUS status)
+{
+	ec800m.status = status;
+}
+// 获取定时
+static uint32_t getTimerMs(void)
+{
+	return ec800m.timer_ms;
+}
+// 设置定时
+static void setTimerMs(uint32_t time)
+{
+	ec800m.timer_ms = time;
+}
+// 获取ID
+static uint8_t getActiveID(void)
+{
+	return ec800m.activeID;
+}
+static void setActiveID(uint8_t activeID)
+{
+	ec800m.activeID = activeID;
+}
+// 验证ID
+static uint8_t verifyActiveID(uint8_t activeID)
+{
+	if(getActiveID() == 0 || getActiveID() == activeID){ return 1; }
+	else
+	{ 
+		Log_Printf_Debug("activeID  repetition!\r\n");
+		return 0; 
+	}
+}
+
+// 返回超时结果
+static enum Result overtime(void)
+{
+	setStatus(Status_Overtime); // 超时
+	return Result_Failed; // 结果
+}
+// 返回成功结果
+static enum Result success(void)
+{
+	// 成功
+	setStatus(Status_Success);
+	// 结果
+	return Result_Success;
+}
+// 返回失败结果
+static enum Result failed(void)
+{
+	// 失败
+	setStatus(Status_Failed);
+	// 失败结果
+	return Result_Failed;
+}
+
+
+
+// 重置状态。该文件中的方法共用状态，在使用方法前需要重置一下状态。
+void ec800m_reset(void)
+{
+	setStatus(Status_None); // 重置状态
+	setActiveID(0); // 重置ID
+	setTimerMs(0); // 重置计时
+	AT_Clear(); // 清除AT指令
+}
+
+// 退出休眠
+void ec800m_exit_sleep(void)
+{
+	GPIO_ResetBits(WAKE_GPIO, WAKE_GPIO_Pin); // 拉低io口，唤醒模组
+}
+
+// 进入休眠
+void ec800m_enter_sleep(void)
+{
+	GPIO_SetBits(WAKE_GPIO, WAKE_GPIO_Pin); // 拉高io口，进入睡眠
+}
+// 发送指令并改变状态
+enum Result send_at(char * cmd, uint8_t activeID)
+{
+	Log_Printf_Debug(cmd); // 打印AT指令
+	if(send_at_string(cmd)) // 发送AT指令
+	{
+		setActiveID(activeID); // 活动ID
+		setStatus(Status_Sending); // 设置已发送
+		setTimerMs(0); // 重置计时
+		return Result_None; // 未知结果
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令发送失败\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		return Result_Failed; // 失败结果
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+* 查询休眠模式
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 睡眠模式。0 禁用，默认；1 启用。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_sleep(uint8_t * n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 1, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; } // 校验ID
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QSCLK?\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期1，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+	
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		char * Line1 = strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 拆解第二行
+		char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+		char * split_inner = ": ";
+		strtok_r(Line2, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		// 获取mode
+		* n = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+* 查询休眠模式。同步方法
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 睡眠模式。0 禁用，默认；1 启用。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_sleep_sync(uint8_t * n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_query_sleep(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+* 设置休眠模式
+* n 参数。0 禁用；1启用。
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_sleep(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 2, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; } // 校验ID
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QSCLK=%d\r\r\n", n); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/**
+* 设置休眠模式。同步
+* n 参数。0 禁用；1启用。
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_sleep_sync(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_set_sleep(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/**
+* 设置功能模式
+* fun 0 最小功能模式；1 全功能模式。
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_cfun(uint8_t fun)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 4, time; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验参数
+	if(fun == 0){ time = 3000; }
+	else if(fun == 1){ time = 5000; }
+	else
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("set_cfun params error!\r\n");
+		return Result_Failed; 
+	} 
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+CFUN=%d\r\r\n", fun); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 防止接收不完整
+		if(AT_wait_time() > 10) // 过10ms之后再取数据，避免数据截断。
+		{
+			// 发送日志
+			Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+			Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+			
+			result = success(); // 成功
+		}
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+/**
+* 设置功能模式
+* 输入<<
+* fun 0 最小功能模式；1 全功能模式。
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_cfun_sync(uint8_t fun)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_set_cfun(fun);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/**
+* 设置ps域网络注册状态
+* n 0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_cgreg(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 6, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验参数
+	if(n > 2)
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("set_cgreg params error!\r\n");
+		return Result_Failed; 
+	} 
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+CGREG=%d\r\r\n", n); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/**
+* 设置ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* n 0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* 输出>>
+* 
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_cgreg_sync(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_set_cgreg(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/**
+* 查询ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 控制指定URC的上报。0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* stat 网络注册状态。0 未注册；1 已注册，归属地网络； 2 未注册；3 注册被拒绝；4 未知；5 已注册，漫游。
+* lac 基站位置区号。用于基站定位，2个字节。
+* ci 基站小区ID。用于基站定位，4个字节。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_cgreg(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 9, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+CGREG?\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		setStatus(Status_Overtime); // 超时
+		result = Result_Failed; // 结果
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 拆解第二行
+		char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+		char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+		strtok_r(Line2, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		* n = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* stat = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* lac = strtoul(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner), NULL, 16);
+		* ci = strtoul(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner), NULL, 16);
+		// 打印
+		Log_Printf_Debug("mode: %d, stat: %d, lac: %d, ci: %d\r\n", * n, * stat, * lac, * ci);
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/**
+* 查询ps域网络注册状态
+* 输入<<
+* 
+* 输出>>
+* n 控制指定URC的上报。0 禁止上报网络注册；1 允许上报网络注册；2 允许上报网络注册和位置信息
+* stat 网络注册状态。0 未注册；1 已注册，归属地网络； 2 未注册；3 注册被拒绝；4 未知；5 已注册，漫游。
+* lac 基站位置区号。用于基站定位，2个字节。
+* ci 基站小区ID。用于基站定位，4个字节。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_cgreg_sync(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_query_cgreg(n, stat, lac, ci);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 查询socket服务状态
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* state Socket服务状态。0 未连接；1 正在连接；2 已建立连接；3 服务正在监听；4 连接断开。
+*
+* activeID 9
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_socket_state(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 9, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QISTATE=1,%d\r\r\n", connectID); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 查询结果为空
+		if(strcmp(Line2, "OK") == 0){ * state = 0; }
+		else
+		{
+			// 拆解第二行
+			char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+			char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+			strtok_r(Line2, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			* state = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		}
+		// 打印
+		Log_Printf_Debug("result: %d\r\n", * state);
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 查询socket服务状态
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* state Socket服务状态。0 未连接；1 正在连接；2 已建立连接；3 服务正在监听；4 连接断开。
+*
+* activeID 9
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_socket_state_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_query_socket_state(connectID, state);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 打开socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* service_type Socket服务类型。取值为"UDP", "TCP"。
+* IP_address 远程服务器地址
+* remote_port 远程服务器端口
+* access_mode Socket服务的数据访问模式。0 缓存模式；1 直吐模式；2 透传模式。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* err 操作错误代码。0 表示没有错误；其余参考移远文档。
+*
+* activeID 19
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_open_socket(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 19, time = 3000; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QIOPEN=1,%d,\"%s\",\"%s\",%d,%d,%d\r\r\n", connectID, service_type, IP_address, remote_port, 0, access_mode); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "+QIOPEN: ") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 第三行
+		char * Line3 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 查询结果为空
+		if(strcmp(Line2, "OK") == 0)
+		{
+			// 拆解第三行
+			char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+			char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+			strtok_r(Line3, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			uint8_t connID = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+			* err = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+			Log_Printf_Debug("result: %d, %d\r\n", connID, * err);
+		}
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 打开socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+* service_type Socket服务类型。取值为"UDP", "TCP"。
+* IP_address 远程服务器地址
+* remote_port 远程服务器端口
+* access_mode Socket服务的数据访问模式。0 缓存模式；1 直吐模式；2 透传模式。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* err 操作错误代码。0 表示没有错误；其余参考移远文档。
+*
+* activeID 19
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_open_socket_sync(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_open_socket(connectID, service_type, IP_address, remote_port, access_mode, err);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/** 
+* 关闭socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+*
+* activeID 29
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_close_socket(uint8_t connectID)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 29, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QICLOSE=%d\r\r\n", connectID); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+/** 
+* 关闭socket服务
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11
+*
+* activeID 29
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_close_socket_sync(uint8_t connectID)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_close_socket(connectID);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 解释：控制是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据
+* 为了便于处理返回，发送数据时需要关闭回显。
+* 输入<<
+* echo 是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据。0 不回显；1 回显。默认是回显
+*
+* activeID 45
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_qisde(uint8_t echo)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 45, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QISDE=%d\r\r\n", echo); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 解释：控制是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据
+* 为了便于处理返回，发送数据时需要关闭回显。
+* 输入<<
+* echo 是否回显AT+QISEND要发送的数据。0 不回显；1 回显。默认是回显
+*
+* activeID 45
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_set_qisde_sync(uint8_t echo)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_set_qisde(echo);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 发送数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11。
+* send_length 发送长度。
+* data 待发送的数据。
+*
+* activeID 49
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_send(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 49, time = 10000; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QISEND=%d,%d\r\r\n", connectID, data_length); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "> ") != NULL) // 有响应
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 发送数据
+		send_data(data, data_length);
+		// 清理一下AT返回结果缓存
+		AT_Clear_Result();
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "SEND OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "SEND FALL\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 发送数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围1-11。
+* send_length 发送长度。
+* data 待发送的数据。
+*
+* activeID 49
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_send_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_send(connectID, data, data_length);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/** 
+* 接收数据
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_recv(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length)
+{
+	// 设置AT为使用中，防止被其他程序占用
+	AT_Set_Status(AT_Status_Using);
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	// 校验参数
+	if(connectID > 11)
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("recv params error!\r\n");
+		return Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	char cmp[20];
+	sprintf(cmp, "+QIURC: \"recv\",%d", connectID); // 拼接AT指令
+	// 判断是否接收到
+	if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), cmp) != NULL)
+	{
+		// 防止接收不完整
+		uint32_t last_time = AT_wait_time();
+		if(last_time > 10) // 过10ms之后再取数据，避免数据截断。
+		{
+			// 发送日志
+			Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d, time_diff: %d\r\n", AT_result_length(), last_time);
+//			Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+			
+			char * saveptr = NULL;
+			char * split = "\r\n";
+			char * Line1 = strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+			uint8_t Line1_Len = strlen(Line1);
+			Log_Printf_Debug("Line1(%d): %s\r\n",Line1_Len ,Line1);
+			
+			// 分割Line1，获取报文长度
+			char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+			char * split_inner = ",";
+			strtok_r(Line1, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+			* data_length = strtoul(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner), NULL, 10);
+			
+			uint16_t line_length = Line1_Len + 4;
+			// 内存拷贝
+			memcpy(data, AT_result() + line_length, * data_length);
+	
+			// 成功
+			result = Result_Success;
+			// 清理一下AT返回结果缓存
+			AT_Clear_Result();
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/** 
+* 接收数据。带计时
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_recv_with_time(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 59, time = time_out; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		setStatus(Status_Sending);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("等待时间超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime(); // 超时
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// 接收数据
+		result = ec800m.recv(connectID, data, data_length);
+		if(result == Result_Success)
+		{
+			result = success(); // 成功
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 接收数据。带计时
+* 输入<<
+* connectID Socket ID。范围0-11。
+*
+* 输出>>
+* data 接收的数据。
+* data_length 接收的数据长度。
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_recv_with_time_sync(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_recv_with_time(connectID, data, data_length, time_out);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 解释：关闭模块
+* 关闭模块，关闭后会自动重启。
+* 输入<<
+* n 模块关机方式。0 立即关机；1 正常关机。默认是1
+*
+* activeID 69
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_power_down(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 69, time = 3000; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QPOWD=%d\r\r\n", n); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = Result_Failed; 
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		result = overtime();
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "POWERED DOWN\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		// 成功结果
+		result = success();
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 解释：关闭模块。同步
+* 关闭模块，关闭后会自动重启。
+* 输入<<
+* n 模块关机方式。0 立即关机；1 正常关机。默认是1
+*
+* activeID 69
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_power_down_sync(uint8_t n)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_power_down(n);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+/** 
+* 模块是否启动成功
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+*
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_ready(void)
+{
+	if(AT_Get_Status() != AT_Status_None)
+	{
+		return Result_None;
+	}
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	// 判断是否接收到
+	uint8_t  RDY[5]="RDY";
+	if(memmem(AT_result(),AT_result_length(),RDY,strlen((char *)RDY)) != 0)
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		// 成功结果
+		result = Result_Success;
+		// 清理一下AT返回结果缓存
+		AT_Clear_Result();
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 查询信号质量
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+* RSRP 
+* RSRQ
+* RSSI
+* SINR
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_qeng_servingcell(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 71, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QENG=\"servingcell\"\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		setStatus(Status_Overtime); // 超时
+		result = Result_Failed; // 结果
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 拆解第二行
+		char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+		char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+		strtok_r(Line2, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		* RSRP = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* RSRQ = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* RSSI = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		* SINR = atoi(strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		// 打印
+		Log_Printf_Debug("RSRP: %d, RSRQ: %d, RSSI: %d, SINR: %d\r\n", * RSRP, * RSRQ, * RSSI, * SINR);
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+enum Result ec800m_qeng_servingcell_sync(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_qeng_servingcell(RSRP, RSRQ, RSSI, SINR);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+/** 
+* 查询ICCID
+* 输入<<
+*
+* 输出>>
+* iccid SIM卡卡号
+**/
+enum Result ec800m_query_qccid(char * iccid)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	int activeID = 75, time = 500; // 活动ID, 超时时间
+	// 校验ID
+	if(!verifyActiveID(activeID)){ return Result_Failed; }
+	// 判断状态
+	if(getStatus() == Status_None) // 空闲状态
+	{
+		sprintf(AT_CMD, "AT+QCCID\r\r\n"); // 拼接AT指令
+		result = send_at(AT_CMD, activeID);
+	}
+	else if(getStatus() != Status_Sending) // 上一次的结果没有清除，返回错误，为了保证时效性，需要重置状态。重新调用
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("返回结果过期，请重置状态\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	else if(getTimerMs() > time) // 正在发送状态。判断超时
+	{
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT指令返回超时\r\n"); // 打印日志
+		setStatus(Status_Overtime); // 超时
+		result = Result_Failed; // 结果
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "OK\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		// 处理返回结果
+		char * saveptr = NULL;
+		char * split = "\r\n";
+		// 第一行
+		strtok_r((char * )AT_result(), split, &saveptr);
+		// 第二行
+		char * Line2 = strtok_r(NULL, split, &saveptr);
+		// 拆解第二行
+		char * saveptr_inner = NULL;
+		char * split_inner = ": ,\"";
+		
+		strtok_r(Line2, split_inner, &saveptr_inner);
+		// 字符串拷贝
+		strcpy(iccid, strtok_r(NULL, split_inner, &saveptr_inner));
+		
+		// 打印
+		Log_Printf_Debug("ICCID: %s\r\n", iccid);
+		
+		result = success(); // 成功
+	}
+	else if(strstr((char * )AT_result(), "ERROR\r\n") != NULL) // 查询是否返回
+	{
+		// 发送日志
+		Log_Printf_Debug("AT返回: %d\r\n", AT_result_length());
+		Log_SendArray_Debug(AT_result(), AT_result_length());
+		
+		result = failed(); // 失败
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+enum Result ec800m_query_qccid_sync(char * iccid)
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	while(1)
+	{
+		result = ec800m_query_qccid(iccid);
+		if(result != Result_None)
+		{
+			// 重置
+			ec800m.reset();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+#endif
+

Drivers/Ec800m/ec800m.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#ifndef __EC800M_H
+#define __EC800M_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "AT.h"
+#if  NBFLAG
+
+#else
+extern struct EC800M ec800m;
+
+enum Result
+{
+	Result_None, // 未知
+	Result_Success, // 成功
+	Result_Failed, // 失败
+};
+enum STATUS
+{
+	Status_None, // 空闲
+	Status_Sending, // 正在发送
+	Status_Success, // 成功
+	Status_Failed, // 失败
+	Status_Overtime, // 超时
+};
+
+
+// ec800m的AT发送状态机
+struct EC800M
+{
+	enum STATUS status; // 状态
+	uint16_t activeID; // 活动的编号。下面的每个活动都有一个唯一的编号
+	uint32_t timer_ms; // 计时器
+	void (* reset) (void);
+	void (* exit_sleep)(void); // 退出休眠
+	void (* enter_sleep)(void); // 退出休眠
+	enum Result (* query_sleep)(uint8_t * n); // 查询休眠状态
+	enum Result (* query_sleep_sync)(uint8_t * n); // 查询休眠状态。同步
+	enum Result (* set_sleep)(uint8_t n); // 设置休眠模式
+	enum Result (* set_sleep_sync)(uint8_t n); // 设置休眠模式。同步
+	enum Result (* set_cfun)(uint8_t fun); // 设置功能模式
+	enum Result (* set_cfun_sync)(uint8_t fun); // 设置功能模式。同步
+	enum Result (* set_cgreg)(uint8_t n); // 设置ps域注册状态。
+	enum Result (* set_cgreg_sync)(uint8_t n); // 设置ps域注册状态。。同步
+	enum Result (* query_cgreg)(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci); // 查询ps域网络注册状态
+	enum Result (* query_cgreg_sync)(uint8_t * n, uint8_t * stat, uint16_t * lac, uint32_t * ci); // 查询ps域网络注册状态。同步
+	enum Result (* query_socket_state)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state); // 查询Socket服务状态
+	enum Result (* query_socket_state_sync)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * state); // 查询Socket服务状态。同步
+	enum Result (* open_socket)(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err); // 打开Socket服务
+	enum Result (* open_socket_sync)(uint8_t connectID, char * service_type, char * IP_address, uint16_t remote_port, uint8_t access_mode, uint16_t * err); // 打开Socket服务。同步
+	enum Result (* close_socket)(uint8_t connectID); // 关闭socket服务
+	enum Result (* close_socket_sync)(uint8_t connectID); // 关闭socket服务。同步
+	enum Result (* set_qisde)(uint8_t echo); // 控制发送数据后是否回显。
+	enum Result (* set_qisde_sync)(uint8_t echo); // 控制发送数据后是否回显。。同步
+	enum Result (* send)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length); // 发送数据。
+	enum Result (* send_sync)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length); // 发送数据。。同步
+	
+	enum Result (* recv)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length); // 接收数据
+	enum Result (* recv_with_time)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out); // 接收数据，带等待时间。
+	enum Result (* recv_with_time_sync)(uint8_t connectID, uint8_t * data, uint16_t * data_length, uint32_t time_out); // 接收数据，带等待时间。同步
+	
+	enum Result (* power_down)(uint8_t n); // 模块关机
+	enum Result (* power_down_sync)(uint8_t n); // 模块关机
+	enum Result (* ready)(void); // 模块是否启动成功
+	
+	enum Result (* qeng_servingcell)(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR); // 查询网络信号质量。
+	enum Result (* qeng_servingcell_sync)(int * RSRP, int * RSRQ, int * RSSI, int * SINR); // 查询网络信号质量。同步
+	
+	enum Result (* query_qccid)(char * iccid); // 查询SIM卡卡号
+	enum Result (* query_qccid_sync)(char * iccid); // 查询SIM卡卡号
+	
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif
+

Drivers/Encrypt/4GAES.c

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+/**
+* author wulianwei
+* title AES加密功能
+*/
+#define  _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#include "4GAES.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "string.h"
+/*aes_small.c*/
+//辅助矩阵
+/*s盒矩阵：The AES Substitution Table*/// 256 位的密匙256 位支持长度为32 个字符
+static const unsigned char sbox[256] = {	//static:内部变量  const：只读，不可变常量
+	0x63,0x7c,0x77,0x7b,0xf2,0x6b,0x6f,0xc5,
+	0x30,0x01,0x67,0x2b,0xfe,0xd7,0xab,0x76,
+	0xca,0x82,0xc9,0x7d,0xfa,0x59,0x47,0xf0,
+	0xad,0xd4,0xa2,0xaf,0x9c,0xa4,0x72,0xc0,
+	0xb7,0xfd,0x93,0x26,0x36,0x3f,0xf7,0xcc,
+	0x34,0xa5,0xe5,0xf1,0x71,0xd8,0x31,0x15,
+	0x04,0xc7,0x23,0xc3,0x18,0x96,0x05,0x9a,
+	0x07,0x12,0x80,0xe2,0xeb,0x27,0xb2,0x75,
+	0x09,0x83,0x2c,0x1a,0x1b,0x6e,0x5a,0xa0,
+	0x52,0x3b,0xd6,0xb3,0x29,0xe3,0x2f,0x84,
+	0x53,0xd1,0x00,0xed,0x20,0xfc,0xb1,0x5b,
+	0x6a,0xcb,0xbe,0x39,0x4a,0x4c,0x58,0xcf,
+	0xd0,0xef,0xaa,0xfb,0x43,0x4d,0x33,0x85,
+	0x45,0xf9,0x02,0x7f,0x50,0x3c,0x9f,0xa8,
+	0x51,0xa3,0x40,0x8f,0x92,0x9d,0x38,0xf5,
+	0xbc,0xb6,0xda,0x21,0x10,0xff,0xf3,0xd2,
+	0xcd,0x0c,0x13,0xec,0x5f,0x97,0x44,0x17,
+	0xc4,0xa7,0x7e,0x3d,0x64,0x5d,0x19,0x73,
+	0x60,0x81,0x4f,0xdc,0x22,0x2a,0x90,0x88,
+	0x46,0xee,0xb8,0x14,0xde,0x5e,0x0b,0xdb,
+	0xe0,0x32,0x3a,0x0a,0x49,0x06,0x24,0x5c,
+	0xc2,0xd3,0xac,0x62,0x91,0x95,0xe4,0x79,
+	0xe7,0xc8,0x37,0x6d,0x8d,0xd5,0x4e,0xa9,
+	0x6c,0x56,0xf4,0xea,0x65,0x7a,0xae,0x08,
+	0xba,0x78,0x25,0x2e,0x1c,0xa6,0xb4,0xc6,
+	0xe8,0xdd,0x74,0x1f,0x4b,0xbd,0x8b,0x8a,
+	0x70,0x3e,0xb5,0x66,0x48,0x03,0xf6,0x0e,
+	0x61,0x35,0x57,0xb9,0x86,0xc1,0x1d,0x9e,
+	0xe1,0xf8,0x98,0x11,0x69,0xd9,0x8e,0x94,
+	0x9b,0x1e,0x87,0xe9,0xce,0x55,0x28,0xdf,
+	0x8c,0xa1,0x89,0x0d,0xbf,0xe6,0x42,0x68,
+	0x41,0x99,0x2d,0x0f,0xb0,0x54,0xbb,0x16,
+};
+//逆向S 盒矩阵
+static const unsigned char contrary_sbox[256] = {
+	0x52,0x09,0x6a,0xd5,0x30,0x36,0xa5,0x38,
+	0xbf,0x40,0xa3,0x9e,0x81,0xf3,0xd7,0xfb,
+	0x7c,0xe3,0x39,0x82,0x9b,0x2f,0xff,0x87,
+	0x34,0x8e,0x43,0x44,0xc4,0xde,0xe9,0xcb,
+	0x54,0x7b,0x94,0x32,0xa6,0xc2,0x23,0x3d,
+	0xee,0x4c,0x95,0x0b,0x42,0xfa,0xc3,0x4e,//0x4e
+	0x08,0x2e,0xa1,0x66,0x28,0xd9,0x24,0xb2,
+	0x76,0x5b,0xa2,0x49,0x6d,0x8b,0xd1,0x25,
+	0x72,0xf8,0xf6,0x64,0x86,0x68,0x98,0x16,
+	0xd4,0xa4,0x5c,0xcc,0x5d,0x65,0xb6,0x92,
+	0x6c,0x70,0x48,0x50,0xfd,0xed,0xb9,0xda,
+	0x5e,0x15,0x46,0x57,0xa7,0x8d,0x9d,0x84,
+	0x90,0xd8,0xab,0x00,0x8c,0xbc,0xd3,0x0a,
+	0xf7,0xe4,0x58,0x05,0xb8,0xb3,0x45,0x06,
+	0xd0,0x2c,0x1e,0x8f,0xca,0x3f,0x0f,0x02,
+	0xc1,0xaf,0xbd,0x03,0x01,0x13,0x8a,0x6b,
+	0x3a,0x91,0x11,0x41,0x4f,0x67,0xdc,0xea,
+	0x97,0xf2,0xcf,0xce,0xf0,0xb4,0xe6,0x73,
+	0x96,0xac,0x74,0x22,0xe7,0xad,0x35,0x85,
+	0xe2,0xf9,0x37,0xe8,0x1c,0x75,0xdf,0x6e,
+	0x47,0xf1,0x1a,0x71,0x1d,0x29,0xc5,0x89,
+	0x6f,0xb7,0x62,0x0e,0xaa,0x18,0xbe,0x1b,
+	0xfc,0x56,0x3e,0x4b,0xc6,0xd2,0x79,0x20,
+	0x9a,0xdb,0xc0,0xfe,0x78,0xcd,0x5a,0xf4,
+	0x1f,0xdd,0xa8,0x33,0x88,0x07,0xc7,0x31,
+	0xb1,0x12,0x10,0x59,0x27,0x80,0xec,0x5f,
+	0x60,0x51,0x7f,0xa9,0x19,0xb5,0x4a,0x0d,
+	0x2d,0xe5,0x7a,0x9f,0x93,0xc9,0x9c,0xef,
+	0xa0,0xe0,0x3b,0x4d,0xae,0x2a,0xf5,0xb0,
+	0xc8,0xeb,0xbb,0x3c,0x83,0x53,0x99,0x61,
+	0x17,0x2b,0x04,0x7e,0xba,0x77,0xd6,0x26,
+	0xe1,0x69,0x14,0x63,0x55,0x21,0x0c,0x7d,
+};
+/*轮常量表 The key schedule rcon table*/
+static const unsigned char Rcon[10] = {
+	0x01,0x02,0x04,0x08,0x10,0x20,0x40,0x80,0x1b,0x36 };
+
+//辅助函数
+/*有限域*2乘法 The x2time() function */
+static unsigned char x2time(unsigned char x)
+{
+	if (x & 0x80)
+	{
+		return (((x << 1) ^ 0x1B) & 0xFF);
+	}
+	return x << 1;
+}
+/*有限域*3乘法 The x2time() function */
+static unsigned char x3time(unsigned char x)
+{
+	return (x2time(x) ^ x);
+}
+/*有限域*4乘法 The x4time() function */
+static unsigned char x4time(unsigned char x)
+{
+	return (x2time(x2time(x)));
+}
+/*有限域*8乘法 The x8time() function */
+static unsigned char x8time(unsigned char x)
+{
+	return (x2time(x2time(x2time(x))));
+}
+/*有限域9乘法 The x9time() function */
+static unsigned char x9time(unsigned char x)	//9:1001
+{
+	return (x8time(x) ^ x);
+}
+/*有限域*B乘法 The xBtime() function */
+static unsigned char xBtime(unsigned char x)	//B:1011
+{
+	return (x8time(x) ^ x2time(x) ^ x);
+}
+/*有限域*D乘法 The xDtime() function */
+static unsigned char xDtime(unsigned char x)	//D:1101
+{
+	return (x8time(x) ^ x4time(x) ^ x);
+}
+/*有限域*E乘法 The xEtime() function */
+static unsigned char xEtime(unsigned char x)	//E:1110
+{
+	return (x8time(x) ^ x4time(x) ^ x2time(x));
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************************************************/
+/*第三类操作：列混合操作 MixColumns: Process the entire block*/
+static void MixColumns(unsigned char *col)//列混合
+{
+	unsigned char tmp[4];
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, col += 4)  //col代表一列的基地址，col+4:下一列的基地址
+	{
+		/*
+		xt[0]=x2time(col[0]);
+		xt[1]=x2time(col[1]);
+		xt[2]=x2time(col[2]);
+		xt[3]=x2time(col[3]);
+		//xt[n]代表*2   xt[n]^col[n]代表*3   col[n]代表*1
+		tmp[0]=(xt[0])^(xt[1]^col[1])^col[2]^col[3];	//2 3 1 1
+		tmp[1]=col[0]^(xt[1])^(xt[2]^col[2])^col[3];	//1 2 3 1
+		tmp[2]=col[0]^col[1]^(xt[2])^(xt[3]^col[3]);	//1 1 2 3
+		tmp[3]=(xt[0]^col[0])^col[1]^col[2]^(xt[3]);	//3 1 1 2
+		*/
+		tmp[0] = x2time(col[0]) ^ x3time(col[1]) ^ col[2] ^ col[3];	//2 3 1 1
+		tmp[1] = col[0] ^ x2time(col[1]) ^ x3time(col[2]) ^ col[3];	//1 2 3 1
+		tmp[2] = col[0] ^ col[1] ^ x2time(col[2]) ^ x3time(col[3]);	//1 1 2 3
+		tmp[3] = x3time(col[0]) ^ col[1] ^ col[2] ^ x2time(col[3]);	//3 1 1 2
+		//修改后的值 直接在原矩阵上修改
+		col[0] = tmp[0];
+		col[1] = tmp[1];
+		col[2] = tmp[2];
+		col[3] = tmp[3];
+	}
+}
+//逆向列混淆
+static void Contrary_MixColumns(unsigned char *col)
+{
+	unsigned char tmp[4];
+	int x;
+	for (x = 0; x < 4; x++, col += 4)
+	{
+		/*
+		xt2[0]=x2time(col[0]);
+		xt2[1]=x2time(col[1]);
+		xt2[2]=x2time(col[2]);
+		xt2[3]=x2time(col[3]);
+		xt4[0]=x2time(xt2[0]);
+		xt4[1]=x2time(xt2[1]);
+		xt4[2]=x2time(xt2[2]);
+		xt4[3]=x2time(xt2[3]);
+		xt8[0]=x2time(xt4[0]);
+		xt8[1]=x2time(xt4[1]);
+		xt8[2]=x2time(xt4[2]);
+		xt8[3]=x2time(xt4[3]);
+		tmp[0]=xt8[0]^xt4[0]^xt2[0]^xt8[1]^xt2[1]^col[1]^xt8[2]^xt4[2]^col[2]^xt8[3]^col[3];
+		tmp[1]=xt8[0]^col[0]^xt8[1]^xt4[1]^xt2[1]^xt8[2]^xt2[2]^col[2]^xt8[3]^xt4[3]^col[3];
+		tmp[2]=xt8[0]^xt4[0]^col[0]^xt8[1]^col[1]^xt8[2]^xt4[2]^xt2[2]^xt8[3]^xt2[3]^col[3];
+		tmp[3]=xt8[0]^xt2[0]^col[0]^xt8[1]^xt4[1]^col[1]^xt8[2]^col[2]^xt8[3]^xt4[3]^xt2[3];
+		*/
+		tmp[0] = xEtime(col[0]) ^ xBtime(col[1]) ^ xDtime(col[2]) ^ x9time(col[3]);
+		tmp[1] = x9time(col[0]) ^ xEtime(col[1]) ^ xBtime(col[2]) ^ xDtime(col[3]);
+		tmp[2] = xDtime(col[0]) ^ x9time(col[1]) ^ xEtime(col[2]) ^ xBtime(col[3]);
+		tmp[3] = xBtime(col[0]) ^ xDtime(col[1]) ^ x9time(col[2]) ^ xEtime(col[3]);
+		col[0] = tmp[0];
+		col[1] = tmp[1];
+		col[2] = tmp[2];
+		col[3] = tmp[3];
+	}
+}
+/*第二类操作：行移位：行左循环移位 ShiftRows:Shifts the entire block*/
+static void ShiftRows(unsigned char *col)//正向行移位
+{
+	/*
+		1 5  9 13				5  9 13 1
+		2 6 10 14				10 14 2 6
+		3 7 11 15				15 3 7 11
+		4 8 12 16				16 4 8 12
+	*/
+	unsigned char t;
+	/*1nd row*///左移1位
+	t = col[1]; col[1] = col[5]; col[5] = col[9]; col[9] = col[13]; col[13] = t;
+	/*2rd row*///左移2位，交换2次数字来实现
+	t = col[2]; col[2] = col[10]; col[10] = t;
+	t = col[6]; col[6] = col[14]; col[14] = t;
+	/*3th row*///左移3位，相当于右移1次
+	t = col[15]; col[15] = col[11]; col[11] = col[7]; col[7] = col[3]; col[3] = t;
+	/*4th row*/	//第4行不移位
+}
+//逆向行移位
+static void Contrary_ShiftRows(unsigned char *col)
+{
+	unsigned char t;
+	/*1nd row*/
+	t = col[13]; col[13] = col[9]; col[9] = col[5]; col[5] = col[1]; col[1] = t;
+	/*2rd row*/
+	t = col[2]; col[2] = col[10]; col[10] = t;
+	t = col[6]; col[6] = col[14]; col[14] = t;
+	/*3th row*/
+	t = col[3]; col[3] = col[7]; col[7] = col[11]; col[11] = col[15]; col[15] = t;
+	/*4th row*/	//第4行不移位
+}
+/*第一类操作：s盒字节代换替换 SubBytes*/
+static void SubBytes(unsigned char *col)//字节代换
+{
+	int x;
+	for (x = 0; x < 16; x++)
+	{
+		col[x] = sbox[col[x]];
+	}
+}
+//逆向字节代换
+static void Contrary_SubBytes(unsigned char *col)
+{
+	int x;
+	for (x = 0; x < 16; x++)
+	{
+		col[x] = contrary_sbox[col[x]];
+	}
+}
+/*第四类操作：轮密钥加 AddRoundKey*/
+static void AddRoundKey(unsigned char *col, unsigned char *expansionkey, int round)//密匙加
+{
+	//扩展密钥：44*32bit =11*4* 4*8 =  16字节*11轮，每轮用16字节密钥
+	//第0轮，只进行一次轮密钥加
+	//第1-10轮，轮密钥加
+	int x;
+	for (x = 0; x < 16; x++)	//每1轮操作：4*32bit密钥 = 16个字节密钥
+	{
+		col[x] ^= expansionkey[(round << 4) + x];
+	}
+}
+/* AES加密总函数 10轮4类操作 Encrypt a single block with Nr Rounds(10,12,14)*/
+void AesEncrypt(unsigned char *blk, unsigned char *expansionkey, int Nr)//加密一个区块
+{
+	//输入blk原文，直接在上面修改，输出blk密文
+	//输入skey：
+	//输入Nr = 10轮
+	int round;
+	//第1轮之前：轮密钥加
+	AddRoundKey(blk, expansionkey, 0);
+	//第1-9轮：4类操作：字节代换、行移位、列混合、轮密钥加
+	for (round = 1; round <= (Nr - 1); round++)
+	{
+		SubBytes(blk);		//输入16字节数组，直接在原数组上修改
+		ShiftRows(blk);		//输入16字节数组，直接在原数组上修改
+		MixColumns(blk);	//输入16字节数组，直接在原数组上修改
+		AddRoundKey(blk, expansionkey, round);
+	}
+	//第10轮：不进行列混合
+	SubBytes(blk);
+	ShiftRows(blk);
+	AddRoundKey(blk, expansionkey, Nr);
+}
+//AES 解密总函数
+void AesDecrypt(unsigned char *blk, unsigned char *expansionkey, int Nr)
+{
+	int x;
+	/* unsigned char *contrary_key=key;
+	for(x=0;x<11;x++,key+=16)
+	Contrary_MixColumns(key);*/
+	AddRoundKey(blk, expansionkey, Nr);
+	Contrary_ShiftRows(blk);
+	Contrary_SubBytes(blk);
+	for (x = (Nr - 1); x >= 1; x--)
+	{
+		AddRoundKey(blk, expansionkey, x);
+		Contrary_MixColumns(blk);
+		Contrary_ShiftRows(blk);
+		Contrary_SubBytes(blk);
+	}
+	AddRoundKey(blk, expansionkey, 0);
+}
+/*//密钥编排，16字节--->44列32bit密钥生成--> 11组16字节:分别用于11轮 轮密钥加运算
+Schedule a secret key for use.
+*outkey[] must be 16*15 bytes in size
+*Nk==number of 32 bit words in the key,e.g.,4,6,8
+*Nr==number of rounds,e.g.,10,12,14
+*/
+void ScheduleKey(unsigned char *inkey, unsigned char *outkey, int Nk, int Nr)//安排一个保密密钥使用
+{
+	//inkey:初始16字节密钥key
+	//outkey：11组*16字节扩展密钥expansionkey
+	//Nk：4列
+	//Nr：10轮round
+	unsigned char temp[4], t;
+	int x, i;
+	/*copy the key*/
+	//第0组：[0-3]直接拷贝
+	for (i = 0; i < (4 * Nk); i++)
+	{
+		outkey[i] = inkey[i];
+	}
+	//第1-10组：[4-43]
+	i = Nk;
+	while (i < (4 * (Nr + 1))) //i=4~43 WORD 32bit的首字节地址，每一个4字节
+	{//1次循环生成1个字节扩展密钥，4次循环生成一个WORD
+		//temp：4字节数组：代表一个WORD密钥
+		/*temp=w[i-1]*/
+		//i不是4的倍数的时候
+		//每个temp = 每个outkey32bit = 4字节
+		for (x = 0; x < 4; x++)
+			temp[x] = outkey[(4 * (i - 1)) + x];	//i：32bit的首字节地址
+		//i是4的倍数的时候
+		if (i%Nk == 0)
+		{
+			/*字循环：循环左移1字节 RotWord()*/
+			t = temp[0]; temp[0] = temp[1]; temp[1] = temp[2]; temp[2] = temp[3]; temp[3] = t;
+			/*字节代换：SubWord()*/
+			for (x = 0; x < 4; x++)
+			{
+				temp[x] = sbox[temp[x]];
+			}
+			/*轮常量异或：Rcon[j]*/
+			temp[0] ^= Rcon[(i / Nk) - 1];
+		}
+		//else if(Nk>6 && (i%Nk)==4)	//Nk>6的算法不同，暂时用不到
+		//{
+		//	/*SubWord*/
+		//	for(x=0;x<4;x++)
+		//	{
+		//		temp[x]=sbox[temp[x]];
+		//	}
+		//}
+
+		/*w[i] = w[i-4]^w[i-1]*/
+		for (x = 0; x < 4; x++)
+		{
+			outkey[(4 * i) + x] = outkey[(4 * (i - Nk)) + x] ^ temp[x];
+		}
+		++i;
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+* ECB 模式加密, 返回加密长度
+*/
+int ECBAesEncrypt(unsigned char *blk, unsigned char *expansionkey, int Nr)
+{
+	int k=0;
+	int len =fillSrcData((char*)blk);
+	for(k=0;k<len/AES_BLOCK_SIZE;k++)
+	{
+		AesEncrypt(blk+16*k, expansionkey, Nr);		//2、AES 加密
+	}
+	return len;
+}
+
+/**
+* ECB 模式解密
+*/
+void ECBAesDecrypt(unsigned char *blk,int len, unsigned char *expansionkey, int Nr)
+{
+	int k=0;
+	for(k=0;k<len/AES_BLOCK_SIZE;k++)
+	{
+		AesDecrypt(blk+16*k, expansionkey, Nr);		//2、AES 解密
+	}
+	cutSrcData((char*)blk);
+}
+/**
+* 填充源码,返回填充后的数据长度
+*/
+int fillSrcData(char* data)
+{
+	int left= 0;
+	int len = strlen(data);
+	if(len%AES_BLOCK_SIZE != 0)
+	{
+		left = AES_BLOCK_SIZE-strlen(data)%AES_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		memset(data+strlen(data),left,left);
+		len+=left;
+	}
+	return len;
+}
+
+/**
+* 去除源码无效数据
+*/
+void cutSrcData(char* data)
+{
+	int i= 0;
+	int size = strlen(data);
+	for(i=size-1;data[i]>0&&data[i]<AES_BLOCK_SIZE;i--)
+	{
+		data[i]=0;
+	}
+
+}

Drivers/Encrypt/4GAES.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#ifndef _4GAES_H_
+#define _4GAES_H_
+
+typedef struct aes_st{
+				unsigned char data[400];
+				int size;
+} aes_s;
+
+#define AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16
+
+
+/* AES加密总函数 10轮4类操作 Encrypt a single block with Nr Rounds(10,12,14)*/
+void AesEncrypt(unsigned char *blk, unsigned char *expansionkey, int Nr);//加密一个区块
+
+//AES 解密总函数
+void AesDecrypt(unsigned char *blk, unsigned char *expansionkey, int Nr);
+
+void ScheduleKey(unsigned char *inkey, unsigned char *outkey, int Nk, int Nr);//安排一个保密密钥使用
+
+int ECBAesEncrypt(unsigned char *blk, unsigned char *expansionkey, int Nr);
+
+void ECBAesDecrypt(unsigned char *blk,int len, unsigned char *expansionkey, int Nr);
+
+int fillSrcData(char* data);
+
+void cutSrcData(char* data);
+
+#endif
+

Drivers/Encrypt/mbedtls_util.c

@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include "mbedtls_util.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "mbedtls/sha1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/sha256.h"
+#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+#include "mbedtls/base64.h"
+#include "sys.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define KEY_IOPAD_SIZE 64
+
+#define SHA1_DIGEST_SIZE 20
+
+#define SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE 32
+
+#define AES_LEN_SIZE 256
+
+#define AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16
+
+
+/**
+* 填充源码,返回填充后的数据长度
+*/
+static int fillAESPKCS7Data(char* data)
+{
+	int left= 0;
+	int len = strlen(data);
+	if(len%AES_BLOCK_SIZE != 0)
+	{
+		left = AES_BLOCK_SIZE-strlen(data)%AES_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		left = AES_BLOCK_SIZE;
+	}
+	memset(data+strlen(data),left,left);
+	len+=left;
+	return len;
+}
+
+
+static int fillAESPKCS7DataWithLength(uint8_t * data, uint16_t data_length)
+{
+	int left= 0;
+	int len = data_length;
+	if(len%AES_BLOCK_SIZE != 0)
+	{
+		left = AES_BLOCK_SIZE - data_length%AES_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		left = AES_BLOCK_SIZE;
+	}
+	memset(data + data_length, left, left);
+	len += left;
+	return len;
+}
+
+/**
+* 去除源码无效数据
+*/
+static void cutAESPKCS7Data(char* data)
+{
+	int i= 0;
+	int size = strlen(data);
+	for(i=size-1;data[i]>0&&data[i]<AES_BLOCK_SIZE;i--)
+	{
+		data[i]=0;
+	}
+
+}
+
+void utils_hmac_sha1_str(const char *msg, int msg_len, char *digest, const char *key, int key_len)
+{
+	//对函数参数判空
+    if((NULL == msg) || (NULL == digest) || (NULL == key)) {
+        return;
+    }
+	//限制密钥长度
+    if(key_len > KEY_IOPAD_SIZE) {
+        return;
+    }
+	//hmac sha1加密处理
+    mbedtls_sha1_context context;
+    unsigned char k_ipad[KEY_IOPAD_SIZE];    /* inner padding - key XORd with ipad  */
+    unsigned char k_opad[KEY_IOPAD_SIZE];    /* outer padding - key XORd with opad */
+    unsigned char out[SHA1_DIGEST_SIZE];
+    int i;
+
+    /* start out by storing key in pads */
+    memset(k_ipad, 0, sizeof(k_ipad));
+    memset(k_opad, 0, sizeof(k_opad));
+    memcpy(k_ipad, key, key_len);
+    memcpy(k_opad, key, key_len);
+
+    /* XOR key with ipad and opad values */
+    for (i = 0; i < KEY_IOPAD_SIZE; i++) {
+        k_ipad[i] ^= 0x36;
+        k_opad[i] ^= 0x5c;
+    }
+
+    /* perform inner MD5 */
+    mbedtls_sha1_init(&context);                                      /* init context for 1st pass */
+    mbedtls_sha1_starts(&context);                                    /* setup context for 1st pass */
+    mbedtls_sha1_update(&context, k_ipad, KEY_IOPAD_SIZE);            /* start with inner pad */
+    mbedtls_sha1_update(&context, (unsigned char *) msg, msg_len);    /* then text of datagram */
+    mbedtls_sha1_finish(&context, out);                               /* finish up 1st pass */
+
+    /* perform outer MD5 */
+    mbedtls_sha1_init(&context);                              /* init context for 2nd pass */
+    mbedtls_sha1_starts(&context);                            /* setup context for 2nd pass */
+    mbedtls_sha1_update(&context, k_opad, KEY_IOPAD_SIZE);    /* start with outer pad */
+    mbedtls_sha1_update(&context, out, SHA1_DIGEST_SIZE);      /* then results of 1st hash */
+    mbedtls_sha1_finish(&context, out);                       /* finish up 2nd pass */
+    
+	//加密后的数据16进制输出
+		byteToHexStr(out,digest,SHA1_DIGEST_SIZE);
+		
+}
+
+void utils_sha256(const char *msg, int msg_len, char * digest)
+{
+
+		//hmac sha1加密处理
+    mbedtls_sha256_context context;
+
+    /* perform inner MD5 */
+    mbedtls_sha256_init(&context);                                      /* init context for 1st pass */
+    mbedtls_sha256_starts(&context,0);                                    /* setup context for 1st pass */
+    mbedtls_sha256_update(&context, (unsigned char *) msg, msg_len);    /* then text of datagram */
+    mbedtls_sha256_finish(&context, (unsigned char *) digest);                               /* finish up 1st pass */
+    
+}
+
+void utils_sha256_str(const char *msg, int msg_len, char *digest)
+{
+
+		//hmac sha1加密处理
+    //mbedtls_sha256_context context;
+    unsigned char out[SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE];
+	
+		utils_sha256(msg,msg_len, (char * )out);
+    
+	//加密后的数据16进制输出
+		byteToHexStr(out,digest,SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE);
+		
+}
+
+/**
+*AES CBC加密 ， plaintext:源数据,ciphertext:加密数据, 返回加密长度
+*/
+int utils_aes128_cbc_enc(char *aes_key, char *iv, char *plaintext, char *ciphertext)
+{
+
+		char iv_use[16] = {0};
+		char data[AES_LEN_SIZE]= {0};
+		mbedtls_aes_context aes_ctx;
+		if(strlen(plaintext)+16 > AES_LEN_SIZE) return 0;
+		memcpy(iv_use,iv,16);
+		memcpy(data,plaintext,strlen(plaintext));
+    int len = fillAESPKCS7Data(data);
+    
+    mbedtls_aes_init(&aes_ctx);
+    //setkey_dec
+    mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(&aes_ctx, (unsigned char * )aes_key, 128);
+		mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc(&aes_ctx, MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT, len, (unsigned char * )iv_use, (unsigned char * )data, (unsigned char * )ciphertext);
+    
+    mbedtls_aes_free(&aes_ctx);
+    return len; //OK
+
+}
+
+
+int utils_aes128_cbc_enc_with_length(char *aes_key, char *iv, uint8_t * plaintext, uint16_t plaintext_length, uint8_t * ciphertext)
+{
+
+		char iv_use[16] = {0};
+		uint8_t data[AES_LEN_SIZE]= {0};
+		mbedtls_aes_context aes_ctx;
+		if(plaintext_length + 16 > AES_LEN_SIZE) return -1;
+		memcpy(iv_use,iv,16);
+		memcpy(data, plaintext, plaintext_length);
+    int len = fillAESPKCS7DataWithLength(data, plaintext_length);
+    
+    mbedtls_aes_init(&aes_ctx);
+    //setkey_dec
+    mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(&aes_ctx, (unsigned char * )aes_key, 128);
+		mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc(&aes_ctx, MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT, len, (unsigned char * )iv_use, (unsigned char * )data, (unsigned char * )ciphertext);
+    
+    mbedtls_aes_free(&aes_ctx);
+    return len; //OK
+
+}
+
+/**
+*AES CBC解密 ciphertext:加密数据， len:加密数据长度，plaintext:解密到的数据
+*/
+int utils_aes128_cbc_dec(char *aes_key, char *iv, char *ciphertext, int len, char *plaintext)
+{
+
+		char iv_use[16] = {0};
+		mbedtls_aes_context aes_ctx;
+		if(len%16&&len>AES_LEN_SIZE) return 0;
+		memcpy(iv_use,iv,16);
+    mbedtls_aes_init(&aes_ctx);
+    //setkey_dec
+    mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec(&aes_ctx, (unsigned char * )aes_key, 128);
+		mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc(&aes_ctx, MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT, len, (unsigned char * )iv_use, (unsigned char * )ciphertext, (unsigned char * )plaintext);
+    cutAESPKCS7Data(plaintext);
+    mbedtls_aes_free(&aes_ctx);
+    return strlen(plaintext); //OK
+
+}
+
+/**
+*AES CBC加密 ， src:源数据,dataLen:数据长度,ciphertext:加密数据, 返回加密长度
+*/
+int utils_aes128_cbc_base64_enc(char *aes_key, char *iv, uint8_t *src,int dataLen, char *ciphertext)
+{
+
+		size_t len;
+    unsigned char buffer[AES_LEN_SIZE*2]={0};
+		
+		if(dataLen+16 > AES_LEN_SIZE) return 0;
+		
+		int ret = mbedtls_base64_encode( buffer, sizeof( buffer ), &len, src, dataLen );
+		printf("base64_encode:%s\r\n",buffer);
+		if(ret)
+		{
+			printf("base64 encode err:%d",ret);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		return utils_aes128_cbc_enc(aes_key,iv,(char * )buffer,ciphertext);
+		
+}
+
+/**
+*AES CBC解密 ciphertext:加密数据， len:加密数据长度，plaintext:解密到的数据
+*/
+int utils_aes128_cbc_base64_dec(char *aes_key, char *iv, char *ciphertext, int dataLen, char *plaintext,int plainLen)
+{
+		size_t len = 0;
+    unsigned char buffer[AES_LEN_SIZE*2]={0};
+		int retlen = utils_aes128_cbc_dec(aes_key,iv,ciphertext,dataLen,(char * )buffer);
+		if(retlen)
+		{
+			printf("base64_encode2:%s\r\n",buffer);
+			int ret = mbedtls_base64_decode((unsigned char * )plaintext, plainLen, &len, buffer, retlen);
+			if(ret)
+			{
+				printf("base64 decode err:%d,%d",ret,retlen);
+				len = 0;
+			}
+		}
+		return len;
+}

Drivers/Encrypt/mbedtls_util.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#ifndef _MBEDTLS_UTIL_H_
+#define _MBEDTLS_UTIL_H_
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+void utils_hmac_sha1_str(const char *msg, int msg_len, char *digest, const char *key, int key_len);
+
+void utils_sha256(const char *msg, int msg_len, char *digest);
+
+void utils_sha256_str(const char *msg, int msg_len, char *digest);
+
+int utils_aes128_cbc_enc(char *aes_key, char *iv, char *plaintext, char *ciphertext);
+
+int utils_aes128_cbc_dec(char *aes_key, char *iv, char *ciphertext, int len, char *plaintext);
+int utils_aes128_cbc_enc_with_length(char *aes_key, char *iv, uint8_t * plaintext, uint16_t plaintext_length, uint8_t * ciphertext);
+
+int utils_aes128_cbc_base64_enc(char *aes_key, char *iv, uint8_t *src,int dataLen, char *ciphertext);
+
+int utils_aes128_cbc_base64_dec(char *aes_key, char *iv, char *ciphertext, int dataLen, char *buffer,int buflen);
+
+#endif

Drivers/INflash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * 版   本       ：V1.0.0
+  * 作   者       ：liuyanbin
+  * 版权所有，盗版必究。
+  * Copyright(C) All rights reserved
+  ******************************************************************************
+  *                             历史记录
+  *     序号      版本        变更内容          作者              日期
+  *      1        V0.0.1      实现flash存储      刘艳斌          2024/1/24
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include "INflash.h"
+
+#include "AT.h"
+#include "string.h"
+Coefficient_Data flashdata;
+uint8_t register_success;
+u16 STMFLASH_BUF[STM32_SECTOR_SIZE/2];//最多是2K字节
+void write_to_flash(u32 WriteAddr,u16 *pBuffer,u16 NumToWrite)
+{
+    u16 i;
+	for(i=0;i<NumToWrite;i++)
+	{
+		FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(WriteAddr,pBuffer[i]);
+	    WriteAddr+=2;//地址增加2.
+	}  
+
+}
+//读取指定地址的半字(16位数据)
+//faddr:读地址(此地址必须为2的倍数!!)
+//返回值:对应数据.
+u16 STMFLASH_ReadHalfWord(u32 faddr)
+{
+	return *(vu16*)faddr; 
+}
+//从指定地址开始读出指定长度的数据
+//ReadAddr:起始地址
+//pBuffer:数据指针
+//NumToWrite:半字(16位)数
+void STMFLASH_Read(u32 ReadAddr,u16 *pBuffer,u16 NumToRead)   	
+{
+	u16 i;
+	for(i=0;i<NumToRead;i++)
+	{
+		pBuffer[i]=STMFLASH_ReadHalfWord(ReadAddr);//读取2个字节.
+		ReadAddr+=2;//偏移2个字节.	
+	}
+}
+void STMFLASH_Write(u32 WriteAddr,u16 *pBuffer,u16 NumToWrite)
+{
+  	u32 secpos;	   //扇区地址
+	u16 secoff;	   //扇区内偏移地址(16位字计算)
+	u16 secremain; //扇区内剩余地址(16位字计算)	   
+ 	u16 i;    
+	u32 offaddr;   //去掉0X08000000后的地址
+	if(WriteAddr<STM32_FLASH_BASE||(WriteAddr>=(STM32_FLASH_BASE+1024*STM32_FLASH_SIZE)))return;//非法地址
+	FLASH_Unlock();	
+	offaddr=WriteAddr-STM32_FLASH_BASE;		//实际偏移地址.
+	secpos=offaddr/STM32_SECTOR_SIZE;	 //扇区地址  0~127 for STM32F103RBT6
+	secoff=(offaddr%STM32_SECTOR_SIZE)/2;		//在扇区内的偏移(2个字节为基本单位.)
+	secremain=STM32_SECTOR_SIZE/2-secoff;		//扇区剩余空间大小  
+	if(NumToWrite<=secremain)secremain=NumToWrite;//不大于该扇区范围
+	while(1) 
+	{	
+		STMFLASH_Read(secpos*STM32_SECTOR_SIZE+STM32_FLASH_BASE,STMFLASH_BUF,STM32_SECTOR_SIZE/2);//读出整个扇区的内容
+		for(i=0;i<secremain;i++)//校验数据
+		{
+			if(STMFLASH_BUF[secoff+i]!=0XFFFF)break;//需要擦除  	  
+		}
+		if(i<secremain)//需要擦除
+		{
+			FLASH_ErasePage(secpos*STM32_SECTOR_SIZE+STM32_FLASH_BASE);//擦除这个扇区
+			for(i=0;i<secremain;i++)//复制
+			{
+				STMFLASH_BUF[i+secoff]=pBuffer[i];	  
+			}
+			write_to_flash(secpos*STM32_SECTOR_SIZE+STM32_FLASH_BASE,STMFLASH_BUF,STM32_SECTOR_SIZE/2);//写入整个扇区  
+		}else write_to_flash(WriteAddr,pBuffer,secremain);//写已经擦除了的,直接写入扇区剩余区间. 				   
+		if(NumToWrite==secremain)break;//写入结束了
+		else//写入未结束
+		{
+			secpos++;				//扇区地址增1
+			secoff=0;				//偏移位置为0 	 
+		   	pBuffer+=secremain;  	//指针偏移
+			WriteAddr+=secremain;	//写地址偏移	   
+		   	NumToWrite-=secremain;	//字节(16位)数递减
+			if(NumToWrite>(STM32_SECTOR_SIZE/2))secremain=STM32_SECTOR_SIZE/2;//下一个扇区还是写不完
+			else secremain=NumToWrite;//下一个扇区可以写完了
+		}	 
+	};	
+	FLASH_Lock();//上锁
+ 
+}
+//清空flash
+void clearflash(void){
+flashdata.read_flag=0;
+memcpy(flashdata.deviceSecret,"0",Secretsize);
+memcpy(flashdata.productKey,"0",Secretsize);
+memcpy(flashdata.deviceName,"0",Secretsize);
+delay_ms(10);
+STMFLASH_Write(FLASH_SAVE_ADDR,(u16*)&flashdata,sizeof(flashdata));
+}
+void storedata(void){
+
+flashdata.read_flag=1;
+ Log_Printf_Debug("###########\r\n");
+ Log_Printf_Debug("deviceSecret:%s,productKey:%s,deviceName:%s,read_flag:%d\r\n",flashdata.deviceSecret,flashdata.productKey,flashdata.deviceName,flashdata.read_flag);
+ Log_Printf_Debug("结构体大小: %d\r\n", sizeof(Coefficient_Data));
+	
+     
+     delay_ms(10);
+    STMFLASH_Write(FLASH_SAVE_ADDR,(u16*)&flashdata,sizeof(flashdata));
+    flashdata.read_flag=0;
+    delay_ms(10);
+   Log_Printf_Debug("写入数据完成\r\n");
+   STMFLASH_Read(FLASH_SAVE_ADDR,(u16*)&flashdata,sizeof(flashdata));
+   Log_Printf_Debug("读取完成read_flag:%d,deviceSecret:%s,productKey:%s,deviceName:%s\r\n",flashdata.read_flag,flashdata.deviceSecret,flashdata.productKey,flashdata.deviceName);
+
+}
+void store(void){
+
+
+
+if(register_success==1){
+    storedata();
+}
+else
+{
+Log_Printf_Debug("数据解析失败，没有存储flash\r\n");
+flashdata.read_flag=0;
+}
+
+
+
+}
+

Drivers/INflash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#ifndef __INFLASH_H
+#define __INFLASH_H
+#include "CONFIG.h"
+#include "sys.h"
+//FLASH起始地址
+#define STM32_FLASH_BASE 0x08000000 	//STM32 FLASH的起始地址
+
+#define STM32_FLASH_SIZE FLASH_SIZE 	 		//所选STM32的FLASH容量大小(单位为K)
+#define STM32_FLASH_WREN 1              //使能FLASH写入(0，不是能;1，使能)
+/* STM32F103扇区大小 */
+#if STM32_FLASH_SIZE < 256
+#define STM32_SECTOR_SIZE  1024		/* 容量小于256K的F103, 扇区大小为1K字节 */
+#else
+#define STM32_SECTOR_SIZE  2048		/* 容量大于等于256K的F103, 扇区大小为2K字节 */
+#endif
+//(现在是512页的stm32 f103ZE)
+#define FLASH_SAVE_ADDR SAVE_ADDR		//设置FLASH 保存地址(必须为偶数，且其值要大于本代码所占用FLASH的大小+0X08000000)
+
+#define Secretsize 100
+
+extern int test_testflag;
+void store(void);
+void clearflash(void);
+void STMFLASH_Read(uint32_t ReadAddr,uint16_t *pBuffer,uint16_t NumToRead);
+#pragma pack(1)
+ typedef struct{
+	char deviceSecret[Secretsize];
+	char productKey[Secretsize];
+    char deviceName[Secretsize];
+	uint8_t    read_flag;//判断存flash是否成功，从flash读取值为1代表成功
+}Coefficient_Data;
+#pragma pack()
+#endif
+
+

Drivers/LowPower.c

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "LowPower.h"
+#include "ec800m.h"
+#include "PumpBusiness.h"
+
+
+
+#if  NBFLAG
+
+#else
+// 流程
+enum PowerStep{
+	STEP_START, // 开始
+	STEP_EXIT_SLEEP, // 退出睡眠
+	STEP_ENTER_SLEEP, // 进入睡眠
+	STEP_SET_SLEEP ,// 设置休眠模式
+	STEP_SET_CFUN_0, // 设置最小功能模式
+	STEP_WAIT, // 等待
+	STEP_SUCCESS, // 成功
+	STEP_FAILURE, // 失败
+};
+// 当前
+static enum PowerStep powerstep = STEP_START;
+// 下一步
+static enum PowerStep next_step = STEP_START;
+
+extern struct AT_Struct AT;
+extern uint8_t send_data_switch;
+
+
+
+
+// 计时相关的变量
+uint8_t Power_time_flag = 0;
+uint32_t Power_timer_ms = 0;
+uint32_t Power_wait_time = 10;
+
+uint8_t set_mincfun_flag=1;
+//// 声明函数。步骤跳转
+void pownext_step(enum PowerStep ns);
+// 发送流程
+void Power_Handle_Handle(void);
+
+// 等待
+static void powerwait(void)
+{
+	if(Power_time_flag == 0)
+	{
+		Power_timer_ms = 0;
+		Power_time_flag = 1;
+	}
+	else if(Power_timer_ms >Power_wait_time)
+	{
+		pownext_step(next_step); // 进入下一步
+		Power_time_flag = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+ //直接跳转到下一步
+static void pownext_step(enum PowerStep ns)
+{
+	// 重置ec800m状态
+	ec800m.reset();
+	powerstep = ns; 
+}
+
+// 先等待再跳转到下一步
+static void pownext_wait_step(enum PowerStep ns, uint32_t t)
+{
+	pownext_step(STEP_WAIT); // 等待
+	Power_wait_time = t;
+	next_step = ns; // 等待之后跳转
+}
+
+// 发送数据的逻辑
+static enum Result result = Result_None;
+void Power_Handle(void)
+{
+	result =ec800m.ready();
+	if(result==Result_Success)
+	{
+		set_mincfun_flag=0;
+		pownext_step(STEP_START);
+		Log_Printf_Debug("完成准备\r\n");
+	}
+	if(set_mincfun_flag==1) 
+	{
+		return ;
+	}
+	// 流程
+	switch(powerstep)
+	{
+		case STEP_START: // 开始
+			pownext_step(STEP_EXIT_SLEEP);
+			break;
+		case STEP_EXIT_SLEEP: // 退出休眠
+			ec800m.exit_sleep();
+			pownext_wait_step(STEP_SET_SLEEP, 5);
+			break;
+		
+		case STEP_SET_SLEEP: // 设置休眠模式
+			result = ec800m.set_sleep(1);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				Log_Printf_Debug("设置休眠模式成功\r\n");
+					pownext_step(STEP_SET_CFUN_0);
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				Log_Printf_Debug("设置休眠模式失败\r\n");
+				pownext_step(STEP_FAILURE);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_SET_CFUN_0: // 设置最小功能模式
+			result = ec800m.set_cfun(0);
+			if(result == Result_Success)
+			{
+				pownext_step(STEP_SUCCESS);
+				
+				Log_Printf_Debug("设置最小功能模式成功\r\n");
+			}
+			else if(result == Result_Failed)
+			{
+				Log_Printf_Debug("设置最小功能模式失败\r\n");
+				pownext_step(STEP_FAILURE);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STEP_WAIT: // 等待
+			powerwait();
+			break;
+		case STEP_SUCCESS: // 成功
+			ec800m.enter_sleep();
+			pownext_wait_step(STEP_START, 5);
+		    set_mincfun_flag=1;
+			break;
+		case STEP_FAILURE: // 失败
+			ec800m.enter_sleep();
+			pownext_wait_step(STEP_START, 5);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	
+}
+#endif

Drivers/LowPower.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#ifndef __LowPower_H
+#define __LowPower_H
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include "AT.h"
+#if  NBFLAG
+#else
+void Power_Handle(void);
+extern uint8_t set_mincfun_flag;
+#endif
+extern uint32_t Power_timer_ms;
+#endif

Drivers/Regist.c

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * 版   本       ：V1.0.0
+  * 作   者       ：liuyanbin
+  * 版权所有，盗版必究。
+  * Copyright(C) All rights reserved
+  ******************************************************************************
+  *                             历史记录
+  *     序号      版本        变更内容          作者              日期
+  *      1        V0.0.1      实现4G注册      刘艳斌          2023/12/20
+  *      2        V0.0.2      实现NB注册      刘艳斌          2023/12/20
+  *      3        V0.0.3      整合4g和nb      刘艳斌          2024/1/24
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include "Regist.h"
+#include "AT.h"
+#include "4GAES.h"
+#include "ec800m.h"
+#include "bc260.h"
+#include "INflash.h"
+#include "sys.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "cJSON.h"
+
+extern valid_data_t valid_data;
+#if  NBFLAG
+uint8_t mcu_id[8]="8945809";
+#else
+uint8_t mcu_id[8]="ceshi001";
+#endif
+uint16_t Version_data = 1032;
+uint8_t regist_result =0;
+char registData[100] = {0};
+//uint8_t registlen=0;
+
+extern struct AT_Struct AT;
+unsigned char key[17]="tuorenzhinenghua";
+unsigned char expansionkey[15 * 16];
+extern Coefficient_Data flashdata;
+extern uint8_t register_success;
+//static uint8_t tcpcontextID = 1;
+static uint8_t tcpconnectID = 2;
+static char * REGIST_SERVER ="8337239yf4.yicp.fun" ; //注册服务器地址
+static uint16_t REGIST_PORT=22155; //端口号
+
+/**
+* 
+*注册信息打包
+*/
+enum Result packRegistDataAnd(uint8_t *length){
+	 enum Result result = Result_None;
+//	 int i=0;
+	int datalen = 0;
+	char qcciddata[31]={0};//
+     memset(registData,0, sizeof(registData));
+	char* dataPtr = registData+2; //dataPtr指针指向registData第三个字节
+	//复制muid，并转化为16进制
+	byteToHexStr(mcu_id, dataPtr, sizeof(mcu_id));
+	memcpy(dataPtr+strlen(dataPtr),"&",1);
+	//获取qccid
+	AT_Clear();
+	//get_qccid_flag=get_qccid(qcciddata);
+	
+	#if  NBFLAG
+	 result=bc260y.query_qccid_sync(qcciddata);
+	#else
+	result=ec800m.query_qccid_sync(qcciddata);
+	#endif
+	
+	  if(result==Result_Failed)
+     {
+      return result;
+     }
+    //获取复制qccid
+	memcpy(dataPtr+strlen(dataPtr),qcciddata,31);
+	//复制版本号
+	snprintf(dataPtr+strlen(dataPtr),10,"&%d.%03d",Version_data/1000,Version_data%1000);
+	Log_Printf_Debug("device data:%s\r\n",dataPtr);//串口打印
+	Log_Printf_Debug("regist data:%s\r\n",registData+2);
+	ScheduleKey(key, expansionkey, 4, 10);//生成密钥
+	datalen = ECBAesEncrypt((unsigned char*)dataPtr, expansionkey, 10);		//2、AES 加密
+	registData[0] = datalen>>8;//头2个字节赋值数据长度
+	registData[1] = datalen;
+	Log_Printf_Debug("strlendata:%d,datalen=%d\r\n",strlen(dataPtr),datalen);
+	 *length=datalen+2;
+	 return Result_Success;
+}
+/**
+* 
+*注册数据解密
+*/
+enum Result analysis_recvdata()
+{
+	enum Result result = Result_None;
+	char recvdata[1024]={0};
+	uint16_t recvdata_length=0;
+  cJSON *json = NULL,*json_productKey = NULL,*json_deviceName = NULL,*json_deviceSecret = NULL;
+	#if  NBFLAG
+  result =bc260y.recv_with_time_sync(tcpconnectID,(uint8_t *)recvdata,&recvdata_length,10000);
+	#else
+	 result =ec800m.recv_with_time_sync(tcpconnectID,(uint8_t *)recvdata,&recvdata_length,10000);
+	#endif
+	
+     if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return result;
+ }
+ 	//memset(valid_data.buf, 0, sizeof(valid_data.buf));
+//    memcpy(valid_data.buf,recvdata,recvdata_length);
+  ScheduleKey(key, expansionkey, 4, 10);
+//  valid_data.len=recvdata_length;
+  ECBAesDecrypt((unsigned char*)recvdata,recvdata_length, expansionkey, 10);//AES 解密
+ Log_Printf_Debug("解密数据recvdata:%s,%d,%d\r\n",recvdata,strlen(recvdata),recvdata_length);
+  			json = cJSON_Parse(recvdata);
+		if(!json)
+			{
+				Log_Printf_Debug("json parse error,%s\r\n",cJSON_GetErrorPtr());
+				cJSON_Delete(json);
+				return Result_Failed;
+		
+			}else{
+				json_deviceSecret = cJSON_GetObjectItem(json,"deviceSecret");
+				json_productKey = cJSON_GetObjectItem(json,"productKey");
+				json_deviceName = cJSON_GetObjectItem(json,"deviceName");
+				Log_Printf_Debug("获取数据成功deviceSecret:%s,json_productKey:%s,deviceName:%s\r\n",json_deviceSecret->valuestring,json_productKey->valuestring,json_deviceName->valuestring);
+//				memcpy(flashdata.deviceSecret,json_deviceSecret->valuestring,Secretsize);
+//                memcpy(flashdata.productKey,json_productKey->valuestring,strlen(json_deviceName->valuestring));
+//				memcpy(flashdata.deviceName,json_deviceName->valuestring,strlen(json_deviceName->valuestring));
+				strcpy(flashdata.deviceSecret,json_deviceSecret->valuestring);
+               strcpy(flashdata.productKey,json_productKey->valuestring);
+				strcpy(flashdata.deviceName,json_deviceName->valuestring);
+				memset(&register_success, 1, sizeof(register_success));
+				cJSON_Delete(json);
+				
+				return Result_Success;
+			
+			}
+}
+
+#if  NBFLAG
+uint8_t regist_Handle()
+{
+ uint8_t stat,length=0;
+	uint16_t lac,err=0;
+	uint32_t ci=0;
+ enum Result result = Result_None;
+ bc260y.exit_sleep_sync();//退出休眠
+ delay_ms(100);
+	bc260y.reset();
+ result = bc260y.set_qisde_sync(0);//关闭回显
+   if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+  result=bc260y.set_sleep_sync(1);//设置休眠模式
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+  result=bc260y.set_cfun_sync(1);//设置全功能模式
+ 
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+    result=bc260y.set_cgreg_sync(2);//设置网络状态
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+
+ 
+for(int i=0;i<20;i++){
+ delay_ms(400);
+result=bc260y.query_cgreg_sync(&regist_result,&stat,&lac,&ci);//循环查询网络状态最多20次
+	if(stat==1)
+	{i=20;
+	
+	}
+}
+
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+   if(stat==0)
+ {
+	  Log_Printf_Debug(" stat=%d\r\n", stat);
+   return 0;
+ }
+  
+ result =(enum Result)packRegistDataAnd(&length);//数据打包
+   if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+ result=bc260y.close_socket_sync(tcpconnectID);//防止以前链接没断开，断开tcp链接
+   if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+	Log_Printf_Debug(" result=%d\r\n", result);
+   return 0;
+ }
+  //tcp连接流程
+  result=bc260y.open_socket_sync(tcpconnectID,"TCP",REGIST_SERVER,REGIST_PORT,1,&err);//连接tcp
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+	Log_Printf_Debug(" result=%d\r\n", result);
+   return 0;
+ }
+
+   result = bc260y.dataformat_sync(1);//配置发送数据格式
+   if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+
+
+ result =bc260y.send_sync(tcpconnectID,(uint8_t *)registData,length);//数据发送
+    if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+  
+
+   result =analysis_recvdata();
+    if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+
+ result=bc260y.close_socket_sync(tcpconnectID);//断开tcp连接
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+
+
+ bc260y.enter_sleep();//进入休眠状态
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+#else  
+//4G模块注册流程
+uint8_t regist_Handle()
+{
+ uint8_t stat,length=0;
+	uint16_t lac,err=0;
+	uint32_t ci=0;
+ enum Result result = Result_None;
+ ec800m.exit_sleep();//退出休眠
+ delay_ms(10);
+  result=ec800m.set_sleep_sync(1);//设置休眠模式
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+  result=ec800m.set_cfun_sync(1);//设置全功能模式
+ 
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+    result=ec800m.set_cgreg_sync(2);//设置网络状态
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+  
+ 
+for(int i=0;i<20;i++){
+ delay_ms(400);
+result=ec800m.query_cgreg_sync(&regist_result,&stat,&lac,&ci);//循环查询网络状态最多20次
+	if(stat==1)
+	{i=20;
+	
+	}
+}
+
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+   if(stat==0)
+ {
+	  Log_Printf_Debug(" stat=%d\r\n", stat);
+   return 0;
+ }
+  //tcp连接流程
+  result=ec800m.open_socket_sync(tcpconnectID,"TCP",REGIST_SERVER,REGIST_PORT,1,&err);//连接tcp
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+	Log_Printf_Debug(" result=%d\r\n", result);
+   return 0;
+ }
+ 
+ if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+  result =(enum Result)packRegistDataAnd(&length);//数据打包
+  Log_Printf_Debug("data length=%d\r\n", length);
+   if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+ result = ec800m.set_qisde_sync(0);//关闭回显
+   if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+ result =ec800m.send_sync(tcpconnectID,(uint8_t *)registData,length);//数据发送
+    if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+
+   result =analysis_recvdata();
+    if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+ 
+ result=ec800m.close_socket_sync(tcpconnectID);//断开tcp连接
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+  result=ec800m.set_cfun_sync(0);//设置最小功能模式
+ 
+  if(result==Result_Failed)
+ {
+   return 0;
+ }
+
+ ec800m.enter_sleep();//进入休眠状态
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#endif
+uint8_t regist_device(void)
+{
+ flashdata.read_flag=0;
+ uint8_t regist_flag=0;
+ Log_Printf_Debug("读取前read_flag:%d\r\n",flashdata.read_flag);
+ STMFLASH_Read(FLASH_SAVE_ADDR,(u16*)&flashdata,sizeof(flashdata));//读取flash
+ delay_ms(10);
+ if(flashdata.read_flag==1)
+ {
+	 Log_Printf_Debug("读取flash成功read_flag:%d,\ndeviceSecret:%s,\n productKey:%s,\ndeviceName:%s\r\n",flashdata.read_flag,flashdata.deviceSecret,flashdata.productKey,flashdata.deviceName); 
+ return 1;
+ }
+ regist_flag=regist_Handle();//注册流程
+ if(regist_flag==0)//注册流程失败不储存flash
+ {
+  return 0;
+ }
+ store();//存储到flash
+  return 1;
+}
+

Drivers/Regist.h

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#ifndef __REGIST_H
+#define __REGIST_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+uint8_t regist_device(void);
+#endif

Drivers/Utils/cJSON.c

@@ -0,0 +1,3119 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (c) 2009-2017 Dave Gamble and cJSON contributors
+
+  Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+  of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+  in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+  to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+  copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+  furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+  The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+  all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+  IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+  AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+  OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+  THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/* cJSON */
+/* JSON parser in C. */
+
+/* disable warnings about old C89 functions in MSVC */
+#if !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE) && defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC visibility push(default)
+#endif
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (push)
+/* disable warning about single line comments in system headers */
+#pragma warning (disable : 4001)
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_LOCALES
+#include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (pop)
+#endif
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC visibility pop
+#endif
+
+#include "cJSON.h"
+
+/* define our own boolean type */
+#ifdef true
+#undef true
+#endif
+#define true ((cJSON_bool)1)
+
+#ifdef false
+#undef false
+#endif
+#define false ((cJSON_bool)0)
+
+/* define isnan and isinf for ANSI C, if in C99 or above, isnan and isinf has been defined in math.h */
+#ifndef isinf
+#define isinf(d) (isnan((d - d)) && !isnan(d))
+#endif
+#ifndef isnan
+#define isnan(d) (d != d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NAN
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define NAN sqrt(-1.0)
+#else
+#define NAN 0.0/0.0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+    const unsigned char *json;
+    size_t position;
+} error;
+static error global_error = { NULL, 0 };
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(const char *) cJSON_GetErrorPtr(void)
+{
+    return (const char*) (global_error.json + global_error.position);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char *) cJSON_GetStringValue(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (!cJSON_IsString(item))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return item->valuestring;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(double) cJSON_GetNumberValue(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (!cJSON_IsNumber(item))
+    {
+        return (double) NAN;
+    }
+
+    return item->valuedouble;
+}
+
+/* This is a safeguard to prevent copy-pasters from using incompatible C and header files */
+#if (CJSON_VERSION_MAJOR != 1) || (CJSON_VERSION_MINOR != 7) || (CJSON_VERSION_PATCH != 16)
+    #error cJSON.h and cJSON.c have different versions. Make sure that both have the same.
+#endif
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(const char*) cJSON_Version(void)
+{
+    static char version[15];
+    sprintf(version, "%i.%i.%i", CJSON_VERSION_MAJOR, CJSON_VERSION_MINOR, CJSON_VERSION_PATCH);
+
+    return version;
+}
+
+/* Case insensitive string comparison, doesn't consider two NULL pointers equal though */
+static int case_insensitive_strcmp(const unsigned char *string1, const unsigned char *string2)
+{
+    if ((string1 == NULL) || (string2 == NULL))
+    {
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    if (string1 == string2)
+    {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    for(; tolower(*string1) == tolower(*string2); (void)string1++, string2++)
+    {
+        if (*string1 == '\0')
+        {
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return tolower(*string1) - tolower(*string2);
+}
+
+typedef struct internal_hooks
+{
+    void *(CJSON_CDECL *allocate)(size_t size);
+    void (CJSON_CDECL *deallocate)(void *pointer);
+    void *(CJSON_CDECL *reallocate)(void *pointer, size_t size);
+} internal_hooks;
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+/* work around MSVC error C2322: '...' address of dllimport '...' is not static */
+static void * CJSON_CDECL internal_malloc(size_t size)
+{
+    return malloc(size);
+}
+static void CJSON_CDECL internal_free(void *pointer)
+{
+    free(pointer);
+}
+static void * CJSON_CDECL internal_realloc(void *pointer, size_t size)
+{
+    return realloc(pointer, size);
+}
+#else
+#define internal_malloc malloc
+#define internal_free free
+#define internal_realloc realloc
+#endif
+
+/* strlen of character literals resolved at compile time */
+#define static_strlen(string_literal) (sizeof(string_literal) - sizeof(""))
+
+static internal_hooks global_hooks = { internal_malloc, internal_free, internal_realloc };
+
+static unsigned char* cJSON_strdup(const unsigned char* string, const internal_hooks * const hooks)
+{
+    size_t length = 0;
+    unsigned char *copy = NULL;
+
+    if (string == NULL)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    length = strlen((const char*)string) + sizeof("");
+    copy = (unsigned char*)hooks->allocate(length);
+    if (copy == NULL)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    memcpy(copy, string, length);
+
+    return copy;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_InitHooks(cJSON_Hooks* hooks)
+{
+    if (hooks == NULL)
+    {
+        /* Reset hooks */
+        global_hooks.allocate = malloc;
+        global_hooks.deallocate = free;
+        global_hooks.reallocate = realloc;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    global_hooks.allocate = malloc;
+    if (hooks->malloc_fn != NULL)
+    {
+        global_hooks.allocate = hooks->malloc_fn;
+    }
+
+    global_hooks.deallocate = free;
+    if (hooks->free_fn != NULL)
+    {
+        global_hooks.deallocate = hooks->free_fn;
+    }
+
+    /* use realloc only if both free and malloc are used */
+    global_hooks.reallocate = NULL;
+    if ((global_hooks.allocate == malloc) && (global_hooks.deallocate == free))
+    {
+        global_hooks.reallocate = realloc;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Internal constructor. */
+static cJSON *cJSON_New_Item(const internal_hooks * const hooks)
+{
+    cJSON* node = (cJSON*)hooks->allocate(sizeof(cJSON));
+    if (node)
+    {
+        memset(node, '\0', sizeof(cJSON));
+    }
+
+    return node;
+}
+
+/* Delete a cJSON structure. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_Delete(cJSON *item)
+{
+    cJSON *next = NULL;
+    while (item != NULL)
+    {
+        next = item->next;
+        if (!(item->type & cJSON_IsReference) && (item->child != NULL))
+        {
+            cJSON_Delete(item->child);
+        }
+        if (!(item->type & cJSON_IsReference) && (item->valuestring != NULL))
+        {
+            global_hooks.deallocate(item->valuestring);
+        }
+        if (!(item->type & cJSON_StringIsConst) && (item->string != NULL))
+        {
+            global_hooks.deallocate(item->string);
+        }
+        global_hooks.deallocate(item);
+        item = next;
+    }
+}
+
+/* get the decimal point character of the current locale */
+static unsigned char get_decimal_point(void)
+{
+#ifdef ENABLE_LOCALES
+    struct lconv *lconv = localeconv();
+    return (unsigned char) lconv->decimal_point[0];
+#else
+    return '.';
+#endif
+}
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    const unsigned char *content;
+    size_t length;
+    size_t offset;
+    size_t depth; /* How deeply nested (in arrays/objects) is the input at the current offset. */
+    internal_hooks hooks;
+} parse_buffer;
+
+/* check if the given size is left to read in a given parse buffer (starting with 1) */
+#define can_read(buffer, size) ((buffer != NULL) && (((buffer)->offset + size) <= (buffer)->length))
+/* check if the buffer can be accessed at the given index (starting with 0) */
+#define can_access_at_index(buffer, index) ((buffer != NULL) && (((buffer)->offset + index) < (buffer)->length))
+#define cannot_access_at_index(buffer, index) (!can_access_at_index(buffer, index))
+/* get a pointer to the buffer at the position */
+#define buffer_at_offset(buffer) ((buffer)->content + (buffer)->offset)
+
+/* Parse the input text to generate a number, and populate the result into item. */
+static cJSON_bool parse_number(cJSON * const item, parse_buffer * const input_buffer)
+{
+    double number = 0;
+    unsigned char *after_end = NULL;
+    unsigned char number_c_string[64];
+    unsigned char decimal_point = get_decimal_point();
+    size_t i = 0;
+
+    if ((input_buffer == NULL) || (input_buffer->content == NULL))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* copy the number into a temporary buffer and replace '.' with the decimal point
+     * of the current locale (for strtod)
+     * This also takes care of '\0' not necessarily being available for marking the end of the input */
+    for (i = 0; (i < (sizeof(number_c_string) - 1)) && can_access_at_index(input_buffer, i); i++)
+    {
+        switch (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[i])
+        {
+            case '0':
+            case '1':
+            case '2':
+            case '3':
+            case '4':
+            case '5':
+            case '6':
+            case '7':
+            case '8':
+            case '9':
+            case '+':
+            case '-':
+            case 'e':
+            case 'E':
+                number_c_string[i] = buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[i];
+                break;
+
+            case '.':
+                number_c_string[i] = decimal_point;
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                goto loop_end;
+        }
+    }
+loop_end:
+    number_c_string[i] = '\0';
+
+    number = strtod((const char*)number_c_string, (char**)&after_end);
+    if (number_c_string == after_end)
+    {
+        return false; /* parse_error */
+    }
+
+    item->valuedouble = number;
+
+    /* use saturation in case of overflow */
+    if (number >= INT_MAX)
+    {
+        item->valueint = INT_MAX;
+    }
+    else if (number <= (double)INT_MIN)
+    {
+        item->valueint = INT_MIN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        item->valueint = (int)number;
+    }
+
+    item->type = cJSON_Number;
+
+    input_buffer->offset += (size_t)(after_end - number_c_string);
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* don't ask me, but the original cJSON_SetNumberValue returns an integer or double */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(double) cJSON_SetNumberHelper(cJSON *object, double number)
+{
+    if (number >= INT_MAX)
+    {
+        object->valueint = INT_MAX;
+    }
+    else if (number <= (double)INT_MIN)
+    {
+        object->valueint = INT_MIN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        object->valueint = (int)number;
+    }
+
+    return object->valuedouble = number;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char*) cJSON_SetValuestring(cJSON *object, const char *valuestring)
+{
+    char *copy = NULL;
+    /* if object's type is not cJSON_String or is cJSON_IsReference, it should not set valuestring */
+    if (!(object->type & cJSON_String) || (object->type & cJSON_IsReference))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (strlen(valuestring) <= strlen(object->valuestring))
+    {
+        strcpy(object->valuestring, valuestring);
+        return object->valuestring;
+    }
+    copy = (char*) cJSON_strdup((const unsigned char*)valuestring, &global_hooks);
+    if (copy == NULL)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (object->valuestring != NULL)
+    {
+        cJSON_free(object->valuestring);
+    }
+    object->valuestring = copy;
+
+    return copy;
+}
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    unsigned char *buffer;
+    size_t length;
+    size_t offset;
+    size_t depth; /* current nesting depth (for formatted printing) */
+    cJSON_bool noalloc;
+    cJSON_bool format; /* is this print a formatted print */
+    internal_hooks hooks;
+} printbuffer;
+
+/* realloc printbuffer if necessary to have at least "needed" bytes more */
+static unsigned char* ensure(printbuffer * const p, size_t needed)
+{
+    unsigned char *newbuffer = NULL;
+    size_t newsize = 0;
+
+    if ((p == NULL) || (p->buffer == NULL))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ((p->length > 0) && (p->offset >= p->length))
+    {
+        /* make sure that offset is valid */
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (needed > INT_MAX)
+    {
+        /* sizes bigger than INT_MAX are currently not supported */
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    needed += p->offset + 1;
+    if (needed <= p->length)
+    {
+        return p->buffer + p->offset;
+    }
+
+    if (p->noalloc) {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* calculate new buffer size */
+    if (needed > (INT_MAX / 2))
+    {
+        /* overflow of int, use INT_MAX if possible */
+        if (needed <= INT_MAX)
+        {
+            newsize = INT_MAX;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        newsize = needed * 2;
+    }
+
+    if (p->hooks.reallocate != NULL)
+    {
+        /* reallocate with realloc if available */
+        newbuffer = (unsigned char*)p->hooks.reallocate(p->buffer, newsize);
+        if (newbuffer == NULL)
+        {
+            p->hooks.deallocate(p->buffer);
+            p->length = 0;
+            p->buffer = NULL;
+
+            return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* otherwise reallocate manually */
+        newbuffer = (unsigned char*)p->hooks.allocate(newsize);
+        if (!newbuffer)
+        {
+            p->hooks.deallocate(p->buffer);
+            p->length = 0;
+            p->buffer = NULL;
+
+            return NULL;
+        }
+
+        memcpy(newbuffer, p->buffer, p->offset + 1);
+        p->hooks.deallocate(p->buffer);
+    }
+    p->length = newsize;
+    p->buffer = newbuffer;
+
+    return newbuffer + p->offset;
+}
+
+/* calculate the new length of the string in a printbuffer and update the offset */
+static void update_offset(printbuffer * const buffer)
+{
+    const unsigned char *buffer_pointer = NULL;
+    if ((buffer == NULL) || (buffer->buffer == NULL))
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+    buffer_pointer = buffer->buffer + buffer->offset;
+
+    buffer->offset += strlen((const char*)buffer_pointer);
+}
+
+/* securely comparison of floating-point variables */
+static cJSON_bool compare_double(double a, double b)
+{
+    double maxVal = fabs(a) > fabs(b) ? fabs(a) : fabs(b);
+    return (fabs(a - b) <= maxVal * DBL_EPSILON);
+}
+
+/* Render the number nicely from the given item into a string. */
+static cJSON_bool print_number(const cJSON * const item, printbuffer * const output_buffer)
+{
+    unsigned char *output_pointer = NULL;
+    double d = item->valuedouble;
+    int length = 0;
+    size_t i = 0;
+    unsigned char number_buffer[26] = {0}; /* temporary buffer to print the number into */
+    unsigned char decimal_point = get_decimal_point();
+    double test = 0.0;
+
+    if (output_buffer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* This checks for NaN and Infinity */
+    if (isnan(d) || isinf(d))
+    {
+        length = sprintf((char*)number_buffer, "null");
+    }
+	else if(d == (double)item->valueint)
+	{
+		length = sprintf((char*)number_buffer, "%d", item->valueint);
+	}
+    else
+    {
+        /* Try 15 decimal places of precision to avoid nonsignificant nonzero digits */
+        length = sprintf((char*)number_buffer, "%1.15g", d);
+
+        /* Check whether the original double can be recovered */
+        if ((sscanf((char*)number_buffer, "%lg", &test) != 1) || !compare_double((double)test, d))
+        {
+            /* If not, print with 17 decimal places of precision */
+            length = sprintf((char*)number_buffer, "%1.17g", d);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* sprintf failed or buffer overrun occurred */
+    if ((length < 0) || (length > (int)(sizeof(number_buffer) - 1)))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* reserve appropriate space in the output */
+    output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, (size_t)length + sizeof(""));
+    if (output_pointer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* copy the printed number to the output and replace locale
+     * dependent decimal point with '.' */
+    for (i = 0; i < ((size_t)length); i++)
+    {
+        if (number_buffer[i] == decimal_point)
+        {
+            output_pointer[i] = '.';
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        output_pointer[i] = number_buffer[i];
+    }
+    output_pointer[i] = '\0';
+
+    output_buffer->offset += (size_t)length;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* parse 4 digit hexadecimal number */
+static unsigned parse_hex4(const unsigned char * const input)
+{
+    unsigned int h = 0;
+    size_t i = 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+    {
+        /* parse digit */
+        if ((input[i] >= '0') && (input[i] <= '9'))
+        {
+            h += (unsigned int) input[i] - '0';
+        }
+        else if ((input[i] >= 'A') && (input[i] <= 'F'))
+        {
+            h += (unsigned int) 10 + input[i] - 'A';
+        }
+        else if ((input[i] >= 'a') && (input[i] <= 'f'))
+        {
+            h += (unsigned int) 10 + input[i] - 'a';
+        }
+        else /* invalid */
+        {
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        if (i < 3)
+        {
+            /* shift left to make place for the next nibble */
+            h = h << 4;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return h;
+}
+
+/* converts a UTF-16 literal to UTF-8
+ * A literal can be one or two sequences of the form \uXXXX */
+static unsigned char utf16_literal_to_utf8(const unsigned char * const input_pointer, const unsigned char * const input_end, unsigned char **output_pointer)
+{
+    long unsigned int codepoint = 0;
+    unsigned int first_code = 0;
+    const unsigned char *first_sequence = input_pointer;
+    unsigned char utf8_length = 0;
+    unsigned char utf8_position = 0;
+    unsigned char sequence_length = 0;
+    unsigned char first_byte_mark = 0;
+
+    if ((input_end - first_sequence) < 6)
+    {
+        /* input ends unexpectedly */
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    /* get the first utf16 sequence */
+    first_code = parse_hex4(first_sequence + 2);
+
+    /* check that the code is valid */
+    if (((first_code >= 0xDC00) && (first_code <= 0xDFFF)))
+    {
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    /* UTF16 surrogate pair */
+    if ((first_code >= 0xD800) && (first_code <= 0xDBFF))
+    {
+        const unsigned char *second_sequence = first_sequence + 6;
+        unsigned int second_code = 0;
+        sequence_length = 12; /* \uXXXX\uXXXX */
+
+        if ((input_end - second_sequence) < 6)
+        {
+            /* input ends unexpectedly */
+            goto fail;
+        }
+
+        if ((second_sequence[0] != '\\') || (second_sequence[1] != 'u'))
+        {
+            /* missing second half of the surrogate pair */
+            goto fail;
+        }
+
+        /* get the second utf16 sequence */
+        second_code = parse_hex4(second_sequence + 2);
+        /* check that the code is valid */
+        if ((second_code < 0xDC00) || (second_code > 0xDFFF))
+        {
+            /* invalid second half of the surrogate pair */
+            goto fail;
+        }
+
+
+        /* calculate the unicode codepoint from the surrogate pair */
+        codepoint = 0x10000 + (((first_code & 0x3FF) << 10) | (second_code & 0x3FF));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        sequence_length = 6; /* \uXXXX */
+        codepoint = first_code;
+    }
+
+    /* encode as UTF-8
+     * takes at maximum 4 bytes to encode:
+     * 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx */
+    if (codepoint < 0x80)
+    {
+        /* normal ascii, encoding 0xxxxxxx */
+        utf8_length = 1;
+    }
+    else if (codepoint < 0x800)
+    {
+        /* two bytes, encoding 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx */
+        utf8_length = 2;
+        first_byte_mark = 0xC0; /* 11000000 */
+    }
+    else if (codepoint < 0x10000)
+    {
+        /* three bytes, encoding 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx */
+        utf8_length = 3;
+        first_byte_mark = 0xE0; /* 11100000 */
+    }
+    else if (codepoint <= 0x10FFFF)
+    {
+        /* four bytes, encoding 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx */
+        utf8_length = 4;
+        first_byte_mark = 0xF0; /* 11110000 */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* invalid unicode codepoint */
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    /* encode as utf8 */
+    for (utf8_position = (unsigned char)(utf8_length - 1); utf8_position > 0; utf8_position--)
+    {
+        /* 10xxxxxx */
+        (*output_pointer)[utf8_position] = (unsigned char)((codepoint | 0x80) & 0xBF);
+        codepoint >>= 6;
+    }
+    /* encode first byte */
+    if (utf8_length > 1)
+    {
+        (*output_pointer)[0] = (unsigned char)((codepoint | first_byte_mark) & 0xFF);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        (*output_pointer)[0] = (unsigned char)(codepoint & 0x7F);
+    }
+
+    *output_pointer += utf8_length;
+
+    return sequence_length;
+
+fail:
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Parse the input text into an unescaped cinput, and populate item. */
+static cJSON_bool parse_string(cJSON * const item, parse_buffer * const input_buffer)
+{
+    const unsigned char *input_pointer = buffer_at_offset(input_buffer) + 1;
+    const unsigned char *input_end = buffer_at_offset(input_buffer) + 1;
+    unsigned char *output_pointer = NULL;
+    unsigned char *output = NULL;
+
+    /* not a string */
+    if (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] != '\"')
+    {
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    {
+        /* calculate approximate size of the output (overestimate) */
+        size_t allocation_length = 0;
+        size_t skipped_bytes = 0;
+        while (((size_t)(input_end - input_buffer->content) < input_buffer->length) && (*input_end != '\"'))
+        {
+            /* is escape sequence */
+            if (input_end[0] == '\\')
+            {
+                if ((size_t)(input_end + 1 - input_buffer->content) >= input_buffer->length)
+                {
+                    /* prevent buffer overflow when last input character is a backslash */
+                    goto fail;
+                }
+                skipped_bytes++;
+                input_end++;
+            }
+            input_end++;
+        }
+        if (((size_t)(input_end - input_buffer->content) >= input_buffer->length) || (*input_end != '\"'))
+        {
+            goto fail; /* string ended unexpectedly */
+        }
+
+        /* This is at most how much we need for the output */
+        allocation_length = (size_t) (input_end - buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)) - skipped_bytes;
+        output = (unsigned char*)input_buffer->hooks.allocate(allocation_length + sizeof(""));
+        if (output == NULL)
+        {
+            goto fail; /* allocation failure */
+        }
+    }
+
+    output_pointer = output;
+    /* loop through the string literal */
+    while (input_pointer < input_end)
+    {
+        if (*input_pointer != '\\')
+        {
+            *output_pointer++ = *input_pointer++;
+        }
+        /* escape sequence */
+        else
+        {
+            unsigned char sequence_length = 2;
+            if ((input_end - input_pointer) < 1)
+            {
+                goto fail;
+            }
+
+            switch (input_pointer[1])
+            {
+                case 'b':
+                    *output_pointer++ = '\b';
+                    break;
+                case 'f':
+                    *output_pointer++ = '\f';
+                    break;
+                case 'n':
+                    *output_pointer++ = '\n';
+                    break;
+                case 'r':
+                    *output_pointer++ = '\r';
+                    break;
+                case 't':
+                    *output_pointer++ = '\t';
+                    break;
+                case '\"':
+                case '\\':
+                case '/':
+                    *output_pointer++ = input_pointer[1];
+                    break;
+
+                /* UTF-16 literal */
+                case 'u':
+                    sequence_length = utf16_literal_to_utf8(input_pointer, input_end, &output_pointer);
+                    if (sequence_length == 0)
+                    {
+                        /* failed to convert UTF16-literal to UTF-8 */
+                        goto fail;
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                default:
+                    goto fail;
+            }
+            input_pointer += sequence_length;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* zero terminate the output */
+    *output_pointer = '\0';
+
+    item->type = cJSON_String;
+    item->valuestring = (char*)output;
+
+    input_buffer->offset = (size_t) (input_end - input_buffer->content);
+    input_buffer->offset++;
+
+    return true;
+
+fail:
+    if (output != NULL)
+    {
+        input_buffer->hooks.deallocate(output);
+    }
+
+    if (input_pointer != NULL)
+    {
+        input_buffer->offset = (size_t)(input_pointer - input_buffer->content);
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+/* Render the cstring provided to an escaped version that can be printed. */
+static cJSON_bool print_string_ptr(const unsigned char * const input, printbuffer * const output_buffer)
+{
+    const unsigned char *input_pointer = NULL;
+    unsigned char *output = NULL;
+    unsigned char *output_pointer = NULL;
+    size_t output_length = 0;
+    /* numbers of additional characters needed for escaping */
+    size_t escape_characters = 0;
+
+    if (output_buffer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* empty string */
+    if (input == NULL)
+    {
+        output = ensure(output_buffer, sizeof("\"\""));
+        if (output == NULL)
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+        strcpy((char*)output, "\"\"");
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    /* set "flag" to 1 if something needs to be escaped */
+    for (input_pointer = input; *input_pointer; input_pointer++)
+    {
+        switch (*input_pointer)
+        {
+            case '\"':
+            case '\\':
+            case '\b':
+            case '\f':
+            case '\n':
+            case '\r':
+            case '\t':
+                /* one character escape sequence */
+                escape_characters++;
+                break;
+            default:
+                if (*input_pointer < 32)
+                {
+                    /* UTF-16 escape sequence uXXXX */
+                    escape_characters += 5;
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    output_length = (size_t)(input_pointer - input) + escape_characters;
+
+    output = ensure(output_buffer, output_length + sizeof("\"\""));
+    if (output == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* no characters have to be escaped */
+    if (escape_characters == 0)
+    {
+        output[0] = '\"';
+        memcpy(output + 1, input, output_length);
+        output[output_length + 1] = '\"';
+        output[output_length + 2] = '\0';
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    output[0] = '\"';
+    output_pointer = output + 1;
+    /* copy the string */
+    for (input_pointer = input; *input_pointer != '\0'; (void)input_pointer++, output_pointer++)
+    {
+        if ((*input_pointer > 31) && (*input_pointer != '\"') && (*input_pointer != '\\'))
+        {
+            /* normal character, copy */
+            *output_pointer = *input_pointer;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* character needs to be escaped */
+            *output_pointer++ = '\\';
+            switch (*input_pointer)
+            {
+                case '\\':
+                    *output_pointer = '\\';
+                    break;
+                case '\"':
+                    *output_pointer = '\"';
+                    break;
+                case '\b':
+                    *output_pointer = 'b';
+                    break;
+                case '\f':
+                    *output_pointer = 'f';
+                    break;
+                case '\n':
+                    *output_pointer = 'n';
+                    break;
+                case '\r':
+                    *output_pointer = 'r';
+                    break;
+                case '\t':
+                    *output_pointer = 't';
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    /* escape and print as unicode codepoint */
+                    sprintf((char*)output_pointer, "u%04x", *input_pointer);
+                    output_pointer += 4;
+                    break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    output[output_length + 1] = '\"';
+    output[output_length + 2] = '\0';
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* Invoke print_string_ptr (which is useful) on an item. */
+static cJSON_bool print_string(const cJSON * const item, printbuffer * const p)
+{
+    return print_string_ptr((unsigned char*)item->valuestring, p);
+}
+
+/* Predeclare these prototypes. */
+static cJSON_bool parse_value(cJSON * const item, parse_buffer * const input_buffer);
+static cJSON_bool print_value(const cJSON * const item, printbuffer * const output_buffer);
+static cJSON_bool parse_array(cJSON * const item, parse_buffer * const input_buffer);
+static cJSON_bool print_array(const cJSON * const item, printbuffer * const output_buffer);
+static cJSON_bool parse_object(cJSON * const item, parse_buffer * const input_buffer);
+static cJSON_bool print_object(const cJSON * const item, printbuffer * const output_buffer);
+
+/* Utility to jump whitespace and cr/lf */
+static parse_buffer *buffer_skip_whitespace(parse_buffer * const buffer)
+{
+    if ((buffer == NULL) || (buffer->content == NULL))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (cannot_access_at_index(buffer, 0))
+    {
+        return buffer;
+    }
+
+    while (can_access_at_index(buffer, 0) && (buffer_at_offset(buffer)[0] <= 32))
+    {
+       buffer->offset++;
+    }
+
+    if (buffer->offset == buffer->length)
+    {
+        buffer->offset--;
+    }
+
+    return buffer;
+}
+
+/* skip the UTF-8 BOM (byte order mark) if it is at the beginning of a buffer */
+static parse_buffer *skip_utf8_bom(parse_buffer * const buffer)
+{
+    if ((buffer == NULL) || (buffer->content == NULL) || (buffer->offset != 0))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (can_access_at_index(buffer, 4) && (strncmp((const char*)buffer_at_offset(buffer), "\xEF\xBB\xBF", 3) == 0))
+    {
+        buffer->offset += 3;
+    }
+
+    return buffer;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_ParseWithOpts(const char *value, const char **return_parse_end, cJSON_bool require_null_terminated)
+{
+    size_t buffer_length;
+
+    if (NULL == value)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Adding null character size due to require_null_terminated. */
+    buffer_length = strlen(value) + sizeof("");
+
+    return cJSON_ParseWithLengthOpts(value, buffer_length, return_parse_end, require_null_terminated);
+}
+
+/* Parse an object - create a new root, and populate. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_ParseWithLengthOpts(const char *value, size_t buffer_length, const char **return_parse_end, cJSON_bool require_null_terminated)
+{
+    parse_buffer buffer = { 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0, 0, 0 } };
+    cJSON *item = NULL;
+
+    /* reset error position */
+    global_error.json = NULL;
+    global_error.position = 0;
+
+    if (value == NULL || 0 == buffer_length)
+    {
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    buffer.content = (const unsigned char*)value;
+    buffer.length = buffer_length;
+    buffer.offset = 0;
+    buffer.hooks = global_hooks;
+
+    item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if (item == NULL) /* memory fail */
+    {
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    if (!parse_value(item, buffer_skip_whitespace(skip_utf8_bom(&buffer))))
+    {
+        /* parse failure. ep is set. */
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    /* if we require null-terminated JSON without appended garbage, skip and then check for a null terminator */
+    if (require_null_terminated)
+    {
+        buffer_skip_whitespace(&buffer);
+        if ((buffer.offset >= buffer.length) || buffer_at_offset(&buffer)[0] != '\0')
+        {
+            goto fail;
+        }
+    }
+    if (return_parse_end)
+    {
+        *return_parse_end = (const char*)buffer_at_offset(&buffer);
+    }
+
+    return item;
+
+fail:
+    if (item != NULL)
+    {
+        cJSON_Delete(item);
+    }
+
+    if (value != NULL)
+    {
+        error local_error;
+        local_error.json = (const unsigned char*)value;
+        local_error.position = 0;
+
+        if (buffer.offset < buffer.length)
+        {
+            local_error.position = buffer.offset;
+        }
+        else if (buffer.length > 0)
+        {
+            local_error.position = buffer.length - 1;
+        }
+
+        if (return_parse_end != NULL)
+        {
+            *return_parse_end = (const char*)local_error.json + local_error.position;
+        }
+
+        global_error = local_error;
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Default options for cJSON_Parse */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_Parse(const char *value)
+{
+    return cJSON_ParseWithOpts(value, 0, 0);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_ParseWithLength(const char *value, size_t buffer_length)
+{
+    return cJSON_ParseWithLengthOpts(value, buffer_length, 0, 0);
+}
+
+#define cjson_min(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+static unsigned char *print(const cJSON * const item, cJSON_bool format, const internal_hooks * const hooks)
+{
+    static const size_t default_buffer_size = 256;
+    printbuffer buffer[1];
+    unsigned char *printed = NULL;
+
+    memset(buffer, 0, sizeof(buffer));
+
+    /* create buffer */
+    buffer->buffer = (unsigned char*) hooks->allocate(default_buffer_size);
+    buffer->length = default_buffer_size;
+    buffer->format = format;
+    buffer->hooks = *hooks;
+    if (buffer->buffer == NULL)
+    {
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    /* print the value */
+    if (!print_value(item, buffer))
+    {
+        goto fail;
+    }
+    update_offset(buffer);
+
+    /* check if reallocate is available */
+    if (hooks->reallocate != NULL)
+    {
+        printed = (unsigned char*) hooks->reallocate(buffer->buffer, buffer->offset + 1);
+        if (printed == NULL) {
+            goto fail;
+        }
+        buffer->buffer = NULL;
+    }
+    else /* otherwise copy the JSON over to a new buffer */
+    {
+        printed = (unsigned char*) hooks->allocate(buffer->offset + 1);
+        if (printed == NULL)
+        {
+            goto fail;
+        }
+        memcpy(printed, buffer->buffer, cjson_min(buffer->length, buffer->offset + 1));
+        printed[buffer->offset] = '\0'; /* just to be sure */
+
+        /* free the buffer */
+        hooks->deallocate(buffer->buffer);
+    }
+
+    return printed;
+
+fail:
+    if (buffer->buffer != NULL)
+    {
+        hooks->deallocate(buffer->buffer);
+    }
+
+    if (printed != NULL)
+    {
+        hooks->deallocate(printed);
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Render a cJSON item/entity/structure to text. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char *) cJSON_Print(const cJSON *item)
+{
+    return (char*)print(item, true, &global_hooks);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char *) cJSON_PrintUnformatted(const cJSON *item)
+{
+    return (char*)print(item, false, &global_hooks);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char *) cJSON_PrintBuffered(const cJSON *item, int prebuffer, cJSON_bool fmt)
+{
+    printbuffer p = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0, 0, 0 } };
+
+    if (prebuffer < 0)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    p.buffer = (unsigned char*)global_hooks.allocate((size_t)prebuffer);
+    if (!p.buffer)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    p.length = (size_t)prebuffer;
+    p.offset = 0;
+    p.noalloc = false;
+    p.format = fmt;
+    p.hooks = global_hooks;
+
+    if (!print_value(item, &p))
+    {
+        global_hooks.deallocate(p.buffer);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return (char*)p.buffer;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_PrintPreallocated(cJSON *item, char *buffer, const int length, const cJSON_bool format)
+{
+    printbuffer p = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0, 0, 0 } };
+
+    if ((length < 0) || (buffer == NULL))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    p.buffer = (unsigned char*)buffer;
+    p.length = (size_t)length;
+    p.offset = 0;
+    p.noalloc = true;
+    p.format = format;
+    p.hooks = global_hooks;
+
+    return print_value(item, &p);
+}
+
+/* Parser core - when encountering text, process appropriately. */
+static cJSON_bool parse_value(cJSON * const item, parse_buffer * const input_buffer)
+{
+    if ((input_buffer == NULL) || (input_buffer->content == NULL))
+    {
+        return false; /* no input */
+    }
+
+    /* parse the different types of values */
+    /* null */
+    if (can_read(input_buffer, 4) && (strncmp((const char*)buffer_at_offset(input_buffer), "null", 4) == 0))
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_NULL;
+        input_buffer->offset += 4;
+        return true;
+    }
+    /* false */
+    if (can_read(input_buffer, 5) && (strncmp((const char*)buffer_at_offset(input_buffer), "false", 5) == 0))
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_False;
+        input_buffer->offset += 5;
+        return true;
+    }
+    /* true */
+    if (can_read(input_buffer, 4) && (strncmp((const char*)buffer_at_offset(input_buffer), "true", 4) == 0))
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_True;
+        item->valueint = 1;
+        input_buffer->offset += 4;
+        return true;
+    }
+    /* string */
+    if (can_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) && (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] == '\"'))
+    {
+        return parse_string(item, input_buffer);
+    }
+    /* number */
+    if (can_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) && ((buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] == '-') || ((buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] >= '0') && (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] <= '9'))))
+    {
+        return parse_number(item, input_buffer);
+    }
+    /* array */
+    if (can_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) && (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] == '['))
+    {
+        return parse_array(item, input_buffer);
+    }
+    /* object */
+    if (can_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) && (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] == '{'))
+    {
+        return parse_object(item, input_buffer);
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+/* Render a value to text. */
+static cJSON_bool print_value(const cJSON * const item, printbuffer * const output_buffer)
+{
+    unsigned char *output = NULL;
+
+    if ((item == NULL) || (output_buffer == NULL))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    switch ((item->type) & 0xFF)
+    {
+        case cJSON_NULL:
+            output = ensure(output_buffer, 5);
+            if (output == NULL)
+            {
+                return false;
+            }
+            strcpy((char*)output, "null");
+            return true;
+
+        case cJSON_False:
+            output = ensure(output_buffer, 6);
+            if (output == NULL)
+            {
+                return false;
+            }
+            strcpy((char*)output, "false");
+            return true;
+
+        case cJSON_True:
+            output = ensure(output_buffer, 5);
+            if (output == NULL)
+            {
+                return false;
+            }
+            strcpy((char*)output, "true");
+            return true;
+
+        case cJSON_Number:
+            return print_number(item, output_buffer);
+
+        case cJSON_Raw:
+        {
+            size_t raw_length = 0;
+            if (item->valuestring == NULL)
+            {
+                return false;
+            }
+
+            raw_length = strlen(item->valuestring) + sizeof("");
+            output = ensure(output_buffer, raw_length);
+            if (output == NULL)
+            {
+                return false;
+            }
+            memcpy(output, item->valuestring, raw_length);
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        case cJSON_String:
+            return print_string(item, output_buffer);
+
+        case cJSON_Array:
+            return print_array(item, output_buffer);
+
+        case cJSON_Object:
+            return print_object(item, output_buffer);
+
+        default:
+            return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Build an array from input text. */
+static cJSON_bool parse_array(cJSON * const item, parse_buffer * const input_buffer)
+{
+    cJSON *head = NULL; /* head of the linked list */
+    cJSON *current_item = NULL;
+
+    if (input_buffer->depth >= CJSON_NESTING_LIMIT)
+    {
+        return false; /* to deeply nested */
+    }
+    input_buffer->depth++;
+
+    if (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] != '[')
+    {
+        /* not an array */
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    input_buffer->offset++;
+    buffer_skip_whitespace(input_buffer);
+    if (can_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) && (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] == ']'))
+    {
+        /* empty array */
+        goto success;
+    }
+
+    /* check if we skipped to the end of the buffer */
+    if (cannot_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0))
+    {
+        input_buffer->offset--;
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    /* step back to character in front of the first element */
+    input_buffer->offset--;
+    /* loop through the comma separated array elements */
+    do
+    {
+        /* allocate next item */
+        cJSON *new_item = cJSON_New_Item(&(input_buffer->hooks));
+        if (new_item == NULL)
+        {
+            goto fail; /* allocation failure */
+        }
+
+        /* attach next item to list */
+        if (head == NULL)
+        {
+            /* start the linked list */
+            current_item = head = new_item;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* add to the end and advance */
+            current_item->next = new_item;
+            new_item->prev = current_item;
+            current_item = new_item;
+        }
+
+        /* parse next value */
+        input_buffer->offset++;
+        buffer_skip_whitespace(input_buffer);
+        if (!parse_value(current_item, input_buffer))
+        {
+            goto fail; /* failed to parse value */
+        }
+        buffer_skip_whitespace(input_buffer);
+    }
+    while (can_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) && (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] == ','));
+
+    if (cannot_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) || buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] != ']')
+    {
+        goto fail; /* expected end of array */
+    }
+
+success:
+    input_buffer->depth--;
+
+    if (head != NULL) {
+        head->prev = current_item;
+    }
+
+    item->type = cJSON_Array;
+    item->child = head;
+
+    input_buffer->offset++;
+
+    return true;
+
+fail:
+    if (head != NULL)
+    {
+        cJSON_Delete(head);
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+/* Render an array to text */
+static cJSON_bool print_array(const cJSON * const item, printbuffer * const output_buffer)
+{
+    unsigned char *output_pointer = NULL;
+    size_t length = 0;
+    cJSON *current_element = item->child;
+
+    if (output_buffer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* Compose the output array. */
+    /* opening square bracket */
+    output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, 1);
+    if (output_pointer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    *output_pointer = '[';
+    output_buffer->offset++;
+    output_buffer->depth++;
+
+    while (current_element != NULL)
+    {
+        if (!print_value(current_element, output_buffer))
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+        update_offset(output_buffer);
+        if (current_element->next)
+        {
+            length = (size_t) (output_buffer->format ? 2 : 1);
+            output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, length + 1);
+            if (output_pointer == NULL)
+            {
+                return false;
+            }
+            *output_pointer++ = ',';
+            if(output_buffer->format)
+            {
+                *output_pointer++ = ' ';
+            }
+            *output_pointer = '\0';
+            output_buffer->offset += length;
+        }
+        current_element = current_element->next;
+    }
+
+    output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, 2);
+    if (output_pointer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    *output_pointer++ = ']';
+    *output_pointer = '\0';
+    output_buffer->depth--;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* Build an object from the text. */
+static cJSON_bool parse_object(cJSON * const item, parse_buffer * const input_buffer)
+{
+    cJSON *head = NULL; /* linked list head */
+    cJSON *current_item = NULL;
+
+    if (input_buffer->depth >= CJSON_NESTING_LIMIT)
+    {
+        return false; /* to deeply nested */
+    }
+    input_buffer->depth++;
+
+    if (cannot_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) || (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] != '{'))
+    {
+        goto fail; /* not an object */
+    }
+
+    input_buffer->offset++;
+    buffer_skip_whitespace(input_buffer);
+    if (can_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) && (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] == '}'))
+    {
+        goto success; /* empty object */
+    }
+
+    /* check if we skipped to the end of the buffer */
+    if (cannot_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0))
+    {
+        input_buffer->offset--;
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+    /* step back to character in front of the first element */
+    input_buffer->offset--;
+    /* loop through the comma separated array elements */
+    do
+    {
+        /* allocate next item */
+        cJSON *new_item = cJSON_New_Item(&(input_buffer->hooks));
+        if (new_item == NULL)
+        {
+            goto fail; /* allocation failure */
+        }
+
+        /* attach next item to list */
+        if (head == NULL)
+        {
+            /* start the linked list */
+            current_item = head = new_item;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* add to the end and advance */
+            current_item->next = new_item;
+            new_item->prev = current_item;
+            current_item = new_item;
+        }
+
+        /* parse the name of the child */
+        input_buffer->offset++;
+        buffer_skip_whitespace(input_buffer);
+        if (!parse_string(current_item, input_buffer))
+        {
+            goto fail; /* failed to parse name */
+        }
+        buffer_skip_whitespace(input_buffer);
+
+        /* swap valuestring and string, because we parsed the name */
+        current_item->string = current_item->valuestring;
+        current_item->valuestring = NULL;
+
+        if (cannot_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) || (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] != ':'))
+        {
+            goto fail; /* invalid object */
+        }
+
+        /* parse the value */
+        input_buffer->offset++;
+        buffer_skip_whitespace(input_buffer);
+        if (!parse_value(current_item, input_buffer))
+        {
+            goto fail; /* failed to parse value */
+        }
+        buffer_skip_whitespace(input_buffer);
+    }
+    while (can_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) && (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] == ','));
+
+    if (cannot_access_at_index(input_buffer, 0) || (buffer_at_offset(input_buffer)[0] != '}'))
+    {
+        goto fail; /* expected end of object */
+    }
+
+success:
+    input_buffer->depth--;
+
+    if (head != NULL) {
+        head->prev = current_item;
+    }
+
+    item->type = cJSON_Object;
+    item->child = head;
+
+    input_buffer->offset++;
+    return true;
+
+fail:
+    if (head != NULL)
+    {
+        cJSON_Delete(head);
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+/* Render an object to text. */
+static cJSON_bool print_object(const cJSON * const item, printbuffer * const output_buffer)
+{
+    unsigned char *output_pointer = NULL;
+    size_t length = 0;
+    cJSON *current_item = item->child;
+
+    if (output_buffer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* Compose the output: */
+    length = (size_t) (output_buffer->format ? 2 : 1); /* fmt: {\n */
+    output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, length + 1);
+    if (output_pointer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    *output_pointer++ = '{';
+    output_buffer->depth++;
+    if (output_buffer->format)
+    {
+        *output_pointer++ = '\n';
+    }
+    output_buffer->offset += length;
+
+    while (current_item)
+    {
+        if (output_buffer->format)
+        {
+            size_t i;
+            output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, output_buffer->depth);
+            if (output_pointer == NULL)
+            {
+                return false;
+            }
+            for (i = 0; i < output_buffer->depth; i++)
+            {
+                *output_pointer++ = '\t';
+            }
+            output_buffer->offset += output_buffer->depth;
+        }
+
+        /* print key */
+        if (!print_string_ptr((unsigned char*)current_item->string, output_buffer))
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+        update_offset(output_buffer);
+
+        length = (size_t) (output_buffer->format ? 2 : 1);
+        output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, length);
+        if (output_pointer == NULL)
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+        *output_pointer++ = ':';
+        if (output_buffer->format)
+        {
+            *output_pointer++ = '\t';
+        }
+        output_buffer->offset += length;
+
+        /* print value */
+        if (!print_value(current_item, output_buffer))
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+        update_offset(output_buffer);
+
+        /* print comma if not last */
+        length = ((size_t)(output_buffer->format ? 1 : 0) + (size_t)(current_item->next ? 1 : 0));
+        output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, length + 1);
+        if (output_pointer == NULL)
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (current_item->next)
+        {
+            *output_pointer++ = ',';
+        }
+
+        if (output_buffer->format)
+        {
+            *output_pointer++ = '\n';
+        }
+        *output_pointer = '\0';
+        output_buffer->offset += length;
+
+        current_item = current_item->next;
+    }
+
+    output_pointer = ensure(output_buffer, output_buffer->format ? (output_buffer->depth + 1) : 2);
+    if (output_pointer == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (output_buffer->format)
+    {
+        size_t i;
+        for (i = 0; i < (output_buffer->depth - 1); i++)
+        {
+            *output_pointer++ = '\t';
+        }
+    }
+    *output_pointer++ = '}';
+    *output_pointer = '\0';
+    output_buffer->depth--;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* Get Array size/item / object item. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(int) cJSON_GetArraySize(const cJSON *array)
+{
+    cJSON *child = NULL;
+    size_t size = 0;
+
+    if (array == NULL)
+    {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    child = array->child;
+
+    while(child != NULL)
+    {
+        size++;
+        child = child->next;
+    }
+
+    /* FIXME: Can overflow here. Cannot be fixed without breaking the API */
+
+    return (int)size;
+}
+
+static cJSON* get_array_item(const cJSON *array, size_t index)
+{
+    cJSON *current_child = NULL;
+
+    if (array == NULL)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    current_child = array->child;
+    while ((current_child != NULL) && (index > 0))
+    {
+        index--;
+        current_child = current_child->next;
+    }
+
+    return current_child;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_GetArrayItem(const cJSON *array, int index)
+{
+    if (index < 0)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return get_array_item(array, (size_t)index);
+}
+
+static cJSON *get_object_item(const cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const cJSON_bool case_sensitive)
+{
+    cJSON *current_element = NULL;
+
+    if ((object == NULL) || (name == NULL))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    current_element = object->child;
+    if (case_sensitive)
+    {
+        while ((current_element != NULL) && (current_element->string != NULL) && (strcmp(name, current_element->string) != 0))
+        {
+            current_element = current_element->next;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        while ((current_element != NULL) && (case_insensitive_strcmp((const unsigned char*)name, (const unsigned char*)(current_element->string)) != 0))
+        {
+            current_element = current_element->next;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ((current_element == NULL) || (current_element->string == NULL)) {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return current_element;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_GetObjectItem(const cJSON * const object, const char * const string)
+{
+    return get_object_item(object, string, false);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_GetObjectItemCaseSensitive(const cJSON * const object, const char * const string)
+{
+    return get_object_item(object, string, true);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_HasObjectItem(const cJSON *object, const char *string)
+{
+    return cJSON_GetObjectItem(object, string) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+/* Utility for array list handling. */
+static void suffix_object(cJSON *prev, cJSON *item)
+{
+    prev->next = item;
+    item->prev = prev;
+}
+
+/* Utility for handling references. */
+static cJSON *create_reference(const cJSON *item, const internal_hooks * const hooks)
+{
+    cJSON *reference = NULL;
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    reference = cJSON_New_Item(hooks);
+    if (reference == NULL)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    memcpy(reference, item, sizeof(cJSON));
+    reference->string = NULL;
+    reference->type |= cJSON_IsReference;
+    reference->next = reference->prev = NULL;
+    return reference;
+}
+
+static cJSON_bool add_item_to_array(cJSON *array, cJSON *item)
+{
+    cJSON *child = NULL;
+
+    if ((item == NULL) || (array == NULL) || (array == item))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    child = array->child;
+    /*
+     * To find the last item in array quickly, we use prev in array
+     */
+    if (child == NULL)
+    {
+        /* list is empty, start new one */
+        array->child = item;
+        item->prev = item;
+        item->next = NULL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* append to the end */
+        if (child->prev)
+        {
+            suffix_object(child->prev, item);
+            array->child->prev = item;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* Add item to array/object. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemToArray(cJSON *array, cJSON *item)
+{
+    return add_item_to_array(array, item);
+}
+
+#if defined(__clang__) || (defined(__GNUC__)  && ((__GNUC__ > 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ > 5))))
+    #pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#endif
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"
+#endif
+/* helper function to cast away const */
+static void* cast_away_const(const void* string)
+{
+    return (void*)string;
+}
+#if defined(__clang__) || (defined(__GNUC__)  && ((__GNUC__ > 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ > 5))))
+    #pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+
+static cJSON_bool add_item_to_object(cJSON * const object, const char * const string, cJSON * const item, const internal_hooks * const hooks, const cJSON_bool constant_key)
+{
+    char *new_key = NULL;
+    int new_type = cJSON_Invalid;
+
+    if ((object == NULL) || (string == NULL) || (item == NULL) || (object == item))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (constant_key)
+    {
+        new_key = (char*)cast_away_const(string);
+        new_type = item->type | cJSON_StringIsConst;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        new_key = (char*)cJSON_strdup((const unsigned char*)string, hooks);
+        if (new_key == NULL)
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        new_type = item->type & ~cJSON_StringIsConst;
+    }
+
+    if (!(item->type & cJSON_StringIsConst) && (item->string != NULL))
+    {
+        hooks->deallocate(item->string);
+    }
+
+    item->string = new_key;
+    item->type = new_type;
+
+    return add_item_to_array(object, item);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemToObject(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *item)
+{
+    return add_item_to_object(object, string, item, &global_hooks, false);
+}
+
+/* Add an item to an object with constant string as key */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemToObjectCS(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *item)
+{
+    return add_item_to_object(object, string, item, &global_hooks, true);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemReferenceToArray(cJSON *array, cJSON *item)
+{
+    if (array == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return add_item_to_array(array, create_reference(item, &global_hooks));
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemReferenceToObject(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *item)
+{
+    if ((object == NULL) || (string == NULL))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return add_item_to_object(object, string, create_reference(item, &global_hooks), &global_hooks, false);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddNullToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name)
+{
+    cJSON *null = cJSON_CreateNull();
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, null, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(null);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddTrueToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name)
+{
+    cJSON *true_item = cJSON_CreateTrue();
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, true_item, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return true_item;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(true_item);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddFalseToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name)
+{
+    cJSON *false_item = cJSON_CreateFalse();
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, false_item, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return false_item;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(false_item);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddBoolToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const cJSON_bool boolean)
+{
+    cJSON *bool_item = cJSON_CreateBool(boolean);
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, bool_item, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return bool_item;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(bool_item);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddNumberToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const double number)
+{
+    cJSON *number_item = cJSON_CreateNumber(number);
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, number_item, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return number_item;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(number_item);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddStringToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const char * const string)
+{
+    cJSON *string_item = cJSON_CreateString(string);
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, string_item, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return string_item;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(string_item);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddRawToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const char * const raw)
+{
+    cJSON *raw_item = cJSON_CreateRaw(raw);
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, raw_item, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return raw_item;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(raw_item);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddObjectToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name)
+{
+    cJSON *object_item = cJSON_CreateObject();
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, object_item, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return object_item;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(object_item);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddArrayToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name)
+{
+    cJSON *array = cJSON_CreateArray();
+    if (add_item_to_object(object, name, array, &global_hooks, false))
+    {
+        return array;
+    }
+
+    cJSON_Delete(array);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_DetachItemViaPointer(cJSON *parent, cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if ((parent == NULL) || (item == NULL))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (item != parent->child)
+    {
+        /* not the first element */
+        item->prev->next = item->next;
+    }
+    if (item->next != NULL)
+    {
+        /* not the last element */
+        item->next->prev = item->prev;
+    }
+
+    if (item == parent->child)
+    {
+        /* first element */
+        parent->child = item->next;
+    }
+    else if (item->next == NULL)
+    {
+        /* last element */
+        parent->child->prev = item->prev;
+    }
+
+    /* make sure the detached item doesn't point anywhere anymore */
+    item->prev = NULL;
+    item->next = NULL;
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_DetachItemFromArray(cJSON *array, int which)
+{
+    if (which < 0)
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return cJSON_DetachItemViaPointer(array, get_array_item(array, (size_t)which));
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_DeleteItemFromArray(cJSON *array, int which)
+{
+    cJSON_Delete(cJSON_DetachItemFromArray(array, which));
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_DetachItemFromObject(cJSON *object, const char *string)
+{
+    cJSON *to_detach = cJSON_GetObjectItem(object, string);
+
+    return cJSON_DetachItemViaPointer(object, to_detach);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_DetachItemFromObjectCaseSensitive(cJSON *object, const char *string)
+{
+    cJSON *to_detach = cJSON_GetObjectItemCaseSensitive(object, string);
+
+    return cJSON_DetachItemViaPointer(object, to_detach);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_DeleteItemFromObject(cJSON *object, const char *string)
+{
+    cJSON_Delete(cJSON_DetachItemFromObject(object, string));
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_DeleteItemFromObjectCaseSensitive(cJSON *object, const char *string)
+{
+    cJSON_Delete(cJSON_DetachItemFromObjectCaseSensitive(object, string));
+}
+
+/* Replace array/object items with new ones. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_InsertItemInArray(cJSON *array, int which, cJSON *newitem)
+{
+    cJSON *after_inserted = NULL;
+
+    if (which < 0)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    after_inserted = get_array_item(array, (size_t)which);
+    if (after_inserted == NULL)
+    {
+        return add_item_to_array(array, newitem);
+    }
+
+    newitem->next = after_inserted;
+    newitem->prev = after_inserted->prev;
+    after_inserted->prev = newitem;
+    if (after_inserted == array->child)
+    {
+        array->child = newitem;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        newitem->prev->next = newitem;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_ReplaceItemViaPointer(cJSON * const parent, cJSON * const item, cJSON * replacement)
+{
+    if ((parent == NULL) || (parent->child == NULL) || (replacement == NULL) || (item == NULL))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (replacement == item)
+    {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    replacement->next = item->next;
+    replacement->prev = item->prev;
+
+    if (replacement->next != NULL)
+    {
+        replacement->next->prev = replacement;
+    }
+    if (parent->child == item)
+    {
+        if (parent->child->prev == parent->child)
+        {
+            replacement->prev = replacement;
+        }
+        parent->child = replacement;
+    }
+    else
+    {   /*
+         * To find the last item in array quickly, we use prev in array.
+         * We can't modify the last item's next pointer where this item was the parent's child
+         */
+        if (replacement->prev != NULL)
+        {
+            replacement->prev->next = replacement;
+        }
+        if (replacement->next == NULL)
+        {
+            parent->child->prev = replacement;
+        }
+    }
+
+    item->next = NULL;
+    item->prev = NULL;
+    cJSON_Delete(item);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_ReplaceItemInArray(cJSON *array, int which, cJSON *newitem)
+{
+    if (which < 0)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return cJSON_ReplaceItemViaPointer(array, get_array_item(array, (size_t)which), newitem);
+}
+
+static cJSON_bool replace_item_in_object(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *replacement, cJSON_bool case_sensitive)
+{
+    if ((replacement == NULL) || (string == NULL))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* replace the name in the replacement */
+    if (!(replacement->type & cJSON_StringIsConst) && (replacement->string != NULL))
+    {
+        cJSON_free(replacement->string);
+    }
+    replacement->string = (char*)cJSON_strdup((const unsigned char*)string, &global_hooks);
+    if (replacement->string == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    replacement->type &= ~cJSON_StringIsConst;
+
+    return cJSON_ReplaceItemViaPointer(object, get_object_item(object, string, case_sensitive), replacement);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_ReplaceItemInObject(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *newitem)
+{
+    return replace_item_in_object(object, string, newitem, false);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_ReplaceItemInObjectCaseSensitive(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *newitem)
+{
+    return replace_item_in_object(object, string, newitem, true);
+}
+
+/* Create basic types: */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateNull(void)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if(item)
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_NULL;
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateTrue(void)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if(item)
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_True;
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateFalse(void)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if(item)
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_False;
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateBool(cJSON_bool boolean)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if(item)
+    {
+        item->type = boolean ? cJSON_True : cJSON_False;
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateNumber(double num)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if(item)
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_Number;
+        item->valuedouble = num;
+
+        /* use saturation in case of overflow */
+        if (num >= INT_MAX)
+        {
+            item->valueint = INT_MAX;
+        }
+        else if (num <= (double)INT_MIN)
+        {
+            item->valueint = INT_MIN;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            item->valueint = (int)num;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateString(const char *string)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if(item)
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_String;
+        item->valuestring = (char*)cJSON_strdup((const unsigned char*)string, &global_hooks);
+        if(!item->valuestring)
+        {
+            cJSON_Delete(item);
+            return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateStringReference(const char *string)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if (item != NULL)
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_String | cJSON_IsReference;
+        item->valuestring = (char*)cast_away_const(string);
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateObjectReference(const cJSON *child)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if (item != NULL) {
+        item->type = cJSON_Object | cJSON_IsReference;
+        item->child = (cJSON*)cast_away_const(child);
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateArrayReference(const cJSON *child) {
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if (item != NULL) {
+        item->type = cJSON_Array | cJSON_IsReference;
+        item->child = (cJSON*)cast_away_const(child);
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateRaw(const char *raw)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if(item)
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_Raw;
+        item->valuestring = (char*)cJSON_strdup((const unsigned char*)raw, &global_hooks);
+        if(!item->valuestring)
+        {
+            cJSON_Delete(item);
+            return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateArray(void)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if(item)
+    {
+        item->type=cJSON_Array;
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateObject(void)
+{
+    cJSON *item = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if (item)
+    {
+        item->type = cJSON_Object;
+    }
+
+    return item;
+}
+
+/* Create Arrays: */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateIntArray(const int *numbers, int count)
+{
+    size_t i = 0;
+    cJSON *n = NULL;
+    cJSON *p = NULL;
+    cJSON *a = NULL;
+
+    if ((count < 0) || (numbers == NULL))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    a = cJSON_CreateArray();
+
+    for(i = 0; a && (i < (size_t)count); i++)
+    {
+        n = cJSON_CreateNumber(numbers[i]);
+        if (!n)
+        {
+            cJSON_Delete(a);
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        if(!i)
+        {
+            a->child = n;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            suffix_object(p, n);
+        }
+        p = n;
+    }
+
+    if (a && a->child) {
+        a->child->prev = n;
+    }
+
+    return a;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateFloatArray(const float *numbers, int count)
+{
+    size_t i = 0;
+    cJSON *n = NULL;
+    cJSON *p = NULL;
+    cJSON *a = NULL;
+
+    if ((count < 0) || (numbers == NULL))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    a = cJSON_CreateArray();
+
+    for(i = 0; a && (i < (size_t)count); i++)
+    {
+        n = cJSON_CreateNumber((double)numbers[i]);
+        if(!n)
+        {
+            cJSON_Delete(a);
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        if(!i)
+        {
+            a->child = n;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            suffix_object(p, n);
+        }
+        p = n;
+    }
+
+    if (a && a->child) {
+        a->child->prev = n;
+    }
+
+    return a;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateDoubleArray(const double *numbers, int count)
+{
+    size_t i = 0;
+    cJSON *n = NULL;
+    cJSON *p = NULL;
+    cJSON *a = NULL;
+
+    if ((count < 0) || (numbers == NULL))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    a = cJSON_CreateArray();
+
+    for(i = 0; a && (i < (size_t)count); i++)
+    {
+        n = cJSON_CreateNumber(numbers[i]);
+        if(!n)
+        {
+            cJSON_Delete(a);
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        if(!i)
+        {
+            a->child = n;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            suffix_object(p, n);
+        }
+        p = n;
+    }
+
+    if (a && a->child) {
+        a->child->prev = n;
+    }
+
+    return a;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateStringArray(const char *const *strings, int count)
+{
+    size_t i = 0;
+    cJSON *n = NULL;
+    cJSON *p = NULL;
+    cJSON *a = NULL;
+
+    if ((count < 0) || (strings == NULL))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    a = cJSON_CreateArray();
+
+    for (i = 0; a && (i < (size_t)count); i++)
+    {
+        n = cJSON_CreateString(strings[i]);
+        if(!n)
+        {
+            cJSON_Delete(a);
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        if(!i)
+        {
+            a->child = n;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            suffix_object(p,n);
+        }
+        p = n;
+    }
+
+    if (a && a->child) {
+        a->child->prev = n;
+    }
+
+    return a;
+}
+
+/* Duplication */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_Duplicate(const cJSON *item, cJSON_bool recurse)
+{
+    cJSON *newitem = NULL;
+    cJSON *child = NULL;
+    cJSON *next = NULL;
+    cJSON *newchild = NULL;
+
+    /* Bail on bad ptr */
+    if (!item)
+    {
+        goto fail;
+    }
+    /* Create new item */
+    newitem = cJSON_New_Item(&global_hooks);
+    if (!newitem)
+    {
+        goto fail;
+    }
+    /* Copy over all vars */
+    newitem->type = item->type & (~cJSON_IsReference);
+    newitem->valueint = item->valueint;
+    newitem->valuedouble = item->valuedouble;
+    if (item->valuestring)
+    {
+        newitem->valuestring = (char*)cJSON_strdup((unsigned char*)item->valuestring, &global_hooks);
+        if (!newitem->valuestring)
+        {
+            goto fail;
+        }
+    }
+    if (item->string)
+    {
+        newitem->string = (item->type&cJSON_StringIsConst) ? item->string : (char*)cJSON_strdup((unsigned char*)item->string, &global_hooks);
+        if (!newitem->string)
+        {
+            goto fail;
+        }
+    }
+    /* If non-recursive, then we're done! */
+    if (!recurse)
+    {
+        return newitem;
+    }
+    /* Walk the ->next chain for the child. */
+    child = item->child;
+    while (child != NULL)
+    {
+        newchild = cJSON_Duplicate(child, true); /* Duplicate (with recurse) each item in the ->next chain */
+        if (!newchild)
+        {
+            goto fail;
+        }
+        if (next != NULL)
+        {
+            /* If newitem->child already set, then crosswire ->prev and ->next and move on */
+            next->next = newchild;
+            newchild->prev = next;
+            next = newchild;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Set newitem->child and move to it */
+            newitem->child = newchild;
+            next = newchild;
+        }
+        child = child->next;
+    }
+    if (newitem && newitem->child)
+    {
+        newitem->child->prev = newchild;
+    }
+
+    return newitem;
+
+fail:
+    if (newitem != NULL)
+    {
+        cJSON_Delete(newitem);
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static void skip_oneline_comment(char **input)
+{
+    *input += static_strlen("//");
+
+    for (; (*input)[0] != '\0'; ++(*input))
+    {
+        if ((*input)[0] == '\n') {
+            *input += static_strlen("\n");
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void skip_multiline_comment(char **input)
+{
+    *input += static_strlen("/*");
+
+    for (; (*input)[0] != '\0'; ++(*input))
+    {
+        if (((*input)[0] == '*') && ((*input)[1] == '/'))
+        {
+            *input += static_strlen("*/");
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void minify_string(char **input, char **output) {
+    (*output)[0] = (*input)[0];
+    *input += static_strlen("\"");
+    *output += static_strlen("\"");
+
+
+    for (; (*input)[0] != '\0'; (void)++(*input), ++(*output)) {
+        (*output)[0] = (*input)[0];
+
+        if ((*input)[0] == '\"') {
+            (*output)[0] = '\"';
+            *input += static_strlen("\"");
+            *output += static_strlen("\"");
+            return;
+        } else if (((*input)[0] == '\\') && ((*input)[1] == '\"')) {
+            (*output)[1] = (*input)[1];
+            *input += static_strlen("\"");
+            *output += static_strlen("\"");
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_Minify(char *json)
+{
+    char *into = json;
+
+    if (json == NULL)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    while (json[0] != '\0')
+    {
+        switch (json[0])
+        {
+            case ' ':
+            case '\t':
+            case '\r':
+            case '\n':
+                json++;
+                break;
+
+            case '/':
+                if (json[1] == '/')
+                {
+                    skip_oneline_comment(&json);
+                }
+                else if (json[1] == '*')
+                {
+                    skip_multiline_comment(&json);
+                } else {
+                    json++;
+                }
+                break;
+
+            case '\"':
+                minify_string(&json, (char**)&into);
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                into[0] = json[0];
+                json++;
+                into++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* and null-terminate. */
+    *into = '\0';
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsInvalid(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xFF) == cJSON_Invalid;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsFalse(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xFF) == cJSON_False;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsTrue(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xff) == cJSON_True;
+}
+
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsBool(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & (cJSON_True | cJSON_False)) != 0;
+}
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsNull(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xFF) == cJSON_NULL;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsNumber(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xFF) == cJSON_Number;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsString(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xFF) == cJSON_String;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsArray(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xFF) == cJSON_Array;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsObject(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xFF) == cJSON_Object;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsRaw(const cJSON * const item)
+{
+    if (item == NULL)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return (item->type & 0xFF) == cJSON_Raw;
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_Compare(const cJSON * const a, const cJSON * const b, const cJSON_bool case_sensitive)
+{
+    if ((a == NULL) || (b == NULL) || ((a->type & 0xFF) != (b->type & 0xFF)))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /* check if type is valid */
+    switch (a->type & 0xFF)
+    {
+        case cJSON_False:
+        case cJSON_True:
+        case cJSON_NULL:
+        case cJSON_Number:
+        case cJSON_String:
+        case cJSON_Raw:
+        case cJSON_Array:
+        case cJSON_Object:
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    /* identical objects are equal */
+    if (a == b)
+    {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    switch (a->type & 0xFF)
+    {
+        /* in these cases and equal type is enough */
+        case cJSON_False:
+        case cJSON_True:
+        case cJSON_NULL:
+            return true;
+
+        case cJSON_Number:
+            if (compare_double(a->valuedouble, b->valuedouble))
+            {
+                return true;
+            }
+            return false;
+
+        case cJSON_String:
+        case cJSON_Raw:
+            if ((a->valuestring == NULL) || (b->valuestring == NULL))
+            {
+                return false;
+            }
+            if (strcmp(a->valuestring, b->valuestring) == 0)
+            {
+                return true;
+            }
+
+            return false;
+
+        case cJSON_Array:
+        {
+            cJSON *a_element = a->child;
+            cJSON *b_element = b->child;
+
+            for (; (a_element != NULL) && (b_element != NULL);)
+            {
+                if (!cJSON_Compare(a_element, b_element, case_sensitive))
+                {
+                    return false;
+                }
+
+                a_element = a_element->next;
+                b_element = b_element->next;
+            }
+
+            /* one of the arrays is longer than the other */
+            if (a_element != b_element) {
+                return false;
+            }
+
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        case cJSON_Object:
+        {
+            cJSON *a_element = NULL;
+            cJSON *b_element = NULL;
+            cJSON_ArrayForEach(a_element, a)
+            {
+                /* TODO This has O(n^2) runtime, which is horrible! */
+                b_element = get_object_item(b, a_element->string, case_sensitive);
+                if (b_element == NULL)
+                {
+                    return false;
+                }
+
+                if (!cJSON_Compare(a_element, b_element, case_sensitive))
+                {
+                    return false;
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* doing this twice, once on a and b to prevent true comparison if a subset of b
+             * TODO: Do this the proper way, this is just a fix for now */
+            cJSON_ArrayForEach(b_element, b)
+            {
+                a_element = get_object_item(a, b_element->string, case_sensitive);
+                if (a_element == NULL)
+                {
+                    return false;
+                }
+
+                if (!cJSON_Compare(b_element, a_element, case_sensitive))
+                {
+                    return false;
+                }
+            }
+
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        default:
+            return false;
+    }
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void *) cJSON_malloc(size_t size)
+{
+    return global_hooks.allocate(size);
+}
+
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_free(void *object)
+{
+    global_hooks.deallocate(object);
+}

Drivers/Utils/cJSON.h

@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (c) 2009-2017 Dave Gamble and cJSON contributors
+
+  Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+  of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+  in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+  to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+  copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+  furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+  The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+  all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+  IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+  AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+  OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+  THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef cJSON__h
+#define cJSON__h
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__WINDOWS__) && (defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN64) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(_WIN32))
+#define __WINDOWS__
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __WINDOWS__
+
+/* When compiling for windows, we specify a specific calling convention to avoid issues where we are being called from a project with a different default calling convention.  For windows you have 3 define options:
+
+CJSON_HIDE_SYMBOLS - Define this in the case where you don't want to ever dllexport symbols
+CJSON_EXPORT_SYMBOLS - Define this on library build when you want to dllexport symbols (default)
+CJSON_IMPORT_SYMBOLS - Define this if you want to dllimport symbol
+
+For *nix builds that support visibility attribute, you can define similar behavior by
+
+setting default visibility to hidden by adding
+-fvisibility=hidden (for gcc)
+or
+-xldscope=hidden (for sun cc)
+to CFLAGS
+
+then using the CJSON_API_VISIBILITY flag to "export" the same symbols the way CJSON_EXPORT_SYMBOLS does
+
+*/
+
+#define CJSON_CDECL __cdecl
+#define CJSON_STDCALL __stdcall
+
+/* export symbols by default, this is necessary for copy pasting the C and header file */
+#if !defined(CJSON_HIDE_SYMBOLS) && !defined(CJSON_IMPORT_SYMBOLS) && !defined(CJSON_EXPORT_SYMBOLS)
+#define CJSON_EXPORT_SYMBOLS
+#endif
+
+#if defined(CJSON_HIDE_SYMBOLS)
+#define CJSON_PUBLIC(type)   type CJSON_STDCALL
+#elif defined(CJSON_EXPORT_SYMBOLS)
+#define CJSON_PUBLIC(type)   __declspec(dllexport) type CJSON_STDCALL
+#elif defined(CJSON_IMPORT_SYMBOLS)
+#define CJSON_PUBLIC(type)   __declspec(dllimport) type CJSON_STDCALL
+#endif
+#else /* !__WINDOWS__ */
+#define CJSON_CDECL
+#define CJSON_STDCALL
+
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__SUNPRO_C)) && defined(CJSON_API_VISIBILITY)
+#define CJSON_PUBLIC(type)   __attribute__((visibility("default"))) type
+#else
+#define CJSON_PUBLIC(type) type
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* project version */
+#define CJSON_VERSION_MAJOR 1
+#define CJSON_VERSION_MINOR 7
+#define CJSON_VERSION_PATCH 16
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* cJSON Types: */
+#define cJSON_Invalid (0)
+#define cJSON_False  (1 << 0)
+#define cJSON_True   (1 << 1)
+#define cJSON_NULL   (1 << 2)
+#define cJSON_Number (1 << 3)
+#define cJSON_String (1 << 4)
+#define cJSON_Array  (1 << 5)
+#define cJSON_Object (1 << 6)
+#define cJSON_Raw    (1 << 7) /* raw json */
+
+#define cJSON_IsReference 256
+#define cJSON_StringIsConst 512
+
+/* The cJSON structure: */
+typedef struct cJSON
+{
+    /* next/prev allow you to walk array/object chains. Alternatively, use GetArraySize/GetArrayItem/GetObjectItem */
+    struct cJSON *next;
+    struct cJSON *prev;
+    /* An array or object item will have a child pointer pointing to a chain of the items in the array/object. */
+    struct cJSON *child;
+
+    /* The type of the item, as above. */
+    int type;
+
+    /* The item's string, if type==cJSON_String  and type == cJSON_Raw */
+    char *valuestring;
+    /* writing to valueint is DEPRECATED, use cJSON_SetNumberValue instead */
+    int valueint;
+    /* The item's number, if type==cJSON_Number */
+    double valuedouble;
+
+    /* The item's name string, if this item is the child of, or is in the list of subitems of an object. */
+    char *string;
+} cJSON;
+
+typedef struct cJSON_Hooks
+{
+      /* malloc/free are CDECL on Windows regardless of the default calling convention of the compiler, so ensure the hooks allow passing those functions directly. */
+      void *(CJSON_CDECL *malloc_fn)(size_t sz);
+      void (CJSON_CDECL *free_fn)(void *ptr);
+} cJSON_Hooks;
+
+typedef int cJSON_bool;
+
+/* Limits how deeply nested arrays/objects can be before cJSON rejects to parse them.
+ * This is to prevent stack overflows. */
+#ifndef CJSON_NESTING_LIMIT
+#define CJSON_NESTING_LIMIT 1000
+#endif
+
+/* returns the version of cJSON as a string */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(const char*) cJSON_Version(void);
+
+/* Supply malloc, realloc and free functions to cJSON */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_InitHooks(cJSON_Hooks* hooks);
+
+/* Memory Management: the caller is always responsible to free the results from all variants of cJSON_Parse (with cJSON_Delete) and cJSON_Print (with stdlib free, cJSON_Hooks.free_fn, or cJSON_free as appropriate). The exception is cJSON_PrintPreallocated, where the caller has full responsibility of the buffer. */
+/* Supply a block of JSON, and this returns a cJSON object you can interrogate. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_Parse(const char *value);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_ParseWithLength(const char *value, size_t buffer_length);
+/* ParseWithOpts allows you to require (and check) that the JSON is null terminated, and to retrieve the pointer to the final byte parsed. */
+/* If you supply a ptr in return_parse_end and parsing fails, then return_parse_end will contain a pointer to the error so will match cJSON_GetErrorPtr(). */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_ParseWithOpts(const char *value, const char **return_parse_end, cJSON_bool require_null_terminated);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_ParseWithLengthOpts(const char *value, size_t buffer_length, const char **return_parse_end, cJSON_bool require_null_terminated);
+
+/* Render a cJSON entity to text for transfer/storage. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char *) cJSON_Print(const cJSON *item);
+/* Render a cJSON entity to text for transfer/storage without any formatting. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char *) cJSON_PrintUnformatted(const cJSON *item);
+/* Render a cJSON entity to text using a buffered strategy. prebuffer is a guess at the final size. guessing well reduces reallocation. fmt=0 gives unformatted, =1 gives formatted */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char *) cJSON_PrintBuffered(const cJSON *item, int prebuffer, cJSON_bool fmt);
+/* Render a cJSON entity to text using a buffer already allocated in memory with given length. Returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. */
+/* NOTE: cJSON is not always 100% accurate in estimating how much memory it will use, so to be safe allocate 5 bytes more than you actually need */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_PrintPreallocated(cJSON *item, char *buffer, const int length, const cJSON_bool format);
+/* Delete a cJSON entity and all subentities. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_Delete(cJSON *item);
+
+/* Returns the number of items in an array (or object). */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(int) cJSON_GetArraySize(const cJSON *array);
+/* Retrieve item number "index" from array "array". Returns NULL if unsuccessful. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_GetArrayItem(const cJSON *array, int index);
+/* Get item "string" from object. Case insensitive. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_GetObjectItem(const cJSON * const object, const char * const string);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_GetObjectItemCaseSensitive(const cJSON * const object, const char * const string);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_HasObjectItem(const cJSON *object, const char *string);
+/* For analysing failed parses. This returns a pointer to the parse error. You'll probably need to look a few chars back to make sense of it. Defined when cJSON_Parse() returns 0. 0 when cJSON_Parse() succeeds. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(const char *) cJSON_GetErrorPtr(void);
+
+/* Check item type and return its value */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char *) cJSON_GetStringValue(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(double) cJSON_GetNumberValue(const cJSON * const item);
+
+/* These functions check the type of an item */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsInvalid(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsFalse(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsTrue(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsBool(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsNull(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsNumber(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsString(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsArray(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsObject(const cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_IsRaw(const cJSON * const item);
+
+/* These calls create a cJSON item of the appropriate type. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateNull(void);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateTrue(void);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateFalse(void);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateBool(cJSON_bool boolean);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateNumber(double num);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateString(const char *string);
+/* raw json */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateRaw(const char *raw);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateArray(void);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateObject(void);
+
+/* Create a string where valuestring references a string so
+ * it will not be freed by cJSON_Delete */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateStringReference(const char *string);
+/* Create an object/array that only references it's elements so
+ * they will not be freed by cJSON_Delete */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateObjectReference(const cJSON *child);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateArrayReference(const cJSON *child);
+
+/* These utilities create an Array of count items.
+ * The parameter count cannot be greater than the number of elements in the number array, otherwise array access will be out of bounds.*/
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateIntArray(const int *numbers, int count);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateFloatArray(const float *numbers, int count);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateDoubleArray(const double *numbers, int count);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_CreateStringArray(const char *const *strings, int count);
+
+/* Append item to the specified array/object. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemToArray(cJSON *array, cJSON *item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemToObject(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *item);
+/* Use this when string is definitely const (i.e. a literal, or as good as), and will definitely survive the cJSON object.
+ * WARNING: When this function was used, make sure to always check that (item->type & cJSON_StringIsConst) is zero before
+ * writing to `item->string` */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemToObjectCS(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *item);
+/* Append reference to item to the specified array/object. Use this when you want to add an existing cJSON to a new cJSON, but don't want to corrupt your existing cJSON. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemReferenceToArray(cJSON *array, cJSON *item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_AddItemReferenceToObject(cJSON *object, const char *string, cJSON *item);
+
+/* Remove/Detach items from Arrays/Objects. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_DetachItemViaPointer(cJSON *parent, cJSON * const item);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_DetachItemFromArray(cJSON *array, int which);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_DeleteItemFromArray(cJSON *array, int which);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_DetachItemFromObject(cJSON *object, const char *string);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_DetachItemFromObjectCaseSensitive(cJSON *object, const char *string);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_DeleteItemFromObject(cJSON *object, const char *string);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_DeleteItemFromObjectCaseSensitive(cJSON *object, const char *string);
+
+/* Update array items. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_InsertItemInArray(cJSON *array, int which, cJSON *newitem); /* Shifts pre-existing items to the right. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_ReplaceItemViaPointer(cJSON * const parent, cJSON * const item, cJSON * replacement);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_ReplaceItemInArray(cJSON *array, int which, cJSON *newitem);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_ReplaceItemInObject(cJSON *object,const char *string,cJSON *newitem);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_ReplaceItemInObjectCaseSensitive(cJSON *object,const char *string,cJSON *newitem);
+
+/* Duplicate a cJSON item */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON *) cJSON_Duplicate(const cJSON *item, cJSON_bool recurse);
+/* Duplicate will create a new, identical cJSON item to the one you pass, in new memory that will
+ * need to be released. With recurse!=0, it will duplicate any children connected to the item.
+ * The item->next and ->prev pointers are always zero on return from Duplicate. */
+/* Recursively compare two cJSON items for equality. If either a or b is NULL or invalid, they will be considered unequal.
+ * case_sensitive determines if object keys are treated case sensitive (1) or case insensitive (0) */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON_bool) cJSON_Compare(const cJSON * const a, const cJSON * const b, const cJSON_bool case_sensitive);
+
+/* Minify a strings, remove blank characters(such as ' ', '\t', '\r', '\n') from strings.
+ * The input pointer json cannot point to a read-only address area, such as a string constant, 
+ * but should point to a readable and writable address area. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_Minify(char *json);
+
+/* Helper functions for creating and adding items to an object at the same time.
+ * They return the added item or NULL on failure. */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddNullToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddTrueToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddFalseToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddBoolToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const cJSON_bool boolean);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddNumberToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const double number);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddStringToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const char * const string);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddRawToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name, const char * const raw);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddObjectToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(cJSON*) cJSON_AddArrayToObject(cJSON * const object, const char * const name);
+
+/* When assigning an integer value, it needs to be propagated to valuedouble too. */
+#define cJSON_SetIntValue(object, number) ((object) ? (object)->valueint = (object)->valuedouble = (number) : (number))
+/* helper for the cJSON_SetNumberValue macro */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(double) cJSON_SetNumberHelper(cJSON *object, double number);
+#define cJSON_SetNumberValue(object, number) ((object != NULL) ? cJSON_SetNumberHelper(object, (double)number) : (number))
+/* Change the valuestring of a cJSON_String object, only takes effect when type of object is cJSON_String */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(char*) cJSON_SetValuestring(cJSON *object, const char *valuestring);
+
+/* If the object is not a boolean type this does nothing and returns cJSON_Invalid else it returns the new type*/
+#define cJSON_SetBoolValue(object, boolValue) ( \
+    (object != NULL && ((object)->type & (cJSON_False|cJSON_True))) ? \
+    (object)->type=((object)->type &(~(cJSON_False|cJSON_True)))|((boolValue)?cJSON_True:cJSON_False) : \
+    cJSON_Invalid\
+)
+
+/* Macro for iterating over an array or object */
+#define cJSON_ArrayForEach(element, array) for(element = (array != NULL) ? (array)->child : NULL; element != NULL; element = element->next)
+
+/* malloc/free objects using the malloc/free functions that have been set with cJSON_InitHooks */
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void *) cJSON_malloc(size_t size);
+CJSON_PUBLIC(void) cJSON_free(void *object);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif

Drivers/Utils/sys.c

@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/**
+* author wulianwei
+* title 一般工具
+*/
+#include "sys.h"
+//C库
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+
+
+
+valid_data_t valid_data = {0};//有效数据
+
+//字节流转HEX字符串
+void byteToHexStr(const unsigned char* source, char* dest, int sourceLen)  
+{  
+    short i;  
+    unsigned char highByte, lowByte;  
+  
+    for (i = 0; i < sourceLen; i++)  
+    {  
+        highByte = source[i] >> 4;  
+        lowByte = source[i] & 0x0f ;  
+  
+        highByte += 0x30;  
+  
+        if (highByte > 0x39)  
+                dest[i * 2] = highByte + 0x07;  
+        else  
+                dest[i * 2] = highByte;  
+  
+        lowByte += 0x30;  
+        if (lowByte > 0x39)  
+            dest[i * 2 + 1] = lowByte + 0x07;  
+        else  
+            dest[i * 2 + 1] = lowByte;  
+    }  
+    return ;  
+}
+
+/**
+* 字母大小写转换, flag = 1 转大写, flag =0 转小写
+*/
+void letterSwitch(char *str, int flag)
+{
+    while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+        if (flag)
+        {
+            if (*str >= 'a' && *str <= 'z')
+            {
+                *str = *str - 32;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (*str >= 'A' && *str <= 'Z')
+            {
+                *str = *str + 32;
+            }
+        }
+        str++;
+    }
+}
+
+void inttohex(u16 value,u8 *hex)
+{
+	u16 x1;
+	hex[0]=value/(16*16*16)+'0';
+	x1=value%(16*16*16);
+	hex[1]=x1/(16*16)+'0';
+	x1=value%(16*16);
+	hex[2]=x1/16+'0';
+	x1=value%16;
+	hex[3]=x1+'0';	
+	hex[4]=' ';		 
+
+}
+
+/**
+* 整形字符串转整形数字
+*/
+int my_atoi(char *str)
+{
+    int n = 0;
+    int flag = 0;
+    if(*str == '-')
+    {
+        flag = 1;
+        str++;
+    }
+    while(*str >= '0' && *str <= '9')
+    {
+        n = n*10 + (*str - '0');
+        str++;
+    }
+    if(flag == 1)
+    {
+        n = -n;
+    }
+    return n;
+}
+
+/**
+* 整形转字符串
+* num:待转的数据,str:目标地址,radix:进制2,8,10,16
+*/
+char* my_itoa(int num,char* str,int radix)
+{
+    char index[]="0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ";//索引表
+    unsigned unum;//存放要转换的整数的绝对值,转换的整数可能是负数
+    int i=0,j,k;//i用来指示设置字符串相应位，转换之后i其实就是字符串的长度；转换后顺序是逆序的，有正负的情况，k用来指示调整顺序的开始位置;j用来指示调整顺序时的交换。
+ 
+    //获取要转换的整数的绝对值
+    if(radix==10&&num<0)//要转换成十进制数并且是负数
+    {
+        unum=(unsigned)-num;//将num的绝对值赋给unum
+        str[i++]='-';//在字符串最前面设置为'-'号，并且索引加1
+    }
+    else unum=(unsigned)num;//若是num为正，直接赋值给unum
+ 
+    //转换部分，注意转换后是逆序的
+    do
+    {
+        str[i++]=index[unum%(unsigned)radix];//取unum的最后一位，并设置为str对应位，指示索引加1
+        unum/=radix;//unum去掉最后一位
+ 
+    }while(unum);//直至unum为0退出循环
+ 
+    str[i]='\0';//在字符串最后添加'\0'字符，c语言字符串以'\0'结束。
+ 
+    //将顺序调整过来
+    if(str[0]=='-') k=1;//如果是负数，符号不用调整，从符号后面开始调整
+    else k=0;//不是负数，全部都要调整
+ 
+    char temp;//临时变量，交换两个值时用到
+    for(j=k;j<=(i-1)/2;j++)//头尾一一对称交换，i其实就是字符串的长度，索引最大值比长度少1
+    {
+        temp=str[j];//头部赋值给临时变量
+        str[j]=str[i-1+k-j];//尾部赋值给头部
+        str[i-1+k-j]=temp;//将临时变量的值(其实就是之前的头部值)赋给尾部
+    }
+ 
+    return str;//返回转换后的字符串
+ 
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+* @Title split,分割字符串
+* @Param src:源数据, separator:分割符, dest:目标地址, size:分割数量
+*/
+ void split(char *src,const char *separator,char *dest[],int size) 
+{
+   char *pNext;
+   int count = 0;
+   if (src == NULL || strlen(src) == 0)
+      return;
+   if (separator == NULL || strlen(separator) == 0)
+       return;    
+    pNext = strtok(src,separator);
+    while(pNext != NULL) 
+	{
+         dest[count] = pNext;
+         ++count;
+				 if(size <= count)
+					break;
+         pNext = strtok(NULL,separator);  
+		    
+   }  
+ } 
+
+ /**
+* @Title split,分割字符串
+* @Param src:源数据, separator:分割符, dest:目标地址, limit:分割限制数量
+*/
+void splitCharLimit(char *str, char seprator, char *dest[], int limit) 
+{
+	int i, length, ct = 0, start = -1;
+	length = strlen(str);
+	for (i = 0; i <= length; i++) {
+		if (start == -1 && limit <= ct + 1) {
+			dest[ct] = &str[i];
+			break;
+		}
+		if (str[i] == seprator) {
+			if (start != -1) {
+				dest[ct] = &str[start]; /* set up pointer */
+				ct++;
+			}
+			str[i] = '\0'; /* add a null char; make a C string */
+			start = -1;
+		} else {
+			if (start == -1) {
+				start = i;
+
+			}
+		}
+
+	}
+
+}
+
+void delay_us(uint32_t xus)
+{
+	SysTick->LOAD = 72 * xus;				//设置定时器重装值
+	SysTick->VAL = 0x00;					//清空当前计数值
+	SysTick->CTRL = 0x00000005;				//设置时钟源为HCLK，启动定时器
+	while(!(SysTick->CTRL & 0x00010000));	//等待计数到0
+	SysTick->CTRL = 0x00000004;				//关闭定时器
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  毫秒级延时
+  * @param  xms 延时时长，范围：0~4294967295
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void delay_ms(uint32_t xms)
+{
+	while(xms--)
+	{
+		delay_us(1000);
+	}
+}
+ 
+/**
+  * @brief  秒级延时
+  * @param  xs 延时时长，范围：0~4294967295
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void delay_s(uint32_t xs)
+{
+	while(xs--)
+	{
+		delay_ms(1000);
+	}
+} 
+
+uint8_t memmem(uint8_t * result,uint16_t result_length, uint8_t *rdystring,uint8_t rdylen)
+{
+   for(int i=0;i<result_length-rdylen;i++){
+	 if(strstr((char * )result+i,(char *)rdystring) != NULL)
+	 {
+		 return 1;
+	 }
+ }
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+

Drivers/Utils/sys.h

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+#ifndef __SYS_H
+#define __SYS_H	
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+typedef unsigned int clock_t;    /* cpu time type */
+typedef unsigned int time_t;     /* date/time in unix secs past 1-Jan-70 */																	    
+	 
+
+#define UART_RECV_SIZE 1024   //接收缓存大小
+#define RECV_SIZE UART_RECV_SIZE + 200   //有效数据缓存大小
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type Definition Macros                                                    */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+typedef int socklen_t;
+
+typedef long long int           int64;
+typedef unsigned long long int  uint64;
+
+
+typedef _Bool			uint1;
+typedef unsigned char   uint8;
+typedef char			int8;
+typedef unsigned short  uint16;
+typedef short			int16;
+typedef unsigned int    uint32;
+typedef int				int32;
+typedef unsigned int	size_t;
+
+typedef struct uart_recv_st
+{
+	char buf[UART_RECV_SIZE]; //缓存大小
+	unsigned int len; //接收长度
+	int recv_flag; //接收完成标志 1:接收完成, 0:接收未完成
+	char* start_addr; //字符开始地址
+} uart_recv_t; //串口接收缓存
+
+
+typedef struct valid_data_st {
+		char buf[RECV_SIZE]; //有效数据
+		int  len; //数据长度
+} valid_data_t;
+
+void byteToHexStr(const unsigned char* source, char* dest, int sourceLen);
+
+void inttohex(u16 value,u8 *hex);
+
+void letterSwitch(char *str, int flag);
+
+int my_atoi(char *str);
+
+char* my_itoa(int num,char* str,int radix);
+
+/**
+* @title 分割字符串
+* @Param src:要分割字符串,seperator:分隔符, dest:分割后字符串地址, size:分割的数量
+*/
+void split(char *src,const char *separator,char *dest[],int size);
+
+ /**
+* @Title split,分割字符串
+* @Param 要分割字符串,seperator:分隔符, dest:分割后字符串地址,limit:分割限制数量
+*/
+void splitCharLimit(char *str, char seprator, char *dest[], int limit);
+ 
+ /**
+* @title 延时函数
+* @Param ms:延时时间（单位ms）
+*/
+
+void delay_ms(uint32_t ms);
+ void delay_us(uint32_t us);
+void delay_s(uint32_t s);
+
+uint8_t memmem(uint8_t * result,uint16_t result_length, uint8_t *rdystring,uint8_t rdylen);
+
+#endif

EventRecorderStub.scvd

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<component_viewer schemaVersion="0.1" xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xs:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="Component_Viewer.xsd">
+
+<component name="EventRecorderStub" version="1.0.0"/>       <!--name and version of the component-->
+  <events>
+  </events>
+
+</component_viewer>

Examples/Demo001.c

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include "Usart1.h"
+
+#include "EC800M.h"
+#include "EC800M_MQTT_Client4.h"
+
+// 发送一个AT指令的例子
+// #include "EC800M.h"
+void demo001(void)
+{
+	static uint8_t send_AT_CSQ_flag = 0;
+	uint8_t ID = 3;
+	
+	if(send_AT_CSQ_flag == 0)
+	{
+		send_AT_CSQ_flag = EC800M_Send_AT_CSQ(ID);
+//		Usart1_Printf("发送csq\r\n");
+	}
+	else if(EC800M_Get_ID_AT_CSQ() != ID){}
+	else if(EC800M_Get_Flag_AT_CSQ() == AT_FLAG_RETURN_OK) // 返回成功
+	{
+//		Usart1_Printf("csq返回成功\r\n");
+		EC800M_Clear_AT_CSQ(); // 清除AT指令状态
+	}
+	else if(EC800M_Get_Flag_AT_CSQ() == AT_FLAG_RETURN_ERROR) // 返回错误
+	{
+//		Usart1_Printf("csq返回错误\r\n");
+		EC800M_Clear_AT_CSQ(); // 清除AT指令状态
+	}
+	else if(EC800M_Get_Flag_AT_CSQ() == AT_FLAG_RETURN_OVERTIME) // 返回超时
+	{
+//		Usart1_Printf("csq返回超时\r\n");
+		EC800M_Clear_AT_CSQ(); // 清除AT指令状态
+	}
+}
+
+
+// 发送数据的例子
+// #include "EC800M_MQTT_Client4.h"
+void demo002(void)
+{
+	static uint8_t send_flag = 0;
+	uint8_t bytes[15] = { 0xEF, 0x11}; // 待发送的数据
+	if(send_flag == 0)
+	{
+		send_flag = EC800M_MQTT_Client4_Send(bytes, 15);
+	}
+	
+	
+	if(EC800M_MQTT_Client4_Get_Flag() == CLIENT4_FLAG_DONE)
+	{
+//		Usart1_Printf("发送成功: %d, %d\r\n", EC800M_MQTT_Client4_Get_Flag(), EC800M_MQTT_Client4_Get_Result());
+		EC800M_MQTT_Client4_Clear(); // 清除发送状态
+//		Usart1_Printf("清除成功: %d, %d\r\n", EC800M_MQTT_Client4_Get_Flag(), EC800M_MQTT_Client4_Get_Result());
+	}
+}
+
+

Hardware/Buzzer.c

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"                  // Device header
+
+void Buzzer_Init(void)
+{
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruture;
+	GPIO_InitStruture.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_Out_PP;
+	GPIO_InitStruture.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_12;
+	GPIO_InitStruture.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruture);
+	
+	GPIO_ResetBits(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_12);
+}
+
+void Buzzer_ON(void)
+{
+	GPIO_SetBits(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_12);
+}
+
+void Buzzer_OFF(void)
+{
+	GPIO_ResetBits(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_12);
+}
+

Hardware/Buzzer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef __BUZZER_H
+#define __BUZZER_H
+
+
+void Buzzer_Init(void);
+void Buzzer_ON(void);
+void Buzzer_OFF(void);
+
+#endif

Hardware/GPIOA.c

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"                  // Device header
+#include "CONFIG.h"
+#include "AT.h"
+void GPIOA_Init(void)
+{
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(WAKE_GPIO_RCC, ENABLE);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_Out_PP;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = WAKE_GPIO_Pin;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(WAKE_GPIO, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+//	//GPIO_SetBits(WAKE_GPIO, WAKE_GPIO_Pin); // 4gÀ­¸ß
+	#if  NBFLAG
+	GPIO_ResetBits(WAKE_GPIO, WAKE_GPIO_Pin); // nbÀ­µÍ
+   #else
+	GPIO_SetBits(WAKE_GPIO, WAKE_GPIO_Pin); // 4gÀ­¸ß
+   #endif
+//	GPIO_ResetBits(WAKE_GPIO, WAKE_GPIO_Pin); // nbÀ­µÍ
+}
+
+
+
+
+

Hardware/GPIOA.h

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#ifndef __GPIOA_H
+#define __GPIOA_H
+
+void GPIOA_Init(void);
+//#define WAKE_GPIO GPIOE
+//#define WAKE_GPIO_Pin GPIO_Pin_5 // ˯ÃßµÄÒý½Å
+#endif

Hardware/InfraredSensor.c

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"                  // Device header
+
+uint16_t Count;
+
+void InfraredSensor_Init(void)
+{
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, ENABLE);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IPU;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_14;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+	GPIO_EXTILineConfig(GPIO_PortSourceGPIOB, GPIO_PinSource14);
+	
+	EXTI_InitTypeDef EXTI_InitStructure;
+	EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Line = EXTI_Line14;
+	EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_LineCmd = ENABLE;
+	EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt;
+	EXTI_InitStructure.EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling;
+	EXTI_Init(&EXTI_InitStructure);
+	
+	NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(NVIC_PriorityGroup_2);
+	
+	NVIC_InitTypeDef NVIC_InitStructure;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannel = EXTI15_10_IRQn;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 1;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 1;
+	NVIC_Init(&NVIC_InitStructure);
+}
+
+uint16_t InfraredSensor_Get_Count(void)
+{
+	return Count;
+}
+
+void EXTI15_10_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+	if (EXTI_GetITStatus(EXTI_Line14) == SET)
+	{
+		Count ++;
+		EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(EXTI_Line14);
+	}
+}

Hardware/InfraredSensor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#ifndef __INFRARED_SENSOR_H
+#define __INFRARED_SENSOR_H
+#include "stdint.h"
+
+void InfraredSensor_Init(void);
+uint16_t InfraredSensor_Get_Count(void);
+
+#endif

Hardware/Key.c

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"                  // Device header
+#include "Delay.h"
+
+void Key_Init(void)
+{
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IPU;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_1 | GPIO_Pin_11;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+}
+
+
+uint8_t Key_GetNum(void)
+{
+	uint8_t KeyNum = 0;
+	if (GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_1) == 0)
+	{
+		Delay_ms(20);
+		while (GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_1) == 0);
+		Delay_ms(20);
+		KeyNum = 1;
+	}
+	if (GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_11) == 0)
+	{
+		Delay_ms(20);
+		while (GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_11) == 0);
+		Delay_ms(20);
+		KeyNum = 2;
+	}
+	
+	return KeyNum;
+}
+

Hardware/Key.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef __KEY_H
+#define __KEY_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+void Key_Init(void);
+uint8_t Key_GetNum(void);
+
+
+#endif

Hardware/LED.c

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"                  // Device header
+
+void LED_Init(void)
+{
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_Out_PP;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_1 | GPIO_Pin_2;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+	GPIO_SetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_1 | GPIO_Pin_2);
+}
+
+
+void LED1_ON(void)
+{
+	GPIO_ResetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_1);
+}
+
+void LED1_OFF(void)
+{
+	GPIO_SetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_1);
+}
+
+void LED1_Turn(void)
+{
+	if (GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_1) == 0)
+	{
+		GPIO_SetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_1);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		GPIO_ResetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_1);
+	}
+}
+
+void LED2_ON(void)
+{
+	GPIO_ResetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_2);
+}
+
+void LED2_OFF(void)
+{
+	GPIO_SetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_2);
+}
+
+void LED2_Turn(void)
+{
+	if (GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_2) == 0)
+	{
+		GPIO_SetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_2);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		GPIO_ResetBits(GPIOA, GPIO_Pin_2);
+	}
+}
+

Hardware/LED.h

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#ifndef __LED_H
+#define __LED_H
+
+void LED_Init(void);
+void LED1_ON(void);
+void LED1_OFF(void);
+void LED1_Turn(void);
+void LED2_ON(void);
+void LED2_OFF(void);
+void LED2_Turn(void);
+
+#endif

Hardware/LightSensor.c

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"                  // Device header
+
+void LightSensor_Init(void)
+{
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IPU;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_13;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+}
+
+
+uint8_t GetLightSensor_Status(void)
+{
+	return GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_13);
+}
+

Hardware/LightSensor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef __LIGHTSENSOR_H
+#define __LIGHTSENSOR_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+void LightSensor_Init(void);
+uint8_t GetLightSensor_Status(void);
+
+#endif
+

Hardware/OLED.c

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include "OLED_Font.h"
+
+/*引脚配置*/
+#define OLED_W_SCL(x)		GPIO_WriteBit(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_8, (BitAction)(x))
+#define OLED_W_SDA(x)		GPIO_WriteBit(GPIOB, GPIO_Pin_9, (BitAction)(x))
+
+/*引脚初始化*/
+void OLED_I2C_Init(void)
+{
+    RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+ 	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_Out_OD;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_8;
+ 	GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_9;
+ 	GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+	OLED_W_SCL(1);
+	OLED_W_SDA(1);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C开始
+  * @param  无
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_I2C_Start(void)
+{
+	OLED_W_SDA(1);
+	OLED_W_SCL(1);
+	OLED_W_SDA(0);
+	OLED_W_SCL(0);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C停止
+  * @param  无
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_I2C_Stop(void)
+{
+	OLED_W_SDA(0);
+	OLED_W_SCL(1);
+	OLED_W_SDA(1);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C发送一个字节
+  * @param  Byte 要发送的一个字节
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_I2C_SendByte(uint8_t Byte)
+{
+	uint8_t i;
+	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+	{
+		OLED_W_SDA(Byte & (0x80 >> i));
+		OLED_W_SCL(1);
+		OLED_W_SCL(0);
+	}
+	OLED_W_SCL(1);	//额外的一个时钟，不处理应答信号
+	OLED_W_SCL(0);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED写命令
+  * @param  Command 要写入的命令
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_WriteCommand(uint8_t Command)
+{
+	OLED_I2C_Start();
+	OLED_I2C_SendByte(0x78);		//从机地址
+	OLED_I2C_SendByte(0x00);		//写命令
+	OLED_I2C_SendByte(Command); 
+	OLED_I2C_Stop();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED写数据
+  * @param  Data 要写入的数据
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_WriteData(uint8_t Data)
+{
+	OLED_I2C_Start();
+	OLED_I2C_SendByte(0x78);		//从机地址
+	OLED_I2C_SendByte(0x40);		//写数据
+	OLED_I2C_SendByte(Data);
+	OLED_I2C_Stop();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED设置光标位置
+  * @param  Y 以左上角为原点，向下方向的坐标，范围：0~7
+  * @param  X 以左上角为原点，向右方向的坐标，范围：0~127
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_SetCursor(uint8_t Y, uint8_t X)
+{
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xB0 | Y);					//设置Y位置
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x10 | ((X & 0xF0) >> 4));	//设置X位置高4位
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x00 | (X & 0x0F));			//设置X位置低4位
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED清屏
+  * @param  无
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_Clear(void)
+{  
+	uint8_t i, j;
+	for (j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+	{
+		OLED_SetCursor(j, 0);
+		for(i = 0; i < 128; i++)
+		{
+			OLED_WriteData(0x00);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED清屏一行
+  * @param  无
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_Clear_Row(uint8_t Row)
+{  
+	uint8_t i, j;
+	for (j = (Row - 1)*2; j < (Row - 1)*2 + 2; j++)
+	{
+		OLED_SetCursor(j, 0);
+		for(i = 0; i < 128; i++)
+		{
+			OLED_WriteData(0x00);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED显示一个字符
+  * @param  Line 行位置，范围：1~4
+  * @param  Column 列位置，范围：1~16
+  * @param  Char 要显示的一个字符，范围：ASCII可见字符
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_ShowChar(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, char Char)
+{      	
+	uint8_t i;
+	OLED_SetCursor((Line - 1) * 2, (Column - 1) * 8);		//设置光标位置在上半部分
+	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+	{
+		OLED_WriteData(OLED_F8x16[Char - ' '][i]);			//显示上半部分内容
+	}
+	OLED_SetCursor((Line - 1) * 2 + 1, (Column - 1) * 8);	//设置光标位置在下半部分
+	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+	{
+		OLED_WriteData(OLED_F8x16[Char - ' '][i + 8]);		//显示下半部分内容
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED显示字符串
+  * @param  Line 起始行位置，范围：1~4
+  * @param  Column 起始列位置，范围：1~16
+  * @param  String 要显示的字符串，范围：ASCII可见字符
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_ShowString(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, char *String)
+{
+	uint8_t i;
+	for (i = 0; String[i] != '\0'; i++)
+	{
+		OLED_ShowChar(Line, Column + i, String[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED次方函数
+  * @retval 返回值等于X的Y次方
+  */
+uint32_t OLED_Pow(uint32_t X, uint32_t Y)
+{
+	uint32_t Result = 1;
+	while (Y--)
+	{
+		Result *= X;
+	}
+	return Result;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED显示数字（十进制，正数）
+  * @param  Line 起始行位置，范围：1~4
+  * @param  Column 起始列位置，范围：1~16
+  * @param  Number 要显示的数字，范围：0~4294967295
+  * @param  Length 要显示数字的长度，范围：1~10
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_ShowNum(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, uint32_t Number, uint8_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t i;
+	for (i = 0; i < Length; i++)							
+	{
+		OLED_ShowChar(Line, Column + i, Number / OLED_Pow(10, Length - i - 1) % 10 + '0');
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED显示数字（十进制，带符号数）
+  * @param  Line 起始行位置，范围：1~4
+  * @param  Column 起始列位置，范围：1~16
+  * @param  Number 要显示的数字，范围：-2147483648~2147483647
+  * @param  Length 要显示数字的长度，范围：1~10
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_ShowSignedNum(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, int32_t Number, uint8_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t i;
+	uint32_t Number1;
+	if (Number >= 0)
+	{
+		OLED_ShowChar(Line, Column, '+');
+		Number1 = Number;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		OLED_ShowChar(Line, Column, '-');
+		Number1 = -Number;
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < Length; i++)							
+	{
+		OLED_ShowChar(Line, Column + i + 1, Number1 / OLED_Pow(10, Length - i - 1) % 10 + '0');
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED显示数字（十六进制，正数）
+  * @param  Line 起始行位置，范围：1~4
+  * @param  Column 起始列位置，范围：1~16
+  * @param  Number 要显示的数字，范围：0~0xFFFFFFFF
+  * @param  Length 要显示数字的长度，范围：1~8
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_ShowHexNum(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, uint32_t Number, uint8_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t i, SingleNumber;
+	for (i = 0; i < Length; i++)							
+	{
+		SingleNumber = Number / OLED_Pow(16, Length - i - 1) % 16;
+		if (SingleNumber < 10)
+		{
+			OLED_ShowChar(Line, Column + i, SingleNumber + '0');
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			OLED_ShowChar(Line, Column + i, SingleNumber - 10 + 'A');
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED显示数字（二进制，正数）
+  * @param  Line 起始行位置，范围：1~4
+  * @param  Column 起始列位置，范围：1~16
+  * @param  Number 要显示的数字，范围：0~1111 1111 1111 1111
+  * @param  Length 要显示数字的长度，范围：1~16
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_ShowBinNum(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, uint32_t Number, uint8_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t i;
+	for (i = 0; i < Length; i++)							
+	{
+		OLED_ShowChar(Line, Column + i, Number / OLED_Pow(2, Length - i - 1) % 2 + '0');
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  OLED初始化
+  * @param  无
+  * @retval 无
+  */
+void OLED_Init(void)
+{
+	uint32_t i, j;
+	
+	for (i = 0; i < 1000; i++)			//上电延时
+	{
+		for (j = 0; j < 1000; j++);
+	}
+	
+	OLED_I2C_Init();			//端口初始化
+	
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xAE);	//关闭显示
+	
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xD5);	//设置显示时钟分频比/振荡器频率
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x80);
+	
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xA8);	//设置多路复用率
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x3F);
+	
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xD3);	//设置显示偏移
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x00);
+	
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x40);	//设置显示开始行
+	
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xA1);	//设置左右方向，0xA1正常 0xA0左右反置
+	
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xC8);	//设置上下方向，0xC8正常 0xC0上下反置
+
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xDA);	//设置COM引脚硬件配置
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x12);
+	
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x81);	//设置对比度控制
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xCF);
+
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xD9);	//设置预充电周期
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xF1);
+
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xDB);	//设置VCOMH取消选择级别
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x30);
+
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xA4);	//设置整个显示打开/关闭
+
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xA6);	//设置正常/倒转显示
+
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x8D);	//设置充电泵
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0x14);
+
+	OLED_WriteCommand(0xAF);	//开启显示
+		
+	OLED_Clear();				//OLED清屏
+}

Hardware/OLED.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#ifndef __OLED_H
+#define __OLED_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+void OLED_Init(void);
+void OLED_Clear(void);
+void OLED_Clear_Row(uint8_t Row);
+void OLED_ShowChar(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, char Char);
+void OLED_ShowString(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, char *String);
+void OLED_ShowNum(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, uint32_t Number, uint8_t Length);
+void OLED_ShowSignedNum(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, int32_t Number, uint8_t Length);
+void OLED_ShowHexNum(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, uint32_t Number, uint8_t Length);
+void OLED_ShowBinNum(uint8_t Line, uint8_t Column, uint32_t Number, uint8_t Length);
+
+#endif

Hardware/OLED_Font.h

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+#ifndef __OLED_FONT_H
+#define __OLED_FONT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/*OLED字模库，宽8像素，高16像素*/
+const uint8_t OLED_F8x16[][16]=
+{
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//  0
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0xF8,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x33,0x30,0x00,0x00,0x00,//! 1
+	
+	0x00,0x10,0x0C,0x06,0x10,0x0C,0x06,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//" 2
+	
+	0x40,0xC0,0x78,0x40,0xC0,0x78,0x40,0x00,
+	0x04,0x3F,0x04,0x04,0x3F,0x04,0x04,0x00,//# 3
+	
+	0x00,0x70,0x88,0xFC,0x08,0x30,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x18,0x20,0xFF,0x21,0x1E,0x00,0x00,//$ 4
+	
+	0xF0,0x08,0xF0,0x00,0xE0,0x18,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x21,0x1C,0x03,0x1E,0x21,0x1E,0x00,//% 5
+	
+	0x00,0xF0,0x08,0x88,0x70,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x1E,0x21,0x23,0x24,0x19,0x27,0x21,0x10,//& 6
+	
+	0x10,0x16,0x0E,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//' 7
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0xE0,0x18,0x04,0x02,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x07,0x18,0x20,0x40,0x00,//( 8
+	
+	0x00,0x02,0x04,0x18,0xE0,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x40,0x20,0x18,0x07,0x00,0x00,0x00,//) 9
+	
+	0x40,0x40,0x80,0xF0,0x80,0x40,0x40,0x00,
+	0x02,0x02,0x01,0x0F,0x01,0x02,0x02,0x00,//* 10
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0xF0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x01,0x01,0x01,0x1F,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x00,//+ 11
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x80,0xB0,0x70,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//, 12
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,//- 13
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x30,0x30,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//. 14
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x60,0x18,0x04,
+	0x00,0x60,0x18,0x06,0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,/// 15
+	
+	0x00,0xE0,0x10,0x08,0x08,0x10,0xE0,0x00,
+	0x00,0x0F,0x10,0x20,0x20,0x10,0x0F,0x00,//0 16
+	
+	0x00,0x10,0x10,0xF8,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x20,0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x00,0x00,//1 17
+	
+	0x00,0x70,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x88,0x70,0x00,
+	0x00,0x30,0x28,0x24,0x22,0x21,0x30,0x00,//2 18
+	
+	0x00,0x30,0x08,0x88,0x88,0x48,0x30,0x00,
+	0x00,0x18,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x11,0x0E,0x00,//3 19
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0xC0,0x20,0x10,0xF8,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x07,0x04,0x24,0x24,0x3F,0x24,0x00,//4 20
+	
+	0x00,0xF8,0x08,0x88,0x88,0x08,0x08,0x00,
+	0x00,0x19,0x21,0x20,0x20,0x11,0x0E,0x00,//5 21
+	
+	0x00,0xE0,0x10,0x88,0x88,0x18,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x0F,0x11,0x20,0x20,0x11,0x0E,0x00,//6 22
+	
+	0x00,0x38,0x08,0x08,0xC8,0x38,0x08,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x3F,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//7 23
+	
+	0x00,0x70,0x88,0x08,0x08,0x88,0x70,0x00,
+	0x00,0x1C,0x22,0x21,0x21,0x22,0x1C,0x00,//8 24
+	
+	0x00,0xE0,0x10,0x08,0x08,0x10,0xE0,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x31,0x22,0x22,0x11,0x0F,0x00,//9 25
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0xC0,0xC0,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x30,0x30,0x00,0x00,0x00,//: 26
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x80,0x60,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//; 27
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x80,0x40,0x20,0x10,0x08,0x00,
+	0x00,0x01,0x02,0x04,0x08,0x10,0x20,0x00,//< 28
+	
+	0x40,0x40,0x40,0x40,0x40,0x40,0x40,0x00,
+	0x04,0x04,0x04,0x04,0x04,0x04,0x04,0x00,//= 29
+	
+	0x00,0x08,0x10,0x20,0x40,0x80,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x20,0x10,0x08,0x04,0x02,0x01,0x00,//> 30
+	
+	0x00,0x70,0x48,0x08,0x08,0x08,0xF0,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x30,0x36,0x01,0x00,0x00,//? 31
+	
+	0xC0,0x30,0xC8,0x28,0xE8,0x10,0xE0,0x00,
+	0x07,0x18,0x27,0x24,0x23,0x14,0x0B,0x00,//@ 32
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0xC0,0x38,0xE0,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3C,0x23,0x02,0x02,0x27,0x38,0x20,//A 33
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x70,0x00,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x11,0x0E,0x00,//B 34
+	
+	0xC0,0x30,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x38,0x00,
+	0x07,0x18,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x10,0x08,0x00,//C 35
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x10,0xE0,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x10,0x0F,0x00,//D 36
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x88,0x88,0xE8,0x08,0x10,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x23,0x20,0x18,0x00,//E 37
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x88,0x88,0xE8,0x08,0x10,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x00,0x03,0x00,0x00,0x00,//F 38
+	
+	0xC0,0x30,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x38,0x00,0x00,
+	0x07,0x18,0x20,0x20,0x22,0x1E,0x02,0x00,//G 39
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x08,0x00,0x00,0x08,0xF8,0x08,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x21,0x01,0x01,0x21,0x3F,0x20,//H 40
+	
+	0x00,0x08,0x08,0xF8,0x08,0x08,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x20,0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x00,0x00,//I 41
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x08,0x08,0xF8,0x08,0x08,0x00,
+	0xC0,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x7F,0x00,0x00,0x00,//J 42
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x88,0xC0,0x28,0x18,0x08,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x01,0x26,0x38,0x20,0x00,//K 43
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x08,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x30,0x00,//L 44
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0xF8,0x00,0xF8,0xF8,0x08,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x00,0x3F,0x00,0x3F,0x20,0x00,//M 45
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x30,0xC0,0x00,0x08,0xF8,0x08,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x00,0x07,0x18,0x3F,0x00,//N 46
+	
+	0xE0,0x10,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x10,0xE0,0x00,
+	0x0F,0x10,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x10,0x0F,0x00,//O 47
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0xF0,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x21,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00,//P 48
+	
+	0xE0,0x10,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x10,0xE0,0x00,
+	0x0F,0x18,0x24,0x24,0x38,0x50,0x4F,0x00,//Q 49
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x70,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x00,0x03,0x0C,0x30,0x20,//R 50
+	
+	0x00,0x70,0x88,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x38,0x00,
+	0x00,0x38,0x20,0x21,0x21,0x22,0x1C,0x00,//S 51
+	
+	0x18,0x08,0x08,0xF8,0x08,0x08,0x18,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x00,0x00,0x00,//T 52
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x08,0x00,0x00,0x08,0xF8,0x08,
+	0x00,0x1F,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x1F,0x00,//U 53
+	
+	0x08,0x78,0x88,0x00,0x00,0xC8,0x38,0x08,
+	0x00,0x00,0x07,0x38,0x0E,0x01,0x00,0x00,//V 54
+	
+	0xF8,0x08,0x00,0xF8,0x00,0x08,0xF8,0x00,
+	0x03,0x3C,0x07,0x00,0x07,0x3C,0x03,0x00,//W 55
+	
+	0x08,0x18,0x68,0x80,0x80,0x68,0x18,0x08,
+	0x20,0x30,0x2C,0x03,0x03,0x2C,0x30,0x20,//X 56
+	
+	0x08,0x38,0xC8,0x00,0xC8,0x38,0x08,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x00,0x00,0x00,//Y 57
+	
+	0x10,0x08,0x08,0x08,0xC8,0x38,0x08,0x00,
+	0x20,0x38,0x26,0x21,0x20,0x20,0x18,0x00,//Z 58
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0xFE,0x02,0x02,0x02,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x7F,0x40,0x40,0x40,0x00,//[ 59
+	
+	0x00,0x0C,0x30,0xC0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x06,0x38,0xC0,0x00,//\ 60
+	
+	0x00,0x02,0x02,0x02,0xFE,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x40,0x40,0x40,0x7F,0x00,0x00,0x00,//] 61
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x04,0x02,0x02,0x02,0x04,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//^ 62
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,//_ 63
+	
+	0x00,0x02,0x02,0x04,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//` 64
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x19,0x24,0x22,0x22,0x22,0x3F,0x20,//a 65
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x3F,0x11,0x20,0x20,0x11,0x0E,0x00,//b 66
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x0E,0x11,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x11,0x00,//c 67
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x88,0xF8,0x00,
+	0x00,0x0E,0x11,0x20,0x20,0x10,0x3F,0x20,//d 68
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x1F,0x22,0x22,0x22,0x22,0x13,0x00,//e 69
+	
+	0x00,0x80,0x80,0xF0,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x18,
+	0x00,0x20,0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x00,0x00,//f 70
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x00,0x6B,0x94,0x94,0x94,0x93,0x60,0x00,//g 71
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x21,0x00,0x00,0x20,0x3F,0x20,//h 72
+	
+	0x00,0x80,0x98,0x98,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x20,0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x00,0x00,//i 73
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x98,0x98,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0xC0,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x7F,0x00,0x00,//j 74
+	
+	0x08,0xF8,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x24,0x02,0x2D,0x30,0x20,0x00,//k 75
+	
+	0x00,0x08,0x08,0xF8,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x20,0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x20,0x00,0x00,//l 76
+	
+	0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x20,0x00,0x3F,0x20,0x00,0x3F,//m 77
+	
+	0x80,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,
+	0x20,0x3F,0x21,0x00,0x00,0x20,0x3F,0x20,//n 78
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x1F,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x1F,0x00,//o 79
+	
+	0x80,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x80,0xFF,0xA1,0x20,0x20,0x11,0x0E,0x00,//p 80
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x00,0x0E,0x11,0x20,0x20,0xA0,0xFF,0x80,//q 81
+	
+	0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x20,0x20,0x3F,0x21,0x20,0x00,0x01,0x00,//r 82
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x00,0x33,0x24,0x24,0x24,0x24,0x19,0x00,//s 83
+	
+	0x00,0x80,0x80,0xE0,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x1F,0x20,0x20,0x00,0x00,//t 84
+	
+	0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x00,0x1F,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x10,0x3F,0x20,//u 85
+	
+	0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,
+	0x00,0x01,0x0E,0x30,0x08,0x06,0x01,0x00,//v 86
+	
+	0x80,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,
+	0x0F,0x30,0x0C,0x03,0x0C,0x30,0x0F,0x00,//w 87
+	
+	0x00,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x00,0x20,0x31,0x2E,0x0E,0x31,0x20,0x00,//x 88
+	
+	0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,
+	0x80,0x81,0x8E,0x70,0x18,0x06,0x01,0x00,//y 89
+	
+	0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,
+	0x00,0x21,0x30,0x2C,0x22,0x21,0x30,0x00,//z 90
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x7C,0x02,0x02,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x3F,0x40,0x40,//{ 91
+	
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xFF,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xFF,0x00,0x00,0x00,//| 92
+	
+	0x00,0x02,0x02,0x7C,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+	0x00,0x40,0x40,0x3F,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//} 93
+	
+	0x00,0x06,0x01,0x01,0x02,0x02,0x04,0x04,
+	0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,//~ 94
+};
+
+#endif

Hardware/Usart1.c

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+
+void Usart1_Init(void)
+{
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE);
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF_PP;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_9;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IPU;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_10;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+	USART_InitTypeDef USART_InitStruture;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_BaudRate = 115200;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b;
+	USART_Init(USART1, &USART_InitStruture);
+	
+	USART_ITConfig(USART1, USART_IT_RXNE, ENABLE);
+	
+	NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(NVIC_PriorityGroup_2);
+	
+	NVIC_InitTypeDef NVIC_InitStructure;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannel = USART1_IRQn;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 3;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 3;
+	NVIC_Init(&NVIC_InitStructure);
+	
+	USART_Cmd(USART1, ENABLE);
+	
+}
+
+// 串口打印日志
+//void USART1_SendByte(uint8_t Byte)
+//{
+//	USART_SendData(USART1, Byte);
+//	while(USART_GetFlagStatus(USART1, USART_FLAG_TXE) == RESET);
+//}
+//// 打印字节
+//void USART1_SendArray(uint8_t * arr, uint16_t len)
+//{
+//	uint16_t i;
+//	for(i = 0; i < len; i ++)
+//	{
+//		USART1_SendByte(arr[i]);
+//	}
+//}
+//// 打印字符串
+//void USART1_SendString(char *String)
+//{
+//	uint16_t i;
+//	for(i = 0; String[i] != '\0'; i ++)
+//	{
+//		USART1_SendByte(String[i]);
+//	}
+//}
+//// 打印的缓存
+//char USART1_String[512];
+//void USART1_Printf(char *format, ...)
+//{
+//	va_list arg;
+//	va_start(arg, format);
+//	vsprintf(USART1_String, format, arg);
+//	va_end(arg);
+//	USART1_SendString(USART1_String);
+//}
+
+

Hardware/Usart1.h

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#ifndef __USART1_H
+#define __USART1_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+
+void Usart1_Init(void);
+
+//void USART1_SendByte(uint8_t Byte);
+//void USART1_SendArray(uint8_t * arr, uint16_t len);
+//void USART1_SendString(char *String);
+//void USART1_Printf(char *format, ...);
+
+
+#endif

Hardware/Usart2.c

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+void Usart2_Init(void)
+{
+	RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE);
+	RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
+	
+	USART_DeInit(USART2);
+	
+	GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF_PP;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_2;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
+	GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_3;
+	GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);
+	
+	USART_InitTypeDef USART_InitStruture;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_BaudRate = 115200;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1;
+	USART_InitStruture.USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b;
+	
+	USART_Init(USART2, &USART_InitStruture);
+	
+	USART_ITConfig(USART2, USART_IT_RXNE, ENABLE);
+	
+	NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(NVIC_PriorityGroup_2);
+	
+	NVIC_InitTypeDef NVIC_InitStructure;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannel = USART2_IRQn;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 1;
+	NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 1;
+	NVIC_Init(&NVIC_InitStructure);
+	
+	
+	
+	USART_Cmd(USART2, ENABLE);
+	
+}
+
+
+

Hardware/Usart2.h

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef __USART2_H
+#define __USART2_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+void Usart2_Init(void);
+
+
+#endif

JLinkSettings.ini

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+[BREAKPOINTS]
+ForceImpTypeAny = 0
+ShowInfoWin = 1
+EnableFlashBP = 2
+BPDuringExecution = 0
+[CFI]
+CFISize = 0x00
+CFIAddr = 0x00
+[CPU]
+MonModeVTableAddr = 0xFFFFFFFF
+MonModeDebug = 0
+MaxNumAPs = 0
+LowPowerHandlingMode = 0
+OverrideMemMap = 0
+AllowSimulation = 1
+ScriptFile=""
+[FLASH]
+Loaders=""
+EraseType = 0x00
+CacheExcludeSize = 0x00
+CacheExcludeAddr = 0x00
+MinNumBytesFlashDL = 0
+SkipProgOnCRCMatch = 1
+VerifyDownload = 1
+AllowCaching = 1
+EnableFlashDL = 2
+Override = 0
+Device="ARM7"
+[GENERAL]
+WorkRAMSize = 0x00
+WorkRAMAddr = 0x00
+RAMUsageLimit = 0x00
+[SWO]
+SWOLogFile=""
+[MEM]
+RdOverrideOrMask = 0x00
+RdOverrideAndMask = 0xFFFFFFFF
+RdOverrideAddr = 0xFFFFFFFF
+WrOverrideOrMask = 0x00
+WrOverrideAndMask = 0xFFFFFFFF
+WrOverrideAddr = 0xFFFFFFFF
+[RAM]
+VerifyDownload = 0x00

Library/misc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    misc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on
+  *          to CMSIS functions).
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "misc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC 
+  * @brief MISC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK    ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority.
+  * @param  NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                4 bits for subpriority
+  *     @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                3 bits for subpriority
+  *     @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                2 bits for subpriority
+  *     @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                1 bits for subpriority
+  *     @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                0 bits for subpriority
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup));
+  
+  /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */
+  SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd));
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority));  
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority));
+    
+  if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/    
+    tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08;
+    tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority);
+    tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority;
+
+    tmppriority = (uint32_t)NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre;
+    tmppriority |=  NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub;
+    tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04;
+        
+    NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority;
+    
+    /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/
+    NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] =
+      (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/
+    NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] =
+      (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the vector table location and Offset.
+  * @param  NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM
+  *     @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH
+  * @param  Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple 
+  *         of 0x200.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab));
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset));  
+   
+  SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode.
+  * @param  LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND
+  *     @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP
+  *     @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT
+  * @param  NewState: new state of LP condition. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));  
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the SysTick clock source.
+  * @param  SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+  *     @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource));
+  if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK)
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/misc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    misc.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous
+  *          firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions).
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __MISC_H
+#define __MISC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup MISC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  NVIC Init Structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel;                    /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled.
+                                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref IRQn_Type 
+                                                   (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please
+                                                    refer to stm32f10x.h file) */
+
+  uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority;  /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel
+                                                   specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value
+                                                   between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table */
+
+  uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority;         /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified
+                                                   in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value
+                                                   between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table */
+
+  FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd;         /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel
+                                                   will be enabled or disabled. 
+                                                   This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */   
+} NVIC_InitTypeDef;
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NVIC_Priority_Table 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+@code  
+ The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
+ to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function
+  ============================================================================================================================
+    NVIC_PriorityGroup   | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority  | Description
+  ============================================================================================================================
+   NVIC_PriorityGroup_0  |                0                  |            0-15             |   0 bits for pre-emption priority
+                         |                                   |                             |   4 bits for subpriority
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+   NVIC_PriorityGroup_1  |                0-1                |            0-7              |   1 bits for pre-emption priority
+                         |                                   |                             |   3 bits for subpriority
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+   NVIC_PriorityGroup_2  |                0-3                |            0-3              |   2 bits for pre-emption priority
+                         |                                   |                             |   2 bits for subpriority
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+   NVIC_PriorityGroup_3  |                0-7                |            0-1              |   3 bits for pre-emption priority
+                         |                                   |                             |   1 bits for subpriority
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+   NVIC_PriorityGroup_4  |                0-15               |            0                |   4 bits for pre-emption priority
+                         |                                   |                             |   0 bits for subpriority                       
+  ============================================================================================================================
+@endcode
+*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Vector_Table_Base 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM             ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH           ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \
+                                  ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup System_Low_Power 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND            ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP            ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT          ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \
+                        ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \
+                        ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Preemption_Priority_Group 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0         ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                            4 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1         ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                            3 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2         ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                            2 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3         ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                            1 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4         ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                            0 bits for subpriority */
+
+#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \
+                                       ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \
+                                       ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \
+                                       ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \
+                                       ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4))
+
+#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY)  ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
+
+#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY)  ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
+
+#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET)  ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SysTick_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8    ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB)
+#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK         ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \
+                                       ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup);
+void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct);
+void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset);
+void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __MISC_H */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_adc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1307 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_adc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the ADC firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_adc.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC 
+  * @brief ADC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* ADC DISCNUM mask */
+#define CR1_DISCNUM_Reset           ((uint32_t)0xFFFF1FFF)
+
+/* ADC DISCEN mask */
+#define CR1_DISCEN_Set              ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define CR1_DISCEN_Reset            ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF7FF)
+
+/* ADC JAUTO mask */
+#define CR1_JAUTO_Set               ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define CR1_JAUTO_Reset             ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFBFF)
+
+/* ADC JDISCEN mask */
+#define CR1_JDISCEN_Set             ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define CR1_JDISCEN_Reset           ((uint32_t)0xFFFFEFFF)
+
+/* ADC AWDCH mask */
+#define CR1_AWDCH_Reset             ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0)
+
+/* ADC Analog watchdog enable mode mask */
+#define CR1_AWDMode_Reset           ((uint32_t)0xFF3FFDFF)
+
+/* CR1 register Mask */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask              ((uint32_t)0xFFF0FEFF)
+
+/* ADC ADON mask */
+#define CR2_ADON_Set                ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define CR2_ADON_Reset              ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFE)
+
+/* ADC DMA mask */
+#define CR2_DMA_Set                 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define CR2_DMA_Reset               ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFEFF)
+
+/* ADC RSTCAL mask */
+#define CR2_RSTCAL_Set              ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+
+/* ADC CAL mask */
+#define CR2_CAL_Set                 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+
+/* ADC SWSTART mask */
+#define CR2_SWSTART_Set             ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+
+/* ADC EXTTRIG mask */
+#define CR2_EXTTRIG_Set             ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define CR2_EXTTRIG_Reset           ((uint32_t)0xFFEFFFFF)
+
+/* ADC Software start mask */
+#define CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Set     ((uint32_t)0x00500000)
+#define CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Reset   ((uint32_t)0xFFAFFFFF)
+
+/* ADC JEXTSEL mask */
+#define CR2_JEXTSEL_Reset           ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8FFF)
+
+/* ADC JEXTTRIG mask */
+#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_Set            ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_Reset          ((uint32_t)0xFFFF7FFF)
+
+/* ADC JSWSTART mask */
+#define CR2_JSWSTART_Set            ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+
+/* ADC injected software start mask */
+#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Set   ((uint32_t)0x00208000)
+#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFDF7FFF)
+
+/* ADC TSPD mask */
+#define CR2_TSVREFE_Set             ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define CR2_TSVREFE_Reset           ((uint32_t)0xFF7FFFFF)
+
+/* CR2 register Mask */
+#define CR2_CLEAR_Mask              ((uint32_t)0xFFF1F7FD)
+
+/* ADC SQx mask */
+#define SQR3_SQ_Set                 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+#define SQR2_SQ_Set                 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+#define SQR1_SQ_Set                 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+
+/* SQR1 register Mask */
+#define SQR1_CLEAR_Mask             ((uint32_t)0xFF0FFFFF)
+
+/* ADC JSQx mask */
+#define JSQR_JSQ_Set                ((uint32_t)0x0000001F)
+
+/* ADC JL mask */
+#define JSQR_JL_Set                 ((uint32_t)0x00300000)
+#define JSQR_JL_Reset               ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF)
+
+/* ADC SMPx mask */
+#define SMPR1_SMP_Set               ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+#define SMPR2_SMP_Set               ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+
+/* ADC JDRx registers offset */
+#define JDR_Offset                  ((uint8_t)0x28)
+
+/* ADC1 DR register base address */
+#define DR_ADDRESS                  ((uint32_t)0x4001244C)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  
+  if (ADCx == ADC1)
+  {
+    /* Enable ADC1 reset state */
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE);
+    /* Release ADC1 from reset state */
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (ADCx == ADC2)
+  {
+    /* Enable ADC2 reset state */
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, ENABLE);
+    /* Release ADC2 from reset state */
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (ADCx == ADC3)
+    {
+      /* Enable ADC3 reset state */
+      RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3, ENABLE);
+      /* Release ADC3 from reset state */
+      RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3, DISABLE);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the ADC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  uint8_t tmpreg2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv));   
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); 
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel));
+
+  /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/
+  /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */
+  tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1;
+  /* Clear DUALMOD and SCAN bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure ADCx: Dual mode and scan conversion mode */
+  /* Set DUALMOD bits according to ADC_Mode value */
+  /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */
+  tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode | ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8));
+  /* Write to ADCx CR1 */
+  ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1;
+
+  /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/
+  /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */
+  tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2;
+  /* Clear CONT, ALIGN and EXTSEL bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= CR2_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and continuous conversion mode */
+  /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */
+  /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */
+  /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */
+  tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv |
+            ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1));
+  /* Write to ADCx CR2 */
+  ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1;
+
+  /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/
+  /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */
+  tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1;
+  /* Clear L bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= SQR1_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */
+  /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfChannel value */
+  tmpreg2 |= (uint8_t) (ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel - (uint8_t)1);
+  tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)tmpreg2 << 20;
+  /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */
+  ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  ADC_InitStruct : pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */
+  /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */
+  ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent;
+  /* initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */
+  ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE;
+  /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */
+  ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE;
+  /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */
+  ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1;
+  /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */
+  ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right;
+  /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfChannel member */
+  ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel = 1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */
+    ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_ADON_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */
+    ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_ADON_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  *   Note: ADC2 hasn't a DMA capability.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */
+    ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_DMA_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */
+    ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_DMA_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. 
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  uint8_t itmask = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT));
+  /* Get the ADC IT index */
+  itmask = (uint8_t)ADC_IT;
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */
+    ADCx->CR1 |= itmask;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */
+    ADCx->CR1 &= (~(uint32_t)itmask);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resets the selected ADC calibration registers.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_ResetCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  /* Resets the selected ADC calibration registers */  
+  ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_RSTCAL_Set;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the selected ADC reset calibration registers status.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval The new state of ADC reset calibration registers (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  /* Check the status of RSTCAL bit */
+  if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_RSTCAL_Set) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* RSTCAL bit is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* RSTCAL bit is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the RSTCAL bit status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the selected ADC calibration process.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  /* Enable the selected ADC calibration process */  
+  ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_CAL_Set;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the selected ADC calibration status.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval The new state of ADC calibration (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  /* Check the status of CAL bit */
+  if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_CAL_Set) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* CAL bit is set: calibration on going */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* CAL bit is reset: end of calibration */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the CAL bit status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected ADC software start conversion .
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected ADC software start conversion.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_SoftwareStartConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC conversion on external event and start the selected
+       ADC conversion */
+    ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event and stop the selected
+       ADC conversion */
+    ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the selected ADC Software start conversion Status.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */
+  if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_SWSTART_Set) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* SWSTART bit is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* SWSTART bit is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the SWSTART bit status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular
+  *         group channel.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel
+  *         count value. This number must be between 1 and 8.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number));
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1;
+  /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */
+  tmpreg1 &= CR1_DISCNUM_Reset;
+  /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */
+  tmpreg2 = Number - 1;
+  tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13;
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group
+  *         channel for the specified ADC
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode
+  *         on regular group channel.
+  *         This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */
+    ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_DISCEN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */
+    ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_DISCEN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding
+  *         rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected
+  * @param  Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter must be between 1 to 16.
+  * @param  ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles	
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles	
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles	
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles	
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles	
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime));
+  /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_17 is selected */
+  if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9)
+  {
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1;
+    /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+    tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_Set << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10));
+    /* Clear the old channel sample time */
+    tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to set */
+    tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10));
+    /* Set the new channel sample time */
+    tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1;
+  }
+  else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
+  {
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+    tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_Set << (3 * ADC_Channel);
+    /* Clear the old channel sample time */
+    tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to set */
+    tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel);
+    /* Set the new channel sample time */
+    tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1;
+  }
+  /* For Rank 1 to 6 */
+  if (Rank < 7)
+  {
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3;
+    /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+    tmpreg2 = SQR3_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 1));
+    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to set */
+    tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1));
+    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1;
+  }
+  /* For Rank 7 to 12 */
+  else if (Rank < 13)
+  {
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+    tmpreg2 = SQR2_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 7));
+    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to set */
+    tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7));
+    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1;
+  }
+  /* For Rank 13 to 16 */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1;
+    /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+    tmpreg2 = SQR1_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 13));
+    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to set */
+    tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13));
+    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the ADCx conversion through external trigger.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected ADC external trigger start of conversion.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC conversion on external event */
+    ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_EXTTRIG_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event */
+    ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_EXTTRIG_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval The Data conversion value.
+  */
+uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */
+  return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last ADC1 and ADC2 conversion result data in dual mode.
+  * @retval The Data conversion value.
+  */
+uint32_t ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(void)
+{
+  /* Return the dual mode conversion value */
+  return (*(__IO uint32_t *) DR_ADDRESS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group
+  *         conversion after regular one.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected conversion
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
+    ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_JAUTO_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
+    ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_JAUTO_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group
+  *         channel for the specified ADC
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode
+  *         on injected group channel.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
+    ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_JDISCEN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
+    ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_JDISCEN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to start injected conversion. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO: Timer1 TRGO event selected (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3)
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4: Timer1 capture compare4 selected (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3)
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2)
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture compare1 selected (for ADC1 and ADC2)
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture compare4 selected (for ADC1 and ADC2)
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2)
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4: External interrupt line 15 or Timer8
+  *                                                       capture compare4 event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2)                       
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture compare3 selected (for ADC3 only)
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2: Timer8 capture compare2 selected (for ADC3 only)                         
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4: Timer8 capture compare4 selected (for ADC3 only)
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO: Timer5 TRGO event selected (for ADC3 only)                         
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4: Timer5 capture compare4 selected (for ADC3 only)                        
+  *     @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None: Injected conversion started by software and not
+  *                                          by external trigger (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv));
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg = ADCx->CR2;
+  /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */
+  tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTSEL_Reset;
+  /* Set the external event selection for injected group */
+  tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv;
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the ADCx injected channels conversion through
+  *         external trigger
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected ADC external trigger start of
+  *         injected conversion.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC external event selection for injected group */
+    ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_JEXTTRIG_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC external event selection for injected group */
+    ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_JEXTTRIG_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected ADC start of the injected 
+  *         channels conversion.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected ADC software start injected conversion.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group on external event and start the selected
+       ADC injected conversion */
+    ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event for injected group and stop the selected
+       ADC injected conversion */
+    ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @retval The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */
+  if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_JSWSTART_Set) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* JSWSTART bit is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* JSWSTART bit is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding
+  *         rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected
+  * @param  Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. This parameter must be between 1 and 4.
+  * @param  ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles	
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles	
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles	
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles	
+  *     @arg ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles	
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime));
+  /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_17 is selected */
+  if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9)
+  {
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1;
+    /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+    tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_Set << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10));
+    /* Clear the old channel sample time */
+    tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to set */
+    tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10));
+    /* Set the new channel sample time */
+    tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1;
+  }
+  else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
+  {
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to clear */
+    tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_Set << (3 * ADC_Channel);
+    /* Clear the old channel sample time */
+    tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+    /* Calculate the mask to set */
+    tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel);
+    /* Set the new channel sample time */
+    tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1;
+  }
+  /* Rank configuration */
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR;
+  /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */
+  tmpreg3 =  (tmpreg1 & JSQR_JL_Set)>> 20;
+  /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */
+  tmpreg2 = JSQR_JSQ_Set << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1)));
+  /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */
+  tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2;
+  /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */
+  tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1)));
+  /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */
+  tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2;
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the sequencer length for injected channels
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  Length: The sequencer length. 
+  *   This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length));
+  
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR;
+  /* Clear the old injected sequnence lenght JL bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= JSQR_JL_Reset;
+  /* Set the injected sequnence lenght JL bits */
+  tmpreg2 = Length - 1; 
+  tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20;
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the injected channels conversion value offset
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its offset. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected
+  * @param  Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel
+  *   This parameter must be a 12bit value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset));  
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx;
+  tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel;
+  
+  /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (uint32_t)Offset;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected
+  * @retval The Data conversion value.
+  */
+uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx;
+  tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_Offset;
+  
+  /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */
+  return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*)  tmp);   
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular
+  *         or injected channels
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular channel
+  *     @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single injected channel
+  *     @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular or injected channel
+  *     @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on  all regular channel
+  *     @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on  all injected channel
+  *     @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular and injected channels
+  *     @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog
+  * @retval None	  
+  */
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog));
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg = ADCx->CR1;
+  /* Clear AWDEN, AWDENJ and AWDSGL bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR1_AWDMode_Reset;
+  /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */
+  tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog;
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value.
+  *   This parameter must be a 12bit value.
+  * @param  LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value.
+  *   This parameter must be a 12bit value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold,
+                                        uint16_t LowThreshold)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold));
+  /* Set the ADCx high threshold */
+  ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold;
+  /* Set the ADCx low threshold */
+  ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected
+  *     @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel));
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg = ADCx->CR1;
+  /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR1_AWDCH_Reset;
+  /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */
+  tmpreg |= ADC_Channel;
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the temperature sensor.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/
+    ADC1->CR2 |= CR2_TSVREFE_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/
+    ADC1->CR2 &= CR2_TSVREFE_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag
+  * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG));
+  /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */
+  if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* ADC_FLAG is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* ADC_FLAG is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the ADCx's pending flags.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. 
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag
+  *     @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG));
+  /* Clear the selected ADC flags */
+  ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)ADC_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask
+  * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_IT(ADC_IT));
+  /* Get the ADC IT index */
+  itmask = ADC_IT >> 8;
+  /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */
+  enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & (uint8_t)ADC_IT) ;
+  /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */
+  if (((ADCx->SR & itmask) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+  {
+    /* ADC_IT is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* ADC_IT is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the ADC_IT status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the ADCx's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral.
+  * @param  ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask
+  *     @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT)
+{
+  uint8_t itmask = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT));
+  /* Get the ADC IT index */
+  itmask = (uint8_t)(ADC_IT >> 8);
+  /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */
+  ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)itmask;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_adc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_adc.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_ADC_H
+#define __STM32F10x_ADC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  ADC Init structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t ADC_Mode;                      /*!< Configures the ADC to operate in independent or
+                                               dual mode. 
+                                               This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_mode */
+
+  FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode;       /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in
+                                               Scan (multichannels) or Single (one channel) mode.
+                                               This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */
+
+  FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in
+                                               Continuous or Single mode.
+                                               This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
+
+  uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv;          /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog
+                                               to digital conversion of regular channels. This parameter
+                                               can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */
+
+  uint32_t ADC_DataAlign;                 /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right.
+                                               This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_data_align */
+
+  uint8_t ADC_NbrOfChannel;               /*!< Specifies the number of ADC channels that will be converted
+                                               using the sequencer for regular channel group.
+                                               This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */
+}ADC_InitTypeDef;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == ADC3))
+
+#define IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == ADC3))
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_Mode_Independent                       ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_Mode_RegInjecSimult                    ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define ADC_Mode_RegSimult_AlterTrig               ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_FastInterl            ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
+#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_SlowInterl            ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult                       ((uint32_t)0x00050000)
+#define ADC_Mode_RegSimult                         ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
+#define ADC_Mode_FastInterl                        ((uint32_t)0x00070000)
+#define ADC_Mode_SlowInterl                        ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define ADC_Mode_AlterTrig                         ((uint32_t)0x00090000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Independent) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_RegInjecSimult) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_FastInterl) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_SlowInterl) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_InjecSimult) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_RegSimult) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_FastInterl) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_SlowInterl) || \
+                           ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_AlterTrig))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1                ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2                ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2                ((uint32_t)0x00060000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO               ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4                ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11_TIM8_TRGO    ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3                ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None                  ((uint32_t)0x000E0000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
+
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1                ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3                ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1                ((uint32_t)0x00060000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO               ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1                ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3                ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+
+#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11_TIM8_TRGO) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1) || \
+                                  ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_data_align 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_DataAlign_Right                        ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define ADC_DataAlign_Left                         ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \
+                                  ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_channels 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_Channel_0                               ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define ADC_Channel_1                               ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define ADC_Channel_2                               ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define ADC_Channel_3                               ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define ADC_Channel_4                               ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define ADC_Channel_5                               ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define ADC_Channel_6                               ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define ADC_Channel_7                               ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define ADC_Channel_8                               ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define ADC_Channel_9                               ((uint8_t)0x09)
+#define ADC_Channel_10                              ((uint8_t)0x0A)
+#define ADC_Channel_11                              ((uint8_t)0x0B)
+#define ADC_Channel_12                              ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+#define ADC_Channel_13                              ((uint8_t)0x0D)
+#define ADC_Channel_14                              ((uint8_t)0x0E)
+#define ADC_Channel_15                              ((uint8_t)0x0F)
+#define ADC_Channel_16                              ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define ADC_Channel_17                              ((uint8_t)0x11)
+
+#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor                      ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16)
+#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint                         ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17)
+
+#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5                    ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5                    ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5                   ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5                   ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5                   ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5                   ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5                   ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5                  ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5) || \
+                                  ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5) || \
+                                  ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5) || \
+                                  ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5) || \
+                                  ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5) || \
+                                  ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5) || \
+                                  ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5) || \
+                                  ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO           ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1            ((uint32_t)0x00003000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4            ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO           ((uint32_t)0x00005000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
+
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO           ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4            ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None              ((uint32_t)0x00007000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
+
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3            ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2            ((uint32_t)0x00003000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4            ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO           ((uint32_t)0x00005000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4            ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
+
+#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO) || \
+                                        ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1                       ((uint8_t)0x14)
+#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2                       ((uint8_t)0x18)
+#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3                       ((uint8_t)0x1C)
+#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4                       ((uint8_t)0x20)
+#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \
+                                          ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \
+                                          ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \
+                                          ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable         ((uint32_t)0x00800200)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable       ((uint32_t)0x00400200)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable  ((uint32_t)0x00C00200)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable            ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable          ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable    ((uint32_t)0x00C00000)
+#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+
+#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \
+                                          ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \
+                                          ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \
+                                          ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \
+                                          ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \
+                                          ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \
+                                          ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_IT_EOC                                 ((uint16_t)0x0220)
+#define ADC_IT_AWD                                 ((uint16_t)0x0140)
+#define ADC_IT_JEOC                                ((uint16_t)0x0480)
+
+#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF81F) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+
+#define IS_ADC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || \
+                           ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define ADC_FLAG_AWD                               ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define ADC_FLAG_EOC                               ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC                              ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT                             ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define ADC_FLAG_STRT                              ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint8_t)0xE0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
+#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x10))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
+void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
+void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_ResetCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+FlagStatus ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+void ADC_SoftwareStartConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number);
+void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
+void ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+uint32_t ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(void);
+void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv);
+void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
+void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
+void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length);
+void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset);
+uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel);
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog);
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, uint16_t LowThreshold);
+void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel);
+void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG);
+void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG);
+ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
+void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_ADC_H */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_bkp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_bkp.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the BKP firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_bkp.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP 
+  * @brief BKP driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* ------------ BKP registers bit address in the alias region --------------- */
+#define BKP_OFFSET        (BKP_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CR Register ----*/
+
+/* Alias word address of TPAL bit */
+#define CR_OFFSET         (BKP_OFFSET + 0x30)
+#define TPAL_BitNumber    0x01
+#define CR_TPAL_BB        (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPAL_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of TPE bit */
+#define TPE_BitNumber     0x00
+#define CR_TPE_BB         (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPE_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of TPIE bit */
+#define CSR_OFFSET        (BKP_OFFSET + 0x34)
+#define TPIE_BitNumber    0x02
+#define CSR_TPIE_BB       (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPIE_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of TIF bit */
+#define TIF_BitNumber     0x09
+#define CSR_TIF_BB        (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TIF_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of TEF bit */
+#define TEF_BitNumber     0x08
+#define CSR_TEF_BB        (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TEF_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* ---------------------- BKP registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* RTCCR register bit mask */
+#define RTCCR_CAL_MASK    ((uint16_t)0xFF80)
+#define RTCCR_MASK        ((uint16_t)0xFC7F)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the BKP peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_DeInit(void)
+{
+  RCC_BackupResetCmd(ENABLE);
+  RCC_BackupResetCmd(DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the Tamper Pin active level.
+  * @param  BKP_TamperPinLevel: specifies the Tamper Pin active level.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg BKP_TamperPinLevel_High: Tamper pin active on high level
+  *     @arg BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low: Tamper pin active on low level
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig(uint16_t BKP_TamperPinLevel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_BKP_TAMPER_PIN_LEVEL(BKP_TamperPinLevel));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_TPAL_BB = BKP_TamperPinLevel;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Tamper Pin activation.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Tamper Pin activation.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_TamperPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_TPE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Tamper Pin Interrupt.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Tamper Pin Interrupt.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TPIE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Select the RTC output source to output on the Tamper pin.
+  * @param  BKP_RTCOutputSource: specifies the RTC output source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_None: no RTC output on the Tamper pin.
+  *     @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock: output the RTC clock with frequency
+  *                                          divided by 64 on the Tamper pin.
+  *     @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm: output the RTC Alarm pulse signal on
+  *                                     the Tamper pin.
+  *     @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second: output the RTC Second pulse signal on
+  *                                      the Tamper pin.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_RTCOutputConfig(uint16_t BKP_RTCOutputSource)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_BKP_RTC_OUTPUT_SOURCE(BKP_RTCOutputSource));
+  tmpreg = BKP->RTCCR;
+  /* Clear CCO, ASOE and ASOS bits */
+  tmpreg &= RTCCR_MASK;
+  
+  /* Set CCO, ASOE and ASOS bits according to BKP_RTCOutputSource value */
+  tmpreg |= BKP_RTCOutputSource;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  BKP->RTCCR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets RTC Clock Calibration value.
+  * @param  CalibrationValue: specifies the RTC Clock Calibration value.
+  *   This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x7F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue(uint8_t CalibrationValue)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_BKP_CALIBRATION_VALUE(CalibrationValue));
+  tmpreg = BKP->RTCCR;
+  /* Clear CAL[6:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= RTCCR_CAL_MASK;
+  /* Set CAL[6:0] bits according to CalibrationValue value */
+  tmpreg |= CalibrationValue;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  BKP->RTCCR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes user data to the specified Data Backup Register.
+  * @param  BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register.
+  *   This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42]
+  * @param  Data: data to write
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_WriteBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_BKP_DR(BKP_DR));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE; 
+  tmp += BKP_DR;
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads data from the specified Data Backup Register.
+  * @param  BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register.
+  *   This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42]
+  * @retval The content of the specified Data Backup Register
+  */
+uint16_t BKP_ReadBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_BKP_DR(BKP_DR));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE; 
+  tmp += BKP_DR;
+
+  return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the Tamper Pin Event flag is set or not.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval The new state of the Tamper Pin Event flag (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus BKP_GetFlagStatus(void)
+{
+  return (FlagStatus)(*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TEF_BB);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears Tamper Pin Event pending flag.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_ClearFlag(void)
+{
+  /* Set CTE bit to clear Tamper Pin Event flag */
+  BKP->CSR |= BKP_CSR_CTE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the Tamper Pin Interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval The new state of the Tamper Pin Interrupt (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus BKP_GetITStatus(void)
+{
+  return (ITStatus)(*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TIF_BB);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void BKP_ClearITPendingBit(void)
+{
+  /* Set CTI bit to clear Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit */
+  BKP->CSR |= BKP_CSR_CTI;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_bkp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_bkp.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the BKP firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_BKP_H
+#define __STM32F10x_BKP_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup BKP
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Tamper_Pin_active_level 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define BKP_TamperPinLevel_High           ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low            ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_BKP_TAMPER_PIN_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == BKP_TamperPinLevel_High) || \
+                                        ((LEVEL) == BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_output_source_to_output_on_the_Tamper_pin 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_None          ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock    ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm         ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second        ((uint16_t)0x0300)
+#define IS_BKP_RTC_OUTPUT_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == BKP_RTCOutputSource_None) || \
+                                          ((SOURCE) == BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock) || \
+                                          ((SOURCE) == BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm) || \
+                                          ((SOURCE) == BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Data_Backup_Register 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define BKP_DR1                           ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define BKP_DR2                           ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define BKP_DR3                           ((uint16_t)0x000C)
+#define BKP_DR4                           ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define BKP_DR5                           ((uint16_t)0x0014)
+#define BKP_DR6                           ((uint16_t)0x0018)
+#define BKP_DR7                           ((uint16_t)0x001C)
+#define BKP_DR8                           ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define BKP_DR9                           ((uint16_t)0x0024)
+#define BKP_DR10                          ((uint16_t)0x0028)
+#define BKP_DR11                          ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define BKP_DR12                          ((uint16_t)0x0044)
+#define BKP_DR13                          ((uint16_t)0x0048)
+#define BKP_DR14                          ((uint16_t)0x004C)
+#define BKP_DR15                          ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define BKP_DR16                          ((uint16_t)0x0054)
+#define BKP_DR17                          ((uint16_t)0x0058)
+#define BKP_DR18                          ((uint16_t)0x005C)
+#define BKP_DR19                          ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define BKP_DR20                          ((uint16_t)0x0064)
+#define BKP_DR21                          ((uint16_t)0x0068)
+#define BKP_DR22                          ((uint16_t)0x006C)
+#define BKP_DR23                          ((uint16_t)0x0070)
+#define BKP_DR24                          ((uint16_t)0x0074)
+#define BKP_DR25                          ((uint16_t)0x0078)
+#define BKP_DR26                          ((uint16_t)0x007C)
+#define BKP_DR27                          ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define BKP_DR28                          ((uint16_t)0x0084)
+#define BKP_DR29                          ((uint16_t)0x0088)
+#define BKP_DR30                          ((uint16_t)0x008C)
+#define BKP_DR31                          ((uint16_t)0x0090)
+#define BKP_DR32                          ((uint16_t)0x0094)
+#define BKP_DR33                          ((uint16_t)0x0098)
+#define BKP_DR34                          ((uint16_t)0x009C)
+#define BKP_DR35                          ((uint16_t)0x00A0)
+#define BKP_DR36                          ((uint16_t)0x00A4)
+#define BKP_DR37                          ((uint16_t)0x00A8)
+#define BKP_DR38                          ((uint16_t)0x00AC)
+#define BKP_DR39                          ((uint16_t)0x00B0)
+#define BKP_DR40                          ((uint16_t)0x00B4)
+#define BKP_DR41                          ((uint16_t)0x00B8)
+#define BKP_DR42                          ((uint16_t)0x00BC)
+
+#define IS_BKP_DR(DR) (((DR) == BKP_DR1)  || ((DR) == BKP_DR2)  || ((DR) == BKP_DR3)  || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR4)  || ((DR) == BKP_DR5)  || ((DR) == BKP_DR6)  || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR7)  || ((DR) == BKP_DR8)  || ((DR) == BKP_DR9)  || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR10) || ((DR) == BKP_DR11) || ((DR) == BKP_DR12) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR13) || ((DR) == BKP_DR14) || ((DR) == BKP_DR15) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR16) || ((DR) == BKP_DR17) || ((DR) == BKP_DR18) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR19) || ((DR) == BKP_DR20) || ((DR) == BKP_DR21) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR22) || ((DR) == BKP_DR23) || ((DR) == BKP_DR24) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR25) || ((DR) == BKP_DR26) || ((DR) == BKP_DR27) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR28) || ((DR) == BKP_DR29) || ((DR) == BKP_DR30) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR31) || ((DR) == BKP_DR32) || ((DR) == BKP_DR33) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR34) || ((DR) == BKP_DR35) || ((DR) == BKP_DR36) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR37) || ((DR) == BKP_DR38) || ((DR) == BKP_DR39) || \
+                       ((DR) == BKP_DR40) || ((DR) == BKP_DR41) || ((DR) == BKP_DR42))
+
+#define IS_BKP_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup BKP_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void BKP_DeInit(void);
+void BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig(uint16_t BKP_TamperPinLevel);
+void BKP_TamperPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void BKP_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
+void BKP_RTCOutputConfig(uint16_t BKP_RTCOutputSource);
+void BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue(uint8_t CalibrationValue);
+void BKP_WriteBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR, uint16_t Data);
+uint16_t BKP_ReadBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR);
+FlagStatus BKP_GetFlagStatus(void);
+void BKP_ClearFlag(void);
+ITStatus BKP_GetITStatus(void);
+void BKP_ClearITPendingBit(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_BKP_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_can.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1415 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_can.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the CAN firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_can.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN 
+  * @brief CAN driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* CAN Master Control Register bits */
+
+#define MCR_DBF      ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* software master reset */
+
+/* CAN Mailbox Transmit Request */
+#define TMIDxR_TXRQ  ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Transmit mailbox request */
+
+/* CAN Filter Master Register bits */
+#define FMR_FINIT    ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Filter init mode */
+
+/* Time out for INAK bit */
+#define INAK_TIMEOUT        ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF)
+/* Time out for SLAK bit */
+#define SLAK_TIMEOUT        ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF)
+
+
+
+/* Flags in TSR register */
+#define CAN_FLAGS_TSR              ((uint32_t)0x08000000) 
+/* Flags in RF1R register */
+#define CAN_FLAGS_RF1R             ((uint32_t)0x04000000) 
+/* Flags in RF0R register */
+#define CAN_FLAGS_RF0R             ((uint32_t)0x02000000) 
+/* Flags in MSR register */
+#define CAN_FLAGS_MSR              ((uint32_t)0x01000000) 
+/* Flags in ESR register */
+#define CAN_FLAGS_ESR              ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) 
+
+/* Mailboxes definition */
+#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_0                   ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_1                   ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_2                   ((uint8_t)0x02) 
+
+
+
+#define CAN_MODE_MASK              ((uint32_t) 0x00000003)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+ 
+  if (CANx == CAN1)
+  {
+    /* Enable CAN1 reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE);
+    /* Release CAN1 from reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else
+  {  
+    /* Enable CAN2 reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, ENABLE);
+    /* Release CAN2 from reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, DISABLE);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CAN_InitStruct.
+  * @param  CANx:           where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN 
+  *                         peripheral.
+  * @param  CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure that
+  *                         contains the configuration information for the 
+  *                         CAN peripheral.
+  * @retval Constant indicates initialization succeed which will be 
+  *         CAN_InitStatus_Failed or CAN_InitStatus_Success.
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint8_t InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed;
+  uint32_t wait_ack = 0x00000000;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler));
+
+  /* Exit from sleep mode */
+  CANx->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+
+  /* Request initialisation */
+  CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ;
+
+  /* Wait the acknowledge */
+  while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT))
+  {
+    wait_ack++;
+  }
+
+  /* Check acknowledge */
+  if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK)
+  {
+    InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    /* Set the time triggered communication mode */
+    if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM == ENABLE)
+    {
+      CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the automatic bus-off management */
+    if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM == ENABLE)
+    {
+      CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */
+    if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM == ENABLE)
+    {
+      CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the no automatic retransmission */
+    if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART == ENABLE)
+    {
+      CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */
+    if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM == ENABLE)
+    {
+      CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */
+    if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP == ENABLE)
+    {
+      CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the bit timing register */
+    CANx->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode << 30) | \
+                ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW << 24) | \
+                ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 << 16) | \
+                ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 << 20) | \
+               ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler - 1);
+
+    /* Request leave initialisation */
+    CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ;
+
+   /* Wait the acknowledge */
+   wait_ack = 0;
+
+   while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT))
+   {
+     wait_ack++;
+   }
+
+    /* ...and check acknowledged */
+    if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK)
+    {
+      InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Success ;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* At this step, return the status of initialization */
+  return InitStatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct.
+  * @param  CAN_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a CAN_FilterInitTypeDef
+  *                               structure that contains the configuration 
+  *                               information.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t filter_number_bit_pos = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation));
+
+  filter_number_bit_pos = ((uint32_t)1) << CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber;
+
+  /* Initialisation mode for the filter */
+  CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT;
+
+  /* Filter Deactivation */
+  CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos;
+
+  /* Filter Scale */
+  if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_16bit)
+  {
+    /* 16-bit scale for the filter */
+    CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos;
+
+    /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */
+    /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */
+    CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = 
+    ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) |
+        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow);
+
+    /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */
+    /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */
+    CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = 
+    ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) |
+        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh);
+  }
+
+  if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_32bit)
+  {
+    /* 32-bit scale for the filter */
+    CAN1->FS1R |= filter_number_bit_pos;
+    /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */
+    CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = 
+    ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh) << 16) |
+        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow);
+    /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */
+    CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = 
+    ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) |
+        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow);
+  }
+
+  /* Filter Mode */
+  if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask)
+  {
+    /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/
+    CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos;
+  }
+  else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */
+  {
+    /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/
+    CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos;
+  }
+
+  /* Filter FIFO assignment */
+  if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO0)
+  {
+    /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */
+    CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos;
+  }
+
+  if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO1)
+  {
+    /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */
+    CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos;
+  }
+  
+  /* Filter activation */
+  if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation == ENABLE)
+  {
+    CAN1->FA1R |= filter_number_bit_pos;
+  }
+
+  /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */
+  CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each CAN_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure which
+  *                         will be initialized.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset CAN init structure parameters values */
+  
+  /* Initialize the time triggered communication mode */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM = DISABLE;
+  
+  /* Initialize the automatic bus-off management */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM = DISABLE;
+  
+  /* Initialize the automatic wake-up mode */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM = DISABLE;
+  
+  /* Initialize the no automatic retransmission */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART = DISABLE;
+  
+  /* Initialize the receive FIFO locked mode */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM = DISABLE;
+  
+  /* Initialize the transmit FIFO priority */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP = DISABLE;
+  
+  /* Initialize the CAN_Mode member */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode = CAN_Mode_Normal;
+  
+  /* Initialize the CAN_SJW member */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW = CAN_SJW_1tq;
+  
+  /* Initialize the CAN_BS1 member */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 = CAN_BS1_4tq;
+  
+  /* Initialize the CAN_BS2 member */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 = CAN_BS2_3tq;
+  
+  /* Initialize the CAN_Prescaler member */
+  CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler = 1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Select the start bank filter for slave CAN.
+  * @note   This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  CAN_BankNumber: Select the start slave bank filter from 1..27.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber) 
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(CAN_BankNumber));
+  
+  /* Enter Initialisation mode for the filter */
+  CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT;
+  
+  /* Select the start slave bank */
+  CAN1->FMR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC0F1 ;
+  CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(CAN_BankNumber)<<8;
+  
+  /* Leave Initialisation mode for the filter */
+  CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the DBG Freeze for CAN.
+  * @param  CANx:     where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the CAN peripheral. This parameter can 
+  *                   be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable Debug Freeze  */
+    CANx->MCR |= MCR_DBF;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable Debug Freeze */
+    CANx->MCR &= ~MCR_DBF;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disabes the CAN Time TriggerOperation communication mode.
+  * @param  CANx:      where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState : Mode new state , can be one of @ref FunctionalState.
+  * @note   when enabled, Time stamp (TIME[15:0]) value is sent in the last 
+  *         two data bytes of the 8-byte message: TIME[7:0] in data byte 6 
+  *         and TIME[15:8] in data byte 7 
+  * @note   DLC must be programmed as 8 in order Time Stamp (2 bytes) to be 
+  *         sent over the CAN bus.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the TTCM mode */
+    CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM;
+
+    /* Set TGT bits */
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT0R_TGT);
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT1R_TGT);
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT2R_TGT);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the TTCM mode */
+    CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM);
+
+    /* Reset TGT bits */
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT0R_TGT);
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT1R_TGT);
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT2R_TGT);
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates the transmission of a message.
+  * @param  CANx:      where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  TxMessage: pointer to a structure which contains CAN Id, CAN
+  *                    DLC and CAN data.
+  * @retval The number of the mailbox that is used for transmission
+  *                    or CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox if there is no empty mailbox.
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage)
+{
+  uint8_t transmit_mailbox = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(TxMessage->IDE));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(TxMessage->RTR));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(TxMessage->DLC));
+
+  /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */
+  if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0)
+  {
+    transmit_mailbox = 0;
+  }
+  else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1)
+  {
+    transmit_mailbox = 1;
+  }
+  else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)
+  {
+    transmit_mailbox = 2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    transmit_mailbox = CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox;
+  }
+
+  if (transmit_mailbox != CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox)
+  {
+    /* Set up the Id */
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR &= TMIDxR_TXRQ;
+    if (TxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(TxMessage->StdId));  
+      CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->StdId << 21) | \
+                                                  TxMessage->RTR);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(TxMessage->ExtId));
+      CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->ExtId << 3) | \
+                                                  TxMessage->IDE | \
+                                                  TxMessage->RTR);
+    }
+    
+    /* Set up the DLC */
+    TxMessage->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F;
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0;
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR |= TxMessage->DLC;
+
+    /* Set up the data field */
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[3] << 24) | 
+                                             ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[2] << 16) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[1] << 8) | 
+                                             ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[0]));
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[7] << 24) | 
+                                             ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[6] << 16) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[5] << 8) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[4]));
+    /* Request transmission */
+    CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= TMIDxR_TXRQ;
+  }
+  return transmit_mailbox;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks the transmission of a message.
+  * @param  CANx:            where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the 
+  *                          CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  TransmitMailbox: the number of the mailbox that is used for 
+  *                          transmission.
+  * @retval CAN_TxStatus_Ok if the CAN driver transmits the message, CAN_TxStatus_Failed 
+  *         in an other case.
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox)
+{
+  uint32_t state = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TransmitMailbox));
+ 
+  switch (TransmitMailbox)
+  {
+    case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): 
+      state =   CANx->TSR &  (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0);
+      break;
+    case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): 
+      state =   CANx->TSR &  (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1);
+      break;
+    case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): 
+      state =   CANx->TSR &  (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2);
+      break;
+    default:
+      state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed;
+      break;
+  }
+  switch (state)
+  {
+      /* transmit pending  */
+    case (0x0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Pending;
+      break;
+      /* transmit failed  */
+     case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TME0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed;
+      break;
+     case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TME1): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed;
+      break;
+     case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TME2): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed;
+      break;
+      /* transmit succeeded  */
+    case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok;
+      break;
+    case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok;
+      break;
+    case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok;
+      break;
+    default: state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed;
+      break;
+  }
+  return (uint8_t) state;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Cancels a transmit request.
+  * @param  CANx:     where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. 
+  * @param  Mailbox:  Mailbox number.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(Mailbox));
+  /* abort transmission */
+  switch (Mailbox)
+  {
+    case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ0;
+      break;
+    case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ1;
+      break;
+    case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ2;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives a message.
+  * @param  CANx:       where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1.
+  * @param  RxMessage:  pointer to a structure receive message which contains 
+  *                     CAN Id, CAN DLC, CAN datas and FMI number.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber));
+  /* Get the Id */
+  RxMessage->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
+  if (RxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard)
+  {
+    RxMessage->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RxMessage->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3);
+  }
+  
+  RxMessage->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
+  /* Get the DLC */
+  RxMessage->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR;
+  /* Get the FMI */
+  RxMessage->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8);
+  /* Get the data field */
+  RxMessage->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR;
+  RxMessage->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8);
+  RxMessage->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16);
+  RxMessage->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24);
+  RxMessage->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR;
+  RxMessage->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8);
+  RxMessage->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16);
+  RxMessage->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24);
+  /* Release the FIFO */
+  /* Release FIFO0 */
+  if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
+  {
+    CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0;
+  }
+  /* Release FIFO1 */
+  else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */
+  {
+    CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Releases the specified FIFO.
+  * @param  CANx:       where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. 
+  * @param  FIFONumber: FIFO to release, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber));
+  /* Release FIFO0 */
+  if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
+  {
+    CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0;
+  }
+  /* Release FIFO1 */
+  else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */
+  {
+    CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the number of pending messages.
+  * @param  CANx:       where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1.
+  * @retval NbMessage : which is the number of pending message.
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber)
+{
+  uint8_t message_pending=0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber));
+  if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
+  {
+    message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF0R&(uint32_t)0x03);
+  }
+  else if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1)
+  {
+    message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF1R&(uint32_t)0x03);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    message_pending = 0;
+  }
+  return message_pending;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Select the CAN Operation mode.
+  * @param CAN_OperatingMode : CAN Operating Mode. This parameter can be one 
+  *                            of @ref CAN_OperatingMode_TypeDef enumeration.
+  * @retval status of the requested mode which can be 
+  *         - CAN_ModeStatus_Failed    CAN failed entering the specific mode 
+  *         - CAN_ModeStatus_Success   CAN Succeed entering the specific mode 
+
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode)
+{
+  uint8_t status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed;
+  
+  /* Timeout for INAK or also for SLAK bits*/
+  uint32_t timeout = INAK_TIMEOUT; 
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(CAN_OperatingMode));
+
+  if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization)
+  {
+    /* Request initialisation */
+    CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP)) | CAN_MCR_INRQ);
+
+    /* Wait the acknowledge */
+    while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (timeout != 0))
+    {
+      timeout--;
+    }
+    if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK)
+    {
+      status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success;
+    }
+  }
+  else  if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)
+  {
+    /* Request leave initialisation and sleep mode  and enter Normal mode */
+    CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(CAN_MCR_SLEEP|CAN_MCR_INRQ));
+
+    /* Wait the acknowledge */
+    while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) && (timeout!=0))
+    {
+      timeout--;
+    }
+    if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0)
+    {
+      status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success;
+    }
+  }
+  else  if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep)
+  {
+    /* Request Sleep mode */
+    CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+
+    /* Wait the acknowledge */
+    while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) && (timeout!=0))
+    {
+      timeout--;
+    }
+    if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK)
+    {
+      status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed;
+  }
+
+  return  (uint8_t) status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the low power mode.
+  * @param  CANx:   where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @retval status: CAN_Sleep_Ok if sleep entered, CAN_Sleep_Failed in an 
+  *                 other case.
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx)
+{
+  uint8_t sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Failed;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+    
+  /* Request Sleep mode */
+   CANx->MCR = (((CANx->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+   
+  /* Sleep mode status */
+  if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)
+  {
+    /* Sleep mode not entered */
+    sleepstatus =  CAN_Sleep_Ok;
+  }
+  /* return sleep mode status */
+   return (uint8_t)sleepstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wakes the CAN up.
+  * @param  CANx:    where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @retval status:  CAN_WakeUp_Ok if sleep mode left, CAN_WakeUp_Failed in an 
+  *                  other case.
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx)
+{
+  uint32_t wait_slak = SLAK_TIMEOUT;
+  uint8_t wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Failed;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+    
+  /* Wake up request */
+  CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP;
+    
+  /* Sleep mode status */
+  while(((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)&&(wait_slak!=0x00))
+  {
+   wait_slak--;
+  }
+  if((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK)
+  {
+   /* wake up done : Sleep mode exited */
+    wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Ok;
+  }
+  /* return wakeup status */
+  return (uint8_t)wakeupstatus;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the CANx's last error code (LEC).
+  * @param  CANx:          where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.  
+  * @retval CAN_ErrorCode: specifies the Error code : 
+  *                        - CAN_ERRORCODE_NoErr            No Error  
+  *                        - CAN_ERRORCODE_StuffErr         Stuff Error
+  *                        - CAN_ERRORCODE_FormErr          Form Error
+  *                        - CAN_ERRORCODE_ACKErr           Acknowledgment Error
+  *                        - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitRecessiveErr  Bit Recessive Error
+  *                        - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitDominantErr   Bit Dominant Error
+  *                        - CAN_ERRORCODE_CRCErr           CRC Error
+  *                        - CAN_ERRORCODE_SoftwareSetErr   Software Set Error  
+  */
+ 
+uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx)
+{
+  uint8_t errorcode=0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  
+  /* Get the error code*/
+  errorcode = (((uint8_t)CANx->ESR) & (uint8_t)CAN_ESR_LEC);
+  
+  /* Return the error code*/
+  return errorcode;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC).
+  * @note   In case of an error during reception, this counter is incremented 
+  *         by 1 or by 8 depending on the error condition as defined by the CAN 
+  *         standard. After every successful reception, the counter is 
+  *         decremented by 1 or reset to 120 if its value was higher than 128. 
+  *         When the counter value exceeds 127, the CAN controller enters the 
+  *         error passive state.  
+  * @param  CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.  
+  * @retval CAN Receive Error Counter. 
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx)
+{
+  uint8_t counter=0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  
+  /* Get the Receive Error Counter*/
+  counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_REC)>> 24);
+  
+  /* Return the Receive Error Counter*/
+  return counter;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC).
+  * @param  CANx:   where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.  
+  * @retval LSB of the 9-bit CAN Transmit Error Counter. 
+  */
+uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx)
+{
+  uint8_t counter=0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  
+  /* Get the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */
+  counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_TEC)>> 16);
+  
+  /* Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */
+  return counter;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified CANx interrupts.
+  * @param  CANx:   where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *                 This parameter can be: 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_TME, 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_FMP0, 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_FF0,
+  *                 - CAN_IT_FOV0, 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_FMP1, 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_FF1,
+  *                 - CAN_IT_FOV1, 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_EWG, 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_EPV,
+  *                 - CAN_IT_LEC, 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_ERR, 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_WKU or 
+  *                 - CAN_IT_SLK.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the CAN interrupts.
+  *                   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected CANx interrupt */
+    CANx->IER |= CAN_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected CANx interrupt */
+    CANx->IER &= ~CAN_IT;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified CAN flag is set or not.
+  * @param  CANx:     where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following flags: 
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_EWG
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_EPV 
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_BOF
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_RQCP0
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_RQCP1
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_RQCP2
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_FMP1   
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_FF1       
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_FOV1   
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_FMP0   
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_FF0       
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_FOV0   
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_WKU 
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_SLAK  
+  *                  - CAN_FLAG_LEC       
+  * @retval The new state of CAN_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(CAN_FLAG));
+  
+
+  if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_ESR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  { 
+    /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */
+    if ((CANx->ESR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is set */
+      bitstatus = SET;
+    }
+    else
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is reset */
+      bitstatus = RESET;
+    }
+  }
+  else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  { 
+    /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */
+    if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is set */
+      bitstatus = SET;
+    }
+    else
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is reset */
+      bitstatus = RESET;
+    }
+  }
+  else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  { 
+    /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */
+    if ((CANx->TSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is set */
+      bitstatus = SET;
+    }
+    else
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is reset */
+      bitstatus = RESET;
+    }
+  }
+  else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  { 
+    /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */
+    if ((CANx->RF0R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is set */
+      bitstatus = SET;
+    }
+    else
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is reset */
+      bitstatus = RESET;
+    }
+  }
+  else /* If(CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R != (uint32_t)RESET) */
+  { 
+    /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */
+    if ((uint32_t)(CANx->RF1R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is set */
+      bitstatus = SET;
+    }
+    else
+    { 
+      /* CAN_FLAG is reset */
+      bitstatus = RESET;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return the CAN_FLAG status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the CAN's pending flags.
+  * @param  CANx:     where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following flags: 
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_RQCP0
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_RQCP1
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_RQCP2
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_FF1       
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_FOV1   
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_FF0       
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_FOV0   
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_WKU   
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_SLAK    
+  *                    - CAN_FLAG_LEC       
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG)
+{
+  uint32_t flagtmp=0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(CAN_FLAG));
+  
+  if (CAN_FLAG == CAN_FLAG_LEC) /* ESR register */
+  {
+    /* Clear the selected CAN flags */
+    CANx->ESR = (uint32_t)RESET;
+  }
+  else /* MSR or TSR or RF0R or RF1R */
+  {
+    flagtmp = CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF;
+
+    if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R)!=(uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Receive Flags */
+      CANx->RF0R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp);
+    }
+    else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R)!=(uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Receive Flags */
+      CANx->RF1R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp);
+    }
+    else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Transmit Flags */
+      CANx->TSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp);
+    }
+    else /* If((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) */
+    {
+      /* Operating mode Flags */
+      CANx->MSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified CANx interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  CANx:    where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  CAN_IT:  specifies the CAN interrupt source to check.
+  *                  This parameter can be one of the following flags: 
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_TME               
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_FMP0              
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_FF0               
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_FOV0              
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_FMP1              
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_FF1               
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_FOV1              
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_WKU  
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_SLK  
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_EWG    
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_EPV    
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_BOF    
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_LEC    
+  *                 -  CAN_IT_ERR 
+  * @retval The current state of CAN_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus itstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT));
+  
+  /* check the enable interrupt bit */
+ if((CANx->IER & CAN_IT) != RESET)
+ {
+   /* in case the Interrupt is enabled, .... */
+    switch (CAN_IT)
+    {
+      case CAN_IT_TME:
+               /* Check CAN_TSR_RQCPx bits */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FMP0:
+               /* Check CAN_RF0R_FMP0 bit */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FMP0);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FF0:
+               /* Check CAN_RF0R_FULL0 bit */
+               itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FULL0);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FOV0:
+               /* Check CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 bit */
+               itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FOVR0);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FMP1:
+               /* Check CAN_RF1R_FMP1 bit */
+               itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FMP1);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FF1:
+               /* Check CAN_RF1R_FULL1 bit */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FULL1);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FOV1:
+               /* Check CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 bit */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FOVR1);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_WKU:
+               /* Check CAN_MSR_WKUI bit */
+               itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_WKUI);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_SLK:
+               /* Check CAN_MSR_SLAKI bit */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAKI);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_EWG:
+               /* Check CAN_ESR_EWGF bit */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EWGF);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_EPV:
+               /* Check CAN_ESR_EPVF bit */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EPVF);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_BOF:
+               /* Check CAN_ESR_BOFF bit */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_BOFF);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_LEC:
+               /* Check CAN_ESR_LEC bit */
+	             itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC);  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_ERR:
+               /* Check CAN_MSR_ERRI bit */ 
+               itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_ERRI); 
+	      break;
+      default :
+               /* in case of error, return RESET */
+              itstatus = RESET;
+              break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+   /* in case the Interrupt is not enabled, return RESET */
+    itstatus  = RESET;
+  }
+  
+  /* Return the CAN_IT status */
+  return  itstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the CANx's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  CANx:    where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral.
+  * @param  CAN_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_TME                     
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_FF0               
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_FOV0                     
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_FF1               
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_FOV1              
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_WKU  
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_SLK  
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_EWG    
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_EPV    
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_BOF    
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_LEC    
+  *                  -  CAN_IT_ERR 
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(CAN_IT));
+
+  switch (CAN_IT)
+  {
+      case CAN_IT_TME:
+              /* Clear CAN_TSR_RQCPx (rc_w1)*/
+	      CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2;  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FF0:
+              /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FULL0 (rc_w1)*/
+	      CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FULL0; 
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FOV0:
+              /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 (rc_w1)*/
+	      CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FOVR0; 
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FF1:
+              /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FULL1 (rc_w1)*/
+	      CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FULL1;  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_FOV1:
+              /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 (rc_w1)*/
+	      CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FOVR1; 
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_WKU:
+              /* Clear CAN_MSR_WKUI (rc_w1)*/
+	      CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_WKUI;  
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_SLK:
+              /* Clear CAN_MSR_SLAKI (rc_w1)*/ 
+	      CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_SLAKI;   
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_EWG:
+              /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */
+	      CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI;
+              /* Note : the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending 
+                        of the CAN Bus status*/ 
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_EPV:
+              /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */
+	      CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; 
+              /* Note : the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending 
+                        of the CAN Bus status*/
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_BOF:
+              /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ 
+	      CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; 
+              /* Note : the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending 
+                        of the CAN Bus status*/
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_LEC:
+              /*  Clear LEC bits */
+	      CANx->ESR = RESET; 
+              /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */
+	      CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; 
+	      break;
+      case CAN_IT_ERR:
+              /*Clear LEC bits */
+	      CANx->ESR = RESET; 
+              /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */
+	      CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; 
+	      /* Note : BOFF, EPVF and EWGF Flags are cleared by hardware depending 
+                  of the CAN Bus status*/
+	      break;
+      default :
+	      break;
+   }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the CAN interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  CAN_Reg: specifies the CAN interrupt register to check.
+  * @param  It_Bit:  specifies the interrupt source bit to check.
+  * @retval The new state of the CAN Interrupt (SET or RESET).
+  */
+static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit)
+{
+  ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET;
+  
+  if ((CAN_Reg & It_Bit) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* CAN_IT is set */
+    pendingbitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* CAN_IT is reset */
+    pendingbitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return pendingbitstatus;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_can.h

@@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_can.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CAN firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_CAN_H
+#define __STM32F10x_CAN_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CAN
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == CAN1) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == CAN2))
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  CAN init structure definition
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t CAN_Prescaler;   /*!< Specifies the length of a time quantum. 
+                                 It ranges from 1 to 1024. */
+  
+  uint8_t CAN_Mode;         /*!< Specifies the CAN operating mode.
+                                 This parameter can be a value of 
+                                @ref CAN_operating_mode */
+
+  uint8_t CAN_SJW;          /*!< Specifies the maximum number of time quanta 
+                                 the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or 
+                                 shorten a bit to perform resynchronization.
+                                 This parameter can be a value of 
+                                 @ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */
+
+  uint8_t CAN_BS1;          /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit 
+                                 Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of 
+                                 @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */
+
+  uint8_t CAN_BS2;          /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit 
+                                 Segment 2.
+                                 This parameter can be a value of 
+                                 @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */
+  
+  FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /*!< Enable or disable the time triggered 
+                                 communication mode. This parameter can be set 
+                                 either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
+  
+  FunctionalState CAN_ABOM;  /*!< Enable or disable the automatic bus-off 
+                                  management. This parameter can be set either 
+                                  to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
+
+  FunctionalState CAN_AWUM;  /*!< Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. 
+                                  This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or 
+                                  DISABLE. */
+
+  FunctionalState CAN_NART;  /*!< Enable or disable the no-automatic 
+                                  retransmission mode. This parameter can be 
+                                  set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
+
+  FunctionalState CAN_RFLM;  /*!< Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode.
+                                  This parameter can be set either to ENABLE 
+                                  or DISABLE. */
+
+  FunctionalState CAN_TXFP;  /*!< Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority.
+                                  This parameter can be set either to ENABLE 
+                                  or DISABLE. */
+} CAN_InitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  CAN filter init structure definition
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh;         /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit
+                                              configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration).
+                                              This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
+
+  uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow;          /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit
+                                              configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration).
+                                              This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
+
+  uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh;     /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number,
+                                              according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration,
+                                              first one for a 16-bit configuration).
+                                              This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
+
+  uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow;      /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number,
+                                              according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration,
+                                              second one for a 16-bit configuration).
+                                              This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
+
+  uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /*!< Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter.
+                                              This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */
+  
+  uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber;          /*!< Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */
+
+  uint8_t CAN_FilterMode;            /*!< Specifies the filter mode to be initialized.
+                                              This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */
+
+  uint8_t CAN_FilterScale;           /*!< Specifies the filter scale.
+                                              This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */
+
+  FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /*!< Enable or disable the filter.
+                                              This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
+} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  CAN Tx message structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t StdId;  /*!< Specifies the standard identifier.
+                        This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */
+
+  uint32_t ExtId;  /*!< Specifies the extended identifier.
+                        This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */
+
+  uint8_t IDE;     /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that 
+                        will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value 
+                        of @ref CAN_identifier_type */
+
+  uint8_t RTR;     /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the message that will 
+                        be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of 
+                        @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */
+
+  uint8_t DLC;     /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be 
+                        transmitted. This parameter can be a value between 
+                        0 to 8 */
+
+  uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0 
+                        to 0xFF. */
+} CanTxMsg;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  CAN Rx message structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t StdId;  /*!< Specifies the standard identifier.
+                        This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */
+
+  uint32_t ExtId;  /*!< Specifies the extended identifier.
+                        This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */
+
+  uint8_t IDE;     /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that 
+                        will be received. This parameter can be a value of 
+                        @ref CAN_identifier_type */
+
+  uint8_t RTR;     /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the received message.
+                        This parameter can be a value of 
+                        @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */
+
+  uint8_t DLC;     /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be received.
+                        This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */
+
+  uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to 
+                        0xFF. */
+
+  uint8_t FMI;     /*!< Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in 
+                        the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a 
+                        value between 0 to 0xFF */
+} CanRxMsg;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed              ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN initialization failed */
+#define CAN_InitStatus_Success             ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN initialization OK */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_Mode_Normal             ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< normal mode */
+#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack           ((uint8_t)0x01)  /*!< loopback mode */
+#define CAN_Mode_Silent             ((uint8_t)0x02)  /*!< silent mode */
+#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack    ((uint8_t)0x03)  /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */
+
+#define IS_CAN_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || \
+                           ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \
+                           ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || \
+                           ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @defgroup CAN_Operating_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */  
+#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization  ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Initialization mode */
+#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal          ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Normal mode */
+#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep           ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */
+
+
+#define IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\
+                                    ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \
+																		((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @defgroup CAN_Mode_Status
+  * @{
+  */  
+
+#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed    ((uint8_t)0x00)                /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */
+#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success   ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed)   /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_synchronisation_jump_width 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_SJW_1tq                 ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< 1 time quantum */
+#define CAN_SJW_2tq                 ((uint8_t)0x01)  /*!< 2 time quantum */
+#define CAN_SJW_3tq                 ((uint8_t)0x02)  /*!< 3 time quantum */
+#define CAN_SJW_4tq                 ((uint8_t)0x03)  /*!< 4 time quantum */
+
+#define IS_CAN_SJW(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SJW_1tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_2tq)|| \
+                         ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_3tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_4tq))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_BS1_1tq                 ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< 1 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_2tq                 ((uint8_t)0x01)  /*!< 2 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_3tq                 ((uint8_t)0x02)  /*!< 3 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_4tq                 ((uint8_t)0x03)  /*!< 4 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_5tq                 ((uint8_t)0x04)  /*!< 5 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_6tq                 ((uint8_t)0x05)  /*!< 6 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_7tq                 ((uint8_t)0x06)  /*!< 7 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_8tq                 ((uint8_t)0x07)  /*!< 8 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_9tq                 ((uint8_t)0x08)  /*!< 9 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_10tq                ((uint8_t)0x09)  /*!< 10 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_11tq                ((uint8_t)0x0A)  /*!< 11 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_12tq                ((uint8_t)0x0B)  /*!< 12 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_13tq                ((uint8_t)0x0C)  /*!< 13 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_14tq                ((uint8_t)0x0D)  /*!< 14 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_15tq                ((uint8_t)0x0E)  /*!< 15 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS1_16tq                ((uint8_t)0x0F)  /*!< 16 time quantum */
+
+#define IS_CAN_BS1(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BS1_16tq)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_BS2_1tq                 ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< 1 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS2_2tq                 ((uint8_t)0x01)  /*!< 2 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS2_3tq                 ((uint8_t)0x02)  /*!< 3 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS2_4tq                 ((uint8_t)0x03)  /*!< 4 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS2_5tq                 ((uint8_t)0x04)  /*!< 5 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS2_6tq                 ((uint8_t)0x05)  /*!< 6 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS2_7tq                 ((uint8_t)0x06)  /*!< 7 time quantum */
+#define CAN_BS2_8tq                 ((uint8_t)0x07)  /*!< 8 time quantum */
+
+#define IS_CAN_BS2(BS2) ((BS2) <= CAN_BS2_8tq)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_clock_prescaler 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 1024))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_filter_number 
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+  #define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 13)
+#else
+  #define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 27)
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_filter_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask       ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< identifier/mask mode */
+#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList       ((uint8_t)0x01)  /*!< identifier list mode */
+
+#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \
+                                  ((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_filter_scale 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit       ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Two 16-bit filters */
+#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit       ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< One 32-bit filter */
+
+#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) || \
+                                    ((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32bit))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_filter_FIFO
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0             ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */
+#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1             ((uint8_t)0x01)  /*!< Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */
+#define IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO0) || \
+                                  ((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO1))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Start_bank_filter_for_slave_CAN 
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(BANKNUMBER) (((BANKNUMBER) >= 1) && ((BANKNUMBER) <= 27))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Tx 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TRANSMITMAILBOX) ((TRANSMITMAILBOX) <= ((uint8_t)0x02))
+#define IS_CAN_STDID(STDID)   ((STDID) <= ((uint32_t)0x7FF))
+#define IS_CAN_EXTID(EXTID)   ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF))
+#define IS_CAN_DLC(DLC)       ((DLC) <= ((uint8_t)0x08))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_identifier_type 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_Id_Standard             ((uint32_t)0x00000000)  /*!< Standard Id */
+#define CAN_Id_Extended             ((uint32_t)0x00000004)  /*!< Extended Id */
+#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || \
+                               ((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_remote_transmission_request 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_RTR_Data                ((uint32_t)0x00000000)  /*!< Data frame */
+#define CAN_RTR_Remote              ((uint32_t)0x00000002)  /*!< Remote frame */
+#define IS_CAN_RTR(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_transmit_constants 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed         ((uint8_t)0x00)/*!< CAN transmission failed */
+#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok             ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */
+#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending        ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< CAN transmission pending */
+#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox      ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN cell did not provide an empty mailbox */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_FIFO0                 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */
+#define CAN_FIFO1                 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */
+
+#define IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO0) || ((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO1))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_Sleep_Failed     ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */
+#define CAN_Sleep_Ok         ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_wake_up_constants 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed        ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */
+#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok            ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @defgroup   CAN_Error_Code_constants
+  * @{
+  */  
+                                                                
+#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr           ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< No Error */ 
+#define	CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr        ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Stuff Error */ 
+#define	CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr         ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Form Error */ 
+#define	CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr          ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< Acknowledgment Error */ 
+#define	CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Bit Recessive Error */ 
+#define	CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr  ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Bit Dominant Error */ 
+#define	CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr          ((uint8_t)0x60) /*!< CRC Error  */ 
+#define	CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr  ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */ 
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_flags 
+  * @{
+  */
+/* If the flag is 0x3XXXXXXX, it means that it can be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus()
+   and CAN_ClearFlag() functions. */
+/* If the flag is 0x1XXXXXXX, it means that it can only be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus() function.  */
+
+/* Transmit Flags */
+#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0             ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */
+#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1             ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */
+#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2             ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */
+
+/* Receive Flags */
+#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0              ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /*!< FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */
+#define CAN_FLAG_FF0               ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /*!< FIFO 0 Full Flag            */
+#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0              ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /*!< FIFO 0 Overrun Flag         */
+#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1              ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /*!< FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */
+#define CAN_FLAG_FF1               ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /*!< FIFO 1 Full Flag            */
+#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1              ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /*!< FIFO 1 Overrun Flag         */
+
+/* Operating Mode Flags */
+#define CAN_FLAG_WKU               ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /*!< Wake up Flag */
+#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK              ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Flag */
+/* Note: When SLAK intterupt is disabled (SLKIE=0), no polling on SLAKI is possible. 
+         In this case the SLAK bit can be polled.*/
+
+/* Error Flags */
+#define CAN_FLAG_EWG               ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /*!< Error Warning Flag   */
+#define CAN_FLAG_EPV               ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /*!< Error Passive Flag   */
+#define CAN_FLAG_BOF               ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /*!< Bus-Off Flag         */
+#define CAN_FLAG_LEC               ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /*!< Last error code Flag */
+
+#define IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC)  || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF)   || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV)  || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG)   || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU)  || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0)  || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0)  || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP0)  || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1)   || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)|| ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK ))
+
+#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \
+                                ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)  || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \
+                                ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0)  || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) ||\
+                                ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || \
+                                ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+  
+/** @defgroup CAN_interrupts 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+  
+#define CAN_IT_TME                  ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/
+
+/* Receive Interrupts */
+#define CAN_IT_FMP0                 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_FF0                  ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_FOV0                 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_FMP1                 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_FF1                  ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_FOV1                 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/
+
+/* Operating Mode Interrupts */
+#define CAN_IT_WKU                  ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Wake-up Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_SLK                  ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/
+
+/* Error Interrupts */
+#define CAN_IT_EWG                  ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error warning Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_EPV                  ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Error passive Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_BOF                  ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bus-off Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_LEC                  ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Last error code Interrupt*/
+#define CAN_IT_ERR                  ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Error Interrupt*/
+
+/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */
+#define CAN_IT_RQCP0   CAN_IT_TME
+#define CAN_IT_RQCP1   CAN_IT_TME
+#define CAN_IT_RQCP2   CAN_IT_TME
+
+
+#define IS_CAN_IT(IT)        (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP0)  ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0)  || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)  ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1)   ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG)   ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV)  || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF)   ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC)  || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR)   ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU)  || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK))
+
+#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0)    ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1)    ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG)    ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF)    ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR)    ||\
+                             ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Legacy 
+  * @{
+  */
+#define CANINITFAILED               CAN_InitStatus_Failed
+#define CANINITOK                   CAN_InitStatus_Success
+#define CAN_FilterFIFO0             CAN_Filter_FIFO0
+#define CAN_FilterFIFO1             CAN_Filter_FIFO1
+#define CAN_ID_STD                  CAN_Id_Standard           
+#define CAN_ID_EXT                  CAN_Id_Extended
+#define CAN_RTR_DATA                CAN_RTR_Data         
+#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE              CAN_RTR_Remote
+#define CANTXFAILE                  CAN_TxStatus_Failed
+#define CANTXOK                     CAN_TxStatus_Ok
+#define CANTXPENDING                CAN_TxStatus_Pending
+#define CAN_NO_MB                   CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox
+#define CANSLEEPFAILED              CAN_Sleep_Failed
+#define CANSLEEPOK                  CAN_Sleep_Ok
+#define CANWAKEUPFAILED             CAN_WakeUp_Failed        
+#define CANWAKEUPOK                 CAN_WakeUp_Ok        
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/*  Function used to set the CAN configuration to the default reset state *****/ 
+void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
+
+/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ 
+uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct);
+void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct);
+void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct);
+void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber); 
+void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Transmit functions *********************************************************/
+uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage);
+uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox);
+void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox);
+
+/* Receive functions **********************************************************/
+void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage);
+void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber);
+uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber);
+
+
+/* Operation modes functions **************************************************/
+uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode);
+uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
+uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
+
+/* Error management functions *************************************************/
+uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
+uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
+uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
+
+/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
+void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG);
+void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG);
+ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT);
+void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_CAN_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_cec.c

@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_cec.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the CEC firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_cec.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC 
+  * @brief CEC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* ------------ CEC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define CEC_OFFSET                (CEC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CFGR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of PE bit */
+#define CFGR_OFFSET                 (CEC_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define PE_BitNumber                0x00
+#define CFGR_PE_BB                  (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (PE_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of IE bit */
+#define IE_BitNumber                0x01
+#define CFGR_IE_BB                  (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (IE_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of TSOM bit */
+#define CSR_OFFSET                  (CEC_OFFSET + 0x10)
+#define TSOM_BitNumber              0x00
+#define CSR_TSOM_BB                 (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TSOM_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of TEOM bit */
+#define TEOM_BitNumber              0x01
+#define CSR_TEOM_BB                 (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TEOM_BitNumber * 4))
+  
+#define CFGR_CLEAR_Mask            (uint8_t)(0xF3)        /* CFGR register Mask */
+#define FLAG_Mask                  ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF) /* CEC FLAG mask */
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the CEC peripheral registers to their default reset 
+  *         values.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Enable CEC reset state */
+  RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, ENABLE);  
+  /* Release CEC from reset state */
+  RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, DISABLE); 
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CEC peripheral according to the specified 
+  *         parameters in the CEC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  CEC_InitStruct: pointer to an CEC_InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the specified
+  *         CEC peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_TIMING_ERROR_MODE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitTimingMode)); 
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR_MODE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitPeriodMode));
+     
+  /*---------------------------- CEC CFGR Configuration -----------------*/
+  /* Get the CEC CFGR value */
+  tmpreg = CEC->CFGR;
+  
+  /* Clear BTEM and BPEM bits */
+  tmpreg &= CFGR_CLEAR_Mask;
+  
+  /* Configure CEC: Bit Timing Error and Bit Period Error */
+  tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitTimingMode | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitPeriodMode);
+
+  /* Write to CEC CFGR  register*/
+  CEC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified CEC peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the CEC peripheral. 
+  *     This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_PE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+
+  if(NewState == DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Wait until the PE bit is cleared by hardware (Idle Line detected) */
+    while((CEC->CFGR & CEC_CFGR_PE) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+    }  
+  }  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the CEC interrupt.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the CEC interrupt.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_IE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Defines the Own Address of the CEC device.
+  * @param  CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
+
+  /* Set the CEC own address */
+  CEC->OAR = CEC_OwnAddress;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the CEC prescaler value.
+  * @param  CEC_Prescaler: CEC prescaler new value
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_SetPrescaler(uint16_t CEC_Prescaler)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_PRESCALER(CEC_Prescaler));
+
+  /* Set the  Prescaler value*/
+  CEC->PRES = CEC_Prescaler;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits single data through the CEC peripheral.
+  * @param  Data: the data to transmit.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_SendDataByte(uint8_t Data)
+{  
+  /* Transmit Data */
+  CEC->TXD = Data ;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the most recent received data by the CEC peripheral.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval The received data.
+  */
+uint8_t CEC_ReceiveDataByte(void)
+{
+  /* Receive Data */
+  return (uint8_t)(CEC->RXD);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts a new message.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_StartOfMessage(void)
+{  
+  /* Starts of new message */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TSOM_BB = (uint32_t)0x1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits message with or without an EOM bit.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the CEC Tx End Of Message. 
+  *     This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_EndOfMessageCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{   
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  /* The data byte will be transmitted with or without an EOM bit*/
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TEOM_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the CEC flag status
+  * @param  CEC_FLAG: specifies the CEC flag to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_BTE: Bit Timing Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_BPE: Bit Period Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTFE: Rx Block Transfer Finished Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_SBE: Start Bit Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_ACKE: Block Acknowledge Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_LINE: Line Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTFE: Tx Block Transfer Finished Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_TEOM: Tx End Of Message 
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_TERR: Tx Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTRF: Tx Byte Transfer Request or Block Transfer Finished
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_RSOM: Rx Start Of Message
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_REOM: Rx End Of Message
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_RERR: Rx Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTF: Rx Byte/Block Transfer Finished
+  * @retval The new state of CEC_FLAG (SET or RESET)
+  */
+FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t CEC_FLAG) 
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t cecreg = 0, cecbase = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(CEC_FLAG));
+ 
+  /* Get the CEC peripheral base address */
+  cecbase = (uint32_t)(CEC_BASE);
+  
+  /* Read flag register index */
+  cecreg = CEC_FLAG >> 28;
+  
+  /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
+  CEC_FLAG &= FLAG_Mask;
+  
+  if(cecreg != 0)
+  {
+    /* Flag in CEC ESR Register */
+    CEC_FLAG = (uint32_t)(CEC_FLAG >> 16);
+    
+    /* Get the CEC ESR register address */
+    cecbase += 0xC;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the CEC CSR register address */
+    cecbase += 0x10;
+  }
+  
+  if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)cecbase) & CEC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* CEC_FLAG is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* CEC_FLAG is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  
+  /* Return the CEC_FLAG status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the CEC's pending flags.
+  * @param  CEC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. 
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_TERR: Tx Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTRF: Tx Byte Transfer Request or Block Transfer Finished
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_RSOM: Rx Start Of Message
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_REOM: Rx End Of Message
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_RERR: Rx Error
+  *     @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTF: Rx Byte/Block Transfer Finished
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG)
+{ 
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(CEC_FLAG));
+
+  tmp = CEC->CSR & 0x2;
+       
+  /* Clear the selected CEC flags */
+  CEC->CSR &= (uint32_t)(((~(uint32_t)CEC_FLAG) & 0xFFFFFFFC) | tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified CEC interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg CEC_IT_TERR: Tx Error
+  *     @arg CEC_IT_TBTF: Tx Block Transfer Finished
+  *     @arg CEC_IT_RERR: Rx Error
+  *     @arg CEC_IT_RBTF: Rx Block Transfer Finished
+  * @retval The new state of CEC_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint8_t CEC_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+   assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT));
+   
+  /* Get the CEC IT enable bit status */
+  enablestatus = (CEC->CFGR & (uint8_t)CEC_CFGR_IE) ;
+  
+  /* Check the status of the specified CEC interrupt */
+  if (((CEC->CSR & CEC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+  {
+    /* CEC_IT is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* CEC_IT is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the CEC_IT status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the CEC's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg CEC_IT_TERR: Tx Error
+  *     @arg CEC_IT_TBTF: Tx Block Transfer Finished
+  *     @arg CEC_IT_RERR: Rx Error
+  *     @arg CEC_IT_RBTF: Rx Block Transfer Finished
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT));
+  
+  tmp = CEC->CSR & 0x2;
+  
+  /* Clear the selected CEC interrupt pending bits */
+  CEC->CSR &= (uint32_t)(((~(uint32_t)CEC_IT) & 0xFFFFFFFC) | tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_cec.h

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_cec.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CEC firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_CEC_H
+#define __STM32F10x_CEC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CEC
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+   
+/** 
+  * @brief  CEC Init structure definition  
+  */ 
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t CEC_BitTimingMode; /*!< Configures the CEC Bit Timing Error Mode. 
+                               This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_BitTiming_Mode */
+  uint16_t CEC_BitPeriodMode; /*!< Configures the CEC Bit Period Error Mode. 
+                               This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_BitPeriod_Mode */
+}CEC_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+/** @defgroup CEC_BitTiming_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define CEC_BitTimingStdMode                    ((uint16_t)0x00) /*!< Bit timing error Standard Mode */
+#define CEC_BitTimingErrFreeMode                CEC_CFGR_BTEM   /*!< Bit timing error Free Mode */
+
+#define IS_CEC_BIT_TIMING_ERROR_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CEC_BitTimingStdMode) || \
+                                            ((MODE) == CEC_BitTimingErrFreeMode))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_BitPeriod_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define CEC_BitPeriodStdMode                    ((uint16_t)0x00) /*!< Bit period error Standard Mode */
+#define CEC_BitPeriodFlexibleMode                CEC_CFGR_BPEM   /*!< Bit period error Flexible Mode */
+
+#define IS_CEC_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CEC_BitPeriodStdMode) || \
+                                            ((MODE) == CEC_BitPeriodFlexibleMode))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_interrupts_definition 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define CEC_IT_TERR                              CEC_CSR_TERR
+#define CEC_IT_TBTRF                             CEC_CSR_TBTRF
+#define CEC_IT_RERR                              CEC_CSR_RERR
+#define CEC_IT_RBTF                              CEC_CSR_RBTF
+#define IS_CEC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CEC_IT_TERR) || ((IT) == CEC_IT_TBTRF) || \
+                           ((IT) == CEC_IT_RERR) || ((IT) == CEC_IT_RBTF))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Own_Address 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define IS_CEC_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) < 0x10)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Prescaler 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define IS_CEC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) ((PRESCALER) <= 0x3FFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_flags_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+   
+/** 
+  * @brief  ESR register flags  
+  */ 
+#define CEC_FLAG_BTE                            ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
+#define CEC_FLAG_BPE                            ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
+#define CEC_FLAG_RBTFE                          ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
+#define CEC_FLAG_SBE                            ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
+#define CEC_FLAG_ACKE                           ((uint32_t)0x10100000)
+#define CEC_FLAG_LINE                           ((uint32_t)0x10200000)
+#define CEC_FLAG_TBTFE                          ((uint32_t)0x10400000)
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  CSR register flags  
+  */ 
+#define CEC_FLAG_TEOM                           ((uint32_t)0x00000002)  
+#define CEC_FLAG_TERR                           ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define CEC_FLAG_TBTRF                          ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define CEC_FLAG_RSOM                           ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define CEC_FLAG_REOM                           ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define CEC_FLAG_RERR                           ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define CEC_FLAG_RBTF                           ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+
+#define IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF03) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
+                               
+#define IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_BTE) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_BPE) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RBTFE) || ((FLAG)== CEC_FLAG_SBE) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_ACKE) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_LINE) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TBTFE) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TEOM) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TERR) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TBTRF) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RSOM) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_REOM) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RERR) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RBTF))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */ 
+void CEC_DeInit(void);
+void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct);
+void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void CEC_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
+void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress);
+void CEC_SetPrescaler(uint16_t CEC_Prescaler);
+void CEC_SendDataByte(uint8_t Data);
+uint8_t CEC_ReceiveDataByte(void);
+void CEC_StartOfMessage(void);
+void CEC_EndOfMessageCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t CEC_FLAG);
+void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG);
+ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint8_t CEC_IT);
+void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_CEC_H */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the CRC firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_crc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC 
+  * @brief CRC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resets the CRC Data register (DR).
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CRC_ResetDR(void)
+{
+  /* Reset CRC generator */
+  CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit).
+  * @param  Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC
+  * @retval 32-bit CRC
+  */
+uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data)
+{
+  CRC->DR = Data;
+  
+  return (CRC->DR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit).
+  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed
+  * @param  BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed					
+  * @retval 32-bit CRC
+  */
+uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index = 0;
+  
+  for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
+  {
+    CRC->DR = pBuffer[index];
+  }
+  return (CRC->DR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the current CRC value.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval 32-bit CRC
+  */
+uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void)
+{
+  return (CRC->DR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register.
+  * @param  IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register 					
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue)
+{
+  CRC->IDR = IDValue;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register 
+  */
+uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void)
+{
+  return (CRC->IDR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_crc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_crc.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_CRC_H
+#define __STM32F10x_CRC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void CRC_ResetDR(void);
+uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data);
+uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void);
+void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue);
+uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_CRC_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_dac.c

@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_dac.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the DAC firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_dac.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC 
+  * @brief DAC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* CR register Mask */
+#define CR_CLEAR_MASK              ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE)
+
+/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */
+#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET            ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET          ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
+
+/* DHR registers offsets */
+#define DHR12R1_OFFSET             ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DHR12R2_OFFSET             ((uint32_t)0x00000014)
+#define DHR12RD_OFFSET             ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+
+/* DOR register offset */
+#define DOR_OFFSET                 ((uint32_t)0x0000002C)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Enable DAC reset state */
+  RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE);
+  /* Release DAC from reset state */
+  RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified 
+  *         parameters in the DAC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that
+  *        contains the configuration information for the specified DAC channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
+  /* Check the DAC parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/
+  /* Get the DAC CR value */
+  tmpreg1 = DAC->CR;
+  /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel);
+  /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, wave generation,
+     mask/amplitude for wave generation */
+  /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
+  /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */
+  /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ 
+  /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */   
+  tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration |
+             DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer);
+  /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
+  tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel;
+  /* Write to DAC CR */
+  DAC->CR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  DAC_InitStruct : pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will
+  *         be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+  /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */
+  DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None;
+  /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */
+  DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None;
+  /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */
+  DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0;
+  /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */
+  DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified DAC channel.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel */
+    DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected DAC channel */
+    DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel);
+  }
+}
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. 
+  *   This parameter can be the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask                      
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */ 
+void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)  
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); 
+
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */
+    DAC->CR |=  (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */
+    DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel));
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+    DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+    DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */
+    DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */
+    DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4));
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software
+  *   triggers.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */
+    DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */
+    DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  DAC_Wave: Specifies the wave type to enable or disable.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation
+  *     @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); 
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+    DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+    DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1.
+  * @param  DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data)
+{  
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; 
+  tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
+
+  /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2.
+  * @param  DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
+  tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
+
+  /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel
+  *   DAC.
+  * @param  DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data 
+  *   holding register.
+  * @param  Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data 
+  *   holding register.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1)
+{
+  uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
+  
+  /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
+  if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R)
+  {
+    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; 
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
+  }
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
+  tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
+
+  /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+  */
+uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ;
+  tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2);
+  
+  /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+  return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp);
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: thee selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be only of the following value:
+  *     @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag                                                 
+  * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG));
+
+  /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */
+  if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* DAC_FLAG is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DAC_FLAG is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the DAC channelx's pending flags.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. 
+  *   This parameter can be of the following value:
+  *     @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag                           
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG));
+
+  /* Clear the selected DAC flags */
+  DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask                       
+  * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT));
+
+  /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */
+  enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ;
+  
+  /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */
+  if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+  {
+    /* DAC_IT is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DAC_IT is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the DAC_IT status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the DAC channelx's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *     @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be the following values:
+  *     @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask                         
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); 
+
+  /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */
+  DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel);
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_dac.h

@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_dac.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_DAC_H
+#define __STM32F10x_DAC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  DAC Init structure definition
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t DAC_Trigger;                      /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel.
+                                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */
+
+  uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration;               /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves
+                                                  are generated, or whether no wave is generated.
+                                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */
+
+  uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or
+                                                  the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel. 
+                                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */
+
+  uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer;                 /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled.
+                                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */
+}DAC_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DAC_Trigger_None                   ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register 
+                                                                       has been loaded, and not by external trigger */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO                ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO                ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
+                                                                       only in High-density devices*/
+#define DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO                ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
+                                                                       only in Connectivity line, Medium-density and Low-density Value Line devices */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO                ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO                ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM5 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T15_TRGO               ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel 
+                                                                       only in Medium-density and Low-density Value Line devices*/
+#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO                ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO                ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9                ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
+#define DAC_Trigger_Software               ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */
+
+#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \
+                                 ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \
+                                 ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO) || \
+                                 ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \
+                                 ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO) || \
+                                 ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \
+                                 ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \
+                                 ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \
+                                 ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None            ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise           ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle        ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \
+                                    ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \
+                                    ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0                ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0             ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0            ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0            ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1            ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3            ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7            ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15           ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31           ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63           ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127          ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255          ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511          ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023         ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047         ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */
+#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095         ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */
+
+#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \
+                                                      ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable            ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable           ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \
+                                           ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DAC_Channel_1                      ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_Channel_2                      ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignment 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DAC_Align_12b_R                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DAC_Align_12b_L                    ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DAC_Align_8b_R                     ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \
+                             ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \
+                             ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DAC_Wave_Noise                     ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DAC_Wave_Triangle                  ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \
+                           ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_data 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0) 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL)  || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
+/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR                      ((uint32_t)0x00002000)  
+#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR)) 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR                    ((uint32_t)0x00002000)  
+#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR))  
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void DAC_DeInit(void);
+void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct);
+void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct);
+void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
+void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+#endif
+void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data);
+void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data);
+void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1);
+uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel);
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) 
+FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG);
+void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG);
+ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT);
+void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_DAC_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU 
+  * @brief DBGMCU driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK    ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device revision identifier.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval Device revision identifier
+  */
+uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void)
+{
+   return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device identifier.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+   return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the specified peripheral and low power mode behavior
+  *   when the MCU under Debug mode.
+  * @param  DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the peripheral and low power mode.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode              
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode               
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode            
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted           
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP: TIM5 counter stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted          
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted 
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP: TIM15 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP: TIM16 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP: TIM17 counter stopped when Core is halted                
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP: TIM9 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP: TIM10 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP: TIM11 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP: TIM12 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP: TIM13 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  *     @arg DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP: TIM14 counter stopped when Core is halted
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified peripheral in Debug mode.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU 
+  *          firmware library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_DBGMCU_H
+#define __STM32F10x_DBGMCU_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DBGMCU
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DBGMCU_SLEEP                 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define DBGMCU_STOP                  ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DBGMCU_STANDBY               ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT    ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT    ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP            ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP            ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP            ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP            ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP            ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP            ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP             ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP            ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP            ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
+                                              
+#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x800000F8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void);
+uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void);
+void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_DBGMCU_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,714 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the DMA firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_dma.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA 
+  * @brief DMA driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */
+#define DMA1_Channel1_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1))
+#define DMA1_Channel2_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2))
+#define DMA1_Channel3_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3))
+#define DMA1_Channel4_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4))
+#define DMA1_Channel5_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5))
+#define DMA1_Channel6_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF6 | DMA_ISR_TCIF6 | DMA_ISR_HTIF6 | DMA_ISR_TEIF6))
+#define DMA1_Channel7_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF7 | DMA_ISR_TCIF7 | DMA_ISR_HTIF7 | DMA_ISR_TEIF7))
+
+/* DMA2 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */
+#define DMA2_Channel1_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1))
+#define DMA2_Channel2_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2))
+#define DMA2_Channel3_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3))
+#define DMA2_Channel4_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4))
+#define DMA2_Channel5_IT_Mask    ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5))
+
+/* DMA2 FLAG mask */
+#define FLAG_Mask                ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+
+/* DMA registers Masks */
+#define CCR_CLEAR_Mask           ((uint32_t)0xFFFF800F)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset
+  *         values.
+  * @param  DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and
+  *   x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+  
+  /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR1_EN);
+  
+  /* Reset DMAy Channelx control register */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CCR  = 0;
+  
+  /* Reset DMAy Channelx remaining bytes register */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = 0;
+  
+  /* Reset DMAy Channelx peripheral address register */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CPAR  = 0;
+  
+  /* Reset DMAy Channelx memory address register */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = 0;
+  
+  if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel1)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel1 */
+    DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel1_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel2)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel2 */
+    DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel2_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel3)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel3 */
+    DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel3_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel4)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel4 */
+    DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel4_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel5)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel5 */
+    DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel5_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel6)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel6 */
+    DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel6_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel7)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel7 */
+    DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel7_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel1)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel1 */
+    DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel1_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel2)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel2 */
+    DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel2_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel3)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel3 */
+    DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel3_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel4)
+  {
+    /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel4 */
+    DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel4_IT_Mask;
+  }
+  else
+  { 
+    if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel5)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel5 */
+      DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel5_IT_Mask;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA_InitStruct.
+  * @param  DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and 
+  *   x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_DIR(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc));   
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M));
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CCR Configuration -----------------*/
+  /* Get the DMAy_Channelx CCR value */
+  tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CCR;
+  /* Clear MEM2MEM, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */
+  tmpreg &= CCR_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure DMAy Channelx: data transfer, data size, priority level and mode */
+  /* Set DIR bit according to DMA_DIR value */
+  /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */
+  /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */
+  /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */
+  /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */
+  /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */
+  /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */
+  /* Set the MEM2MEM bit according to DMA_M2M value */
+  tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode |
+            DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc |
+            DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize |
+            DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M;
+
+  /* Write to DMAy Channelx CCR */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CCR = tmpreg;
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/
+  /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize;
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CPAR Configuration ----------------*/
+  /* Write to DMAy Channelx CPAR */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr;
+
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CMAR Configuration ----------------*/
+  /* Write to DMAy Channelx CMAR */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct : pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will
+  *         be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+/*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ------------------*/
+  /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBaseAddr member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low;
+  /* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */
+  DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx.
+  * @param  DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and 
+  *   x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the DMAy Channelx. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected DMAy Channelx */
+    DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_CCR1_EN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */
+    DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR1_EN);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts.
+  * @param  DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and 
+  *   x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+  * @param  DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled
+  *   or disabled. 
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg DMA_IT_TC:  Transfer complete interrupt mask
+  *     @arg DMA_IT_HT:  Half transfer interrupt mask
+  *     @arg DMA_IT_TE:  Transfer error interrupt mask
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */
+    DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */
+    DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= ~DMA_IT;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer.
+  * @param  DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and 
+  *         x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+  * @param  DataNumber: The number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx
+  *         transfer.   
+  * @note   This function can only be used when the DMAy_Channelx is disabled.                 
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+  
+/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/
+  /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */
+  DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DataNumber;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the number of remaining data units in the current
+  *         DMAy Channelx transfer.
+  * @param  DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and 
+  *   x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
+  * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx
+  *         transfer.
+  */
+uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
+  /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Channelx */
+  return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not.
+  * @param  DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
+  * @retval The new state of DMAy_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG));
+
+  /* Calculate the used DMAy */
+  if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */
+    tmpreg = DMA2->ISR ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */
+    tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the status of the specified DMAy flag */
+  if ((tmpreg & DMAy_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* DMAy_FLAG is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMAy_FLAG is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  
+  /* Return the DMAy_FLAG status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags.
+  * @param  DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values:
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
+  *     @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG));
+
+  /* Calculate the used DMAy */
+  if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */
+    DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */
+    DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt source to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
+  * @retval The new state of DMAy_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMAy_IT));
+
+  /* Calculate the used DMA */
+  if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */
+    tmpreg = DMA2->ISR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */
+    tmpreg = DMA1->ISR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the status of the specified DMAy interrupt */
+  if ((tmpreg & DMAy_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* DMAy_IT is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMAy_IT is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the DMA_IT status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the DMAy Channelx's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values:
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
+  *     @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMAy_IT));
+
+  /* Calculate the used DMAy */
+  if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */
+    DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */
+    DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_IT;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_dma.h

@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_dma.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_DMA_H
+#define __STM32F10x_DMA_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  DMA Init structure definition
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Channelx. */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_MemoryBaseAddr;     /*!< Specifies the memory base address for DMAy Channelx. */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_DIR;                /*!< Specifies if the peripheral is the source or destination.
+                                        This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_BufferSize;         /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Channel. 
+                                        The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize
+                                        or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc;      /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register is incremented or not.
+                                        This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc;          /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register is incremented or not.
+                                        This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
+                                        This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize;     /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
+                                        This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_Mode;               /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx.
+                                        This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode.
+                                        @note: The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
+                                              data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_Priority;           /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx.
+                                        This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */
+
+  uint32_t DMA_M2M;                /*!< Specifies if the DMAy Channelx will be used in memory-to-memory transfer.
+                                        This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_to_memory */
+}DMA_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel1) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel2) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel3) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel4) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel5) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel6) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel7) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel1) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel2) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel3) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel4) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel5))
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST              ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC              ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST) || \
+                         ((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable           ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable          ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable) || \
+                                            ((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable               ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable              ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable) || \
+                                        ((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte        ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord    ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word        ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \
+                                           ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \
+                                           ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte            ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord        ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word            ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \
+                                       ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \
+                                       ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_Mode_Circular                  ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define DMA_Mode_Normal                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular) || ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh              ((uint32_t)0x00003000)
+#define DMA_Priority_High                  ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define DMA_Priority_Medium                ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DMA_Priority_Low                   ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh) || \
+                                   ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \
+                                   ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \
+                                   ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_memory_to_memory 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_M2M_Enable                     ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define DMA_M2M_Disable                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Enable) || ((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Disable))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define DMA_IT_TC                          ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DMA_IT_HT                          ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DMA_IT_TE                          ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFFF1) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+
+#define DMA1_IT_GL1                        ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC1                        ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT1                        ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE1                        ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL2                        ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC2                        ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT2                        ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE2                        ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL3                        ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC3                        ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT3                        ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE3                        ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL4                        ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC4                        ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT4                        ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE4                        ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL5                        ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC5                        ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT5                        ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE5                        ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL6                        ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC6                        ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT6                        ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE6                        ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define DMA1_IT_GL7                        ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TC7                        ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define DMA1_IT_HT7                        ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define DMA1_IT_TE7                        ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+
+#define DMA2_IT_GL1                        ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC1                        ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT1                        ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE1                        ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
+#define DMA2_IT_GL2                        ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC2                        ((uint32_t)0x10000020)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT2                        ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE2                        ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
+#define DMA2_IT_GL3                        ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC3                        ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT3                        ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE3                        ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
+#define DMA2_IT_GL4                        ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC4                        ((uint32_t)0x10002000)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT4                        ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE4                        ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
+#define DMA2_IT_GL5                        ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
+#define DMA2_IT_TC5                        ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
+#define DMA2_IT_HT5                        ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
+#define DMA2_IT_TE5                        ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
+
+#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((((IT) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((IT) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+
+#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC1) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE1) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC2) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE2) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC3) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE3) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC4) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE4) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC5) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE5) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC6) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE6) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC7) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE7) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC1) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE1) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC2) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE2) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC3) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE3) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC4) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE4) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC5) || \
+                           ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE5))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL1                      ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC1                      ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT1                      ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE1                      ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL2                      ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC2                      ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT2                      ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE2                      ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL3                      ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC3                      ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT3                      ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE3                      ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL4                      ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC4                      ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT4                      ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE4                      ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL5                      ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC5                      ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT5                      ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE5                      ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL6                      ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC6                      ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT6                      ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE6                      ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_GL7                      ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TC7                      ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_HT7                      ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define DMA1_FLAG_TE7                      ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL1                      ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC1                      ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT1                      ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE1                      ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL2                      ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC2                      ((uint32_t)0x10000020)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT2                      ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE2                      ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL3                      ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC3                      ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT3                      ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE3                      ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL4                      ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC4                      ((uint32_t)0x10002000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT4                      ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE4                      ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_GL5                      ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TC5                      ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_HT5                      ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
+#define DMA2_FLAG_TE5                      ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
+
+#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((((FLAG) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((FLAG) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
+
+#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC1) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE1) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC2) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE2) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC3) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE3) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC4) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE4) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC5) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE5) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC6) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE6) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC7) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE7) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC1) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE1) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC2) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE2) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC3) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE3) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC4) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE4) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC5) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE5))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Buffer_Size 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx);
+void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
+void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
+void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber); 
+uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx);
+FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG);
+void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG);
+ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT);
+void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_DMA_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_exti.c

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the EXTI firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_exti.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI 
+  * @brief EXTI driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define EXTI_LINENONE    ((uint32_t)0x00000)  /* No interrupt selected */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void EXTI_DeInit(void)
+{
+  EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000;
+  EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000;
+  EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; 
+  EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; 
+  EXTI->PR = 0x000FFFFF;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line));  
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
+     
+  if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+    EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+    EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+    
+    tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
+
+    *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+
+    /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+    EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+    EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+    
+    /* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */
+    if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)
+    {
+      /* Rising Falling edge */
+      EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+      EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
+      tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger;
+
+      *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
+
+    /* Disable the selected external lines */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will
+  *         be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generates a Software interrupt.
+  * @param  EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..19).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+  
+  EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
+  * @param  EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be:
+  *     @arg EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..19)
+  * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+  
+  if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
+  * @param  EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..19).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+  
+  EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
+  * @param  EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check.
+  *   This parameter can be:
+  *     @arg EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..19)
+  * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+  
+  enablestatus =  EXTI->IMR & EXTI_Line;
+  if (((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET))
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
+  * @param  EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..19).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
+  
+  EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_exti.h

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_exti.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_EXTI_H
+#define __STM32F10x_EXTI_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  EXTI mode enumeration  
+  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00,
+  EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04
+}EXTIMode_TypeDef;
+
+#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event))
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  EXTI Trigger enumeration  
+  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08,
+  EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C,  
+  EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10
+}EXTITrigger_TypeDef;
+
+#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \
+                                  ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \
+                                  ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling))
+/** 
+  * @brief  EXTI Init Structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t EXTI_Line;               /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
+                                         This parameter can be any combination of @ref EXTI_Lines */
+   
+  EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode;       /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */
+
+  EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */
+
+  FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd;     /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines.
+                                         This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ 
+}EXTI_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define EXTI_Line0       ((uint32_t)0x00001)  /*!< External interrupt line 0 */
+#define EXTI_Line1       ((uint32_t)0x00002)  /*!< External interrupt line 1 */
+#define EXTI_Line2       ((uint32_t)0x00004)  /*!< External interrupt line 2 */
+#define EXTI_Line3       ((uint32_t)0x00008)  /*!< External interrupt line 3 */
+#define EXTI_Line4       ((uint32_t)0x00010)  /*!< External interrupt line 4 */
+#define EXTI_Line5       ((uint32_t)0x00020)  /*!< External interrupt line 5 */
+#define EXTI_Line6       ((uint32_t)0x00040)  /*!< External interrupt line 6 */
+#define EXTI_Line7       ((uint32_t)0x00080)  /*!< External interrupt line 7 */
+#define EXTI_Line8       ((uint32_t)0x00100)  /*!< External interrupt line 8 */
+#define EXTI_Line9       ((uint32_t)0x00200)  /*!< External interrupt line 9 */
+#define EXTI_Line10      ((uint32_t)0x00400)  /*!< External interrupt line 10 */
+#define EXTI_Line11      ((uint32_t)0x00800)  /*!< External interrupt line 11 */
+#define EXTI_Line12      ((uint32_t)0x01000)  /*!< External interrupt line 12 */
+#define EXTI_Line13      ((uint32_t)0x02000)  /*!< External interrupt line 13 */
+#define EXTI_Line14      ((uint32_t)0x04000)  /*!< External interrupt line 14 */
+#define EXTI_Line15      ((uint32_t)0x08000)  /*!< External interrupt line 15 */
+#define EXTI_Line16      ((uint32_t)0x10000)  /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */
+#define EXTI_Line17      ((uint32_t)0x20000)  /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */
+#define EXTI_Line18      ((uint32_t)0x40000)  /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB Device/USB OTG FS
+                                                   Wakeup from suspend event */                                    
+#define EXTI_Line19      ((uint32_t)0x80000)  /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event */
+                                          
+#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0xFFF00000) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \
+                            ((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19))
+
+                    
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void EXTI_DeInit(void);
+void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
+void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
+void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_EXTI_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_flash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1684 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_flash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the FLASH firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_flash.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH 
+  * @brief FLASH driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* Flash Access Control Register bits */
+#define ACR_LATENCY_Mask         ((uint32_t)0x00000038)
+#define ACR_HLFCYA_Mask          ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF7)
+#define ACR_PRFTBE_Mask          ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFEF)
+
+/* Flash Access Control Register bits */
+#define ACR_PRFTBS_Mask          ((uint32_t)0x00000020) 
+
+/* Flash Control Register bits */
+#define CR_PG_Set                ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define CR_PG_Reset              ((uint32_t)0x00001FFE) 
+#define CR_PER_Set               ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define CR_PER_Reset             ((uint32_t)0x00001FFD)
+#define CR_MER_Set               ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define CR_MER_Reset             ((uint32_t)0x00001FFB)
+#define CR_OPTPG_Set             ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define CR_OPTPG_Reset           ((uint32_t)0x00001FEF)
+#define CR_OPTER_Set             ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define CR_OPTER_Reset           ((uint32_t)0x00001FDF)
+#define CR_STRT_Set              ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define CR_LOCK_Set              ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+
+/* FLASH Mask */
+#define RDPRT_Mask               ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define WRP0_Mask                ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
+#define WRP1_Mask                ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
+#define WRP2_Mask                ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000)
+#define WRP3_Mask                ((uint32_t)0xFF000000)
+#define OB_USER_BFB2             ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+
+/* FLASH Keys */
+#define RDP_Key                  ((uint16_t)0x00A5)
+#define FLASH_KEY1               ((uint32_t)0x45670123)
+#define FLASH_KEY2               ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89AB)
+
+/* FLASH BANK address */
+#define FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS   ((uint32_t)0x807FFFF)
+
+/* Delay definition */   
+#define EraseTimeout          ((uint32_t)0x000B0000)
+#define ProgramTimeout        ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+@code  
+ 
+ This driver provides functions to configure and program the Flash memory of all STM32F10x devices,
+ including the latest STM32F10x_XL density devices. 
+
+ STM32F10x_XL devices feature up to 1 Mbyte with dual bank architecture for read-while-write (RWW) capability:
+    - bank1: fixed size of 512 Kbytes (256 pages of 2Kbytes each)
+    - bank2: up to 512 Kbytes (up to 256 pages of 2Kbytes each)
+ While other STM32F10x devices features only one bank with memory up to 512 Kbytes.
+
+ In version V3.3.0, some functions were updated and new ones were added to support
+ STM32F10x_XL devices. Thus some functions manages all devices, while other are 
+ dedicated for XL devices only.
+ 
+ The table below presents the list of available functions depending on the used STM32F10x devices.  
+      
+   ***************************************************
+   * Legacy functions used for all STM32F10x devices *
+   ***************************************************
+   +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+   |       Functions prototypes         |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x|    Comments                                                    |
+   |                                    |   devices  |  devices      |                                                                |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_SetLatency                    |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd            |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd             |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_Unlock                        |    Yes     |      Yes      | - For STM32F10X_XL devices: unlock Bank1 and Bank2.            |
+   |                                    |            |               | - For other devices: unlock Bank1 and it is equivalent         |
+   |                                    |            |               |   to FLASH_UnlockBank1 function.                               |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_Lock                          |    Yes     |      Yes      | - For STM32F10X_XL devices: lock Bank1 and Bank2.              |
+   |                                    |            |               | - For other devices: lock Bank1 and it is equivalent           |
+   |                                    |            |               |   to FLASH_LockBank1 function.                                 |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_ErasePage                     |    Yes     |      Yes      | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: erase a page in Bank1 and Bank2    |
+   |                                    |            |               | - For other devices: erase a page in Bank1                     |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_EraseAllPages                 |    Yes     |      Yes      | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: erase all pages in Bank1 and Bank2 |
+   |                                    |            |               | - For other devices: erase all pages in Bank1                  |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_EraseOptionBytes              |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_ProgramWord                   |    Yes     |      Yes      | Updated to program up to 1MByte (depending on the used device) |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_ProgramHalfWord               |    Yes     |      Yes      | Updated to program up to 1MByte (depending on the used device) |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData         |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_EnableWriteProtection         |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_ReadOutProtection             |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig          |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_GetUserOptionByte             |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte  |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus    |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus       |    Yes     |      Yes      | No change                                                      |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_ITConfig                      |    Yes     |      Yes      | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: enable Bank1 and Bank2's interrupts|
+   |                                    |            |               | - For other devices: enable Bank1's interrupts                 |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_GetFlagStatus                 |    Yes     |      Yes      | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: return Bank1 and Bank2's flag status|
+   |                                    |            |               | - For other devices: return Bank1's flag status                |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_ClearFlag                     |    Yes     |      Yes      | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: clear Bank1 and Bank2's flag       |
+   |                                    |            |               | - For other devices: clear Bank1's flag                        |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_GetStatus                     |    Yes     |      Yes      | - Return the status of Bank1 (for all devices)                 |
+   |                                    |            |               |   equivalent to FLASH_GetBank1Status function                  |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_WaitForLastOperation          |    Yes     |      Yes      | - Wait for Bank1 last operation (for all devices)              |
+   |                                    |            |               |   equivalent to: FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation function      |
+   +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+   ************************************************************************************************************************
+   * New functions used for all STM32F10x devices to manage Bank1:                                                        *
+   *   - These functions are mainly useful for STM32F10x_XL density devices, to have separate control for Bank1 and bank2 *
+   *   - For other devices, these functions are optional (covered by functions listed above)                              *
+   ************************************************************************************************************************
+   +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+   |       Functions prototypes         |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x|    Comments                                                    |
+   |                                    |   devices  |  devices      |                                                                |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_UnlockBank1                  |    Yes     |      Yes      | - Unlock Bank1                                                 |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_LockBank1                     |    Yes     |      Yes      | - Lock Bank1                                                   |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages           |    Yes     |      Yes      | - Erase all pages in Bank1                                     |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_GetBank1Status               |    Yes     |      Yes      | - Return the status of Bank1                                   |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation    |    Yes     |      Yes      | - Wait for Bank1 last operation                                |
+   +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+   *****************************************************************************
+   * New Functions used only with STM32F10x_XL density devices to manage Bank2 *
+   *****************************************************************************
+   +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+   |       Functions prototypes         |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x|    Comments                                                    |
+   |                                    |   devices  |  devices      |                                                                |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_UnlockBank2                  |    Yes     |      No       | - Unlock Bank2                                                 |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   |FLASH_LockBank2                     |    Yes     |      No       | - Lock Bank2                                                   |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_EraseAllBank2Pages           |    Yes     |      No       | - Erase all pages in Bank2                                     |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_GetBank2Status               |    Yes     |      No       | - Return the status of Bank2                                   |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation    |    Yes     |      No       | - Wait for Bank2 last operation                                |
+   |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   | FLASH_BootConfig                   |    Yes     |      No       | - Configure to boot from Bank1 or Bank2                        |
+   +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+@endcode
+*/
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the code latency value.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle
+  *     @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle
+  *     @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency));
+  
+  /* Read the ACR register */
+  tmpreg = FLASH->ACR;  
+  
+  /* Sets the Latency value */
+  tmpreg &= ACR_LATENCY_Mask;
+  tmpreg |= FLASH_Latency;
+  
+  /* Write the ACR register */
+  FLASH->ACR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Half cycle flash access.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  FLASH_HalfCycleAccess: specifies the FLASH Half cycle Access mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable: FLASH Half Cycle Enable
+  *     @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable: FLASH Half Cycle Disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_HALFCYCLEACCESS_STATE(FLASH_HalfCycleAccess));
+  
+  /* Enable or disable the Half cycle access */
+  FLASH->ACR &= ACR_HLFCYA_Mask;
+  FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_HalfCycleAccess;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  FLASH_PrefetchBuffer: specifies the Prefetch buffer status.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Enable
+  *     @arg FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(uint32_t FLASH_PrefetchBuffer)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PREFETCHBUFFER_STATE(FLASH_PrefetchBuffer));
+  
+  /* Enable or disable the Prefetch Buffer */
+  FLASH->ACR &= ACR_PRFTBE_Mask;
+  FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_PrefetchBuffer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlocks the FLASH Program Erase Controller.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function unlocks Bank1 and Bank2.
+  *         - For all other devices it unlocks Bank1 and it is equivalent 
+  *           to FLASH_UnlockBank1 function.. 
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+  /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank1 Access */
+  FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+  FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank2 Access */
+  FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY1;
+  FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY2;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlocks the FLASH Bank1 Program Erase Controller.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function unlocks Bank1.
+  *         - For all other devices it unlocks Bank1 and it is 
+  *           equivalent to FLASH_Unlock function.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_UnlockBank1(void)
+{
+  /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank1 Access */
+  FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+  FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlocks the FLASH Bank2 Program Erase Controller.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F10X_XL density devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_UnlockBank2(void)
+{
+  /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank2 Access */
+  FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY1;
+  FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY2;
+
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks the FLASH Program Erase Controller.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function Locks Bank1 and Bank2.
+  *         - For all other devices it Locks Bank1 and it is equivalent 
+  *           to FLASH_LockBank1 function.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of  Bank1 */
+  FLASH->CR |= CR_LOCK_Set;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of  Bank2 */
+  FLASH->CR2 |= CR_LOCK_Set;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks the FLASH Bank1 Program Erase Controller.
+  * @note   this function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function Locks Bank1.
+  *         - For all other devices it Locks Bank1 and it is equivalent 
+  *           to FLASH_Lock function.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_LockBank1(void)
+{
+  /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of  Bank1 */
+  FLASH->CR |= CR_LOCK_Set;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks the FLASH Bank2 Program Erase Controller.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F10X_XL density devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_LockBank2(void)
+{
+  /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of  Bank2 */
+  FLASH->CR2 |= CR_LOCK_Set;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erases a specified FLASH page.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  Page_Address: The page address to be erased.
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Page_Address));
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  if(Page_Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS)  
+  {
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    { 
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */
+      FLASH->CR|= CR_PER_Set;
+      FLASH->AR = Page_Address; 
+      FLASH->CR|= CR_STRT_Set;
+    
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+      /* Disable the PER Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_PER_Reset;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    { 
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */
+      FLASH->CR2|= CR_PER_Set;
+      FLASH->AR2 = Page_Address; 
+      FLASH->CR2|= CR_STRT_Set;
+    
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+      
+      /* Disable the PER Bit */
+      FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PER_Reset;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  { 
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */
+    FLASH->CR|= CR_PER_Set;
+    FLASH->AR = Page_Address; 
+    FLASH->CR|= CR_STRT_Set;
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+    
+    /* Disable the PER Bit */
+    FLASH->CR &= CR_PER_Reset;
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+  /* Return the Erase Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erases all FLASH pages.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+     FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set;
+     FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+    
+    /* Disable the MER Bit */
+    FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset;
+  }    
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+     FLASH->CR2 |= CR_MER_Set;
+     FLASH->CR2 |= CR_STRT_Set;
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+    
+    /* Disable the MER Bit */
+    FLASH->CR2 &= CR_MER_Reset;
+  }
+#else
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+     FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set;
+     FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+
+    /* Disable the MER Bit */
+    FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset;
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+  /* Return the Erase Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erases all Bank1 FLASH pages.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function erases all Bank1 pages.
+  *         - For all other devices it erases all Bank1 pages and it is equivalent 
+  *           to FLASH_EraseAllPages function.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages(void)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+     FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set;
+     FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout);
+    
+    /* Disable the MER Bit */
+    FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset;
+  }    
+  /* Return the Erase Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+  * @brief  Erases all Bank2 FLASH pages.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Pages(void)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */
+     FLASH->CR2 |= CR_MER_Set;
+     FLASH->CR2 |= CR_STRT_Set;
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout);
+
+    /* Disable the MER Bit */
+    FLASH->CR2 &= CR_MER_Reset;
+  }    
+  /* Return the Erase Status */
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erases the FLASH option bytes.
+  * @note   This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP). 
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseOptionBytes(void)
+{
+  uint16_t rdptmp = RDP_Key;
+
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+
+  /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */ 
+  if(FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus() != RESET)
+  {
+    rdptmp = 0x00;  
+  }
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* Authorize the small information block programming */
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+    
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTER_Set;
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+    
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
+       
+      /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+      FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
+      /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */
+      OB->RDP = (uint16_t)rdptmp; 
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ 
+      if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+      {
+        /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+        FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+      {
+        /* Disable the OPTPG Bit */
+        FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+      }
+    }  
+  }
+  /* Return the erase status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Programs a word at a specified address.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. 
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  if(Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS - 2)
+  { 
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout); 
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first 
+        half word */
+      FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+  
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ 
+      if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+      {
+        /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second 
+        half word */
+        tmp = Address + 2;
+
+        *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
+    
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+        
+        /* Disable the PG Bit */
+        FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the PG Bit */
+        FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+       }
+    }
+  }
+  else if(Address == (FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS - 1))
+  {
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first 
+        half word */
+      FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+  
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
+
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+      
+	  /* Disable the PG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the PG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second 
+      half word */
+      FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set;
+      tmp = Address + 2;
+
+      *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
+    
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+        
+      /* Disable the PG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the PG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first 
+        half word */
+      FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set;
+  
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+ 
+      if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+      {
+        /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second 
+        half word */
+        tmp = Address + 2;
+
+        *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
+    
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+        
+        /* Disable the PG Bit */
+        FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the PG Bit */
+        FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first 
+    half word */
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+  
+    *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data;
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+ 
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second 
+      half word */
+      tmp = Address + 2;
+
+      *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16;
+    
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+        
+      /* Disable the PG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the PG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+    }
+  }         
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+   
+  /* Return the Program Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Programs a half word at a specified address.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. 
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+  
+  if(Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS)
+  {
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+      FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+  
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+      /* Disable the PG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+      FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set;
+  
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+      /* Disable the PG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set;
+  
+    *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+    
+    /* Disable the PG Bit */
+    FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset;
+  } 
+#endif  /* STM32F10X_XL */
+  
+  /* Return the Program Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+  *   This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. 
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. 
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* Authorize the small information block programming */
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+    /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; 
+    *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+    if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write protects the desired pages
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  FLASH_Pages: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected.
+  *   This parameter can be:
+  *     @arg For @b STM32_Low-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3 and FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to31  
+  *     @arg For @b STM32_Medium-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3
+  *       and FLASH_WRProt_Pages124to127
+  *     @arg For @b STM32_High-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and
+  *       FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to255
+  *     @arg For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and
+  *       FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to127    
+  *     @arg For @b STM32_XL-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and
+  *       FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to511
+  *     @arg FLASH_WRProt_AllPages
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EnableWriteProtection(uint32_t FLASH_Pages)
+{
+  uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF;
+  
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_WRPROT_PAGE(FLASH_Pages));
+  
+  FLASH_Pages = (uint32_t)(~FLASH_Pages);
+  WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(FLASH_Pages & WRP0_Mask);
+  WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP1_Mask) >> 8);
+  WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP2_Mask) >> 16);
+  WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP3_Mask) >> 24);
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* Authorizes the small information block programming */
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set;
+    if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF)
+    {
+      OB->WRP0 = WRP0_Data;
+      
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+    }
+    if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF))
+    {
+      OB->WRP1 = WRP1_Data;
+      
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+    }
+    if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF))
+    {
+      OB->WRP2 = WRP2_Data;
+      
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+    }
+    
+    if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE)&& (WRP3_Data != 0xFF))
+    {
+      OB->WRP3 = WRP3_Data;
+     
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+    }
+          
+    if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+    }
+  } 
+  /* Return the write protection operation Status */
+  return status;       
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the read out protection.
+  * @note   If the user has already programmed the other option bytes before calling 
+  *   this function, he must re-program them since this function erases all option bytes.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  Newstate: new state of the ReadOut Protection.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ReadOutProtection(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {
+    /* Authorizes the small information block programming */
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTER_Set;
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set;
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout);
+    if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+    {
+      /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
+      /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+      FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; 
+      if(NewState != DISABLE)
+      {
+        OB->RDP = 0x00;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        OB->RDP = RDP_Key;  
+      }
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); 
+    
+      if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+      {
+        /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+        FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+      }
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+      if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+      {
+        /* Disable the OPTER Bit */
+        FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return the protection operation Status */
+  return status;       
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected
+  *     @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected
+  * @param  OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP
+  *     @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP
+  * @param  OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
+  *     @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, 
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig(uint16_t OB_IWDG, uint16_t OB_STOP, uint16_t OB_STDBY)
+{
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; 
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY));
+
+  /* Authorize the small information block programming */
+  FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+  FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {  
+    /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; 
+           
+    OB->USER = OB_IWDG | (uint16_t)(OB_STOP | (uint16_t)(OB_STDBY | ((uint16_t)0xF8))); 
+  
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+    if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+    }
+  }    
+  /* Return the Option Byte program Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures to boot from Bank1 or Bank2.  
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+  * @param  FLASH_BOOT: select the FLASH Bank to boot from.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FLASH_BOOT_Bank1: At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash
+  *        position and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank1(Default).
+  *     @arg FLASH_BOOT_Bank2: At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash
+  *        position and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank2 or Bank1,
+  *        depending on the activation of the bank. The active banks are checked in
+  *        the following order: Bank2, followed by Bank1.
+  *        The active bank is recognized by the value programmed at the base address
+  *        of the respective bank (corresponding to the initial stack pointer value
+  *        in the interrupt vector table).
+  *        For more information, please refer to AN2606 from www.st.com.    
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, 
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_BootConfig(uint16_t FLASH_BOOT)
+{ 
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; 
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BOOT(FLASH_BOOT));
+  /* Authorize the small information block programming */
+  FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+  FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+  
+  if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
+  {  
+    /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+    FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; 
+
+    if(FLASH_BOOT == FLASH_BOOT_Bank1)
+    {
+      OB->USER |= OB_USER_BFB2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      OB->USER &= (uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)(OB_USER_BFB2));
+    }
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout);
+    if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset;
+    }
+  }    
+  /* Return the Option Byte program Status */
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values:IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1)
+  *         and RST_STDBY(Bit2).
+  */
+uint32_t FLASH_GetUserOptionByte(void)
+{
+  /* Return the User Option Byte */
+  return (uint32_t)(FLASH->OBR >> 2);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval The FLASH Write Protection  Option Bytes Register value
+  */
+uint32_t FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte(void)
+{
+  /* Return the Flash write protection Register value */
+  return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the FLASH Read Out Protection Status is set or not.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET)
+  */
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus(void)
+{
+  FlagStatus readoutstatus = RESET;
+  if ((FLASH->OBR & RDPRT_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    readoutstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    readoutstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return readoutstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the FLASH Prefetch Buffer status is set or not.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus(void)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  
+  if ((FLASH->ACR & ACR_PRFTBS_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the new state of FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET) */
+  return bitstatus; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices, enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts
+              for Bank1 and Bank2.
+  *         - For other devices it enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts for Bank1.
+  * @param  FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg FLASH_IT_ERROR: FLASH Error Interrupt
+  *     @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified Flash interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.      
+  * @retval None 
+  */
+void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); 
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  if((FLASH_IT & 0x80000000) != 0x0)
+  {
+    if(NewState != DISABLE)
+    {
+      /* Enable the interrupt sources */
+      FLASH->CR2 |= (FLASH_IT & 0x7FFFFFFF);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the interrupt sources */
+      FLASH->CR2 &= ~(uint32_t)(FLASH_IT & 0x7FFFFFFF);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if(NewState != DISABLE)
+    {
+      /* Enable the interrupt sources */
+      FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the interrupt sources */
+      FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); 
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  if(NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the interrupt sources */
+    FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the interrupt sources */
+    FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT;
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices, this function checks whether the specified 
+  *           Bank1 or Bank2 flag is set or not.
+  *         - For other devices, it checks whether the specified Bank1 flag is 
+  *           set or not.
+  * @param  FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag           
+  *     @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag       
+  *     @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag      
+  *     @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag           
+  *     @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR:  FLASH Option Byte error flag     
+  * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ;
+  if(FLASH_FLAG == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) 
+  {
+    if((FLASH->OBR & FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      bitstatus = SET;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      bitstatus = RESET;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if((FLASH_FLAG & 0x80000000) != 0x0)
+    {
+      if((FLASH->SR2 & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+      {
+        bitstatus = SET;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        bitstatus = RESET;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+      {
+        bitstatus = SET;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        bitstatus = RESET;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ;
+  if(FLASH_FLAG == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) 
+  {
+    if((FLASH->OBR & FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      bitstatus = SET;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      bitstatus = RESET;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+   if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      bitstatus = SET;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      bitstatus = RESET;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+  /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the FLASH's pending flags.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices, this function clears Bank1 or Bank2’s pending flags
+  *         - For other devices, it clears Bank1’s pending flags.
+  * @param  FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:         
+  *     @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag       
+  *     @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag      
+  *     @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag           
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
+{
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ;
+
+  if((FLASH_FLAG & 0x80000000) != 0x0)
+  {
+    /* Clear the flags */
+    FLASH->SR2 = FLASH_FLAG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear the flags */
+    FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG;
+  }  
+
+#else
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ;
+  
+  /* Clear the flags */
+  FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH Status.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, it is equivalent
+  *         to FLASH_GetBank1Status function.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void)
+{
+  FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  
+  if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) 
+  {
+    flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
+  }
+  else 
+  {  
+    if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) != 0)
+    { 
+      flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+      if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) != 0 )
+      {
+        flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return the Flash Status */
+  return flashstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH Bank1 Status.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, it is equivalent
+  *         to FLASH_GetStatus function.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank1Status(void)
+{
+  FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  
+  if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) 
+  {
+    flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
+  }
+  else 
+  {  
+    if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR) != 0)
+    { 
+      flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+      if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR) != 0 )
+      {
+        flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return the Flash Status */
+  return flashstatus;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH Bank2 Status.
+  * @note   This function can be used for STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *        FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank2Status(void)
+{
+  FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+  
+  if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF)) == (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF)) 
+  {
+    flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
+  }
+  else 
+  {  
+    if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_PGERR & 0x7FFFFFFF)) != 0)
+    { 
+      flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+      if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_WRPRTERR & 0x7FFFFFFF)) != 0 )
+      {
+        flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return the Flash Status */
+  return flashstatus;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, 
+  *         it is equivalent to FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation.
+  *         - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function waits for a Bank1 Flash operation
+  *           to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+  *         - For all other devices it waits for a Flash operation to complete 
+  *           or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+  * @param  Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{ 
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+   
+  /* Check for the Flash Status */
+  status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
+  /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */
+  while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00))
+  {
+    status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+  if(Timeout == 0x00 )
+  {
+    status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+  /* Return the operation status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits for a Flash operation on Bank1 to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+  * @note   This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, 
+  *         it is equivalent to FLASH_WaitForLastOperation.
+  * @param  Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{ 
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+   
+  /* Check for the Flash Status */
+  status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
+  /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */
+  while((status == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) && (Timeout != 0x00))
+  {
+    status = FLASH_GetBank1Status();
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+  if(Timeout == 0x00 )
+  {
+    status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+  /* Return the operation status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits for a Flash operation on Bank2 to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices.
+  * @param  Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout
+  * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  *         FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT.
+  */
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{ 
+  FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
+   
+  /* Check for the Flash Status */
+  status = FLASH_GetBank2Status();
+  /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */
+  while((status == (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF)) && (Timeout != 0x00))
+  {
+    status = FLASH_GetBank2Status();
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+  if(Timeout == 0x00 )
+  {
+    status = FLASH_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+  /* Return the operation status */
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_flash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_flash.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH 
+  *          firmware library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_FLASH_H
+#define __STM32F10x_FLASH_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  FLASH Status  
+  */
+
+typedef enum
+{ 
+  FLASH_BUSY = 1,
+  FLASH_ERROR_PG,
+  FLASH_ERROR_WRP,
+  FLASH_COMPLETE,
+  FLASH_TIMEOUT
+}FLASH_Status;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Flash_Latency 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FLASH_Latency_0                ((uint32_t)0x00000000)  /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
+#define FLASH_Latency_1                ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */
+#define FLASH_Latency_2                ((uint32_t)0x00000002)  /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */
+#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \
+                                   ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1) || \
+                                   ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_2))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Half_Cycle_Enable_Disable 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable   ((uint32_t)0x00000008)  /*!< FLASH Half Cycle Enable */
+#define FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable  ((uint32_t)0x00000000)  /*!< FLASH Half Cycle Disable */
+#define IS_FLASH_HALFCYCLEACCESS_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable) || \
+                                               ((STATE) == FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable)) 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Prefetch_Buffer_Enable_Disable 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable    ((uint32_t)0x00000010)  /*!< FLASH Prefetch Buffer Enable */
+#define FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable   ((uint32_t)0x00000000)  /*!< FLASH Prefetch Buffer Disable */
+#define IS_FLASH_PREFETCHBUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable) || \
+                                              ((STATE) == FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable)) 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Write_Protection 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Values to be used with STM32 Low and Medium density devices */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3         ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 0 to 3 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages4to7         ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 4 to 7 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages8to11        ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 8 to 11 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages12to15       ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 12 to 15 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages16to19       ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 16 to 19 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages20to23       ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 20 to 23 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages24to27       ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 24 to 27 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to31       ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 28 to 31 */
+
+/* Values to be used with STM32 Medium-density devices */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages32to35       ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 32 to 35 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages36to39       ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 36 to 39 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages40to43       ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 40 to 43 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages44to47       ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 44 to 47 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages48to51       ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 48 to 51 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages52to55       ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 52 to 55 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages56to59       ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 56 to 59 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to63       ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 60 to 63 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages64to67       ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 64 to 67 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages68to71       ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 68 to 71 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages72to75       ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 72 to 75 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages76to79       ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 76 to 79 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages80to83       ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 80 to 83 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages84to87       ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 84 to 87 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages88to91       ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 88 to 91 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages92to95       ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 92 to 95 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages96to99       ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 96 to 99 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages100to103     ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 100 to 103 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages104to107     ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 104 to 107 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages108to111     ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 108 to 111 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages112to115     ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 112 to 115 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages116to119     ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 115 to 119 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages120to123     ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 120 to 123 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages124to127     ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 124 to 127 */
+
+/* Values to be used with STM32 High-density and STM32F10X Connectivity line devices */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1         ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 0 to 1 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages2to3         ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 2 to 3 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages4to5         ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 4 to 5 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages6to7         ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 6 to 7 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages8to9         ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 8 to 9 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages10to11       ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 10 to 11 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages12to13       ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 12 to 13 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages14to15       ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 14 to 15 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages16to17       ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 16 to 17 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages18to19       ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 18 to 19 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages20to21       ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 20 to 21 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages22to23       ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 22 to 23 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages24to25       ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 24 to 25 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages26to27       ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 26 to 27 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to29       ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 28 to 29 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages30to31       ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 30 to 31 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages32to33       ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 32 to 33 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages34to35       ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 34 to 35 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages36to37       ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 36 to 37 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages38to39       ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 38 to 39 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages40to41       ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 40 to 41 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages42to43       ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 42 to 43 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages44to45       ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 44 to 45 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages46to47       ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 46 to 47 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages48to49       ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 48 to 49 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages50to51       ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 50 to 51 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages52to53       ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 52 to 53 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages54to55       ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 54 to 55 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages56to57       ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 56 to 57 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages58to59       ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 58 to 59 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61       ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
+                                                                   Write protection of page 60 to 61 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to127      ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< STM32 Connectivity line devices: Write protection of page 62 to 127 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to255      ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 62 to 255 */
+#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to511      ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< STM32 XL-density devices: Write protection of page 62 to 511 */
+
+#define FLASH_WRProt_AllPages          ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all Pages */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_WRPROT_PAGE(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x00000000))
+
+#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) < 0x080FFFFF))
+
+#define IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF804) || ((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF806))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_IWatchdog 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define OB_IWDG_SW                     ((uint16_t)0x0001)  /*!< Software IWDG selected */
+#define OB_IWDG_HW                     ((uint16_t)0x0000)  /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */
+#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define OB_STOP_NoRST                  ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */
+#define OB_STOP_RST                    ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */
+#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define OB_STDBY_NoRST                 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
+#define OB_STDBY_RST                   ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
+#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST))
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Boot
+  * @{
+  */
+#define FLASH_BOOT_Bank1  ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash position
+                                                  and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank1(Default) */
+#define FLASH_BOOT_Bank2  ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash position
+                                                  and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank 2 or Bank 1,
+                                                  depending on the activation of the bank */
+#define IS_FLASH_BOOT(BOOT) (((BOOT) == FLASH_BOOT_Bank1) || ((BOOT) == FLASH_BOOT_Bank2))
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts 
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+#define FLASH_IT_BANK2_ERROR                 ((uint32_t)0x80000400)  /*!< FPEC BANK2 error interrupt source */
+#define FLASH_IT_BANK2_EOP                   ((uint32_t)0x80001000)  /*!< End of FLASH BANK2 Operation Interrupt source */
+
+#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_ERROR                 FLASH_IT_ERROR          /*!< FPEC BANK1 error interrupt source */
+#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_EOP                   FLASH_IT_EOP            /*!< End of FLASH BANK1 Operation Interrupt source */
+
+#define FLASH_IT_ERROR                 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)  /*!< FPEC BANK1 error interrupt source */
+#define FLASH_IT_EOP                   ((uint32_t)0x00001000)  /*!< End of FLASH BANK1 Operation Interrupt source */
+#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0x7FFFEBFF) == 0x00000000) && (((IT) != 0x00000000)))
+#else
+#define FLASH_IT_ERROR                 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)  /*!< FPEC error interrupt source */
+#define FLASH_IT_EOP                   ((uint32_t)0x00001000)  /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */
+#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_ERROR           FLASH_IT_ERROR          /*!< FPEC BANK1 error interrupt source */
+#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_EOP             FLASH_IT_EOP            /*!< End of FLASH BANK1 Operation Interrupt source */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFEBFF) == 0x00000000) && (((IT) != 0x00000000)))
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags 
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY                 ((uint32_t)0x80000001)  /*!< FLASH BANK2 Busy flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_EOP                 ((uint32_t)0x80000020)  /*!< FLASH BANK2 End of Operation flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_PGERR               ((uint32_t)0x80000004)  /*!< FLASH BANK2 Program error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_WRPRTERR            ((uint32_t)0x80000010)  /*!< FLASH BANK2 Write protected error flag */
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY                 FLASH_FLAG_BSY       /*!< FLASH BANK1 Busy flag*/
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP                 FLASH_FLAG_EOP       /*!< FLASH BANK1 End of Operation flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR               FLASH_FLAG_PGERR     /*!< FLASH BANK1 Program error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR            FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR  /*!< FLASH BANK1 Write protected error flag */
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY                 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP                 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)  /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR               ((uint32_t)0x00000004)  /*!< FLASH Program error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR            ((uint32_t)0x00000010)  /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR              ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< FLASH Option Byte error flag */
+ 
+#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0x7FFFFFCA) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
+#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG)  (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) || \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR)|| \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP) || \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR) || \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_EOP) || \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_WRPRTERR))
+#else
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY                 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP                 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)  /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR               ((uint32_t)0x00000004)  /*!< FLASH Program error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR            ((uint32_t)0x00000010)  /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR              ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< FLASH Option Byte error flag */
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY                 FLASH_FLAG_BSY       /*!< FLASH BANK1 Busy flag*/
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP                 FLASH_FLAG_EOP       /*!< FLASH BANK1 End of Operation flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR               FLASH_FLAG_PGERR     /*!< FLASH BANK1 Program error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR            FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR  /*!< FLASH BANK1 Write protected error flag */
+ 
+#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFCA) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
+#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG)  (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) || \
+								  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP) || \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR) || \
+                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR))
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/*------------ Functions used for all STM32F10x devices -----*/
+void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency);
+void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess);
+void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(uint32_t FLASH_PrefetchBuffer);
+void FLASH_Unlock(void);
+void FLASH_Lock(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseOptionBytes(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EnableWriteProtection(uint32_t FLASH_Pages);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_ReadOutProtection(FunctionalState NewState);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig(uint16_t OB_IWDG, uint16_t OB_STOP, uint16_t OB_STDBY);
+uint32_t FLASH_GetUserOptionByte(void);
+uint32_t FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte(void);
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus(void);
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus(void);
+void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG);
+void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+
+/*------------ New function used for all STM32F10x devices -----*/
+void FLASH_UnlockBank1(void);
+void FLASH_LockBank1(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank1Status(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(uint32_t Timeout);
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
+/*---- New Functions used only with STM32F10x_XL density devices -----*/
+void FLASH_UnlockBank2(void);
+void FLASH_LockBank2(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Pages(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank2Status(void);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(uint32_t Timeout);
+FLASH_Status FLASH_BootConfig(uint16_t FLASH_BOOT);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_FLASH_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_fsmc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,866 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_fsmc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the FSMC firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_fsmc.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC 
+  * @brief FSMC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* --------------------- FSMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */
+
+/* FSMC BCRx Mask */
+#define BCR_MBKEN_Set                       ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define BCR_MBKEN_Reset                     ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE)
+#define BCR_FACCEN_Set                      ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+
+/* FSMC PCRx Mask */
+#define PCR_PBKEN_Set                       ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define PCR_PBKEN_Reset                     ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB)
+#define PCR_ECCEN_Set                       ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define PCR_ECCEN_Reset                     ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF)
+#define PCR_MemoryType_NAND                 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default 
+  *         reset values.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1  
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  
+  /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */
+  if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1)
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB;    
+  }
+  /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2,  FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */
+  else
+  {   
+    FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2; 
+  }
+  FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+  FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the FSMC NAND Banks registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  
+  if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+  {
+    /* Set the FSMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */
+    FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018;
+    FSMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040;
+    FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+    FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;  
+  }
+  /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */  
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the FSMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */
+    FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018;
+    FSMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040;
+    FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+    FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; 
+  }  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  None                       
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Set the FSMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */
+  FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018; 
+  FSMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000;	
+  FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct.
+  * @param  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef
+  *         structure that contains the configuration information for 
+  *        the FSMC NOR/SRAM specified Banks.                       
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst));  
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); 
+  
+  /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM control register configuration */ 
+  FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 
+            (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode |
+            FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst;
+
+  if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR)
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_Set;
+  }
+  
+  /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register configuration */
+  FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] = 
+            (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime |
+            (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) |
+            (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) |
+            (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) |
+            (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) |
+            (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) |
+             FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode;
+            
+    
+  /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
+  if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode));
+    FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 
+              (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime |
+              (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )|
+              (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) |
+              (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) |
+              (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) |
+               FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC NAND Banks according to the specified 
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NANDInitStruct.
+  * @param  FSMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef 
+  *         structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC 
+  *         NAND specified Banks.                       
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000; 
+    
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param( IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param( IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature));
+  assert_param( IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC));
+  assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize));
+  assert_param( IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param( IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
+  
+  /* Set the tmppcr value according to FSMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */
+  tmppcr = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature |
+            PCR_MemoryType_NAND |
+            FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth |
+            FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC |
+            FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize |
+            (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )|
+            (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13);
+            
+  /* Set tmppmem value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
+  tmppmem = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
+            (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
+            (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
+            (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); 
+            
+  /* Set tmppatt value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
+  tmppatt = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
+            (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
+            (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
+            (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
+  
+  if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+  {
+    /* FSMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */
+    FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr;
+    FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem;
+    FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */
+    FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr;
+    FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem;
+    FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified 
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct.
+  * @param  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef
+  *         structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC 
+  *         PCCARD Bank.                       
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime));
+ 
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
+  
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
+  
+  /* Set the PCR4 register value according to FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */
+  FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature |
+                     FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b |  
+                     (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) |
+                     (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13);
+            
+  /* Set PMEM4 register value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
+  FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
+                      (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
+                      (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
+                      (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); 
+            
+  /* Set PATT4 register value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
+  FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
+                      (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
+                      (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
+                      (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);	
+            
+  /* Set PIO4 register value according to FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
+  FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
+                     (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
+                     (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
+                     (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);             
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef 
+  *         structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct)
+{  
+  /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A; 
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each FSMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  FSMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef 
+  *         structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct)
+{ 
+  /* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank2_NAND;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC = FSMC_ECC_Disable;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize = FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;	  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef 
+  *         structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;	
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
+  FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1  
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */
+    FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */
+    FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */
+    if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */
+    if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank.  
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */
+    FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */
+    FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the FSMC NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the FSMC NAND ECC feature.  
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */
+    if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */
+    if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the error correction code register value.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
+  * @retval The Error Correction Code (ECC) value.
+  */
+uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000;
+  
+  if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+  {
+    /* Get the ECCR2 register value */
+    eccval = FSMC_Bank2->ECCR2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the ECCR3 register value */
+    eccval = FSMC_Bank3->ECCR3;
+  }
+  /* Return the error correction code value */
+  return(eccval);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified FSMC interrupts.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
+  * @param  FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. 
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified FSMC interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT));	
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */
+    if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FSMC_IT;
+    }
+    /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */
+    else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FSMC_IT;
+    }
+    /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */
+    else
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FSMC_IT;    
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */
+    if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+    {
+      
+      FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;
+    }
+    /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */
+    else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;
+    }
+    /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */
+    else
+    {
+      FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;    
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified FSMC flag is set or not.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
+  * @param  FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag.
+  *     @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag.
+  *     @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag.
+  *     @arg FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag. 
+  * @retval The new state of FSMC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG));
+  
+  if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+  {
+    tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2;
+  }  
+  else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
+  {
+    tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3;
+  }
+  /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/
+  else
+  {
+    tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4;
+  } 
+  
+  /* Get the flag status */
+  if ((tmpsr & FSMC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET )
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the flag status */
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the FSMC's pending flags.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
+  * @param  FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag.
+  *     @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag.
+  *     @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)) ;
+    
+  if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; 
+  }  
+  else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~FSMC_FLAG;
+  }
+  /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/
+  else
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~FSMC_FLAG;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified FSMC interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
+  * @param  FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. 
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. 
+  * @retval The new state of FSMC_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0, itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; 
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_IT(FSMC_IT));
+  
+  if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+  {
+    tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2;
+  }  
+  else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
+  {
+    tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3;
+  }
+  /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/
+  else
+  {
+    tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4;
+  } 
+  
+  itstatus = tmpsr & FSMC_IT;
+  
+  itenable = tmpsr & (FSMC_IT >> 3);
+  if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET)  && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET))
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the FSMC's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND 
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
+  *     @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
+  * @param  FSMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. 
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
+  *     @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT));
+    
+  if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); 
+  }  
+  else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3);
+  }
+  /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/
+  else
+  {
+    FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_fsmc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,733 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_fsmc.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FSMC firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_FSMC_H
+#define __STM32F10x_FSMC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t FSMC_AddressSetupTime;       /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+                                             the duration of the address setup time. 
+                                             This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
+                                             @note: It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_AddressHoldTime;        /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+                                             the duration of the address hold time.
+                                             This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. 
+                                             @note: It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_DataSetupTime;          /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+                                             the duration of the data setup time.
+                                             This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.
+                                             @note: It is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration;  /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
+                                             the duration of the bus turnaround.
+                                             This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
+                                             @note: It is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_CLKDivision;            /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles.
+                                             This parameter can be a value between 1 and 0xF.
+                                             @note: This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_DataLatency;            /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue
+                                             to the memory before getting the first data.
+                                             The value of this parameter depends on the memory type as shown below:
+                                              - It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM
+                                              - It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses
+                                              - It may assume a value between 0 and 0xF in NOR Flash memories
+                                                with synchronous burst mode enable */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_AccessMode;             /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode. 
+                                             This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Access_Mode */
+}FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  FSMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t FSMC_Bank;                /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_DataAddressMux;      /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are
+                                          multiplexed on the databus or not. 
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_MemoryType;          /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to
+                                          the corresponding memory bank.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Memory_Type */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth;     /*!< Specifies the external memory device width.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_BurstAccessMode;     /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory,
+                                          valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */
+                                       
+  uint32_t FSMC_AsynchronousWait;     /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers,
+                                          valid only with asynchronous Flash memories.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_AsynchronousWait */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity;  /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing
+                                          the Flash memory in burst mode.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_WrapMode;            /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash
+                                          memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wrap_Mode */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalActive;    /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one
+                                          clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state,
+                                          valid only when accessing memories in burst mode. 
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Timing */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_WriteOperation;      /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FSMC. 
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Operation */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignal;          /*!< Enables or disables the wait-state insertion via wait
+                                          signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode. 
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_ExtendedMode;        /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Extended_Mode */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_WriteBurst;          /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation.
+                                          This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Burst */ 
+
+  FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the  ExtendedMode is not used*/  
+
+  FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_WriteTimingStruct;     /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the  ExtendedMode is used*/      
+}FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  Timing parameters For FSMC NAND and PCCARD Banks
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t FSMC_SetupTime;      /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before
+                                     the command assertion for NAND-Flash read or write access
+                                     to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on
+                                     the memory space timing to be configured).
+                                     This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.*/
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_WaitSetupTime;  /*!< Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the
+                                     command for NAND-Flash read or write access to
+                                     common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the
+                                     memory space timing to be configured). 
+                                     This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_HoldSetupTime;  /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address
+                                     (and data for write access) after the command deassertion
+                                     for NAND-Flash read or write access to common/Attribute
+                                     or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing
+                                     to be configured).
+                                     This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_HiZSetupTime;   /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the
+                                     databus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND-Flash
+                                     write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending
+                                     on the memory space timing to be configured).
+                                     This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
+}FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  FSMC NAND Init structure definition
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t FSMC_Bank;              /*!< Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used.
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NAND_Bank */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature;      /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank.
+                                       This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth;  /*!< Specifies the external memory device width.
+                                       This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_ECC;              /*!< Enables or disables the ECC computation.
+                                       This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_ECCPageSize;      /*!< Defines the page size for the extended ECC.
+                                       This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC_Page_Size */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime;    /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
+                                       delay between CLE low and RE low.
+                                       This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime;     /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
+                                       delay between ALE low and RE low.
+                                       This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */ 
+
+  FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef*  FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct;   /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */ 
+
+  FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef*  FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */
+}FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  FSMC PCCARD Init structure definition
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature;    /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank.
+                                    This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime;  /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
+                                     delay between CLE low and RE low.
+                                     This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */
+
+  uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime;   /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
+                                     delay between ALE low and RE low.
+                                     This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */ 
+
+  
+  FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef*  FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */
+
+  FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef*  FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct;  /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */ 
+  
+  FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef*  FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC IO Space Timing */  
+}FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank 
+  * @{
+  */
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1                             ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2                             ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3                             ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4                             ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Bank 
+  * @{
+  */  
+#define FSMC_Bank2_NAND                                 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define FSMC_Bank3_NAND                                 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD_Bank 
+  * @{
+  */    
+#define FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD                               ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \
+                                    ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \
+                                    ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \
+                                    ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4))
+
+#define IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
+                                 ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND))
+
+#define IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
+                                    ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \
+                                    ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD))
+
+#define IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
+                               ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \
+                               ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD))
+
+/** @defgroup NOR_SRAM_Controller 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable                       ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable                        ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_FSMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \
+                          ((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Memory_Type 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM                            ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM                           ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define FSMC_MemoryType_NOR                             ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \
+                                ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \
+                                ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Width 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b                         ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b                        ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \
+                                     ((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000) 
+#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable                     ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \
+                                  ((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FSMC_AsynchronousWait 
+  * @{
+  */
+#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable                   ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable                    ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \
+                                 ((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low                     ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High                    ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \
+                                         ((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High)) 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wrap_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_WrapMode_Disable                           ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WrapMode_Enable                            ((uint32_t)0x00000400) 
+#define IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \
+                                 ((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Enable))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Timing 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState           ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState           ((uint32_t)0x00000800) 
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \
+                                            ((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Operation 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable                     ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable                      ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \
+                                            ((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable))
+                              
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable                         ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable                          ((uint32_t)0x00002000) 
+#define IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \
+                                      ((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Extended_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable                       ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable                        ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+
+#define IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \
+                                     ((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)) 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Burst 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable                         ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable                          ((uint32_t)0x00080000) 
+#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \
+                                    ((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Setup_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Hold_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Setup_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 0xFF))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_CLK_Division 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) ((DIV) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Latency 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 0xF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Access_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_A                               ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_B                               ((uint32_t)0x10000000) 
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_C                               ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define FSMC_AccessMode_D                               ((uint32_t)0x30000000)
+#define IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_A) || \
+                                   ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_B) || \
+                                   ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_C) || \
+                                   ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_D)) 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup NAND_PCCARD_Controller 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_feature 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable                        ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable                         ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FEATURE) (((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable) || \
+                                       ((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_ECC_Disable                                ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_ECC_Enable                                 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Disable) || \
+                                  ((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Enable))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC_Page_Size 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes                       ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes                       ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes                      ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes                      ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes                      ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes                      ((uint32_t)0x000A0000)
+#define IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes) || \
+                                    ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes) || \
+                                    ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes) || \
+                                    ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes) || \
+                                    ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes) || \
+                                    ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_TCLR_Setup_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_TAR_Setup_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Setup_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Setup_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Hold_Setup_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_HiZ_Setup_Time 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Interrupt_sources 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_IT_RisingEdge                              ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define FSMC_IT_Level                                   ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define FSMC_IT_FallingEdge                             ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define IS_FSMC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC7) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000))
+#define IS_FSMC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FSMC_IT_RisingEdge) || \
+                            ((IT) == FSMC_IT_Level) || \
+                            ((IT) == FSMC_IT_FallingEdge)) 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Flags 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge                            ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define FSMC_FLAG_Level                                 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge                           ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT                                 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge) || \
+                                ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_Level) || \
+                                ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge) || \
+                                ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
+
+#define IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
+void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
+void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct);
+void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct);
+void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct);
+void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
+void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
+void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
+void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG);
+void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG);
+ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT);
+void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_FSMC_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the GPIO firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO 
+  * @brief GPIO driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------------*/
+#define AFIO_OFFSET                 (AFIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- EVENTCR Register -----*/
+
+/* Alias word address of EVOE bit */
+#define EVCR_OFFSET                 (AFIO_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define EVOE_BitNumber              ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define EVCR_EVOE_BB                (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (EVCR_OFFSET * 32) + (EVOE_BitNumber * 4))
+
+
+/* ---  MAPR Register ---*/ 
+/* Alias word address of MII_RMII_SEL bit */ 
+#define MAPR_OFFSET                 (AFIO_OFFSET + 0x04) 
+#define MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber      ((u8)0x17) 
+#define MAPR_MII_RMII_SEL_BB        (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MAPR_OFFSET * 32) + (MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber * 4))
+
+
+#define EVCR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK     ((uint16_t)0xFF80)
+#define LSB_MASK                    ((uint16_t)0xFFFF)
+#define DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK        ((uint32_t)0x000F0000)
+#define DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK          ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF)
+#define DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK        ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK         ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  
+  if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE);
+  }    
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE);
+  } 
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
+    {
+      RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE);
+      RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the Alternate Functions (remap, event control
+  *   and EXTI configuration) registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_AFIODeInit(void)
+{
+  RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, ENABLE);
+  RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t currentmode = 0x00, currentpin = 0x00, pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, pinmask = 0x00;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin));  
+  
+/*---------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration -----------------------*/
+  currentmode = ((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((uint32_t)0x0F);
+  if ((((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((uint32_t)0x10)) != 0x00)
+  { 
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed));
+    /* Output mode */
+    currentmode |= (uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed;
+  }
+/*---------------------------- GPIO CRL Configuration ------------------------*/
+  /* Configure the eight low port pins */
+  if (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin & ((uint32_t)0x00FF)) != 0x00)
+  {
+    tmpreg = GPIOx->CRL;
+    for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++)
+    {
+      pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos;
+      /* Get the port pins position */
+      currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos;
+      if (currentpin == pos)
+      {
+        pos = pinpos << 2;
+        /* Clear the corresponding low control register bits */
+        pinmask = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << pos;
+        tmpreg &= ~pinmask;
+        /* Write the mode configuration in the corresponding bits */
+        tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos);
+        /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */
+        if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD)
+        {
+          GPIOx->BRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */
+          if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU)
+          {
+            GPIOx->BSRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    GPIOx->CRL = tmpreg;
+  }
+/*---------------------------- GPIO CRH Configuration ------------------------*/
+  /* Configure the eight high port pins */
+  if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin > 0x00FF)
+  {
+    tmpreg = GPIOx->CRH;
+    for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++)
+    {
+      pos = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
+      /* Get the port pins position */
+      currentpin = ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos);
+      if (currentpin == pos)
+      {
+        pos = pinpos << 2;
+        /* Clear the corresponding high control register bits */
+        pinmask = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << pos;
+        tmpreg &= ~pinmask;
+        /* Write the mode configuration in the corresponding bits */
+        tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos);
+        /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */
+        if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD)
+        {
+          GPIOx->BRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
+        }
+        /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */
+        if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU)
+        {
+          GPIOx->BSRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    GPIOx->CRH = tmpreg;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will
+  *         be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
+  GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin  = GPIO_Pin_All;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the specified input port pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin:  specifies the port bit to read.
+  *   This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The input port pin value.
+  */
+uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); 
+  
+  if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the specified GPIO input data port.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval GPIO input data port value.
+  */
+uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  
+  return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the specified output data port bit.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin:  specifies the port bit to read.
+  *   This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The output port pin value.
+  */
+uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); 
+  
+  if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the specified GPIO output data port.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval GPIO output data port value.
+  */
+uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+    
+  return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the selected data port bits.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  
+  GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the selected data port bits.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  
+  GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *   This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @param  BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values:
+  *     @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin
+  *     @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); 
+  
+  if (BitVal != Bit_RESET)
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes data to the specified GPIO data port.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data register.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  
+  GPIOx->ODR = PortVal;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  
+  tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKK bit */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Reset LCKK bit */
+  GPIOx->LCKR =  GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKK bit */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Read LCKK bit*/
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+  /* Read LCKK bit*/
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the GPIO pin used as Event output.
+  * @param  GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source
+  *   for Event output.
+  *   This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be (A..E).
+  * @param  GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Event output.
+  *   This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_EventOutputConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_EVENTOUT_PORT_SOURCE(GPIO_PortSource));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource));
+    
+  tmpreg = AFIO->EVCR;
+  /* Clear the PORT[6:4] and PIN[3:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= EVCR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK;
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)GPIO_PortSource << 0x04;
+  tmpreg |= GPIO_PinSource;
+  AFIO->EVCR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Event Output.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Event output.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_EventOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) EVCR_EVOE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Changes the mapping of the specified pin.
+  * @param  GPIO_Remap: selects the pin to remap.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_SPI1             : SPI1 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_I2C1             : I2C1 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_USART1           : USART1 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_USART2           : USART2 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3    : USART3 Partial Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_FullRemap_USART3       : USART3 Full Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1      : TIM1 Partial Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1         : TIM1 Full Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2     : TIM2 Partial1 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2     : TIM2 Partial2 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2         : TIM2 Full Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3      : TIM3 Partial Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3         : TIM3 Full Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM4             : TIM4 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap1_CAN1            : CAN1 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap2_CAN1            : CAN1 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_PD01             : PD01 Alternate Function mapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI      : LSI connected to TIM5 Channel4 input capture for calibration
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ     : ADC1 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG     : ADC1 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ     : ADC2 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG     : ADC2 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_ETH              : Ethernet remapping (only for Connectivity line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_CAN2             : CAN2 remapping (only for Connectivity line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST      : Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable  : JTAG-DP Disabled and SW-DP Enabled
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable      : Full SWJ Disabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_SPI3             : SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping (only for Connectivity line devices)
+  *                                        When the SPI3/I2S3 is remapped using this function, the SWJ is configured
+  *                                        to Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST.   
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF : Ethernet PTP output or USB OTG SOF (Start of Frame) connected
+  *                                        to TIM2 Internal Trigger 1 for calibration (only for Connectivity line devices)
+  *                                        If the GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF is enabled the TIM2 ITR1 is connected to 
+  *                                        Ethernet PTP output. When Reset TIM2 ITR1 is connected to USB OTG SOF output.    
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_PTP_PPS          : Ethernet MAC PPS_PTS output on PB05 (only for Connectivity line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM15            : TIM15 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM16            : TIM16 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM17            : TIM17 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_CEC              : CEC Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA         : TIM1 DMA requests mapping (only for Value line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM9             : TIM9 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM10            : TIM10 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM11            : TIM11 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM13            : TIM13 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM14            : TIM14 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_FSMC_NADV        : FSMC_NADV Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA    : TIM6/TIM7 and DAC DMA requests remapping (only for High density Value line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM12            : TIM12 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line devices)
+  *     @arg GPIO_Remap_MISC             : Miscellaneous Remap (DMA2 Channel5 Position and DAC Trigger remapping, 
+  *                                        only for High density Value line devices)     
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the port pin remapping.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(uint32_t GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x00, tmp1 = 0x00, tmpreg = 0x00, tmpmask = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_REMAP(GPIO_Remap));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));  
+  
+  if((GPIO_Remap & 0x80000000) == 0x80000000)
+  {
+    tmpreg = AFIO->MAPR2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmpreg = AFIO->MAPR;
+  }
+
+  tmpmask = (GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK) >> 0x10;
+  tmp = GPIO_Remap & LSB_MASK;
+
+  if ((GPIO_Remap & (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)) == (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK))
+  {
+    tmpreg &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
+    AFIO->MAPR &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
+  }
+  else if ((GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK) == DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)
+  {
+    tmp1 = ((uint32_t)0x03) << tmpmask;
+    tmpreg &= ~tmp1;
+    tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmpreg &= ~(tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10));
+    tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
+  }
+
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    tmpreg |= (tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10));
+  }
+
+  if((GPIO_Remap & 0x80000000) == 0x80000000)
+  {
+    AFIO->MAPR2 = tmpreg;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    AFIO->MAPR = tmpreg;
+  }  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line.
+  * @param  GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source for EXTI lines.
+  *   This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be (A..G).
+  * @param  GPIO_PinSource: specifies the EXTI line to be configured.
+  *   This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(GPIO_PortSource));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource));
+  
+  tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (uint8_t)0x03));
+  AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] &= ~tmp;
+  AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_PortSource) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (uint8_t)0x03)));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the Ethernet media interface.
+  * @note   This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.  
+  * @param  GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface: specifies the Media Interface mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII: MII mode
+  *     @arg GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII: RMII mode    
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void GPIO_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface) 
+{ 
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface)); 
+
+  /* Configure MII_RMII selection bit */ 
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) MAPR_MII_RMII_SEL_BB = GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface; 
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_gpio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_gpio.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO 
+  *          firmware library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_GPIO_H
+#define __STM32F10x_GPIO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \
+                                    ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \
+                                    ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \
+                                    ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \
+                                    ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \
+                                    ((PERIPH) == GPIOF) || \
+                                    ((PERIPH) == GPIOG))
+                                     
+/** 
+  * @brief  Output Maximum frequency selection  
+  */
+
+typedef enum
+{ 
+  GPIO_Speed_10MHz = 1,
+  GPIO_Speed_2MHz, 
+  GPIO_Speed_50MHz
+}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef;
+#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_10MHz) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_2MHz) || \
+                              ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_50MHz))
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  Configuration Mode enumeration  
+  */
+
+typedef enum
+{ GPIO_Mode_AIN = 0x0,
+  GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING = 0x04,
+  GPIO_Mode_IPD = 0x28,
+  GPIO_Mode_IPU = 0x48,
+  GPIO_Mode_Out_OD = 0x14,
+  GPIO_Mode_Out_PP = 0x10,
+  GPIO_Mode_AF_OD = 0x1C,
+  GPIO_Mode_AF_PP = 0x18
+}GPIOMode_TypeDef;
+
+#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AIN) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING) || \
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IPD) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IPU) || \
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_Out_OD) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_Out_PP) || \
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF_OD) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF_PP))
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  GPIO Init structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t GPIO_Pin;             /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
+                                      This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */
+
+  GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed;  /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */
+
+  GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode;    /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */
+}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
+
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  Bit_SET and Bit_RESET enumeration  
+  */
+
+typedef enum
+{ Bit_RESET = 0,
+  Bit_SET
+}BitAction;
+
+#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define GPIO_Pin_0                 ((uint16_t)0x0001)  /*!< Pin 0 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_1                 ((uint16_t)0x0002)  /*!< Pin 1 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_2                 ((uint16_t)0x0004)  /*!< Pin 2 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_3                 ((uint16_t)0x0008)  /*!< Pin 3 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_4                 ((uint16_t)0x0010)  /*!< Pin 4 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_5                 ((uint16_t)0x0020)  /*!< Pin 5 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_6                 ((uint16_t)0x0040)  /*!< Pin 6 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_7                 ((uint16_t)0x0080)  /*!< Pin 7 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_8                 ((uint16_t)0x0100)  /*!< Pin 8 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_9                 ((uint16_t)0x0200)  /*!< Pin 9 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_10                ((uint16_t)0x0400)  /*!< Pin 10 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_11                ((uint16_t)0x0800)  /*!< Pin 11 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_12                ((uint16_t)0x1000)  /*!< Pin 12 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_13                ((uint16_t)0x2000)  /*!< Pin 13 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_14                ((uint16_t)0x4000)  /*!< Pin 14 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_15                ((uint16_t)0x8000)  /*!< Pin 15 selected */
+#define GPIO_Pin_All               ((uint16_t)0xFFFF)  /*!< All pins selected */
+
+#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((((PIN) & (uint16_t)0x00) == 0x00) && ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \
+                              ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Remap_define 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define GPIO_Remap_SPI1             ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< SPI1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_I2C1             ((uint32_t)0x00000002)  /*!< I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_USART1           ((uint32_t)0x00000004)  /*!< USART1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_USART2           ((uint32_t)0x00000008)  /*!< USART2 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3    ((uint32_t)0x00140010)  /*!< USART3 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_FullRemap_USART3       ((uint32_t)0x00140030)  /*!< USART3 Full Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1      ((uint32_t)0x00160040)  /*!< TIM1 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1         ((uint32_t)0x001600C0)  /*!< TIM1 Full Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2     ((uint32_t)0x00180100)  /*!< TIM2 Partial1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2     ((uint32_t)0x00180200)  /*!< TIM2 Partial2 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2         ((uint32_t)0x00180300)  /*!< TIM2 Full Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3      ((uint32_t)0x001A0800)  /*!< TIM3 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3         ((uint32_t)0x001A0C00)  /*!< TIM3 Full Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM4             ((uint32_t)0x00001000)  /*!< TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap1_CAN1            ((uint32_t)0x001D4000)  /*!< CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap2_CAN1            ((uint32_t)0x001D6000)  /*!< CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_PD01             ((uint32_t)0x00008000)  /*!< PD01 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI      ((uint32_t)0x00200001)  /*!< LSI connected to TIM5 Channel4 input capture for calibration */
+#define GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ     ((uint32_t)0x00200002)  /*!< ADC1 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG     ((uint32_t)0x00200004)  /*!< ADC1 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ     ((uint32_t)0x00200008)  /*!< ADC2 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG     ((uint32_t)0x00200010)  /*!< ADC2 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping */
+#define GPIO_Remap_ETH              ((uint32_t)0x00200020)  /*!< Ethernet remapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_CAN2             ((uint32_t)0x00200040)  /*!< CAN2 remapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST      ((uint32_t)0x00300100)  /*!< Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST */
+#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable  ((uint32_t)0x00300200)  /*!< JTAG-DP Disabled and SW-DP Enabled */
+#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable      ((uint32_t)0x00300400)  /*!< Full SWJ Disabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_SPI3             ((uint32_t)0x00201100)  /*!< SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF ((uint32_t)0x00202000)  /*!< Ethernet PTP output or USB OTG SOF (Start of Frame) connected
+                                                                 to TIM2 Internal Trigger 1 for calibration
+                                                                 (only for Connectivity line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_PTP_PPS          ((uint32_t)0x00204000)  /*!< Ethernet MAC PPS_PTS output on PB05 (only for Connectivity line devices) */
+
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM15            ((uint32_t)0x80000001)  /*!< TIM15 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM16            ((uint32_t)0x80000002)  /*!< TIM16 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM17            ((uint32_t)0x80000004)  /*!< TIM17 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_CEC              ((uint32_t)0x80000008)  /*!< CEC Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA         ((uint32_t)0x80000010)  /*!< TIM1 DMA requests mapping (only for Value line devices) */
+
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM9             ((uint32_t)0x80000020)  /*!< TIM9 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM10            ((uint32_t)0x80000040)  /*!< TIM10 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM11            ((uint32_t)0x80000080)  /*!< TIM11 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM13            ((uint32_t)0x80000100)  /*!< TIM13 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM14            ((uint32_t)0x80000200)  /*!< TIM14 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_FSMC_NADV        ((uint32_t)0x80000400)  /*!< FSMC_NADV Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) */
+
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA    ((uint32_t)0x80000800)  /*!< TIM6/TIM7 and DAC DMA requests remapping (only for High density Value line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_TIM12            ((uint32_t)0x80001000)  /*!< TIM12 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line devices) */
+#define GPIO_Remap_MISC             ((uint32_t)0x80002000)  /*!< Miscellaneous Remap (DMA2 Channel5 Position and DAC Trigger remapping, 
+                                                                 only for High density Value line devices) */                                                       
+
+#define IS_GPIO_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SPI1) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_I2C1) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_USART1) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_USART2) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_FullRemap_USART3) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM4) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap1_CAN1) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap2_CAN1) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_PD01) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ) ||((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ) ||((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ETH) ||((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_CAN2) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable)|| ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SPI3) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_PTP_PPS) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM15) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM16) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM17) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_CEC) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM9) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM10) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM11) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM13) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM14) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_FSMC_NADV) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA) || \
+                              ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM12) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_MISC))
+                              
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Port_Sources 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOA       ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOB       ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOC       ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOD       ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOE       ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOF       ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOG       ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define IS_GPIO_EVENTOUT_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOA) || \
+                                                  ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOB) || \
+                                                  ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOC) || \
+                                                  ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOD) || \
+                                                  ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOE))
+
+#define IS_GPIO_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOA) || \
+                                              ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOB) || \
+                                              ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOC) || \
+                                              ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOD) || \
+                                              ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOE) || \
+                                              ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOF) || \
+                                              ((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOG))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define GPIO_PinSource0            ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define GPIO_PinSource1            ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define GPIO_PinSource2            ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define GPIO_PinSource3            ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define GPIO_PinSource4            ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define GPIO_PinSource5            ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define GPIO_PinSource6            ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define GPIO_PinSource7            ((uint8_t)0x07)
+#define GPIO_PinSource8            ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define GPIO_PinSource9            ((uint8_t)0x09)
+#define GPIO_PinSource10           ((uint8_t)0x0A)
+#define GPIO_PinSource11           ((uint8_t)0x0B)
+#define GPIO_PinSource12           ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+#define GPIO_PinSource13           ((uint8_t)0x0D)
+#define GPIO_PinSource14           ((uint8_t)0x0E)
+#define GPIO_PinSource15           ((uint8_t)0x0F)
+
+#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \
+                                       ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Ethernet_Media_Interface 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII    ((u32)0x00000000) 
+#define GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII   ((u32)0x00000001)                                       
+
+#define IS_GPIO_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(INTERFACE) (((INTERFACE) == GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII) || \
+                                                ((INTERFACE) == GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */                                                
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
+void GPIO_AFIODeInit(void);
+void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
+void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
+uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
+uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
+void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal);
+void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal);
+void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+void GPIO_EventOutputConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource);
+void GPIO_EventOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(uint32_t GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState);
+void GPIO_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource);
+void GPIO_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_GPIO_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_i2c.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1331 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_i2c.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the I2C firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C 
+  * @brief I2C driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* I2C SPE mask */
+#define CR1_PE_Set              ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define CR1_PE_Reset            ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
+
+/* I2C START mask */
+#define CR1_START_Set           ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define CR1_START_Reset         ((uint16_t)0xFEFF)
+
+/* I2C STOP mask */
+#define CR1_STOP_Set            ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define CR1_STOP_Reset          ((uint16_t)0xFDFF)
+
+/* I2C ACK mask */
+#define CR1_ACK_Set             ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define CR1_ACK_Reset           ((uint16_t)0xFBFF)
+
+/* I2C ENGC mask */
+#define CR1_ENGC_Set            ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define CR1_ENGC_Reset          ((uint16_t)0xFFBF)
+
+/* I2C SWRST mask */
+#define CR1_SWRST_Set           ((uint16_t)0x8000)
+#define CR1_SWRST_Reset         ((uint16_t)0x7FFF)
+
+/* I2C PEC mask */
+#define CR1_PEC_Set             ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define CR1_PEC_Reset           ((uint16_t)0xEFFF)
+
+/* I2C ENPEC mask */
+#define CR1_ENPEC_Set           ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define CR1_ENPEC_Reset         ((uint16_t)0xFFDF)
+
+/* I2C ENARP mask */
+#define CR1_ENARP_Set           ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define CR1_ENARP_Reset         ((uint16_t)0xFFEF)
+
+/* I2C NOSTRETCH mask */
+#define CR1_NOSTRETCH_Set       ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define CR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset     ((uint16_t)0xFF7F)
+
+/* I2C registers Masks */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask          ((uint16_t)0xFBF5)
+
+/* I2C DMAEN mask */
+#define CR2_DMAEN_Set           ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define CR2_DMAEN_Reset         ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+
+/* I2C LAST mask */
+#define CR2_LAST_Set            ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define CR2_LAST_Reset          ((uint16_t)0xEFFF)
+
+/* I2C FREQ mask */
+#define CR2_FREQ_Reset          ((uint16_t)0xFFC0)
+
+/* I2C ADD0 mask */
+#define OAR1_ADD0_Set           ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define OAR1_ADD0_Reset         ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
+
+/* I2C ENDUAL mask */
+#define OAR2_ENDUAL_Set         ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define OAR2_ENDUAL_Reset       ((uint16_t)0xFFFE)
+
+/* I2C ADD2 mask */
+#define OAR2_ADD2_Reset         ((uint16_t)0xFF01)
+
+/* I2C F/S mask */
+#define CCR_FS_Set              ((uint16_t)0x8000)
+
+/* I2C CCR mask */
+#define CCR_CCR_Set             ((uint16_t)0x0FFF)
+
+/* I2C FLAG mask */
+#define FLAG_Mask               ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF)
+
+/* I2C Interrupt Enable mask */
+#define ITEN_Mask               ((uint32_t)0x07000000)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the I2Cx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+
+  if (I2Cx == I2C1)
+  {
+    /* Enable I2C1 reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE);
+    /* Release I2C1 from reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Enable I2C2 reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE);
+    /* Release I2C2 from reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, DISABLE);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the I2Cx peripheral according to the specified 
+  *   parameters in the I2C_InitStruct.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a I2C_InitTypeDef structure that
+  *   contains the configuration information for the specified I2C peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpreg = 0, freqrange = 0;
+  uint16_t result = 0x04;
+  uint32_t pclk1 = 8000000;
+  RCC_ClocksTypeDef  rcc_clocks;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress));
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/
+  /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */
+  tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2;
+  /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR2_FREQ_Reset;
+  /* Get pclk1 frequency value */
+  RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+  pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+  /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */
+  freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000);
+  tmpreg |= freqrange;
+  /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */
+  I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/
+  /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */
+  I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PE_Reset;
+  /* Reset tmpreg value */
+  /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */
+  tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Configure speed in standard mode */
+  if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000)
+  {
+    /* Standard mode speed calculate */
+    result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1));
+    /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/
+    if (result < 0x04)
+    {
+      /* Set minimum allowed value */
+      result = 0x04;  
+    }
+    /* Set speed value for standard mode */
+    tmpreg |= result;	  
+    /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */
+    I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1; 
+  }
+  /* Configure speed in fast mode */
+  else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/
+  {
+    if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2)
+    {
+      /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
+      result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3));
+    }
+    else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/
+    {
+      /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
+      result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25));
+      /* Set DUTY bit */
+      result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
+    }
+
+    /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/
+    if ((result & CCR_CCR_Set) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Set minimum allowed value */
+      result |= (uint16_t)0x0001;  
+    }
+    /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */
+    tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | CCR_FS_Set);
+    /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */
+    I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1);  
+  }
+
+  /* Write to I2Cx CCR */
+  I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg;
+  /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+  I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PE_Set;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+  /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */
+  tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1;
+  /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and  SMBUS bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */
+  /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */
+  /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack);
+  /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */
+  I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */
+  I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/
+  /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */
+  I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000;
+  /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */
+  I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C;
+  /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */
+  I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2;
+  /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */
+  I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0;
+  /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */
+  I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable;
+  /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */
+  I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PE_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PE_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */
+    I2Cx->CR2 |= CR2_DMAEN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */
+    I2Cx->CR2 &= CR2_DMAEN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Specifies if the next DMA transfer will be the last one.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */
+    I2Cx->CR2 |= CR2_LAST_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */
+    I2Cx->CR2 &= CR2_LAST_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generates I2Cx communication START condition.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Generate a START condition */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_START_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the START condition generation */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_START_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Generate a STOP condition */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_STOP_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the STOP condition generation */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_STOP_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the acknowledgement */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ACK_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the acknowledgement */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ACK_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the specified I2C own address2.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2;
+
+  /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */
+  tmpreg &= OAR2_ADD2_Reset;
+
+  /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */
+  tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE);
+
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable dual addressing mode */
+    I2Cx->OAR2 |= OAR2_ENDUAL_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable dual addressing mode */
+    I2Cx->OAR2 &= OAR2_ENDUAL_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C General call.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable generall call */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENGC_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable generall call */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENGC_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. 
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */
+    I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */
+    I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  Data: Byte to be transmitted..
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
+  I2Cx->DR = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @retval The value of the received data.
+  */
+uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  /* Return the data in the DR register */
+  return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits the address byte to select the slave device.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted
+  * @param  I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a
+  *   Transmitter or a Receiver. This parameter can be one of the following values
+  *     @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode
+  *     @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction));
+  /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */
+  if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter)
+  {
+    /* Set the address bit0 for read */
+    Address |= OAR1_ADD0_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the address bit0 for write */
+    Address &= OAR1_ADD0_Reset;
+  }
+  /* Send the address */
+  I2Cx->DR = Address;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value.
+  * @param  I2C_Register: specifies the register to read.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_CR1:  CR1 register.
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_CR2:   CR2 register.
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_OAR1:  OAR1 register.
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_OAR2:  OAR2 register.
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_DR:    DR register.
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_SR1:   SR1 register.
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_SR2:   SR2 register.
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_CCR:   CCR register.
+  *     @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register.
+  * @retval The value of the read register.
+  */
+uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx;
+  tmp += I2C_Register;
+
+  /* Return the selected register value */
+  return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C software reset.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Peripheral under reset */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_SWRST_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Peripheral not under reset */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_SWRST_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode.
+  *         This function is useful in I2C Master Receiver mode when the number
+  *         of data to be received is equal to 2. In this case, this function 
+  *         should be called (with parameter I2C_NACKPosition_Next) before data 
+  *         reception starts,as described in the 2-byte reception procedure 
+  *         recommended in Reference Manual in Section: Master receiver.                
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be the last
+  *          received byte.  
+  *     @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the last 
+  *          received byte.
+  *            
+  * @note    This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig() 
+  *          but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig() 
+  *          is intended to used in SMBUS mode. 
+  *            
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(I2C_NACKPosition));
+  
+  /* Check the input parameter */
+  if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next)
+  {
+    /* Next byte in shift register is the last received byte */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current byte in shift register is the last received byte */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low
+  *     @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert));
+  if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low)
+  {
+    /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High  */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PEC_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PEC_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the specified I2C PEC position.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC
+  *     @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC
+  *       
+  * @note    This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_NACKPositionConfig()
+  *          but is intended to be used in SMBUS mode while I2C_NACKPositionConfig() 
+  *          is intended to used in I2C mode.
+  *               
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition));
+  if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next)
+  {
+    /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENPEC_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENPEC_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @retval The PEC value.
+  */
+uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */
+  return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENARP_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENARP_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState == DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */
+    I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_NOSTRETCH_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */
+    I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2
+  *     @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle));
+  if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9)
+  {
+    /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */
+    I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */
+    I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief
+ ****************************************************************************************
+ *
+ *                         I2C State Monitoring Functions
+ *                       
+ ****************************************************************************************   
+ * This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
+ *  depending on the application requirements and constraints:
+ *        
+ *  
+ * 1) Basic state monitoring:
+ *    Using I2C_CheckEvent() function:
+ *    It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event
+ *    (can be the combination of one or more flags).
+ *    It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags 
+ *    and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
+ *    - When to use:
+ *      - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup 
+ *      activity since the events are fully described in the product reference manual 
+ *      (RM0008).
+ *      - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
+ *    - Limitations:
+ *      - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored flags),
+ *        the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite the communication
+ *        hold or corrupted real state. 
+ *        In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor the error
+ *        events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
+ *        
+ *        @note 
+ *        For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
+ *          - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
+ *          - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs.
+ *            Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...)
+ *          - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() 
+ *            in order to determine which error occured.
+ *          - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
+ *            and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source,
+ *            and return to correct communication status.
+ *            
+ *
+ *  2) Advanced state monitoring:
+ *     Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status 
+ *     registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left 
+ *     by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
+ *     - When to use:
+ *       - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it allows to
+ *         overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() function.
+ *         The returned value could be compared to events already defined in the 
+ *         library (stm32f10x_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
+ *       - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the same time.
+ *       - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows user to
+ *         choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are set and no 
+ *         other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set like 
+ *         I2C_CheckEvent() function).
+ *     - Limitations:
+ *       - User may need to define his own events.
+ *       - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this 
+ *         function if user decides to check only regular communication flags (and 
+ *         ignores error flags).
+ *     
+ *
+ *  3) Flag-based state monitoring:
+ *     Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of 
+ *     one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). 
+ *     - When to use:
+ *        - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug phase.
+ *        - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C events 
+ *          are monitored through multiple flags).
+ *     - Limitations: 
+ *        - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. Some flags are
+ *          cleared when the status register is accessed. So checking the status
+ *          of one Flag, may clear other ones.
+ *        - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor one 
+ *          single event.
+ *
+ *  For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in 
+ *  stm32f10x_i2c.h file.
+ *  
+ */
+
+/**
+ * 
+ *  1) Basic state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed
+  *   as parameter.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED           : EV1
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED              : EV1
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED     : EV1
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED        : EV1
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED            : EV1
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED                         : EV2
+  *     @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)      : EV2
+  *     @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)    : EV2
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED                      : EV3
+  *     @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)   : EV3
+  *     @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV3
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE                           : EV3_2
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED                         : EV4
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT                          : EV5
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED            : EV6     
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED               : EV6
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED                        : EV7
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING                    : EV8
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED                     : EV8_2
+  *     @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10                       : EV9
+  *     
+  * @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section 
+  *    I2C_Events in stm32f10x_i2c.h file.
+  *    
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  * - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT
+  * - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT
+  */
+ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT)
+{
+  uint32_t lastevent = 0;
+  uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT));
+
+  /* Read the I2Cx status register */
+  flag1 = I2Cx->SR1;
+  flag2 = I2Cx->SR2;
+  flag2 = flag2 << 16;
+
+  /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
+  lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask;
+
+  /* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */
+  if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT)
+  {
+    /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Return status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * 
+ *  2) Advanced state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last I2Cx Event.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  *     
+  * @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section 
+  *    I2C_Events in stm32f10x_i2c.h file.
+  *    
+  * @retval The last event
+  */
+uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+  uint32_t lastevent = 0;
+  uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+
+  /* Read the I2Cx status register */
+  flag1 = I2Cx->SR1;
+  flag2 = I2Cx->SR2;
+  flag2 = flag2 << 16;
+
+  /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
+  lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask;
+
+  /* Return status */
+  return lastevent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * 
+ *  3) Flag-based state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
+  *   Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDA"
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
+  * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  __IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG));
+
+  /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */
+  i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx;
+  
+  /* Read flag register index */
+  i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28;
+  
+  /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
+  I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_Mask;
+  
+  if(i2creg != 0)
+  {
+    /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */
+    i2cxbase += 0x14;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */
+    I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16);
+    /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */
+    i2cxbase += 0x18;
+  }
+  
+  if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* I2C_FLAG is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* I2C_FLAG is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  
+  /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the I2Cx's pending flags.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. 
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
+  *   
+  * @note
+  *   - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation 
+  *     to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation 
+  *     to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral).
+  *   - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read 
+  *     operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the 
+  *     second byte of the address in DR register.
+  *   - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read 
+  *     operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a 
+  *     read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+  *   - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to 
+  *     I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to 
+  *     I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)).
+  *   - SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1
+  *     register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR
+  *     register  (I2C_SendData()).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
+{
+  uint32_t flagpos = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG));
+  /* Get the I2C flag position */
+  flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_Mask;
+  /* Clear the selected I2C flag */
+  I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
+  *                       Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD"
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
+  * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT));
+
+  /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */
+  enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_Mask) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ;
+  
+  /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
+  I2C_IT &= FLAG_Mask;
+
+  /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */
+  if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+  {
+    /* I2C_IT is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* I2C_IT is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the I2C_IT status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the I2Cx’s interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. 
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception  interrupt
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode)
+  *     @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt
+  *   
+  * @note
+  *   - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation 
+  *     to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to 
+  *     I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral).
+  *   - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read 
+  *     operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second 
+  *     byte of the address in I2C_DR register.
+  *   - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read 
+  *     operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a 
+  *     read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+  *   - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to 
+  *     I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to 
+  *     I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)).
+  *   - SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to 
+  *     I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to 
+  *     I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
+{
+  uint32_t flagpos = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT));
+  /* Get the I2C flag position */
+  flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_Mask;
+  /* Clear the selected I2C flag */
+  I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_i2c.h

@@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_i2c.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_I2C_H
+#define __STM32F10x_I2C_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  I2C Init structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed;          /*!< Specifies the clock frequency.
+                                         This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */
+
+  uint16_t I2C_Mode;                /*!< Specifies the I2C mode.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */
+
+  uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle;           /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */
+
+  uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1;         /*!< Specifies the first device own address.
+                                         This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */
+
+  uint16_t I2C_Ack;                 /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */
+
+  uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */
+}I2C_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == I2C2))
+/** @defgroup I2C_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_Mode_I2C                    ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice            ((uint16_t)0x0002)  
+#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost              ((uint16_t)0x000A)
+#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \
+                           ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \
+                           ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9              ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
+#define I2C_DutyCycle_2                 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
+#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) || \
+                                  ((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_2))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_Ack_Enable                  ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define I2C_Ack_Disable                 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \
+                                 ((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define  I2C_Direction_Transmitter      ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define  I2C_Direction_Receiver         ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \
+                                     ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit    ((uint16_t)0x4000)
+#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit   ((uint16_t)0xC000)
+#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \
+                                             ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_registers 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_Register_CR1                ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define I2C_Register_CR2                ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define I2C_Register_OAR1               ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define I2C_Register_OAR2               ((uint8_t)0x0C)
+#define I2C_Register_DR                 ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define I2C_Register_SR1                ((uint8_t)0x14)
+#define I2C_Register_SR2                ((uint8_t)0x18)
+#define I2C_Register_CCR                ((uint8_t)0x1C)
+#define I2C_Register_TRISE              ((uint8_t)0x20)
+#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \
+                                   ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \
+                                   ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \
+                                   ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \
+                                   ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_DR) || \
+                                   ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR1) || \
+                                   ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR2) || \
+                                   ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CCR) || \
+                                   ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TRISE))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low              ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High             ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)
+#define IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(ALERT) (((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) || \
+                                   ((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_High))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_PEC_position 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_PECPosition_Next            ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define I2C_PECPosition_Current         ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+#define IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Next) || \
+                                       ((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Current))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_NCAK_position 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_NACKPosition_Next           ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define I2C_NACKPosition_Current        ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+#define IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(POSITION)  (((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) || \
+                                         ((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Current))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_IT_BUF                      ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define I2C_IT_EVT                      ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define I2C_IT_ERR                      ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF8FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT                 ((uint32_t)0x01008000)
+#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT                  ((uint32_t)0x01004000)
+#define I2C_IT_PECERR                   ((uint32_t)0x01001000)
+#define I2C_IT_OVR                      ((uint32_t)0x01000800)
+#define I2C_IT_AF                       ((uint32_t)0x01000400)
+#define I2C_IT_ARLO                     ((uint32_t)0x01000200)
+#define I2C_IT_BERR                     ((uint32_t)0x01000100)
+#define I2C_IT_TXE                      ((uint32_t)0x06000080)
+#define I2C_IT_RXNE                     ((uint32_t)0x06000040)
+#define I2C_IT_STOPF                    ((uint32_t)0x02000010)
+#define I2C_IT_ADD10                    ((uint32_t)0x02000008)
+#define I2C_IT_BTF                      ((uint32_t)0x02000004)
+#define I2C_IT_ADDR                     ((uint32_t)0x02000002)
+#define I2C_IT_SB                       ((uint32_t)0x02000001)
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_SMBALERT) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \
+                           ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \
+                           ((IT) == I2C_IT_AF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || \
+                           ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TXE) || \
+                           ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || \
+                           ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADD10) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BTF) || \
+                           ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_SB))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  SR2 register flags  
+  */
+
+#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF                  ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST                ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT             ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL                ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TRA                    ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY                   ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_MSL                    ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  SR1 register flags  
+  */
+
+#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT               ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT                ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR                 ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
+#define I2C_FLAG_OVR                    ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
+#define I2C_FLAG_AF                     ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO                   ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BERR                   ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
+#define I2C_FLAG_TXE                    ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
+#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE                   ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
+#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF                  ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10                  ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
+#define I2C_FLAG_BTF                    ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
+#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR                   ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
+#define I2C_FLAG_SB                     ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_DUALF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRA) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MSL) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_AF) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BTF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SB))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Events 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/*========================================
+     
+                     I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
+                                                        ==========================================*/
+/** 
+  * @brief  Communication start
+  * 
+  * After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master 
+  * has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly 
+  * released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating).
+  * 
+  */
+/* --EV5 */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT                      ((uint32_t)0x00030001)  /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  Address Acknowledge
+  * 
+  * After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the 
+  * master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate 
+  * (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication: 
+  * Master transmitter or Receiver). Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges 
+  * his address. If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will 
+  * be set:
+  * 
+  *  1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED 
+  *     event is set.
+  *  
+  *  2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED 
+  *     is set
+  *  
+  *  3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START 
+  *  and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData() 
+  *  function). Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing 
+  *  header has been correctly sent on the bus. Then master should send the second part of 
+  *  the 10-bit address (LSB) using the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master 
+  *  should wait for event EV6. 
+  *     
+  */
+
+/* --EV6 */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED        ((uint32_t)0x00070082)  /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED           ((uint32_t)0x00030002)  /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */
+/* --EV9 */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10                   ((uint32_t)0x00030008)  /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief Communication events
+  * 
+  * If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address 
+  * acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for 
+  * communication procedures:
+  *  
+  * 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read 
+  *    the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function).
+  * 
+  * 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData() 
+  *    function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2.
+  *    These two events are similar: 
+  *     - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is 
+  *       being shifted out.
+  *     - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output 
+  *       on the bus.
+  *     In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application.
+  *     Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensure more reliable test.
+  *     EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission 
+  *     (before Stop condition generation).
+  *     
+  *  @note In case the  user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is 
+  *  managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7 
+  *  and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
+  *  In this case the communication may be slower.
+  * 
+  */
+
+/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/ 
+/* --EV7 */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED                    ((uint32_t)0x00030040)  /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */
+
+/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/
+/* --EV8 */
+#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING                 ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */
+/* --EV8_2 */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED                 ((uint32_t)0x00070084)  /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */
+
+
+/*========================================
+     
+                     I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
+                                                        ==========================================*/
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  Communication start events
+  * 
+  * Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that 
+  * the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master 
+  * device) followed by the peripheral address. The peripheral generates an ACK 
+  * condition on the bus (if the acknowledge feature is enabled through function 
+  * I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events listed above are set :
+  *  
+  * 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address 
+  *   sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by 
+  *   I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set 
+  *   (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER).
+  *    
+  * 2) In case the address sent by the master matches the second address of the 
+  *   peripheral (configured by the function I2C_OwnAddress2Config() and enabled 
+  *   by the function I2C_DualAddressCmd()) the events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED 
+  *   (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER) are set.
+  *   
+  * 3) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and 
+  *   if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd()) 
+  *   the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED.   
+  * 
+  */
+
+/* --EV1  (all the events below are variants of EV1) */   
+/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED          ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED       ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */
+
+/* 2) Case of Dual address managed by the slave */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED    ((uint32_t)0x00820000)  /* DUALF and BUSY flags */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080)  /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
+
+/* 3) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED        ((uint32_t)0x00120000)  /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  Communication events
+  * 
+  * Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked and: 
+  * 
+  * - Slave RECEIVER mode:
+  *     - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received. 
+  *     - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication: master 
+  *       sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped.
+  *    
+  * - Slave Transmitter mode:
+  *    - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application is expecting 
+  *      the end of the byte transmission. The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and
+  *      I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING are similar. The second one can optionally be 
+  *      used when the user software doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the
+  *      current byte end of transfer.
+  *    - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission 
+  *      shall end (before sending the STOP condition). In this case slave has to stop sending 
+  *      data bytes and expect a Stop condition on the bus.
+  *      
+  *  @note In case the  user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is 
+  *  managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2 
+  *  and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
+  * In this case the communication may be slower.
+  *
+  */
+
+/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/ 
+/* --EV2 */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED                     ((uint32_t)0x00020040)  /* BUSY and RXNE flags */
+/* --EV4  */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED                     ((uint32_t)0x00000010)  /* STOPF flag */
+
+/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/
+/* --EV3 */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED                  ((uint32_t)0x00060084)  /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING                 ((uint32_t)0x00060080)  /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
+/* --EV3_2 */
+#define  I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE                       ((uint32_t)0x00000400)  /* AF flag */
+
+/*===========================      End of Events Description           ==========================================*/
+
+#define IS_I2C_EVENT(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10) || \
+                             ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x3FF)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_clock_speed 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) >= 0x1) && ((SPEED) <= 400000))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
+void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
+void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address);
+void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data);
+uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction);
+uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register);
+void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition);
+void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert);
+void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition);
+void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle);
+
+/**
+ * @brief
+ ****************************************************************************************
+ *
+ *                         I2C State Monitoring Functions
+ *                       
+ ****************************************************************************************   
+ * This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
+ *  depending on the application requirements and constraints:
+ *        
+ *  
+ * 1) Basic state monitoring:
+ *    Using I2C_CheckEvent() function:
+ *    It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event
+ *    (can be the combination of one or more flags).
+ *    It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags 
+ *    and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
+ *    - When to use:
+ *      - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup 
+ *      activity since the events are fully described in the product reference manual 
+ *      (RM0008).
+ *      - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
+ *    - Limitations:
+ *      - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored flags),
+ *        the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite the communication
+ *        hold or corrupted real state. 
+ *        In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor the error
+ *        events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
+ *        
+ *        @note 
+ *        For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
+ *          - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
+ *          - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs.
+ *            Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...)
+ *          - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler()
+ *            in order to determine which error occurred.
+ *          - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
+ *            and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source,
+ *            and return to correct communication status.
+ *            
+ *
+ *  2) Advanced state monitoring:
+ *     Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status 
+ *     registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left 
+ *     by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
+ *     - When to use:
+ *       - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it allows to
+ *         overcome the limitations of I2C_GetFlagStatus() function (see below).
+ *         The returned value could be compared to events already defined in the 
+ *         library (stm32f10x_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
+ *       - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the same time.
+ *       - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows user to
+ *         choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are set and no 
+ *         other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set like 
+ *         I2C_CheckEvent() function).
+ *     - Limitations:
+ *       - User may need to define his own events.
+ *       - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this 
+ *         function if user decides to check only regular communication flags (and 
+ *         ignores error flags).
+ *     
+ *
+ *  3) Flag-based state monitoring:
+ *     Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of 
+ *     one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). 
+ *     - When to use:
+ *        - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug phase.
+ *        - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C events 
+ *          are monitored through multiple flags).
+ *     - Limitations: 
+ *        - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. Some flags are
+ *          cleared when the status register is accessed. So checking the status
+ *          of one Flag, may clear other ones.
+ *        - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor one 
+ *          single event.
+ *            
+ */
+
+/**
+ * 
+ *  1) Basic state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT);
+/**
+ * 
+ *  2) Advanced state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+/**
+ * 
+ *  3) Flag-based state monitoring
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
+/**
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
+ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
+void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_I2C_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_iwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_iwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the IWDG firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_iwdg.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG 
+  * @brief IWDG driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* ---------------------- IWDG registers bit mask ----------------------------*/
+
+/* KR register bit mask */
+#define KR_KEY_Reload    ((uint16_t)0xAAAA)
+#define KR_KEY_Enable    ((uint16_t)0xCCCC)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers.
+  * @param  IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
+  *     @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess));
+  IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets IWDG Prescaler value.
+  * @param  IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4
+  *     @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8
+  *     @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16
+  *     @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32
+  *     @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64
+  *     @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128
+  *     @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler));
+  IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets IWDG Reload value.
+  * @param  Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value.
+  *   This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload));
+  IWDG->RLR = Reload;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register
+  *   (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled).
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void)
+{
+  IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_Reload;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled).
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void IWDG_Enable(void)
+{
+  IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_Enable;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not.
+  * @param  IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going
+  *     @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going
+  * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG));
+  if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the flag status */
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_iwdg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_iwdg.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG 
+  *          firmware library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_IWDG_H
+#define __STM32F10x_IWDG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable     ((uint16_t)0x5555)
+#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable    ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \
+                                      ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_4            ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_8            ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_16           ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_32           ((uint8_t)0x03)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_64           ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_128          ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define IWDG_Prescaler_256          ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4)  || \
+                                      ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8)  || \
+                                      ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \
+                                      ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \
+                                      ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \
+                                      ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \
+                                      ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU               ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU               ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU))
+#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess);
+void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler);
+void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload);
+void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void);
+void IWDG_Enable(void);
+FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_IWDG_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the PWR firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR 
+  * @brief PWR driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */
+#define PWR_OFFSET               (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
+#define CR_OFFSET                (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define DBP_BitNumber            0x08
+#define CR_DBP_BB                (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
+#define PVDE_BitNumber           0x04
+#define CR_PVDE_BB               (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */
+#define CSR_OFFSET               (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04)
+#define EWUP_BitNumber           0x08
+#define CSR_EWUP_BB              (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* CR register bit mask */
+#define CR_DS_MASK               ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
+#define CR_PLS_MASK              ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F)
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE);
+  RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup registers.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the PVD.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @param  PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V2: PVD detection level set to 2.2V
+  *     @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V3: PVD detection level set to 2.3V
+  *     @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V4: PVD detection level set to 2.4V
+  *     @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V5: PVD detection level set to 2.5V
+  *     @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V6: PVD detection level set to 2.6V
+  *     @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V7: PVD detection level set to 2.7V
+  *     @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V8: PVD detection level set to 2.8V
+  *     @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V9: PVD detection level set to 2.9V
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel));
+  tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+  /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK;
+  /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */
+  tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters STOP mode.
+  * @param  PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
+  *     @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode
+  * @param  PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+  *     @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry));
+  
+  /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
+  tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+  /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK;
+  /* Set LPDS bit according to PWR_Regulator value */
+  tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP;
+  
+  /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI)
+  {   
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __WFE();
+  }
+  
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP);  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters STANDBY mode.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+  /* Clear Wake-up flag */
+  PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_CWUF;
+  /* Select STANDBY mode */
+  PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS;
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP;
+/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM   )
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not.
+  * @param  PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
+  *     @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
+  *     @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output
+  * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG));
+  
+  if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the flag status */
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the PWR's pending flags.
+  * @param  PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
+  *     @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG));
+         
+  PWR->CR |=  PWR_FLAG << 2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_pwr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_pwr.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_PWR_H
+#define __STM32F10x_PWR_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup PVD_detection_level 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V2          ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V3          ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V4          ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V5          ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V6          ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V7          ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V8          ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
+#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V9          ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
+#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V3)|| \
+                                 ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V5)|| \
+                                 ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V7)|| \
+                                 ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V8) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V9))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Regulator_state_is_STOP_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define PWR_Regulator_ON          ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower    ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_ON) || \
+                                     ((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_LowPower))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup STOP_mode_entry 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI         ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE         ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE))
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Flag 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define PWR_FLAG_WU               ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define PWR_FLAG_SB               ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO             ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO))
+
+#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void PWR_DeInit(void);
+void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel);
+void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry);
+void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
+FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG);
+void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_PWR_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_rcc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1470 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_rcc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the RCC firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC 
+  * @brief RCC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define RCC_OFFSET                (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of HSION bit */
+#define CR_OFFSET                 (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define HSION_BitNumber           0x00
+#define CR_HSION_BB               (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */
+#define PLLON_BitNumber           0x18
+#define CR_PLLON_BB               (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4))
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+ /* Alias word address of PLL2ON bit */
+ #define PLL2ON_BitNumber          0x1A
+ #define CR_PLL2ON_BB              (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLL2ON_BitNumber * 4))
+
+ /* Alias word address of PLL3ON bit */
+ #define PLL3ON_BitNumber          0x1C
+ #define CR_PLL3ON_BB              (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLL3ON_BitNumber * 4))
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */
+#define CSSON_BitNumber           0x13
+#define CR_CSSON_BB               (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CFGR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of USBPRE bit */
+#define CFGR_OFFSET               (RCC_OFFSET + 0x04)
+
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+ #define USBPRE_BitNumber          0x16
+ #define CFGR_USBPRE_BB            (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (USBPRE_BitNumber * 4))
+#else
+ #define OTGFSPRE_BitNumber        0x16
+ #define CFGR_OTGFSPRE_BB          (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (OTGFSPRE_BitNumber * 4))
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+/* --- BDCR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */
+#define BDCR_OFFSET               (RCC_OFFSET + 0x20)
+#define RTCEN_BitNumber           0x0F
+#define BDCR_RTCEN_BB             (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of BDRST bit */
+#define BDRST_BitNumber           0x10
+#define BDCR_BDRST_BB             (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BDRST_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of LSION bit */
+#define CSR_OFFSET                (RCC_OFFSET + 0x24)
+#define LSION_BitNumber           0x00
+#define CSR_LSION_BB              (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4))
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+/* --- CFGR2 Register ---*/
+
+ /* Alias word address of I2S2SRC bit */
+ #define CFGR2_OFFSET              (RCC_OFFSET + 0x2C)
+ #define I2S2SRC_BitNumber         0x11
+ #define CFGR2_I2S2SRC_BB          (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR2_OFFSET * 32) + (I2S2SRC_BitNumber * 4))
+
+ /* Alias word address of I2S3SRC bit */
+ #define I2S3SRC_BitNumber         0x12
+ #define CFGR2_I2S3SRC_BB          (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR2_OFFSET * 32) + (I2S3SRC_BitNumber * 4))
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
+
+/* ---------------------- RCC registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* CR register bit mask */
+#define CR_HSEBYP_Reset           ((uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF)
+#define CR_HSEBYP_Set             ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define CR_HSEON_Reset            ((uint32_t)0xFFFEFFFF)
+#define CR_HSEON_Set              ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define CR_HSITRIM_Mask           ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07)
+
+/* CFGR register bit mask */
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_CL) 
+ #define CFGR_PLL_Mask            ((uint32_t)0xFFC2FFFF)
+#else
+ #define CFGR_PLL_Mask            ((uint32_t)0xFFC0FFFF)
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+#define CFGR_PLLMull_Mask         ((uint32_t)0x003C0000)
+#define CFGR_PLLSRC_Mask          ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Mask        ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define CFGR_SWS_Mask             ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
+#define CFGR_SW_Mask              ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
+#define CFGR_HPRE_Reset_Mask      ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF0F)
+#define CFGR_HPRE_Set_Mask        ((uint32_t)0x000000F0)
+#define CFGR_PPRE1_Reset_Mask     ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF8FF)
+#define CFGR_PPRE1_Set_Mask       ((uint32_t)0x00000700)
+#define CFGR_PPRE2_Reset_Mask     ((uint32_t)0xFFFFC7FF)
+#define CFGR_PPRE2_Set_Mask       ((uint32_t)0x00003800)
+#define CFGR_ADCPRE_Reset_Mask    ((uint32_t)0xFFFF3FFF)
+#define CFGR_ADCPRE_Set_Mask      ((uint32_t)0x0000C000)
+
+/* CSR register bit mask */
+#define CSR_RMVF_Set              ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_CL) 
+/* CFGR2 register bit mask */
+ #define CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC         ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+ #define CFGR2_PREDIV1            ((uint32_t)0x0000000F)
+#endif
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+ #define CFGR2_PREDIV2            ((uint32_t)0x000000F0)
+ #define CFGR2_PLL2MUL            ((uint32_t)0x00000F00)
+ #define CFGR2_PLL3MUL            ((uint32_t)0x0000F000)
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+/* RCC Flag Mask */
+#define FLAG_Mask                 ((uint8_t)0x1F)
+
+/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */
+#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS         ((uint32_t)0x40021009)
+
+/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */
+#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS         ((uint32_t)0x4002100A)
+
+/* CFGR register byte 4 (Bits[31:24]) base address */
+#define CFGR_BYTE4_ADDRESS        ((uint32_t)0x40021007)
+
+/* BDCR register base address */
+#define BDCR_ADDRESS              (PERIPH_BASE + BDCR_OFFSET)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
+static __I uint8_t ADCPrescTable[4] = {2, 4, 6, 8};
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Set HSION bit */
+  RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001;
+
+  /* Reset SW, HPRE, PPRE1, PPRE2, ADCPRE and MCO bits */
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+  RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xF8FF0000;
+#else
+  RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xF0FF0000;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */   
+  
+  /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */
+  RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF;
+
+  /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+  RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF;
+
+  /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE, PLLMUL and USBPRE/OTGFSPRE bits */
+  RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF80FFFF;
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+  /* Reset PLL2ON and PLL3ON bits */
+  RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xEBFFFFFF;
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts and clear pending bits  */
+  RCC->CIR = 0x00FF0000;
+
+  /* Reset CFGR2 register */
+  RCC->CFGR2 = 0x00000000;
+#elif defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
+  /* Disable all interrupts and clear pending bits  */
+  RCC->CIR = 0x009F0000;
+
+  /* Reset CFGR2 register */
+  RCC->CFGR2 = 0x00000000;      
+#else
+  /* Disable all interrupts and clear pending bits  */
+  RCC->CIR = 0x009F0000;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE).
+  * @note   HSE can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the PLL as system clock.
+  * @param  RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: HSE oscillator OFF
+  *     @arg RCC_HSE_ON: HSE oscillator ON
+  *     @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_HSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_HSE)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE));
+  /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/
+  /* Reset HSEON bit */
+  RCC->CR &= CR_HSEON_Reset;
+  /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+  RCC->CR &= CR_HSEBYP_Reset;
+  /* Configure HSE (RCC_HSE_OFF is already covered by the code section above) */
+  switch(RCC_HSE)
+  {
+    case RCC_HSE_ON:
+      /* Set HSEON bit */
+      RCC->CR |= CR_HSEON_Set;
+      break;
+      
+    case RCC_HSE_Bypass:
+      /* Set HSEBYP and HSEON bits */
+      RCC->CR |= CR_HSEBYP_Set | CR_HSEON_Set;
+      break;
+      
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits for HSE start-up.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
+  * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use
+  * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready
+  */
+ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0;
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  FlagStatus HSEStatus = RESET;
+  
+  /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */
+  do
+  {
+    HSEStatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY);
+    StartUpCounter++;  
+  } while((StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (HSEStatus == RESET));
+  
+  if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
+  {
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }  
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.
+  * @param  HSICalibrationValue: specifies the calibration trimming value.
+  *   This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue));
+  tmpreg = RCC->CR;
+  /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR_HSITRIM_Mask;
+  /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 3;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI).
+  * @note   HSI can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the PLL as system clock.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the HSI. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the PLL clock source and multiplication factor.
+  * @note   This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled.
+  * @param  RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source.
+  *   For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices or @b STM32_Value_line_devices, 
+  *   this parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2: HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry
+  *     @arg RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1: PREDIV1 clock selected as PLL clock entry
+  *   For @b other_STM32_devices, this parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2: HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry
+  *     @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div1: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry
+  *     @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div2: HSE oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry 
+  * @param  RCC_PLLMul: specifies the PLL multiplication factor.
+  *   For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices, this parameter can be RCC_PLLMul_x where x:{[4,9], 6_5}
+  *   For @b other_STM32_devices, this parameter can be RCC_PLLMul_x where x:[2,16]  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_PLLMul));
+
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+  /* Clear PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE and PLLMUL[3:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CFGR_PLL_Mask;
+  /* Set the PLL configuration bits */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_PLLSource | RCC_PLLMul;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the PLL.
+  * @note   The PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the PLL. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_CL)
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the PREDIV1 division factor.
+  * @note 
+  *   - This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled.
+  *   - This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line and Value line 
+  *     devices.
+  * @param  RCC_PREDIV1_Source: specifies the PREDIV1 clock source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE: HSE selected as PREDIV1 clock
+  *     @arg RCC_PREDIV1_Source_PLL2: PLL2 selected as PREDIV1 clock
+  * @note 
+  *   For @b STM32_Value_line_devices this parameter is always RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE  
+  * @param  RCC_PREDIV1_Div: specifies the PREDIV1 clock division factor.
+  *   This parameter can be RCC_PREDIV1_Divx where x:[1,16]
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Source, uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV1_SOURCE(RCC_PREDIV1_Source));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV1(RCC_PREDIV1_Div));
+
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR2;
+  /* Clear PREDIV1[3:0] and PREDIV1SRC bits */
+  tmpreg &= ~(CFGR2_PREDIV1 | CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC);
+  /* Set the PREDIV1 clock source and division factor */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_PREDIV1_Source | RCC_PREDIV1_Div ;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the PREDIV2 division factor.
+  * @note 
+  *   - This function must be used only when both PLL2 and PLL3 are disabled.
+  *   - This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  RCC_PREDIV2_Div: specifies the PREDIV2 clock division factor.
+  *   This parameter can be RCC_PREDIV2_Divx where x:[1,16]
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PREDIV2Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV2_Div)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV2(RCC_PREDIV2_Div));
+
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR2;
+  /* Clear PREDIV2[3:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= ~CFGR2_PREDIV2;
+  /* Set the PREDIV2 division factor */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_PREDIV2_Div;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the PLL2 multiplication factor.
+  * @note
+  *   - This function must be used only when the PLL2 is disabled.
+  *   - This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  RCC_PLL2Mul: specifies the PLL2 multiplication factor.
+  *   This parameter can be RCC_PLL2Mul_x where x:{[8,14], 16, 20}
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PLL2Config(uint32_t RCC_PLL2Mul)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(RCC_PLL2Mul));
+
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR2;
+  /* Clear PLL2Mul[3:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= ~CFGR2_PLL2MUL;
+  /* Set the PLL2 configuration bits */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_PLL2Mul;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the PLL2.
+  * @note 
+  *   - The PLL2 can not be disabled if it is used indirectly as system clock
+  *     (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as System clock).
+  *   - This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the PLL2. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PLL2Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLL2ON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the PLL3 multiplication factor.
+  * @note 
+  *   - This function must be used only when the PLL3 is disabled.
+  *   - This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  RCC_PLL3Mul: specifies the PLL3 multiplication factor.
+  *   This parameter can be RCC_PLL3Mul_x where x:{[8,14], 16, 20}
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PLL3Config(uint32_t RCC_PLL3Mul)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL3_MUL(RCC_PLL3Mul));
+
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR2;
+  /* Clear PLL3Mul[3:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= ~CFGR2_PLL3MUL;
+  /* Set the PLL3 configuration bits */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_PLL3Mul;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the PLL3.
+  * @note   This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the PLL3. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PLL3Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLL3ON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the system clock (SYSCLK).
+  * @param  RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource));
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+  /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CFGR_SW_Mask;
+  /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the clock source used as system clock.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can
+  *   be one of the following:
+  *     - 0x00: HSI used as system clock
+  *     - 0x04: HSE used as system clock
+  *     - 0x08: PLL used as system clock
+  */
+uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void)
+{
+  return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & CFGR_SWS_Mask));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the AHB clock (HCLK).
+  * @param  RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from 
+  *   the system clock (SYSCLK).
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256
+  *     @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK));
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+  /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CFGR_HPRE_Reset_Mask;
+  /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1).
+  * @param  RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from 
+  *   the AHB clock (HCLK).
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK));
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+  /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CFGR_PPRE1_Reset_Mask;
+  /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2).
+  * @param  RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from 
+  *   the AHB clock (HCLK).
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8
+  *     @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK));
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+  /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CFGR_PPRE2_Reset_Mask;
+  /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts.
+  * @param  RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  * 
+  *   For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices, this parameter can be any combination
+  *   of the following values        
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLL2RDY: PLL2 ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLL3RDY: PLL3 ready interrupt
+  * 
+  *   For @b other_STM32_devices, this parameter can be any combination of the 
+  *   following values        
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+  *       
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR bits to enable the selected interrupts */
+    *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR bits to disable the selected interrupts */
+    *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the USB clock (USBCLK).
+  * @param  RCC_USBCLKSource: specifies the USB clock source. This clock is 
+  *   derived from the PLL output.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5: PLL clock divided by 1,5 selected as USB 
+  *                                     clock source
+  *     @arg RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1: PLL clock selected as USB clock source
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_USBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(RCC_USBCLKSource));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_USBPRE_BB = RCC_USBCLKSource;
+}
+#else
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the USB OTG FS clock (OTGFSCLK).
+  *   This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  RCC_OTGFSCLKSource: specifies the USB OTG FS clock source.
+  *   This clock is derived from the PLL output.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg  RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div3: PLL VCO clock divided by 2 selected as USB OTG FS clock source
+  *     @arg  RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div2: PLL VCO clock divided by 2 selected as USB OTG FS clock source
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_OTGFSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_OTGFSCLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_OTGFSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_OTGFSCLKSource));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_OTGFSPRE_BB = RCC_OTGFSCLKSource;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the ADC clock (ADCCLK).
+  * @param  RCC_PCLK2: defines the ADC clock divider. This clock is derived from 
+  *   the APB2 clock (PCLK2).
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_PCLK2_Div2: ADC clock = PCLK2/2
+  *     @arg RCC_PCLK2_Div4: ADC clock = PCLK2/4
+  *     @arg RCC_PCLK2_Div6: ADC clock = PCLK2/6
+  *     @arg RCC_PCLK2_Div8: ADC clock = PCLK2/8
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PCLK2)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCCLK(RCC_PCLK2));
+  tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+  /* Clear ADCPRE[1:0] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CFGR_ADCPRE_Reset_Mask;
+  /* Set ADCPRE[1:0] bits according to RCC_PCLK2 value */
+  tmpreg |= RCC_PCLK2;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the I2S2 clock source(I2S2CLK).
+  * @note
+  *   - This function must be called before enabling I2S2 APB clock.
+  *   - This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  RCC_I2S2CLKSource: specifies the I2S2 clock source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK: system clock selected as I2S2 clock entry
+  *     @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLL3_VCO: PLL3 VCO clock selected as I2S2 clock entry
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_I2S2CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2S2CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S2CLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2S2CLKSource));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR2_I2S2SRC_BB = RCC_I2S2CLKSource;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the I2S3 clock source(I2S2CLK).
+  * @note
+  *   - This function must be called before enabling I2S3 APB clock.
+  *   - This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  RCC_I2S3CLKSource: specifies the I2S3 clock source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_I2S3CLKSource_SYSCLK: system clock selected as I2S3 clock entry
+  *     @arg RCC_I2S3CLKSource_PLL3_VCO: PLL3 VCO clock selected as I2S3 clock entry
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_I2S3CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2S3CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S3CLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2S3CLKSource));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR2_I2S3SRC_BB = RCC_I2S3CLKSource;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE).
+  * @param  RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: LSE oscillator OFF
+  *     @arg RCC_LSE_ON: LSE oscillator ON
+  *     @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE));
+  /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/
+  /* Reset LSEON bit */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF;
+  /* Reset LSEBYP bit */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF;
+  /* Configure LSE (RCC_LSE_OFF is already covered by the code section above) */
+  switch(RCC_LSE)
+  {
+    case RCC_LSE_ON:
+      /* Set LSEON bit */
+      *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_ON;
+      break;
+      
+    case RCC_LSE_Bypass:
+      /* Set LSEBYP and LSEON bits */
+      *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_Bypass | RCC_LSE_ON;
+      break;            
+      
+    default:
+      break;      
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI).
+  * @note   LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the LSI. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the RTC clock (RTCCLK).
+  * @note   Once the RTC clock is selected it can't be changed unless the Backup domain is reset.
+  * @param  RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock
+  *     @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock
+  *     @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div128: HSE clock divided by 128 selected as RTC clock
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource));
+  /* Select the RTC clock source */
+  RCC->BDCR |= RCC_RTCCLKSource;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the RTC clock.
+  * @note   This function must be used only after the RTC clock was selected using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the RTC clock. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the frequencies of different on chip clocks.
+  * @param  RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold
+  *         the clocks frequencies.
+  * @note   The result of this function could be not correct when using 
+  *         fractional value for HSE crystal.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmull = 0, pllsource = 0, presc = 0;
+
+#ifdef  STM32F10X_CL
+  uint32_t prediv1source = 0, prediv1factor = 0, prediv2factor = 0, pll2mull = 0;
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
+
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
+  uint32_t prediv1factor = 0;
+#endif
+    
+  /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+  tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_SWS_Mask;
+  
+  switch (tmp)
+  {
+    case 0x00:  /* HSI used as system clock */
+      RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+    case 0x04:  /* HSE used as system clock */
+      RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE;
+      break;
+    case 0x08:  /* PLL used as system clock */
+
+      /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
+      pllmull = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PLLMull_Mask;
+      pllsource = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PLLSRC_Mask;
+      
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL      
+      pllmull = ( pllmull >> 18) + 2;
+      
+      if (pllsource == 0x00)
+      {/* HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry */
+        RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+ #if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
+       prediv1factor = (RCC->CFGR2 & CFGR2_PREDIV1) + 1;
+       /* HSE oscillator clock selected as PREDIV1 clock entry */
+       RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSE_VALUE / prediv1factor) * pllmull; 
+ #else
+        /* HSE selected as PLL clock entry */
+        if ((RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+        {/* HSE oscillator clock divided by 2 */
+          RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSE_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE * pllmull;
+        }
+ #endif
+      }
+#else
+      pllmull = pllmull >> 18;
+      
+      if (pllmull != 0x0D)
+      {
+         pllmull += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      { /* PLL multiplication factor = PLL input clock * 6.5 */
+        pllmull = 13 / 2; 
+      }
+            
+      if (pllsource == 0x00)
+      {/* HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry */
+        RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull;
+      }
+      else
+      {/* PREDIV1 selected as PLL clock entry */
+        
+        /* Get PREDIV1 clock source and division factor */
+        prediv1source = RCC->CFGR2 & CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC;
+        prediv1factor = (RCC->CFGR2 & CFGR2_PREDIV1) + 1;
+        
+        if (prediv1source == 0)
+        { /* HSE oscillator clock selected as PREDIV1 clock entry */
+          RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSE_VALUE / prediv1factor) * pllmull;          
+        }
+        else
+        {/* PLL2 clock selected as PREDIV1 clock entry */
+          
+          /* Get PREDIV2 division factor and PLL2 multiplication factor */
+          prediv2factor = ((RCC->CFGR2 & CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> 4) + 1;
+          pll2mull = ((RCC->CFGR2 & CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> 8 ) + 2; 
+          RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (((HSE_VALUE / prediv2factor) * pll2mull) / prediv1factor) * pllmull;                         
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Compute HCLK, PCLK1, PCLK2 and ADCCLK clocks frequencies ----------------*/
+  /* Get HCLK prescaler */
+  tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_HPRE_Set_Mask;
+  tmp = tmp >> 4;
+  presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> presc;
+  /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */
+  tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PPRE1_Set_Mask;
+  tmp = tmp >> 8;
+  presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+  /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc;
+  /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */
+  tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PPRE2_Set_Mask;
+  tmp = tmp >> 11;
+  presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+  /* PCLK2 clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc;
+  /* Get ADCCLK prescaler */
+  tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_ADCPRE_Set_Mask;
+  tmp = tmp >> 14;
+  presc = ADCPrescTable[tmp];
+  /* ADCCLK clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->ADCCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency / presc;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock.
+  * @param  RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock.
+  *   
+  *   For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices, this parameter can be any combination
+  *   of the following values:        
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_OTG_FS    
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC   
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC_Tx
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC_Rx
+  * 
+  *   For @b other_STM32_devices, this parameter can be any combination of the 
+  *   following values:        
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_SDIO
+  *   
+  * @note SRAM and FLITF clock can be disabled only during sleep mode.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    RCC->AHBENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC->AHBENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock.
+  * @param  RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11     
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock.
+  * @param  RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, RCC_APB1Periph_USART4, 
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_USART5, RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_USB, RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, RCC_APB1Periph_BKP,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, RCC_APB1Periph_CEC,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+/**
+  * @brief  Forces or releases AHB peripheral reset.
+  * @note   This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
+  * @param  RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to reset.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_OTG_FS 
+  *     @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH_RESET(RCC_AHBPeriph));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    RCC->AHBRSTR |= RCC_AHBPeriph;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC->AHBRSTR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset.
+  * @param  RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17,
+  *          RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11  
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset.
+  * @param  RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, RCC_APB1Periph_USART4, 
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_USART5, RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_USB, RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, RCC_APB1Periph_BKP,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, RCC_APB1Periph_CEC,
+  *          RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14  
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Forces or releases the Backup domain reset.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Backup domain reset.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_BDRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the Clock Security System.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Clock Security System..
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin.
+  * @param  RCC_MCO: specifies the clock source to output.
+  *   
+  *   For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices, this parameter can be one of the
+  *   following values:       
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_NoClock: No clock selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_SYSCLK: System clock selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2: PLL clock divided by 2 selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_PLL2CLK: PLL2 clock selected                     
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK_Div2: PLL3 clock divided by 2 selected   
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_XT1: External 3-25 MHz oscillator clock selected  
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK: PLL3 clock selected 
+  * 
+  *   For  @b other_STM32_devices, this parameter can be one of the following values:        
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_NoClock: No clock selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_SYSCLK: System clock selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected
+  *     @arg RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2: PLL clock divided by 2 selected
+  *   
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCO)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCO));
+
+  /* Perform Byte access to MCO bits to select the MCO source */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *) CFGR_BYTE4_ADDRESS = RCC_MCO;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not.
+  * @param  RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *   
+  *   For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices, this parameter can be one of the
+  *   following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY: PLL2 clock ready      
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_PLL3RDY: PLL3 clock ready                           
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset
+  * 
+  *   For @b other_STM32_devices, this parameter can be one of the following values:        
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset
+  *     @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset
+  *   
+  * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  uint32_t statusreg = 0;
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG));
+
+  /* Get the RCC register index */
+  tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5;
+  if (tmp == 1)               /* The flag to check is in CR register */
+  {
+    statusreg = RCC->CR;
+  }
+  else if (tmp == 2)          /* The flag to check is in BDCR register */
+  {
+    statusreg = RCC->BDCR;
+  }
+  else                       /* The flag to check is in CSR register */
+  {
+    statusreg = RCC->CSR;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the flag position */
+  tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_Mask;
+  if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+
+  /* Return the flag status */
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the RCC reset flags.
+  * @note   The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST, RCC_FLAG_SFTRST,
+  *   RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_ClearFlag(void)
+{
+  /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */
+  RCC->CSR |= CSR_RMVF_Set;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check.
+  *   
+  *   For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices, this parameter can be one of the
+  *   following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLL2RDY: PLL2 ready interrupt 
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLL3RDY: PLL3 ready interrupt                      
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
+  * 
+  *   For @b other_STM32_devices, this parameter can be one of the following values:        
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
+  *   
+  * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT));
+
+  /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */
+  if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+
+  /* Return the RCC_IT status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   
+  *   For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices, this parameter can be any combination
+  *   of the following values:
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLL2RDY: PLL2 ready interrupt 
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLL3RDY: PLL3 ready interrupt                      
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
+  * 
+  *   For @b other_STM32_devices, this parameter can be any combination of the
+  *   following values:        
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+  *   
+  *     @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT));
+
+  /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt
+     pending bits */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_rcc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_rcc.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_RCC_H
+#define __STM32F10x_RCC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency;  /*!< returns SYSCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
+  uint32_t HCLK_Frequency;    /*!< returns HCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
+  uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency;   /*!< returns PCLK1 clock frequency expressed in Hz */
+  uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency;   /*!< returns PCLK2 clock frequency expressed in Hz */
+  uint32_t ADCCLK_Frequency;  /*!< returns ADCCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
+}RCC_ClocksTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HSE_configuration 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_HSE_OFF                      ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RCC_HSE_ON                       ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define RCC_HSE_Bypass                   ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \
+                         ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup PLL_entry_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2           ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+
+#if !defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) && !defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) && !defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) && !defined (STM32F10X_CL)
+ #define RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div1           ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+ #define RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div2           ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
+ #define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2) || \
+                                   ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div1) || \
+                                   ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div2))
+#else
+ #define RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1            ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+ #define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2) || \
+                                   ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1))
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup PLL_multiplication_factor 
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_2                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_3                    ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_4                    ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_5                    ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_6                    ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_7                    ((uint32_t)0x00140000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_8                    ((uint32_t)0x00180000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_9                    ((uint32_t)0x001C0000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_10                   ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_11                   ((uint32_t)0x00240000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_12                   ((uint32_t)0x00280000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_13                   ((uint32_t)0x002C0000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_14                   ((uint32_t)0x00300000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_15                   ((uint32_t)0x00340000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_16                   ((uint32_t)0x00380000)
+ #define IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_2) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_3)   || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_4) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_5)   || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_7)   || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_9)   || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_10) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_11) || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_13) || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_14) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_15) || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_16))
+
+#else
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_4                    ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_5                    ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_6                    ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_7                    ((uint32_t)0x00140000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_8                    ((uint32_t)0x00180000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_9                    ((uint32_t)0x001C0000)
+ #define RCC_PLLMul_6_5                  ((uint32_t)0x00340000)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_4) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_5) || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_7) || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_9) || \
+                              ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6_5))
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */                              
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PREDIV1_division_factor
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_CL)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div1               ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div2               ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div3               ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div4               ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div5               ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div6               ((uint32_t)0x00000005)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div7               ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div8               ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div9               ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div10              ((uint32_t)0x00000009)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div11              ((uint32_t)0x0000000A)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div12              ((uint32_t)0x0000000B)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div13              ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div14              ((uint32_t)0x0000000D)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div15              ((uint32_t)0x0000000E)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Div16              ((uint32_t)0x0000000F)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_PREDIV1(PREDIV1) (((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div1) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div2) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div3) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div4) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div5) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div6) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div7) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div8) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div9) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div10) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div11) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div12) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div13) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div14) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div15) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div16))
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup PREDIV1_clock_source
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+/* PREDIV1 clock source (for STM32 connectivity line devices) */
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE         ((uint32_t)0x00000000) 
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Source_PLL2        ((uint32_t)0x00010000) 
+
+ #define IS_RCC_PREDIV1_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE) || \
+                                        ((SOURCE) == RCC_PREDIV1_Source_PLL2)) 
+#elif defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
+/* PREDIV1 clock source (for STM32 Value line devices) */
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE         ((uint32_t)0x00000000) 
+
+ #define IS_RCC_PREDIV1_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE)) 
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+/** @defgroup PREDIV2_division_factor
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div1               ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div2               ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div3               ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div4               ((uint32_t)0x00000030)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div5               ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div6               ((uint32_t)0x00000050)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div7               ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div8               ((uint32_t)0x00000070)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div9               ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div10              ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div11              ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div12              ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div13              ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div14              ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div15              ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
+ #define  RCC_PREDIV2_Div16              ((uint32_t)0x000000F0)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_PREDIV2(PREDIV2) (((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div1) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div2) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div3) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div4) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div5) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div6) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div7) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div8) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div9) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div10) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div11) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div12) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div13) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div14) || \
+                                  ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div15) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div16))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup PLL2_multiplication_factor
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_8                  ((uint32_t)0x00000600)
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_9                  ((uint32_t)0x00000700)
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_10                 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_11                 ((uint32_t)0x00000900)
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_12                 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00)
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_13                 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00)
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_14                 ((uint32_t)0x00000C00)
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_16                 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00)
+ #define  RCC_PLL2Mul_20                 ((uint32_t)0x00000F00)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_9)  || \
+                               ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_10) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_11) || \
+                               ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_13) || \
+                               ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_14) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_16) || \
+                               ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_20))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup PLL3_multiplication_factor
+  * @{
+  */
+
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_8                  ((uint32_t)0x00006000)
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_9                  ((uint32_t)0x00007000)
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_10                 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_11                 ((uint32_t)0x00009000)
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_12                 ((uint32_t)0x0000A000)
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_13                 ((uint32_t)0x0000B000)
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_14                 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000)
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_16                 ((uint32_t)0x0000E000)
+ #define  RCC_PLL3Mul_20                 ((uint32_t)0x0000F000)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_PLL3_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_9)  || \
+                               ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_10) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_11) || \
+                               ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_13) || \
+                               ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_14) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_16) || \
+                               ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_20))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
+
+
+/** @defgroup System_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI             ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE             ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK          ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \
+                                      ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \
+                                      ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup AHB_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1                  ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2                  ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4                  ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8                  ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16                 ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64                 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128                ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256                ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
+#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512                ((uint32_t)0x000000F0)
+#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \
+                           ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \
+                           ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \
+                           ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \
+                           ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup APB1_APB2_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div1                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div2                    ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div4                    ((uint32_t)0x00000500)
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div8                    ((uint32_t)0x00000600)
+#define RCC_HCLK_Div16                   ((uint32_t)0x00000700)
+#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \
+                           ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \
+                           ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY                    ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define RCC_IT_LSERDY                    ((uint8_t)0x02)
+#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY                    ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define RCC_IT_HSERDY                    ((uint8_t)0x08)
+#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY                    ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define RCC_IT_CSS                       ((uint8_t)0x80)
+
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+ #define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xE0) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+ #define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \
+                            ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \
+                            ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS))
+ #define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x60) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+#else
+ #define RCC_IT_PLL2RDY                  ((uint8_t)0x20)
+ #define RCC_IT_PLL3RDY                  ((uint8_t)0x40)
+ #define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x80) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+ #define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \
+                            ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \
+                            ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS) || \
+                            ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLL2RDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLL3RDY))
+ #define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((IT) != 0x00)
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+/** @defgroup USB_Device_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+ #define RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5   ((uint8_t)0x00)
+ #define RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1    ((uint8_t)0x01)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5) || \
+                                      ((SOURCE) == RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#else
+/** @defgroup USB_OTG_FS_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+ #define RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div3    ((uint8_t)0x00)
+ #define RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div2    ((uint8_t)0x01)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_OTGFSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div3) || \
+                                         ((SOURCE) == RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div2))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+/** @defgroup I2S2_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+ #define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK        ((uint8_t)0x00)
+ #define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLL3_VCO      ((uint8_t)0x01)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_I2S2CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK) || \
+                                        ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLL3_VCO))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S3_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+ #define RCC_I2S3CLKSource_SYSCLK        ((uint8_t)0x00)
+ #define RCC_I2S3CLKSource_PLL3_VCO      ((uint8_t)0x01)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_I2S3CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S3CLKSource_SYSCLK) || \
+                                        ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S3CLKSource_PLL3_VCO))    
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */  
+  
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_PCLK2_Div2                   ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define RCC_PCLK2_Div4                   ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define RCC_PCLK2_Div6                   ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define RCC_PCLK2_Div8                   ((uint32_t)0x0000C000)
+#define IS_RCC_ADCCLK(ADCCLK) (((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div2) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div4) || \
+                               ((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div6) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div8))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LSE_configuration 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_LSE_OFF                      ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RCC_LSE_ON                       ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define RCC_LSE_Bypass                   ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \
+                         ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_clock_source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE             ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI             ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div128      ((uint32_t)0x00000300)
+#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \
+                                      ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \
+                                      ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div128))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup AHB_peripheral 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1               ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2               ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM               ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF              ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC                ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+ #define RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC              ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+ #define RCC_AHBPeriph_SDIO              ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+ #define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFAA8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+#else
+ #define RCC_AHBPeriph_OTG_FS            ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+ #define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC           ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+ #define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC_Tx        ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+ #define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC_Rx        ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFE2FA8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+ #define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH_RESET(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFAFFF) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup APB2_peripheral 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO              ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA             ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB             ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC             ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD             ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE             ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF             ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG             ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1              ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2              ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1              ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1              ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8              ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1            ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3              ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15             ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16             ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17             ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9              ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10             ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11             ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+
+#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFC00002) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup APB1_peripheral 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2              ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3              ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4              ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5              ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6              ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7              ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12             ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13             ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14             ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG              ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2              ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3              ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2            ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3            ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART4             ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART5             ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1              ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2              ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_USB               ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1              ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2              ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_BKP               ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR               ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC               ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define RCC_APB1Periph_CEC               ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
+ 
+#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x81013600) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup Clock_source_to_output_on_MCO_pin 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_MCO_NoClock                  ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define RCC_MCO_SYSCLK                   ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define RCC_MCO_HSI                      ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define RCC_MCO_HSE                      ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2              ((uint8_t)0x07)
+
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+ #define IS_RCC_MCO(MCO) (((MCO) == RCC_MCO_NoClock) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_HSI) || \
+                          ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_SYSCLK)  || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_HSE) || \
+                          ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2))
+#else
+ #define RCC_MCO_PLL2CLK                 ((uint8_t)0x08)
+ #define RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK_Div2            ((uint8_t)0x09)
+ #define RCC_MCO_XT1                     ((uint8_t)0x0A)
+ #define RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK                 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
+
+ #define IS_RCC_MCO(MCO) (((MCO) == RCC_MCO_NoClock) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_HSI) || \
+                          ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_SYSCLK)  || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_HSE) || \
+                          ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLL2CLK) || \
+                          ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK_Div2) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_XT1) || \
+                          ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK))
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Flag 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY                  ((uint8_t)0x21)
+#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY                  ((uint8_t)0x31)
+#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY                  ((uint8_t)0x39)
+#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY                  ((uint8_t)0x41)
+#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY                  ((uint8_t)0x61)
+#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST                  ((uint8_t)0x7A)
+#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST                  ((uint8_t)0x7B)
+#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST                  ((uint8_t)0x7C)
+#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST                 ((uint8_t)0x7D)
+#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST                 ((uint8_t)0x7E)
+#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST                 ((uint8_t)0x7F)
+
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+ #define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST))
+#else
+ #define RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY                ((uint8_t)0x3B) 
+ #define RCC_FLAG_PLL3RDY                ((uint8_t)0x3D) 
+ #define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLL3RDY) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| \
+                            ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST))
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+#define IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void RCC_DeInit(void);
+void RCC_HSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_HSE);
+ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void);
+void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue);
+void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul);
+void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+
+#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_CL)
+ void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Source, uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  STM32F10X_CL
+ void RCC_PREDIV2Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV2_Div);
+ void RCC_PLL2Config(uint32_t RCC_PLL2Mul);
+ void RCC_PLL2Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+ void RCC_PLL3Config(uint32_t RCC_PLL3Mul);
+ void RCC_PLL3Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource);
+uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void);
+void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK);
+void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK);
+void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK);
+void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
+ void RCC_USBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLKSource);
+#else
+ void RCC_OTGFSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_OTGFSCLKSource);
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PCLK2);
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+ void RCC_I2S2CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2S2CLKSource);                                  
+ void RCC_I2S3CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2S3CLKSource);
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE);
+void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource);
+void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks);
+void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */ 
+
+void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCO);
+FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG);
+void RCC_ClearFlag(void);
+ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT);
+void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_RCC_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_rtc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_rtc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the RTC firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_rtc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC 
+  * @brief RTC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#define RTC_LSB_MASK     ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF)  /*!< RTC LSB Mask */
+#define PRLH_MSB_MASK    ((uint32_t)0x000F0000)  /*!< RTC Prescaler MSB Mask */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts.
+  * @param  RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_ITConfig(uint16_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_IT(RTC_IT));  
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    RTC->CRH |= RTC_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RTC->CRH &= (uint16_t)~RTC_IT;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the RTC configuration mode.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void)
+{
+  /* Set the CNF flag to enter in the Configuration Mode */
+  RTC->CRL |= RTC_CRL_CNF;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Exits from the RTC configuration mode.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void)
+{
+  /* Reset the CNF flag to exit from the Configuration Mode */
+  RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)RTC_CRL_CNF); 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the RTC counter value.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval RTC counter value.
+  */
+uint32_t RTC_GetCounter(void)
+{
+  uint16_t tmp = 0;
+  tmp = RTC->CNTL;
+  return (((uint32_t)RTC->CNTH << 16 ) | tmp) ;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the RTC counter value.
+  * @param  CounterValue: RTC counter new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_SetCounter(uint32_t CounterValue)
+{ 
+  RTC_EnterConfigMode();
+  /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
+  RTC->CNTH = CounterValue >> 16;
+  /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
+  RTC->CNTL = (CounterValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
+  RTC_ExitConfigMode();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the RTC prescaler value.
+  * @param  PrescalerValue: RTC prescaler new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_SetPrescaler(uint32_t PrescalerValue)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_PRESCALER(PrescalerValue));
+  
+  RTC_EnterConfigMode();
+  /* Set RTC PRESCALER MSB word */
+  RTC->PRLH = (PrescalerValue & PRLH_MSB_MASK) >> 16;
+  /* Set RTC PRESCALER LSB word */
+  RTC->PRLL = (PrescalerValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
+  RTC_ExitConfigMode();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the RTC alarm value.
+  * @param  AlarmValue: RTC alarm new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t AlarmValue)
+{  
+  RTC_EnterConfigMode();
+  /* Set the ALARM MSB word */
+  RTC->ALRH = AlarmValue >> 16;
+  /* Set the ALARM LSB word */
+  RTC->ALRL = (AlarmValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
+  RTC_ExitConfigMode();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the RTC divider value.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval RTC Divider value.
+  */
+uint32_t RTC_GetDivider(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
+  tmp = ((uint32_t)RTC->DIVH & (uint32_t)0x000F) << 16;
+  tmp |= RTC->DIVL;
+  return tmp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits until last write operation on RTC registers has finished.
+  * @note   This function must be called before any write to RTC registers.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void)
+{
+  /* Loop until RTOFF flag is set */
+  while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RTOFF) == (uint16_t)RESET)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits until the RTC registers (RTC_CNT, RTC_ALR and RTC_PRL)
+  *   are synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+  * @note   This function must be called before any read operation after an APB reset
+  *   or an APB clock stop.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void)
+{
+  /* Clear RSF flag */
+  RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_FLAG_RSF;
+  /* Loop until RSF flag is set */
+  while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RSF) == (uint16_t)RESET)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not.
+  * @param  RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one the following values:
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_RTOFF: RTC Operation OFF flag
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag
+  * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t RTC_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); 
+  
+  if ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the RTC's pending flags.
+  * @param  RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag. This flag is cleared only after
+  *                        an APB reset or an APB Clock stop.
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag
+  *     @arg RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_ClearFlag(uint16_t RTC_FLAG)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); 
+    
+  /* Clear the corresponding RTC flag */
+  RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt
+  * @retval The new state of the RTC_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint16_t RTC_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); 
+  
+  bitstatus = (ITStatus)(RTC->CRL & RTC_IT);
+  if (((RTC->CRH & RTC_IT) != (uint16_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint16_t)RESET))
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  RTC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt
+  *     @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t RTC_IT)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_IT(RTC_IT));  
+  
+  /* Clear the corresponding RTC pending bit */
+  RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_rtc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_rtc.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_RTC_H
+#define __STM32F10x_RTC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_interrupts_define 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RTC_IT_OW            ((uint16_t)0x0004)  /*!< Overflow interrupt */
+#define RTC_IT_ALR           ((uint16_t)0x0002)  /*!< Alarm interrupt */
+#define RTC_IT_SEC           ((uint16_t)0x0001)  /*!< Second interrupt */
+#define IS_RTC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFFF8) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
+#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_OW) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALR) || \
+                           ((IT) == RTC_IT_SEC))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_interrupts_flags 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RTC_FLAG_RTOFF       ((uint16_t)0x0020)  /*!< RTC Operation OFF flag */
+#define RTC_FLAG_RSF         ((uint16_t)0x0008)  /*!< Registers Synchronized flag */
+#define RTC_FLAG_OW          ((uint16_t)0x0004)  /*!< Overflow flag */
+#define RTC_FLAG_ALR         ((uint16_t)0x0002)  /*!< Alarm flag */
+#define RTC_FLAG_SEC         ((uint16_t)0x0001)  /*!< Second flag */
+#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFFF0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
+#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RTOFF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_OW) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALR) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_SEC))
+#define IS_RTC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) ((PRESCALER) <= 0xFFFFF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void RTC_ITConfig(uint16_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void);
+void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void);
+uint32_t  RTC_GetCounter(void);
+void RTC_SetCounter(uint32_t CounterValue);
+void RTC_SetPrescaler(uint32_t PrescalerValue);
+void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t AlarmValue);
+uint32_t  RTC_GetDivider(void);
+void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void);
+void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void);
+FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t RTC_FLAG);
+void RTC_ClearFlag(uint16_t RTC_FLAG);
+ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint16_t RTC_IT);
+void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t RTC_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_RTC_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_sdio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,799 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_sdio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the SDIO firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_sdio.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO 
+  * @brief SDIO driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* ------------ SDIO registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define SDIO_OFFSET                (SDIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of CLKEN bit */
+#define CLKCR_OFFSET              (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x04)
+#define CLKEN_BitNumber           0x08
+#define CLKCR_CLKEN_BB            (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CLKCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CLKEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CMD Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of SDIOSUSPEND bit */
+#define CMD_OFFSET                (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x0C)
+#define SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber     0x0B
+#define CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB        (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of ENCMDCOMPL bit */
+#define ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber      0x0C
+#define CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB         (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of NIEN bit */
+#define NIEN_BitNumber            0x0D
+#define CMD_NIEN_BB               (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (NIEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of ATACMD bit */
+#define ATACMD_BitNumber          0x0E
+#define CMD_ATACMD_BB             (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ATACMD_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of DMAEN bit */
+#define DCTRL_OFFSET              (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x2C)
+#define DMAEN_BitNumber           0x03
+#define DCTRL_DMAEN_BB            (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (DMAEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of RWSTART bit */
+#define RWSTART_BitNumber         0x08
+#define DCTRL_RWSTART_BB          (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTART_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of RWSTOP bit */
+#define RWSTOP_BitNumber          0x09
+#define DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB           (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTOP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of RWMOD bit */
+#define RWMOD_BitNumber           0x0A
+#define DCTRL_RWMOD_BB            (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWMOD_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of SDIOEN bit */
+#define SDIOEN_BitNumber          0x0B
+#define DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB           (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* ---------------------- SDIO registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/
+
+/* CLKCR register clear mask */
+#define CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK         ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8100) 
+
+/* --- PWRCTRL Register ---*/
+
+/* SDIO PWRCTRL Mask */
+#define PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK         ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
+
+/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/
+
+/* SDIO DCTRL Clear Mask */
+#define DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK         ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF08)
+
+/* --- CMD Register ---*/
+
+/* CMD Register clear mask */
+#define CMD_CLEAR_MASK           ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF800)
+
+/* SDIO RESP Registers Address */
+#define SDIO_RESP_ADDR           ((uint32_t)(SDIO_BASE + 0x14))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the SDIO peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_DeInit(void)
+{
+  SDIO->POWER = 0x00000000;
+  SDIO->CLKCR = 0x00000000;
+  SDIO->ARG = 0x00000000;
+  SDIO->CMD = 0x00000000;
+  SDIO->DTIMER = 0x00000000;
+  SDIO->DLEN = 0x00000000;
+  SDIO->DCTRL = 0x00000000;
+  SDIO->ICR = 0x00C007FF;
+  SDIO->MASK = 0x00000000;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SDIO peripheral according to the specified 
+  *         parameters in the SDIO_InitStruct.
+  * @param  SDIO_InitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_InitTypeDef structure 
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the SDIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+    
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl)); 
+   
+/*---------------------------- SDIO CLKCR Configuration ------------------------*/  
+  /* Get the SDIO CLKCR value */
+  tmpreg = SDIO->CLKCR;
+  
+  /* Clear CLKDIV, PWRSAV, BYPASS, WIDBUS, NEGEDGE, HWFC_EN bits */
+  tmpreg &= CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK;
+  
+  /* Set CLKDIV bits according to SDIO_ClockDiv value */
+  /* Set PWRSAV bit according to SDIO_ClockPowerSave value */
+  /* Set BYPASS bit according to SDIO_ClockBypass value */
+  /* Set WIDBUS bits according to SDIO_BusWide value */
+  /* Set NEGEDGE bits according to SDIO_ClockEdge value */
+  /* Set HWFC_EN bits according to SDIO_HardwareFlowControl value */
+  tmpreg |= (SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv  | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave |
+             SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide |
+             SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl); 
+  
+  /* Write to SDIO CLKCR */
+  SDIO->CLKCR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each SDIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which 
+  *   will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* SDIO_InitStruct members default value */
+  SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv = 0x00;
+  SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge = SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising;
+  SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass = SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable;
+  SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave = SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable;
+  SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide = SDIO_BusWide_1b;
+  SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the SDIO Clock.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the SDIO Clock. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CLKCR_CLKEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the power status of the controller.
+  * @param  SDIO_PowerState: new state of the Power state. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SDIO_PowerState_OFF
+  *     @arg SDIO_PowerState_ON
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(SDIO_PowerState));
+  
+  SDIO->POWER &= PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK;
+  SDIO->POWER |= SDIO_PowerState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the power status of the controller.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can
+  *   be one of the following:
+  * - 0x00: Power OFF
+  * - 0x02: Power UP
+  * - 0x03: Power ON 
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void)
+{
+  return (SDIO->POWER & (~PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the SDIO interrupts.
+  * @param  SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *   This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR:  Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND:  Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT:  Command sent (no response required) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND:  Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide 
+  *                            bus mode interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND:  Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT:   Command transfer in progress interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT:    Data transmit in progress interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT:    Data receive in progress interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF:  Transmit FIFO full interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF:  Receive FIFO full interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE:  Transmit FIFO empty interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE:  Receive FIFO empty interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL:   Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL:   Data available in receive FIFO interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT:   SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified SDIO interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None 
+  */
+void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_IT(SDIO_IT));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the SDIO interrupts */
+    SDIO->MASK |= SDIO_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the SDIO interrupts */
+    SDIO->MASK &= ~SDIO_IT;
+  } 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the SDIO DMA request.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected SDIO DMA request.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_DMAEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SDIO Command according to the specified 
+  *         parameters in the SDIO_CmdInitStruct and send the command.
+  * @param  SDIO_CmdInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef 
+  *         structure that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM));
+  
+/*---------------------------- SDIO ARG Configuration ------------------------*/
+  /* Set the SDIO Argument value */
+  SDIO->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument;
+  
+/*---------------------------- SDIO CMD Configuration ------------------------*/  
+  /* Get the SDIO CMD value */
+  tmpreg = SDIO->CMD;
+  /* Clear CMDINDEX, WAITRESP, WAITINT, WAITPEND, CPSMEN bits */
+  tmpreg &= CMD_CLEAR_MASK;
+  /* Set CMDINDEX bits according to SDIO_CmdIndex value */
+  /* Set WAITRESP bits according to SDIO_Response value */
+  /* Set WAITINT and WAITPEND bits according to SDIO_Wait value */
+  /* Set CPSMEN bits according to SDIO_CPSM value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response
+           | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM;
+  
+  /* Write to SDIO CMD */
+  SDIO->CMD = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each SDIO_CmdInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef 
+  *         structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
+{
+  /* SDIO_CmdInitStruct members default value */
+  SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument = 0x00;
+  SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex = 0x00;
+  SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response = SDIO_Response_No;
+  SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait = SDIO_Wait_No;
+  SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns command index of last command for which response received.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval Returns the command index of the last command response received.
+  */
+uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void)
+{
+  return (uint8_t)(SDIO->RESPCMD);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns response received from the card for the last command.
+  * @param  SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1
+  *     @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2
+  *     @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3
+  *     @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4
+  * @retval The Corresponding response register value.
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP));
+
+  tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP;
+  
+  return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SDIO data path according to the specified 
+  *   parameters in the SDIO_DataInitStruct.
+  * @param  SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure that
+  *   contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM));
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO DTIMER Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Set the SDIO Data TimeOut value */
+  SDIO->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut;
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO DLEN Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Set the SDIO DataLength value */
+  SDIO->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength;
+
+/*---------------------------- SDIO DCTRL Configuration ----------------------*/  
+  /* Get the SDIO DCTRL value */
+  tmpreg = SDIO->DCTRL;
+  /* Clear DEN, DTMODE, DTDIR and DBCKSIZE bits */
+  tmpreg &= DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK;
+  /* Set DEN bit according to SDIO_DPSM value */
+  /* Set DTMODE bit according to SDIO_TransferMode value */
+  /* Set DTDIR bit according to SDIO_TransferDir value */
+  /* Set DBCKSIZE bits according to SDIO_DataBlockSize value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir
+           | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM;
+
+  /* Write to SDIO DCTRL */
+  SDIO->DCTRL = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each SDIO_DataInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  SDIO_DataInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure which
+  *         will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
+{
+  /* SDIO_DataInitStruct members default value */
+  SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength = 0x00;
+  SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize = SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b;
+  SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir = SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard;
+  SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode = SDIO_TransferMode_Block;  
+  SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void)
+{ 
+  return SDIO->DCOUNT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read one data word from Rx FIFO.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval Data received
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void)
+{ 
+  return SDIO->FIFO;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write one data word to Tx FIFO.
+  * @param  Data: 32-bit data word to write.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data)
+{ 
+  SDIO->FIFO = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the number of words left to be written to or read from FIFO.	
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval Remaining number of words.
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void)
+{ 
+  return SDIO->FIFOCNT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the SD I/O Read Wait operation.	
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Start SDIO Read Wait operation. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTART_BB = (uint32_t) NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the SD I/O Read Wait operation.	
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Stop SDIO Read Wait operation. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB = (uint32_t) NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval.
+  * @param  SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode.
+  *   This parameter can be:
+  *     @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK
+  *     @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode Operation.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of SDIO specific operation. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode suspend command sending.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the SD I/O Mode suspend command.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the command completion signal.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of command completion signal. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the CE-ATA interrupt.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of CE-ATA interrupt. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_NIEN_BB = (uint32_t)((~((uint32_t)NewState)) & ((uint32_t)0x1));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends CE-ATA command (CMD61).
+  * @param  NewState: new state of CE-ATA command. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ATACMD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified SDIO flag is set or not.
+  * @param  SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR:  Received FIFO overrun error
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND:  Command response received (CRC check passed)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT:  Command sent (no response required)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND:  Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide 
+  *                              bus mode.
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND:  Data block sent/received (CRC check passed)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT:   Command transfer in progress
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXACT:    Data transmit in progress
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXACT:    Data receive in progress
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF:  Transmit FIFO full
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF:  Receive FIFO full
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE:  Transmit FIFO empty
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE:  Receive FIFO empty
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL:   Data available in transmit FIFO
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL:   Data available in receive FIFO
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT:   SD I/O interrupt received
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
+  * @retval The new state of SDIO_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG)
+{ 
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG));
+  
+  if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the SDIO's pending flags.
+  * @param  SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.  
+  *   This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR:  Received FIFO overrun error
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND:  Command response received (CRC check passed)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT:  Command sent (no response required)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND:  Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide 
+  *                              bus mode
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND:  Data block sent/received (CRC check passed)
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT:   SD I/O interrupt received
+  *     @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG));
+   
+  SDIO->ICR = SDIO_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified SDIO interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt source to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR:  Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND:  Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT:  Command sent (no response required) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND:  Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide 
+  *                            bus mode interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND:  Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT:   Command transfer in progress interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT:    Data transmit in progress interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT:    Data receive in progress interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF:  Transmit FIFO full interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF:  Receive FIFO full interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE:  Transmit FIFO empty interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE:  Receive FIFO empty interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL:   Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL:   Data available in receive FIFO interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT:   SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt
+  * @retval The new state of SDIO_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT)
+{ 
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_GET_IT(SDIO_IT));
+  if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)  
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the SDIO's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  SDIO_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. 
+  *   This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR:  Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND:  Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT:  Command sent (no response required) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND:  Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide 
+  *                            bus mode interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT:   SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
+  *     @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(SDIO_IT));
+   
+  SDIO->ICR = SDIO_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_sdio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_sdio.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SDIO firmware
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_SDIO_H
+#define __STM32F10x_SDIO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SDIO
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t SDIO_ClockEdge;            /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Edge */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_ClockBypass;          /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO Clock divider bypass is
+                                           enabled or disabled.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Bypass */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_ClockPowerSave;       /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Clock output is enabled or
+                                           disabled when the bus is idle.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Power_Save */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_BusWide;              /*!< Specifies the SDIO bus width.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Bus_Wide */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_HardwareFlowControl;  /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO hardware flow control is enabled or disabled.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control */
+
+  uint8_t SDIO_ClockDiv;              /*!< Specifies the clock frequency of the SDIO controller.
+                                           This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0xFF. */
+                                           
+} SDIO_InitTypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t SDIO_Argument;  /*!< Specifies the SDIO command argument which is sent
+                                to a card as part of a command message. If a command
+                                contains an argument, it must be loaded into this register
+                                before writing the command to the command register */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_CmdIndex;  /*!< Specifies the SDIO command index. It must be lower than 0x40. */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_Response;  /*!< Specifies the SDIO response type.
+                                This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Response_Type */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_Wait;      /*!< Specifies whether SDIO wait-for-interrupt request is enabled or disabled.
+                                This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_CPSM;      /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Command path state machine (CPSM)
+                                is enabled or disabled.
+                                This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_CPSM_State */
+} SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t SDIO_DataTimeOut;    /*!< Specifies the data timeout period in card bus clock periods. */
+
+  uint32_t SDIO_DataLength;     /*!< Specifies the number of data bytes to be transferred. */
+ 
+  uint32_t SDIO_DataBlockSize;  /*!< Specifies the data block size for block transfer.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Data_Block_Size */
+ 
+  uint32_t SDIO_TransferDir;    /*!< Specifies the data transfer direction, whether the transfer
+                                     is a read or write.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Direction */
+ 
+  uint32_t SDIO_TransferMode;   /*!< Specifies whether data transfer is in stream or block mode.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Type */
+ 
+  uint32_t SDIO_DPSM;           /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Data path state machine (DPSM)
+                                     is enabled or disabled.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_DPSM_State */
+} SDIO_DataInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Edge 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising               ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling              ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising) || \
+                                  ((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Bypass 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable             ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable              ((uint32_t)0x00000400)    
+#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(BYPASS) (((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable) || \
+                                     ((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Power_Save 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable         ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable          ((uint32_t)0x00000200) 
+#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SAVE) (((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable) || \
+                                        ((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Bus_Wide 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_BusWide_1b                     ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_BusWide_4b                     ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define SDIO_BusWide_8b                     ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(WIDE) (((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_1b) || ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_4b) || \
+                                ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_8b))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable     ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL) (((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable) || \
+                                                ((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Power_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_PowerState_OFF                 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_PowerState_ON                  ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+#define IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_OFF) || ((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_ON)) 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Interrupt_sources 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL                    ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL                    ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT                    ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT                    ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR                    ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXOVERR                     ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define SDIO_IT_CMDREND                     ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SDIO_IT_CMDSENT                     ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define SDIO_IT_DATAEND                     ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define SDIO_IT_STBITERR                    ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define SDIO_IT_DBCKEND                     ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define SDIO_IT_CMDACT                      ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXACT                       ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXACT                       ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE                    ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF                    ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF                     ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF                     ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE                     ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE                     ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define SDIO_IT_TXDAVL                      ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define SDIO_IT_RXDAVL                      ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define SDIO_IT_SDIOIT                      ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define SDIO_IT_CEATAEND                    ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define IS_SDIO_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF000000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Command_Index
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(INDEX)            ((INDEX) < 0x40)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Type 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_Response_No                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_Response_Short                 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SDIO_Response_Long                  ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
+#define IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(RESPONSE) (((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_No) || \
+                                    ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Short) || \
+                                    ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Long))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_Wait_No                        ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SDIO No Wait, TimeOut is enabled */
+#define SDIO_Wait_IT                        ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< SDIO Wait Interrupt Request */
+#define SDIO_Wait_Pend                      ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< SDIO Wait End of transfer */
+#define IS_SDIO_WAIT(WAIT) (((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_No) || ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_IT) || \
+                            ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_Pend))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_CPSM_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_CPSM_Disable                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_CPSM_Enable                     ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define IS_SDIO_CPSM(CPSM) (((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Enable) || ((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Registers 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_RESP1                          ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_RESP2                          ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define SDIO_RESP3                          ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define SDIO_RESP4                          ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
+#define IS_SDIO_RESP(RESP) (((RESP) == SDIO_RESP1) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP2) || \
+                            ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP3) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP4))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Length 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(LENGTH) ((LENGTH) <= 0x01FFFFFF)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Block_Size 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b               ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b               ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b               ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b               ((uint32_t)0x00000030)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b              ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b              ((uint32_t)0x00000050)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b              ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b             ((uint32_t)0x00000070)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b             ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b             ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b            ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b            ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b            ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b            ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
+#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b           ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
+#define IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b) || \
+                                  ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b)) 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Direction 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard             ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO             ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard) || \
+                                   ((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Type 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_TransferMode_Block             ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_TransferMode_Stream            ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Stream) || \
+                                     ((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Block))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_DPSM_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_DPSM_Disable                    ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SDIO_DPSM_Enable                     ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define IS_SDIO_DPSM(DPSM) (((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Enable) || ((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Flags 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL                  ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL                  ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT                  ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT                  ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR                  ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR                   ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND                   ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT                   ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND                   ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR                  ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND                   ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT                    ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXACT                     ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXACT                     ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE                  ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF                  ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF                   ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF                   ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE                   ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE                   ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL                    ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL                    ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT                    ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND                  ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define IS_SDIO_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_TXACT) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_RXACT) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT) || \
+                            ((FLAG)  == SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND))
+
+#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint32_t)0x00))
+
+#define IS_SDIO_GET_IT(IT) (((IT)  == SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_CMDREND) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_CMDSENT) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_DATAEND) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_STBITERR) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_DBCKEND) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_CMDACT) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_TXACT) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_RXACT) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_TXDAVL) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_RXDAVL) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_SDIOIT) || \
+                            ((IT)  == SDIO_IT_CEATAEND))
+
+#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Read_Wait_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK               ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2             ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK) || \
+                                     ((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void SDIO_DeInit(void);
+void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct);
+void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct);
+void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState);
+uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void);
+void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct);
+void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct);
+uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void);
+uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP);
+void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct);
+void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct);
+uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void);
+uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void);
+void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data);
+uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void);
+void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode);
+void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG);
+void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG);
+ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT);
+void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_SDIO_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_spi.c

@@ -0,0 +1,908 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_spi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the SPI firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_spi.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI 
+  * @brief SPI driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* SPI SPE mask */
+#define CR1_SPE_Set          ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define CR1_SPE_Reset        ((uint16_t)0xFFBF)
+
+/* I2S I2SE mask */
+#define I2SCFGR_I2SE_Set     ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define I2SCFGR_I2SE_Reset   ((uint16_t)0xFBFF)
+
+/* SPI CRCNext mask */
+#define CR1_CRCNext_Set      ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+
+/* SPI CRCEN mask */
+#define CR1_CRCEN_Set        ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define CR1_CRCEN_Reset      ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)
+
+/* SPI SSOE mask */
+#define CR2_SSOE_Set         ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define CR2_SSOE_Reset       ((uint16_t)0xFFFB)
+
+/* SPI registers Masks */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask       ((uint16_t)0x3040)
+#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask   ((uint16_t)0xF040)
+
+/* SPI or I2S mode selection masks */
+#define SPI_Mode_Select      ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
+#define I2S_Mode_Select      ((uint16_t)0x0800) 
+
+/* I2S clock source selection masks */
+#define I2S2_CLOCK_SRC       ((uint32_t)(0x00020000))
+#define I2S3_CLOCK_SRC       ((uint32_t)(0x00040000))
+#define I2S_MUL_MASK         ((uint32_t)(0x0000F000))
+#define I2S_DIV_MASK         ((uint32_t)(0x000000F0))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default
+  *         reset values (Affects also the I2Ss).
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+  if (SPIx == SPI1)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI1 reset state */
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE);
+    /* Release SPI1 from reset state */
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (SPIx == SPI2)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI2 reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE);
+    /* Release SPI2 from reset state */
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (SPIx == SPI3)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI3 reset state */
+      RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE);
+      /* Release SPI3 from reset state */
+      RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified 
+  *         parameters in the SPI_InitStruct.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+  
+  /* check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));   
+  
+  /* Check the SPI parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial));
+
+/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+  /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */
+  tmpreg = SPIx->CR1;
+  /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler
+     master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */
+  /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */
+  /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */
+  /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */
+  /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */
+  /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */
+  /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode |
+                  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL |  
+                  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS |  
+                  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit);
+  /* Write to SPIx CR1 */
+  SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+  
+  /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
+  SPIx->I2SCFGR &= SPI_Mode_Select;		
+
+/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/
+  /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */
+  SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified 
+  *         parameters in the I2S_InitStruct.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be  2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral
+  *         (configured in I2S mode).
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral
+  *         configured in I2S mode.
+  * @note
+  *  The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most 
+  *  accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values 
+  *  and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater 
+  *  than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead.  *   
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
+  uint32_t sourceclock = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL));  
+
+/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/
+  /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+  SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask; 
+  SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002;
+  
+  /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
+  tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR;
+  
+  /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/
+  if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)
+  {
+    i2sodd = (uint16_t)0;
+    i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2;   
+  }
+  /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) */
+    if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b)
+    {
+      /* Packet length is 16 bits */
+      packetlength = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+      packetlength = 2;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the I2S clock source mask depending on the peripheral number */
+    if(((uint32_t)SPIx) == SPI2_BASE)
+    {
+      /* The mask is relative to I2S2 */
+      tmp = I2S2_CLOCK_SRC;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+      /* The mask is relative to I2S3 */      
+      tmp = I2S3_CLOCK_SRC;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the I2S clock source configuration depending on the Device:
+       Only Connectivity line devices have the PLL3 VCO clock */
+#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
+    if((RCC->CFGR2 & tmp) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Get the configuration bits of RCC PLL3 multiplier */
+      tmp = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR2 & I2S_MUL_MASK) >> 12);
+
+      /* Get the value of the PLL3 multiplier */      
+      if((tmp > 5) && (tmp < 15))
+      {
+        /* Multiplier is between 8 and 14 (value 15 is forbidden) */
+        tmp += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (tmp == 15)
+        {
+          /* Multiplier is 20 */
+          tmp = 20;
+        }
+      }      
+      /* Get the PREDIV2 value */
+      sourceclock = (uint32_t)(((RCC->CFGR2 & I2S_DIV_MASK) >> 4) + 1);
+      
+      /* Calculate the Source Clock frequency based on PLL3 and PREDIV2 values */
+      sourceclock = (uint32_t) ((HSE_Value / sourceclock) * tmp * 2); 
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
+      RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);      
+      
+      /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
+      sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
+    }        
+#else /* STM32F10X_HD */
+    /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
+    RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);      
+      
+    /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
+    sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;    
+#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */    
+
+    /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
+    if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable)
+    {
+      /* MCLK output is enabled */
+      tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* MCLK output is disabled */
+      tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
+    }
+    
+    /* Remove the floating point */
+    tmp = tmp / 10;  
+      
+    /* Check the parity of the divider */
+    i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001);
+   
+    /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+    i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2);
+   
+    /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+    i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8);
+  }
+  
+  /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+  if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF))
+  {
+    /* Set the default values */
+    i2sdiv = 2;
+    i2sodd = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+  SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)(i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));  
+ 
+  /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */
+  tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(I2S_Mode_Select | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \
+                  (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \
+                  (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL))));
+ 
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */  
+  SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;   
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct : pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+  /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex;
+  /* initialize the SPI_Mode member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave;
+  /* initialize the SPI_DataSize member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b;
+  /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low;
+  /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge;
+  /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard;
+  /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2;
+  /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB;
+  /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */
+  SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct : pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+  /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */
+  I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx;
+  
+  /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */
+  I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips;
+  
+  /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */
+  I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b;
+  
+  /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */
+  I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable;
+  
+  /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */
+  I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default;
+  
+  /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */
+  I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */
+    SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_SPE_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
+    SPIx->CR1 &= CR1_SPE_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode).
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */
+    SPIx->I2SCFGR |= I2SCFGR_I2SE_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */
+    SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_I2SE_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be
+  *   - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode 
+  *   - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
+  * @param  SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI/I2S interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified SPI/I2S interrupt.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
+
+  /* Get the SPI/I2S IT index */
+  itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
+
+  /* Set the IT mask */
+  itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos;
+
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected SPI/I2S interrupt */
+    SPIx->CR2 |= itmask;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected SPI/I2S interrupt */
+    SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be
+  *   - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode 
+  *   - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
+  * @param  SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI/I2S DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. 
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the selected SPI/I2S DMA transfer request.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected SPI/I2S DMA requests */
+    SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected SPI/I2S DMA requests */
+    SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be
+  *   - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode 
+  *   - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
+  * @param  Data : Data to be transmitted.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  
+  /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
+  SPIx->DR = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. 
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be
+  *   - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode 
+  *   - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
+  * @retval The value of the received data.
+  */
+uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  
+  /* Return the data in the DR register */
+  return SPIx->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally
+  *     @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft));
+  if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)
+  {
+    /* Set NSS pin internally by software */
+    SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */
+    SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. 
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */
+    SPIx->CR2 |= CR2_SSOE_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */
+    SPIx->CR2 &= CR2_SSOE_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the data size for the selected SPI.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit
+  *     @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_DataSize));
+  /* Clear DFF bit */
+  SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_DataSize_16b;
+  /* Set new DFF bit value */
+  SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_DataSize;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit the SPIx CRC value.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  
+  /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */
+  SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_CRCNext_Set;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */
+    SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_CRCEN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */
+    SPIx->CR1 &= CR1_CRCEN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register
+  *     @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register
+  * @retval The selected CRC register value..
+  */
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC)
+{
+  uint16_t crcreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC));
+  if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx)
+  {
+    /* Get the Tx CRC register */
+    crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the Rx CRC register */
+    crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR;
+  }
+  /* Return the selected CRC register */
+  return crcreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value.
+  */
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  
+  /* Return the CRC polynomial register */
+  return SPIx->CRCPR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode for the specified SPI.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction
+  *     @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction));
+  if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx)
+  {
+    /* Set the Tx only mode */
+    SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the Rx only mode */
+    SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S flag is set or not.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be
+  *   - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode 
+  *   - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
+  * @param  SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI/I2S flag to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag.
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag.
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag.
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag.
+  *     @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag.
+  *     @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag.
+  *     @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag.
+  *     @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag.
+  * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG));
+  /* Check the status of the specified SPI/I2S flag */
+  if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */
+  return  bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be
+  *   - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode 
+  * @param  SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. 
+  *   This function clears only CRCERR flag.
+  * @note
+  *   - OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read 
+  *     operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read 
+  *     operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()).
+  *   - UDR (UnderRun error) flag is cleared by a read operation to 
+  *     SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()).
+  *   - MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write 
+  *     operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a 
+  *     write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG));
+    
+    /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */
+    SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be
+  *   - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode 
+  *   - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
+  * @param  SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI/I2S interrupt source to check. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt.
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt.
+  *     @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt.
+  *     @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt.
+  *     @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt.
+  *     @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun Error interrupt.
+  * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
+
+  /* Get the SPI/I2S IT index */
+  itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
+
+  /* Get the SPI/I2S IT mask */
+  itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
+
+  /* Set the IT mask */
+  itmask = 0x01 << itmask;
+
+  /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */
+  enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ;
+
+  /* Check the status of the specified SPI/I2S interrupt */
+  if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+  {
+    /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit.
+  * @param  SPIx: where x can be
+  *   - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode 
+  * @param  SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   This function clears only CRCERR interrupt pending bit.   
+  * @note
+  *   - OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software 
+  *     sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) 
+  *     followed by a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()).
+  *   - UDR (UnderRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by a read 
+  *     operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()).
+  *   - MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence:
+  *     a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()) 
+  *     followed by a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable 
+  *     the SPI).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
+{
+  uint16_t itpos = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
+
+  /* Get the SPI IT index */
+  itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
+
+  /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit */
+  SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~itpos;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_spi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_spi.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_SPI_H
+#define __STM32F10x_SPI_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  SPI Init structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t SPI_Direction;           /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */
+
+  uint16_t SPI_Mode;                /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */
+
+  uint16_t SPI_DataSize;            /*!< Specifies the SPI data size.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */
+
+  uint16_t SPI_CPOL;                /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */
+
+  uint16_t SPI_CPHA;                /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */
+
+  uint16_t SPI_NSS;                 /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by
+                                         hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */
+ 
+  uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler;   /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be
+                                         used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler.
+                                         @note The communication clock is derived from the master
+                                               clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */
+
+  uint16_t SPI_FirstBit;            /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit.
+                                         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */
+
+  uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial;       /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */
+}SPI_InitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  I2S Init structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+
+  uint16_t I2S_Mode;         /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Mode */
+
+  uint16_t I2S_Standard;     /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Standard */
+
+  uint16_t I2S_DataFormat;   /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Data_Format */
+
+  uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput;   /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_MCLK_Output */
+
+  uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq;    /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Audio_Frequency */
+
+  uint16_t I2S_CPOL;         /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Clock_Polarity */
+}I2S_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == SPI3))
+
+#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \
+                                  ((PERIPH) == SPI3))
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction 
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly     ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx          ((uint16_t)0x8000)
+#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx          ((uint16_t)0xC000)
+#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \
+                                     ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \
+                                     ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \
+                                     ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_Mode_Master                 ((uint16_t)0x0104)
+#define SPI_Mode_Slave                  ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \
+                           ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_data_size 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_DataSize_16b                ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define SPI_DataSize_8b                 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b) || \
+                                   ((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_CPOL_Low                    ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_CPOL_High                   ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \
+                           ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge                  ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge                  ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \
+                           ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_NSS_Soft                    ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define SPI_NSS_Hard                    ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \
+                         ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2         ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4         ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8         ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16        ((uint16_t)0x0018)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32        ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64        ((uint16_t)0x0028)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128       ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256       ((uint16_t)0x0038)
+#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \
+                                              ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \
+                                              ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \
+                                              ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \
+                                              ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \
+                                              ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \
+                                              ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \
+                                              ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB                ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB                ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \
+                               ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx                ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx                ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx               ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx               ((uint16_t)0x0300)
+#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \
+                           ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \
+                           ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx) || \
+                           ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx) )
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Standard 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2S_Standard_Phillips           ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2S_Standard_MSB                ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define I2S_Standard_LSB                ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort           ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong            ((uint16_t)0x00B0)
+#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \
+                                   ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \
+                                   ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \
+                                   ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \
+                                   ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Data_Format 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2S_DataFormat_16b              ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended      ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define I2S_DataFormat_24b              ((uint16_t)0x0003)
+#define I2S_DataFormat_32b              ((uint16_t)0x0005)
+#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \
+                                    ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \
+                                    ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \
+                                    ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_MCLK_Output 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable           ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable          ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \
+                                    ((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Audio_Frequency 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k               ((uint32_t)192000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k                ((uint32_t)96000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k                ((uint32_t)48000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k                ((uint32_t)44100)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k                ((uint32_t)32000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k                ((uint32_t)22050)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k                ((uint32_t)16000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k                ((uint32_t)11025)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k                 ((uint32_t)8000)
+#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default            ((uint32_t)2)
+
+#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \
+                                  ((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \
+                                 ((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Clock_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define I2S_CPOL_Low                    ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define I2S_CPOL_High                   ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \
+                           ((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx               ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx               ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set         ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset       ((uint16_t)0xFEFF)
+#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \
+                                       ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_CRC_Tx                      ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define SPI_CRC_Rx                      ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_Direction_Rx                ((uint16_t)0xBFFF)
+#define SPI_Direction_Tx                ((uint16_t)0x4000)
+#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \
+                                     ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE                  ((uint8_t)0x71)
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE                 ((uint8_t)0x60)
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR                  ((uint8_t)0x50)
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \
+                                 ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \
+                                 ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR))
+#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR                  ((uint8_t)0x56)
+#define SPI_IT_MODF                     ((uint8_t)0x55)
+#define SPI_IT_CRCERR                   ((uint8_t)0x54)
+#define I2S_IT_UDR                      ((uint8_t)0x53)
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR))
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \
+                               ((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || \
+                               ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE               ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE                ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE                 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define I2S_FLAG_UDR                    ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR                 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define SPI_FLAG_MODF                   ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR                ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY                ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \
+                                   ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \
+                                   ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) || ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE) || \
+                                   ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
+void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct);
+void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct);
+void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct);
+void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct);
+void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data);
+uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
+void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft);
+void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize);
+void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
+void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC);
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
+void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction);
+FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
+void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
+ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
+void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_SPI_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_tim.c

@@ -0,0 +1,2890 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_tim.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the TIM firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_tim.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM 
+  * @brief TIM driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+#define SMCR_ETR_Mask               ((uint16_t)0x00FF) 
+#define CCMR_Offset                 ((uint16_t)0x0018)
+#define CCER_CCE_Set                ((uint16_t)0x0001)  
+#define	CCER_CCNE_Set               ((uint16_t)0x0004) 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); 
+ 
+  if (TIMx == TIM1)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE);  
+  }     
+  else if (TIMx == TIM2)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (TIMx == TIM3)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (TIMx == TIM4)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE);
+  } 
+  else if (TIMx == TIM5)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE);
+  } 
+  else if (TIMx == TIM6)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE);
+  } 
+  else if (TIMx == TIM7)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE);
+  } 
+  else if (TIMx == TIM8)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (TIMx == TIM9)
+  {      
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE);  
+   }  
+  else if (TIMx == TIM10)
+  {      
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE);  
+  }  
+  else if (TIMx == TIM11) 
+  {     
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE);  
+  }  
+  else if (TIMx == TIM12)
+  {      
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, DISABLE);  
+  }  
+  else if (TIMx == TIM13) 
+  {       
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, DISABLE);  
+  }
+  else if (TIMx == TIM14) 
+  {       
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, DISABLE);  
+  }        
+  else if (TIMx == TIM15)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, DISABLE);
+  } 
+  else if (TIMx == TIM16)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, DISABLE);
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    if (TIMx == TIM17)
+    {
+      RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, ENABLE);
+      RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, DISABLE);
+    }  
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to 
+  *         the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef
+  *         structure that contains the configuration information for the 
+  *         specified TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); 
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision));
+
+  tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;  
+
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3)||
+     (TIMx == TIM4) || (TIMx == TIM5)) 
+  {
+    /* Select the Counter Mode */
+    tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)));
+    tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode;
+  }
+ 
+  if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7))
+  {
+    /* Set the clock division */
+    tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD));
+    tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision;
+  }
+
+  TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Set the Autoreload value */
+  TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ;
+ 
+  /* Set the Prescaler value */
+  TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler;
+    
+  if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15)|| (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17))  
+  {
+    /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+    TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler and the Repetition counter
+     values immediately */
+  TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate;           
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+   
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));   
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+    
+  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M));
+  tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S));
+
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
+  
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P));
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity;
+  
+  /* Set the Output State */
+  tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState;
+    
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15)||
+     (TIMx == TIM16)|| (TIMx == TIM17))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+    
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity;
+    
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NE));    
+    /* Set the Output N State */
+    tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState;
+    
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS1));
+    tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS1N));
+    
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState;
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState;
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; 
+ 
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select 
+  *         the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+   
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); 
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));   
+   /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E));
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */  
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+    
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M));
+  tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S));
+  
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+  
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P));
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
+  
+  /* Set the Output State */
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4);
+    
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+    
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4);
+    
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NE));    
+    /* Set the Output N State */
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4);
+    
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS2));
+    tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS2N));
+    
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2);
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2);
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+   
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); 
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));   
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E));
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+    
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M));
+  tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC3S));  
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
+  
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P));
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
+  
+  /* Set the Output State */
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8);
+    
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+    
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8);
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NE));
+    
+    /* Set the Output N State */
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8);
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS3));
+    tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS3N));
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4);
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4);
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+   
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); 
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));   
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E));
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+    
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M));
+  tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC4S));
+  
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+  
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P));
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
+  
+  /* Set the Output State */
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12);
+    
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS4));
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6);
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */  
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel));  
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter));
+  
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+     (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY_LITE(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity));
+  }
+  if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+    /* TI1 Configuration */
+    TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+    /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+    TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+  }
+  else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+    /* TI2 Configuration */
+    TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+    /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+    TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+  }
+  else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+    /* TI3 Configuration */
+    TI3_Config(TIMx,  TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+    /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+    TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+    /* TI4 Configuration */
+    TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+    /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+    TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+  uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */
+  if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising)
+  {
+    icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+  }
+  /* Select the Opposite Input */
+  if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI)
+  {
+    icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+  }
+  if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
+  {
+    /* TI1 Configuration */
+    TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+    /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+    TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+    /* TI2 Configuration */
+    TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+    /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+    TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+  }
+  else
+  { 
+    /* TI2 Configuration */
+    TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+               TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+    /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+    TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+    /* TI1 Configuration */
+    TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+    /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+    TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the: Break feature, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI,
+  *         the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable).
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1 or 8 to select the TIM 
+  * @param  TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the BDTR Register configuration  information for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput));
+  /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Ploarity, the OSSR State,
+     the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
+  TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState |
+             TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime |
+             TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity |
+             TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef
+  *         structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set the default configuration */
+  TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFF;
+  TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000;
+  TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1;
+  TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up;
+  TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  TIM_OCInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will
+  *         be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set the default configuration */
+  TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing;
+  TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable;
+  TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable;
+  TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x0000;
+  TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+  TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+  TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset;
+  TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will
+  *         be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set the default configuration */
+  TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1;
+  TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+  TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+  TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
+  TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which
+  *         will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set the default configuration */
+  TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable;
+  TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable;
+  TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF;
+  TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00;
+  TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable;
+  TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low;
+  TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the TIM Counter */
+    TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the TIM Counter */
+    TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CEN));
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the TIM Main Output */
+    TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the TIM Main Output */
+    TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_BDTR_MOE));
+  }  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+  * @note 
+  *   - TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update interrupt.
+  *   - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1,
+  *      TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. 
+  *   - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1.   
+  *   - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. 
+  *   - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.    
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the Interrupt sources */
+    TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the Interrupt sources */
+    TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source.
+  *   This parameter can be one or more of the following values:	   
+  *     @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source
+  *     @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
+  *     @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
+  *     @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
+  *     @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
+  *     @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source  
+  *     @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source
+  *     @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source
+  * @note 
+  *   - TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. 
+  *   - TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.      
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource));
+  
+  /* Set the event sources */
+  TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx's DMA interface.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select 
+  *   the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_DMABase_CR, TIM_DMABase_CR2, TIM_DMABase_SMCR,
+  *          TIM_DMABase_DIER, TIM1_DMABase_SR, TIM_DMABase_EGR,
+  *          TIM_DMABase_CCMR1, TIM_DMABase_CCMR2, TIM_DMABase_CCER,
+  *          TIM_DMABase_CNT, TIM_DMABase_PSC, TIM_DMABase_ARR,
+  *          TIM_DMABase_RCR, TIM_DMABase_CCR1, TIM_DMABase_CCR2,
+  *          TIM_DMABase_CCR3, TIM_DMABase_CCR4, TIM_DMABase_BDTR,
+  *          TIM_DMABase_DCR.
+  * @param  TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length.
+  *   This parameter can be one value between:
+  *   TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength));
+  /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */
+  TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 
+  *   to select the TIM peripheral. 
+  * @param  TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *     @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *     @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *     @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *     @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *     @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST9_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the DMA sources */
+    TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; 
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the DMA sources */
+    TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx internal Clock
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15
+  *         to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
+  TIMx->SMCR &=  (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ITRSource: Trigger source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  * @param  TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+  * @param  TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+  * @param  TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+  * @param  TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
+  /* Select the Internal Trigger */
+  TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+  /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+  TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+  *     @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+  *     @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  * @param  ICFilter : specifies the filter value.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
+                                uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TIXCLK_SOURCE(TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter));
+  /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */
+  if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2)
+  {
+    TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
+  }
+  /* Select the Trigger source */
+  TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource);
+  /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+  TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the External clock Mode1
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+  * @param  ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+                             uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+  /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+  TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+  /* Reset the SMS Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+  /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+  tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+  /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */
+  tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS));
+  tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF;
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the External clock Mode2
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+  * @param  ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, 
+                             uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+  /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+  TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
+  /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+  TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+  *     @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+  * @param  ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+                   uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+  /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_Mask;
+  /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+  tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8)));
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Prescaler.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value
+  * @param  TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event.
+  *     @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediately.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode));
+  /* Set the Prescaler value */
+  TIMx->PSC = Prescaler;
+  /* Set or reset the UG Bit */
+  TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode
+  *     @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode
+  *     @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1
+  *     @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2
+  *     @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode));
+  tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+  /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */
+  tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)));
+  /* Set the Counter Mode */
+  tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode;
+  /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */
+  TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the Input Trigger source
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+  *     @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+  *     @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+  *     @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+  *     @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+  *     @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+  *     @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+  *     @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+  /* Reset the TS Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS));
+  /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+  tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource;
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level.
+  *     @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level.
+  *     @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending
+  *                                on the level of the other input.
+  * @param  TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+  * @param  TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
+                                uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+    
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity));
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  
+  /* Set the encoder Mode */
+  tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS));
+  tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode;
+  
+  /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)));
+  tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0;
+  
+  /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P)));
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4));
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  /* Reset the OC1M Bits */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M);
+  /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+  tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  /* Reset the OC2M Bits */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M);
+  /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+  tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  /* Reset the OC1M Bits */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M);
+  /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  /* Reset the OC2M Bits */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M);
+  /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+  tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */
+    TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */
+    TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_ARPE);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Commutation event.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Set the COM Bit */
+    TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the COM Bit */
+    TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCUS);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select 
+  *         the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Set the CCDS Bit */
+    TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the CCDS Bit */
+    TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCDS);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be   1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 or 15 
+  *         to select the TIMx peripheral
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Set the CCPC Bit */
+    TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the CCPC Bit */
+    TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCPC);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+  tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select 
+  *         the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+  tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+  tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select 
+  *         the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+  tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+  *     @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+  /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+  tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P);
+  tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+  *     @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+   
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+  tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity;
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+  *     @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+  
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P);
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+  *     @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+    
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+  *     @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */
+  tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P);
+  tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
+  * @param  TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+  *   This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx)
+{
+  uint16_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx));
+
+  tmp = CCER_CCE_Set << TIM_Channel;
+
+  /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp;
+
+  /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ 
+  TIMx->CCER |=  (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+  * @param  TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
+  *   This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable. 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN)
+{
+  uint16_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN));
+
+  tmp = CCER_CCNE_Set << TIM_Channel;
+
+  /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp;
+
+  /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ 
+  TIMx->CCER |=  (uint16_t)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode.
+  * @note   This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output
+  *         Compare Mode.
+  *         User has to enable this channel using TIM_CCxCmd and TIM_CCxNCmd functions.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *     @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
+  * @param  TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing
+  *     @arg TIM_OCMode_Active
+  *     @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle
+  *     @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1
+  *     @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active
+  *     @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  uint16_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx;
+  tmp += CCMR_Offset;
+
+  tmp1 = CCER_CCE_Set << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1;
+
+  if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3))
+  {
+    tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1);
+
+    /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M);
+   
+    /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1;
+
+    /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M);
+    
+    /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Set the Update Disable Bit */
+    TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */
+    TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_UDIS);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow
+                                       or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation
+                                       through the slave mode controller.
+  *     @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource));
+  if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global)
+  {
+    /* Set the URS Bit */
+    TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the URS Bit */
+    TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_URS);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Set the TI1S Bit */
+    TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the TI1S Bit */
+    TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_TI1S);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_OPMode_Single
+  *     @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode));
+  /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+  TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_OPM);
+  /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+  TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source.
+  *   This paramter can be one of the following values:
+  *
+  *  - For all TIMx
+  *     @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset:  The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+  *     @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+  *     @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output (TRGO).
+  *
+  *  - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7
+  *     @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag
+  *                              is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs (TRGO).
+  *     @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+  *     @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+  *     @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+  *     @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO).
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource));
+  /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+  TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_MMS);
+  /* Select the TRGO source */
+  TIMx->CR2 |=  TIM_TRGOSource;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the TIMx Slave Mode.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal (TRGI) re-initializes
+  *                               the counter and triggers an update of the registers.
+  *     @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated:     The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high.
+  *     @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger:   The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI.
+  *     @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode));
+ /* Reset the SMS Bits */
+  TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS);
+  /* Select the Slave Mode */
+  TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer
+  *                                      and its slaves (through TRGO).
+  *     @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode));
+  /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+  TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_MSM);
+  
+  /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */
+  TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Counter Register value
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Counter: specifies the Counter register new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Counter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Set the Counter Register value */
+  TIMx->CNT = Counter;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Autoreload)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Set the Autoreload Register value */
+  TIMx->ARR = Autoreload;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare1)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare2)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare3)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare4)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+  /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC);
+  /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+  /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+  /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+  /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC);
+  /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+  /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC);
+  /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the TIMx Clock Division value.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be  1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select 
+  *   the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following value:
+  *     @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim
+  *     @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim
+  *     @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD));
+  /* Reset the CKD Bits */
+  TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD);
+  /* Set the CKD value */
+  TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value.
+  */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */
+  return TIMx->CCR1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value.
+  */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */
+  return TIMx->CCR2;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value.
+  */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); 
+  /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */
+  return TIMx->CCR3;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value.
+  */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */
+  return TIMx->CCR4;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the TIMx Counter value.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval Counter Register value.
+  */
+uint16_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Get the Counter Register value */
+  return TIMx->CNT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the TIMx Prescaler value.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval Prescaler Register value.
+  */
+uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  /* Get the Prescaler Register value */
+  return TIMx->PSC;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag
+  * @note
+  *   - TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. 
+  *   - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_FLAG_Update, TIM_FLAG_CC1,
+  *      TIM_FLAG_CC2 or TIM_FLAG_Trigger. 
+  *   - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_FLAG_Update or TIM_FLAG_CC1.   
+  *   - TIM_FLAG_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. 
+  *   - TIM_FLAG_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.    
+  * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
+{ 
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG));
+  
+  if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the TIMx's pending flags.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag
+  *     @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag
+  * @note
+  *   - TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. 
+  *   - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_FLAG_Update, TIM_FLAG_CC1,
+  *      TIM_FLAG_CC2 or TIM_FLAG_Trigger. 
+  *   - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_FLAG_Update or TIM_FLAG_CC1.   
+  *   - TIM_FLAG_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. 
+  *   - TIM_FLAG_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.   
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
+{  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG));
+   
+  /* Clear the flags */
+  TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+  * @note
+  *   - TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
+  *   - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1,
+  *      TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. 
+  *   - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1.   
+  *   - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. 
+  *   - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.  
+  * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
+{
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;  
+  uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT));
+   
+  itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT;
+  
+  itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT;
+  if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET))
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+  *     @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+  * @note
+  *   - TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
+  *   - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1,
+  *      TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. 
+  *   - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1.   
+  *   - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. 
+  *   - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17.    
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT));
+  /* Clear the IT pending Bit */
+  TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI1 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0;
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1F)));
+  tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
+  
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+     (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+  {
+    /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1P));
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI2 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4);
+  /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2F)));
+  tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+  tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+  
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+     (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+  {
+    /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC2P));
+    tmpccer |=  (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+  }
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI3 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8);
+  /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC3S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3F)));
+  tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
+    
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+     (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+  {
+    /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P));
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+  }
+  
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI4 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *     @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+  *     @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+   /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12);
+  /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+  tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4F)));
+  tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+  tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+  
+  if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) ||
+     (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5))
+  {
+    /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC4P));
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+    tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
+    tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_tim.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1164 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_tim.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware 
+  *          library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_TIM_H
+#define __STM32F10x_TIM_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup TIM
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  TIM Time Base Init structure definition
+  * @note   This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7.    
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t TIM_Prescaler;         /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock.
+                                       This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_CounterMode;       /*!< Specifies the counter mode.
+                                       This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_Period;            /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active
+                                       Auto-Reload Register at the next update event.
+                                       This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.  */ 
+
+  uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision;     /*!< Specifies the clock division.
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */
+
+  uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter;  /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter
+                                       reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts
+                                       from the RCR value (N).
+                                       This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to:
+                                          - the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode
+                                          - the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode
+                                       This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF. 
+                                       @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
+} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef;       
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  TIM Output Compare Init structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t TIM_OCMode;        /*!< Specifies the TIM mode.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_OutputState;   /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_state */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_OutputNState;  /*!< Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_state
+                                   @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_Pulse;         /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. 
+                                   This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity;    /*!< Specifies the output polarity.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity;   /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity
+                                   @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState;   /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State
+                                   @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState;  /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State
+                                   @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
+} TIM_OCInitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  TIM Input Capture Init structure definition  
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+
+  uint16_t TIM_Channel;      /*!< Specifies the TIM channel.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity;   /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_ICSelection;  /*!< Specifies the input.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler;  /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler.
+                                  This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_ICFilter;     /*!< Specifies the input capture filter.
+                                  This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */
+} TIM_ICInitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  BDTR structure definition 
+  * @note   This structure is used only with TIM1 and TIM8.    
+  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+
+  uint16_t TIM_OSSRState;        /*!< Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode.
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_OSSIState;        /*!< Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state.
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel;        /*!< Specifies the LOCK level parameters.
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref Lock_level */ 
+
+  uint16_t TIM_DeadTime;         /*!< Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the
+                                      switching-on of the outputs.
+                                      This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF  */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_Break;            /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not. 
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref Break_Input_enable_disable */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity;    /*!< Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity.
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref Break_Polarity */
+
+  uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput;  /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not. 
+                                      This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */
+} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef;
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM10)|| \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM11)|| \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM12)|| \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM13)|| \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM14)|| \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \
+                                   ((PERIPH) == TIM17))
+
+/* LIST1: TIM 1 and 8 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH)  (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM8))
+
+/* LIST2: TIM 1, 8, 15 16 and 17 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM17)) 
+
+/* LIST3: TIM 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 8 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) 
+									                                 
+/* LIST4: TIM 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 15, 16 and 17 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM17))
+
+/* LIST5: TIM 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 15 */                                            
+#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == TIM15)) 
+
+/* LIST6: TIM 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 and 15 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(PERIPH)  (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
+									  ((PERIPH) == TIM12)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM15))
+
+/* LIST7: TIM 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12 and 15 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(PERIPH)  (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM12)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM15))                                    
+
+/* LIST8: TIM 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 */                                        
+#define IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(PERIPH)  (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM10)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM11)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM12)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM13)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM14)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM17))
+
+/* LIST9: TIM 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, and 17 */
+#define IS_TIM_LIST9_PERIPH(PERIPH)  (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM15)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == TIM17))  
+                                                                                                                                                                                                                          
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OCMode_Timing                  ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OCMode_Active                  ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive                ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle                  ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1                    ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2                    ((uint16_t)0x0070)
+#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \
+                              ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \
+                              ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \
+                              ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \
+                              ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \
+                              ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2))
+#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \
+                          ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \
+                          ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \
+                          ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \
+                          ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \
+                          ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) ||	\
+                          ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \
+                          ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OPMode_Single                  ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive              ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \
+                               ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Channel 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_Channel_1                      ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_Channel_2                      ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_Channel_3                      ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_Channel_4                      ((uint16_t)0x000C)
+#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \
+                                 ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4))
+#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \
+                                      ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2))
+#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \
+                                               ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \
+                                               ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_CKD_DIV1                       ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_CKD_DIV2                       ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define TIM_CKD_DIV4                       ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \
+                             ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \
+                             ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_CounterMode_Up                 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_CounterMode_Down               ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1     ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2     ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3     ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) ||  \
+                                   ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \
+                                   ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \
+                                   ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \
+                                   ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OCPolarity_High                ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low                 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \
+                                      ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High               ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low                ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_High) || \
+                                       ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_Low))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_state 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OutputState_Disable            ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OutputState_Enable             ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \
+                                    ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_state 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable           ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable            ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Disable) || \
+                                     ((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_state 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_CCx_Enable                      ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_CCx_Disable                     ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \
+                         ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_N_state 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_CCxN_Enable                     ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_CCxN_Disable                    ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_CCXN(CCXN) (((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Enable) || \
+                           ((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup Break_Input_enable_disable 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_Break_Enable                   ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define TIM_Break_Disable                  ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break_Enable) || \
+                                   ((STATE) == TIM_Break_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup Break_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low              ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High             ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_Low) || \
+                                         ((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_High))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable         ((uint16_t)0x4000)
+#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable        ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable) || \
+                                              ((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup Lock_level 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF                  ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1                    ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2                    ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3                    ((uint16_t)0x0300)
+#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF) || \
+                                  ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_1) || \
+                                  ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_2) || \
+                                  ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_3))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable               ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable              ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Enable) || \
+                                  ((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable               ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable              ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Enable) || \
+                                  ((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set                ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset              ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Set) || \
+                                    ((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Reset))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set               ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset             ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Set) || \
+                                     ((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define  TIM_ICPolarity_Rising             ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define  TIM_ICPolarity_Falling            ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define  TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge           ((uint16_t)0x000A)
+#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \
+                                      ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling))
+#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY_LITE(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \
+                                           ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \
+                                           ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge))                                      
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI           ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be 
+                                                                   connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */
+#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI         ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be
+                                                                   connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */
+#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC                ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */
+#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \
+                                        ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \
+                                        ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1                     ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */
+#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2                     ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */
+#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4                     ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */
+#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8                     ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */
+#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \
+                                        ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \
+                                        ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \
+                                        ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_IT_Update                      ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_IT_CC1                         ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_IT_CC2                         ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_IT_CC3                         ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_IT_CC4                         ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_IT_COM                         ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_IT_Trigger                     ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_IT_Break                       ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000))
+
+#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \
+                           ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \
+                           ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \
+                           ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \
+                           ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \
+                           ((IT) == TIM_IT_COM) || \
+                           ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger) || \
+                           ((IT) == TIM_IT_Break))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_DMABase_CR1                    ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CR2                    ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR                   ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_DMABase_DIER                   ((uint16_t)0x0003)
+#define TIM_DMABase_SR                     ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_DMABase_EGR                    ((uint16_t)0x0005)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1                  ((uint16_t)0x0006)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2                  ((uint16_t)0x0007)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCER                   ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CNT                    ((uint16_t)0x0009)
+#define TIM_DMABase_PSC                    ((uint16_t)0x000A)
+#define TIM_DMABase_ARR                    ((uint16_t)0x000B)
+#define TIM_DMABase_RCR                    ((uint16_t)0x000C)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1                   ((uint16_t)0x000D)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2                   ((uint16_t)0x000E)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3                   ((uint16_t)0x000F)
+#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4                   ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR                   ((uint16_t)0x0011)
+#define TIM_DMABase_DCR                    ((uint16_t)0x0012)
+#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_RCR) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_BDTR) || \
+                               ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer           ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers          ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers          ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers          ((uint16_t)0x0300)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers          ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers          ((uint16_t)0x0500)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers          ((uint16_t)0x0600)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers          ((uint16_t)0x0700)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers          ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x0900)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x0A00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x0B00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x0C00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x0D00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x0E00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x0F00)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers         ((uint16_t)0x1100)
+#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \
+                                   ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_DMA_Update                     ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define TIM_DMA_CC1                        ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define TIM_DMA_CC2                        ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define TIM_DMA_CC3                        ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define TIM_DMA_CC4                        ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define TIM_DMA_COM                        ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define TIM_DMA_Trigger                    ((uint16_t)0x4000)
+#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0x80FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF                  ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2                 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4                 ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8                 ((uint16_t)0x3000)
+#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \
+                                         ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \
+                                         ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \
+                                         ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_TS_ITR0                        ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_TS_ITR1                        ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_TS_ITR2                        ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_TS_ITR3                        ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED                     ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1                      ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2                      ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define TIM_TS_ETRF                        ((uint16_t)0x0070)
+#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \
+                                             ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \
+                                             ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \
+                                             ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \
+                                             ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \
+                                             ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \
+                                             ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \
+                                             ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF))
+#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \
+                                                      ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \
+                                                      ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \
+                                                      ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1      ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2      ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED    ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define IS_TIM_TIXCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1) || \
+                                      ((SOURCE) == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) || \
+                                      ((SOURCE) == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted        ((uint16_t)0x8000)
+#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted     ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \
+                                       ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update           ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate        ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \
+                                         ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active            ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive          ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \
+                                      ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1                ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2                ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12               ((uint16_t)0x0003)
+#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \
+                                   ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \
+                                   ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_EventSource_Update             ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_EventSource_CC1                ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_EventSource_CC2                ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_EventSource_CC3                ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_EventSource_CC4                ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_EventSource_COM                ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger            ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_EventSource_Break              ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global            ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow
+                                                                   or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation
+                                                                   through the slave mode controller. */
+#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular           ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */
+#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \
+                                      ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable               ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable              ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \
+                                       ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OCFast_Enable                  ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_OCFast_Disable                 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \
+                                    ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable))
+                                     
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_OCClear_Enable                 ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define TIM_OCClear_Disable                ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \
+                                     ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset               ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable              ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update              ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1                 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref              ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref              ((uint16_t)0x0050)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref              ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref              ((uint16_t)0x0070)
+#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \
+                                    ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \
+                                    ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \
+                                    ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \
+                                    ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \
+                                    ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \
+                                    ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \
+                                    ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset                ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated                ((uint16_t)0x0005)
+#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger              ((uint16_t)0x0006)
+#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1            ((uint16_t)0x0007)
+#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \
+                                 ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \
+                                 ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \
+                                 ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable         ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable        ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \
+                                 ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Flags 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_FLAG_Update                    ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC1                       ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC2                       ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC3                       ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC4                       ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define TIM_FLAG_COM                       ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger                   ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define TIM_FLAG_Break                     ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF                     ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF                     ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF                     ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF                     ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_COM) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \
+                               ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF))
+                               
+                               
+#define IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG) ((((TIM_FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xE100) == 0x0000) && ((TIM_FLAG) != 0x0000))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF) 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte           TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes          TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes          TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes          TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes          TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes          TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes          TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes          TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes          TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers
+#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes         TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct);
+void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
+void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
+void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct);
+void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct);
+void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
+void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
+void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct);
+void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource);
+void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength);
+void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
+                                uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter);
+void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+                             uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
+void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, 
+                             uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
+void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+                   uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
+void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode);
+void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode);
+void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
+                                uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity);
+void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
+void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
+void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
+void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
+void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
+void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
+void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
+void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
+void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
+void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
+void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
+void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
+void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
+void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
+void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
+void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
+void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
+void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
+void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
+void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
+void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
+void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
+void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
+void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx);
+void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN);
+void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode);
+void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource);
+void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode);
+void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource);
+void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
+void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode);
+void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Counter);
+void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Autoreload);
+void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare1);
+void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare2);
+void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare3);
+void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare4);
+void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
+void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
+void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
+void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
+void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD);
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint16_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint16_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
+FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG);
+void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG);
+ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT);
+void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__STM32F10x_TIM_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_usart.c

@@ -0,0 +1,1058 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_usart.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the USART firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART 
+  * @brief USART driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define CR1_UE_Set                ((uint16_t)0x2000)  /*!< USART Enable Mask */
+#define CR1_UE_Reset              ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)  /*!< USART Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR1_WAKE_Mask             ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)  /*!< USART WakeUp Method Mask */
+
+#define CR1_RWU_Set               ((uint16_t)0x0002)  /*!< USART mute mode Enable Mask */
+#define CR1_RWU_Reset             ((uint16_t)0xFFFD)  /*!< USART mute mode Enable Mask */
+#define CR1_SBK_Set               ((uint16_t)0x0001)  /*!< USART Break Character send Mask */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask            ((uint16_t)0xE9F3)  /*!< USART CR1 Mask */
+#define CR2_Address_Mask          ((uint16_t)0xFFF0)  /*!< USART address Mask */
+
+#define CR2_LINEN_Set              ((uint16_t)0x4000)  /*!< USART LIN Enable Mask */
+#define CR2_LINEN_Reset            ((uint16_t)0xBFFF)  /*!< USART LIN Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR2_LBDL_Mask             ((uint16_t)0xFFDF)  /*!< USART LIN Break detection Mask */
+#define CR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask       ((uint16_t)0xCFFF)  /*!< USART CR2 STOP Bits Mask */
+#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask      ((uint16_t)0xF0FF)  /*!< USART CR2 Clock Mask */
+
+#define CR3_SCEN_Set              ((uint16_t)0x0020)  /*!< USART SC Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_SCEN_Reset            ((uint16_t)0xFFDF)  /*!< USART SC Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR3_NACK_Set              ((uint16_t)0x0010)  /*!< USART SC NACK Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_NACK_Reset            ((uint16_t)0xFFEF)  /*!< USART SC NACK Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR3_HDSEL_Set             ((uint16_t)0x0008)  /*!< USART Half-Duplex Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_HDSEL_Reset           ((uint16_t)0xFFF7)  /*!< USART Half-Duplex Disable Mask */
+
+#define CR3_IRLP_Mask             ((uint16_t)0xFFFB)  /*!< USART IrDA LowPower mode Mask */
+#define CR3_CLEAR_Mask            ((uint16_t)0xFCFF)  /*!< USART CR3 Mask */
+
+#define CR3_IREN_Set              ((uint16_t)0x0002)  /*!< USART IrDA Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_IREN_Reset            ((uint16_t)0xFFFD)  /*!< USART IrDA Disable Mask */
+#define GTPR_LSB_Mask             ((uint16_t)0x00FF)  /*!< Guard Time Register LSB Mask */
+#define GTPR_MSB_Mask             ((uint16_t)0xFF00)  /*!< Guard Time Register MSB Mask */
+#define IT_Mask                   ((uint16_t)0x001F)  /*!< USART Interrupt Mask */
+
+/* USART OverSampling-8 Mask */
+#define CR1_OVER8_Set             ((u16)0x8000)  /* USART OVER8 mode Enable Mask */
+#define CR1_OVER8_Reset           ((u16)0x7FFF)  /* USART OVER8 mode Disable Mask */
+
+/* USART One Bit Sampling Mask */
+#define CR3_ONEBITE_Set           ((u16)0x0800)  /* USART ONEBITE mode Enable Mask */
+#define CR3_ONEBITE_Reset         ((u16)0xF7FF)  /* USART ONEBITE mode Disable Mask */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values: 
+  *      USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+  if (USARTx == USART1)
+  {
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (USARTx == USART2)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE);
+  }
+  else if (USARTx == USART3)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE);
+  }    
+  else if (USARTx == UART4)
+  {
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE);
+    RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE);
+  }    
+  else
+  {
+    if (USARTx == UART5)
+    { 
+      RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE);
+      RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the USART_InitStruct .
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified USART 
+  *         peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00;
+  uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00;
+  uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00;
+  uint32_t usartxbase = 0;
+  RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate));  
+  assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl));
+  /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2 and USART3 */
+  if (USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl != USART_HardwareFlowControl_None)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  }
+
+  usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = USARTx->CR2;
+  /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/
+  /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits;
+  
+  /* Write to USART CR2 */
+  USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = USARTx->CR1;
+  /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */
+  /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */
+  /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */
+  /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity |
+            USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode;
+  /* Write to USART CR1 */
+  USARTx->CR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/  
+  tmpreg = USARTx->CR3;
+  /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR3_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/
+  /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */
+  tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl;
+  /* Write to USART CR3 */
+  USARTx->CR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+
+/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus);
+  if (usartxbase == USART1_BASE)
+  {
+    apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency;
+  }
+  
+  /* Determine the integer part */
+  if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) != 0)
+  {
+    /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */
+    integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)));    
+  }
+  else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */
+  {
+    /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */
+    integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)));    
+  }
+  tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4;
+
+  /* Determine the fractional part */
+  fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4));
+
+  /* Implement the fractional part in the register */
+  if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) != 0)
+  {
+    tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07);
+  }
+  else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */
+  {
+    tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F);
+  }
+  
+  /* Write to USART BRR */
+  USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* USART_InitStruct members default value */
+  USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600;
+  USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b;
+  USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1;
+  USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ;
+  USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
+  USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the 
+  *          specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct .
+  * @param  USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral.
+  * @param  USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
+  *         structure that contains the configuration information for the specified 
+  *         USART peripheral.  
+  * @note The Smart Card and Synchronous modes are not available for UART4 and UART5.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit));
+  
+/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = USARTx->CR2;
+  /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */
+  tmpreg &= CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask;
+  /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/
+  /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */
+  /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */
+  /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */
+  /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | 
+                 USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit;
+  /* Write to USART CR2 */
+  USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value.
+  * @param  USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
+  *         structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+  /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable;
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low;
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge;
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral.
+  *         This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */
+    USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_UE_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */
+    USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_UE_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_IT_CTS:  CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+  *     @arg USART_IT_LBD:  LIN Break detection interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_TXE:  Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_TC:   Transmission complete interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_PE:   Parity Error interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_ERR:  Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00;
+  uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+  if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  }   
+  
+  usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx;
+
+  /* Get the USART register index */
+  usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05);
+
+  /* Get the interrupt position */
+  itpos = USART_IT & IT_Mask;
+  itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos);
+    
+  if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */
+  {
+    usartxbase += 0x0C;
+  }
+  else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */
+  {
+    usartxbase += 0x10;
+  }
+  else /* The IT is in CR3 register */
+  {
+    usartxbase += 0x14; 
+  }
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase  |= itmask;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the USART’s DMA interface.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request
+  *     @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @note The DMA mode is not available for UART5 except in the STM32
+  *       High density value line devices(STM32F10X_HD_VL).  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq));  
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); 
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or
+       DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or
+       DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the address of the USART node.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address)); 
+    
+  /* Clear the USART address */
+  USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_Address_Mask;
+  /* Set the USART address node */
+  USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the USART WakeUp method.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection
+  *     @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp));
+  
+  USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_WAKE_Mask;
+  USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the USART mute mode.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); 
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the USART mute mode  by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
+    USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_RWU_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
+    USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_RWU_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the USART LIN Break detection length.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection
+  *     @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength));
+  
+  USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_LBDL_Mask;
+  USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the USART’s LIN mode.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+    USARTx->CR2 |= CR2_LINEN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+    USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_LINEN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  Data: the data to transmit.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); 
+    
+  /* Transmit Data */
+  USARTx->DR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @retval The received data.
+  */
+uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  
+  /* Receive Data */
+  return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits break characters.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  
+  /* Send break characters */
+  USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_SBK_Set;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the specified USART guard time.
+  * @param  USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral.
+  * @param  USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time.
+  * @note The guard time bits are not available for UART4 and UART5.   
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime)
+{    
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  
+  /* Clear the USART Guard time */
+  USARTx->GTPR &= GTPR_LSB_Mask;
+  /* Set the USART guard time */
+  USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the system clock prescaler.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock.  
+  * @note   The function is used for IrDA mode with UART4 and UART5.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  
+  /* Clear the USART prescaler */
+  USARTx->GTPR &= GTPR_MSB_Mask;
+  /* Set the USART prescaler */
+  USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the USART’s Smart Card mode.
+  * @param  USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.     
+  * @note The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5. 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_SCEN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_SCEN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables NACK transmission.
+  * @param  USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. 
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the NACK transmission.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.  
+  * @note The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));  
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_NACK_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_NACK_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the USART’s Half Duplex communication.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the USART Communication.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_HDSEL_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_HDSEL_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @note
+  *     This function has to be called before calling USART_Init()
+  *     function in order to have correct baudrate Divider value.   
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */
+    USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_OVER8_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */
+    USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_OVER8_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+  
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_ONEBITE_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable tthe one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_ONEBITE_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the USART's IrDA interface.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower
+  *     @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode));
+    
+  USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_IRLP_Mask;
+  USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  NewState: new state of the IrDA mode.
+  *   This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+    
+  if (NewState != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_IREN_Set;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+    USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_IREN_Reset;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_CTS:  CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_LBD:  LIN Break detection flag
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_TXE:  Transmit data register empty flag
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_TC:   Transmission Complete flag
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_ORE:  OverRun Error flag
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_NE:   Noise Error flag
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_FE:   Framing Error flag
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_PE:   Parity Error flag
+  * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG)
+{
+  FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG));
+  /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+  if (USART_FLAG == USART_FLAG_CTS)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  }  
+  
+  if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the USARTx's pending flags.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_CTS:  CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5).
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_LBD:  LIN Break detection flag.
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_TC:   Transmission Complete flag.
+  *     @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
+  *   
+  * @note
+  *   - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun 
+  *     error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software 
+  *     sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) 
+  *     followed by a read operation to USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()).
+  *   - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register 
+  *     (USART_ReceiveData()).
+  *   - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to 
+  *     USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation
+  *     to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()).
+  *   - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register 
+  *     (USART_SendData()).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG));
+  /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+  if ((USART_FLAG & USART_FLAG_CTS) == USART_FLAG_CTS)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  } 
+   
+  USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_IT_CTS:  CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+  *     @arg USART_IT_LBD:  LIN Break detection interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_TXE:  Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_TC:   Transmission complete interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_ORE:  OverRun Error interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_NE:   Noise Error interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_FE:   Framing Error interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_PE:   Parity Error interrupt
+  * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT)
+{
+  uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00;
+  ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT));
+  /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ 
+  if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  }   
+  
+  /* Get the USART register index */
+  usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05);
+  /* Get the interrupt position */
+  itmask = USART_IT & IT_Mask;
+  itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask;
+  
+  if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT  is in CR1 register */
+  {
+    itmask &= USARTx->CR1;
+  }
+  else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT  is in CR2 register */
+  {
+    itmask &= USARTx->CR2;
+  }
+  else /* The IT  is in CR3 register */
+  {
+    itmask &= USARTx->CR3;
+  }
+  
+  bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08;
+  bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos;
+  bitpos &= USARTx->SR;
+  if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET))
+  {
+    bitstatus = SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = RESET;
+  }
+  
+  return bitstatus;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits.
+  * @param  USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. 
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *   USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5.
+  * @param  USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg USART_IT_CTS:  CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5)
+  *     @arg USART_IT_LBD:  LIN Break detection interrupt
+  *     @arg USART_IT_TC:   Transmission complete interrupt. 
+  *     @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
+  *   
+  * @note
+  *   - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun 
+  *     error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are cleared by 
+  *     software sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register 
+  *     (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to USART_DR register 
+  *     (USART_ReceiveData()).
+  *   - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register 
+  *     (USART_ReceiveData()).
+  *   - TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read 
+  *     operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write 
+  *     operation to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()).
+  *   - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register 
+  *     (USART_SendData()).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT)
+{
+  uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT));
+  /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */
+  if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+  }   
+  
+  bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08;
+  itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos);
+  USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~itmask;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_usart.h

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_usart.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART 
+  *          firmware library.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F10x_USART_H
+#define __STM32F10x_USART_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USART
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Types
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  USART Init Structure definition  
+  */ 
+  
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t USART_BaudRate;            /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate.
+                                           The baud rate is computed using the following formula:
+                                            - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (16 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)))
+                                            - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 16) + 0.5 */
+
+  uint16_t USART_WordLength;          /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */
+
+  uint16_t USART_StopBits;            /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */
+
+  uint16_t USART_Parity;              /*!< Specifies the parity mode.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity
+                                           @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted
+                                                 at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when
+                                                 the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
+                                                 word length is set to 8 data bits). */
+ 
+  uint16_t USART_Mode;                /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */
+
+  uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
+                                           or disabled.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */
+} USART_InitTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  USART Clock Init Structure definition  
+  */ 
+  
+typedef struct
+{
+
+  uint16_t USART_Clock;   /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled.
+                               This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */
+
+  uint16_t USART_CPOL;    /*!< Specifies the steady state value of the serial clock.
+                               This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */
+
+  uint16_t USART_CPHA;    /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
+                               This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */
+
+  uint16_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted
+                               data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
+                               This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */
+} USART_ClockInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == UART4) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == UART5))
+
+#define IS_USART_123_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
+                                     ((PERIPH) == USART3))
+
+#define IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \
+                                      ((PERIPH) == UART4))
+/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define USART_WordLength_8b                  ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_WordLength_9b                  ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+                                    
+#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \
+                                      ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define USART_StopBits_1                     ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_StopBits_0_5                   ((uint16_t)0x1000)
+#define USART_StopBits_2                     ((uint16_t)0x2000)
+#define USART_StopBits_1_5                   ((uint16_t)0x3000)
+#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \
+                                     ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_0_5) || \
+                                     ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \
+                                     ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Parity 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define USART_Parity_No                      ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_Parity_Even                    ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define USART_Parity_Odd                     ((uint16_t)0x0600) 
+#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \
+                                 ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \
+                                 ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Mode 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define USART_Mode_Rx                        ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define USART_Mode_Tx                        ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint16_t)0xFFF3) == 0x00) && ((MODE) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None       ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS        ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS        ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS    ((uint16_t)0x0300)
+#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\
+                              (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \
+                               ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \
+                               ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \
+                               ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Clock 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define USART_Clock_Disable                  ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_Clock_Enable                   ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \
+                               ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity 
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+#define USART_CPOL_Low                       ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_CPOL_High                      ((uint16_t)0x0400)
+#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define USART_CPHA_1Edge                     ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_CPHA_2Edge                     ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define USART_LastBit_Disable                ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_LastBit_Enable                 ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \
+                                   ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition 
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+#define USART_IT_PE                          ((uint16_t)0x0028)
+#define USART_IT_TXE                         ((uint16_t)0x0727)
+#define USART_IT_TC                          ((uint16_t)0x0626)
+#define USART_IT_RXNE                        ((uint16_t)0x0525)
+#define USART_IT_IDLE                        ((uint16_t)0x0424)
+#define USART_IT_LBD                         ((uint16_t)0x0846)
+#define USART_IT_CTS                         ((uint16_t)0x096A)
+#define USART_IT_ERR                         ((uint16_t)0x0060)
+#define USART_IT_ORE                         ((uint16_t)0x0360)
+#define USART_IT_NE                          ((uint16_t)0x0260)
+#define USART_IT_FE                          ((uint16_t)0x0160)
+#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \
+                               ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
+                               ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \
+                               ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR))
+#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \
+                            ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
+                            ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \
+                            ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \
+                            ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE))
+#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
+                               ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define USART_DMAReq_Tx                      ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define USART_DMAReq_Rx                      ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFF3F) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_WakeUp_methods
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine                ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark             ((uint16_t)0x0800)
+#define IS_USART_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \
+                                 ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length 
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b      ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b      ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \
+                               (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \
+                                ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower              ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal                ((uint16_t)0x0000)
+#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \
+                                  ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Flags 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define USART_FLAG_CTS                       ((uint16_t)0x0200)
+#define USART_FLAG_LBD                       ((uint16_t)0x0100)
+#define USART_FLAG_TXE                       ((uint16_t)0x0080)
+#define USART_FLAG_TC                        ((uint16_t)0x0040)
+#define USART_FLAG_RXNE                      ((uint16_t)0x0020)
+#define USART_FLAG_IDLE                      ((uint16_t)0x0010)
+#define USART_FLAG_ORE                       ((uint16_t)0x0008)
+#define USART_FLAG_NE                        ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define USART_FLAG_FE                        ((uint16_t)0x0002)
+#define USART_FLAG_PE                        ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \
+                             ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \
+                             ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \
+                             ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \
+                             ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE))
+                              
+#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFC9F) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00))
+#define IS_USART_PERIPH_FLAG(PERIPH, USART_FLAG) ((((*(uint32_t*)&(PERIPH)) != UART4_BASE) &&\
+                                                  ((*(uint32_t*)&(PERIPH)) != UART5_BASE)) \
+                                                  || ((USART_FLAG) != USART_FLAG_CTS)) 
+#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 0x0044AA21))
+#define IS_USART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0xF)
+#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
+void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
+void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
+void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
+void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
+void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address);
+void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp);
+void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength);
+void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data);
+uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
+void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
+void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime);
+void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler);
+void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode);
+void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
+void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
+ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
+void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F10x_USART_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Library/stm32f10x_wwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f10x_wwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V3.5.0
+  * @date    11-March-2011
+  * @brief   This file provides all the WWDG firmware functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+  * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
+  * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
+  * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
+  * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
+  * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f10x_wwdg.h"
+#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG 
+  * @brief WWDG driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define WWDG_OFFSET       (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* Alias word address of EWI bit */
+#define CFR_OFFSET        (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04)
+#define EWI_BitNumber     0x09
+#define CFR_EWI_BB        (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* CR register bit mask */
+#define CR_WDGA_Set       ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+
+/* CFR register bit mask */
+#define CFR_WDGTB_Mask    ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F)
+#define CFR_W_Mask        ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80)
+#define BIT_Mask          ((uint8_t)0x7F)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void WWDG_DeInit(void)
+{
+  RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE);
+  RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the WWDG Prescaler.
+  * @param  WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1
+  *     @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2
+  *     @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4
+  *     @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler));
+  /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */
+  tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_Mask;
+  /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */
+  tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler;
+  /* Store the new value */
+  WWDG->CFR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the WWDG window value.
+  * @param  WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter.
+  *   This parameter value must be lower than 0x80.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue));
+  /* Clear W[6:0] bits */
+
+  tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_Mask;
+
+  /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */
+  tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_Mask;
+
+  /* Store the new value */
+  WWDG->CFR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI).
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void WWDG_EnableIT(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the WWDG counter value.
+  * @param  Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value.
+  *   This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
+  /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do
+     a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */
+  WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_Mask;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables WWDG and load the counter value.                  
+  * @param  Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value.
+  *   This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
+  WWDG->CR = CR_WDGA_Set | Counter;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET)
+  */
+FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void)
+{
+  return (FlagStatus)(WWDG->SR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void WWDG_ClearFlag(void)
+{
+  WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/